Processes for preparing isoquinolinones and solid forms of isoquinolinones.
Abstract
Described herein are polymorphs of chemical compounds that modulate kinase activity, including PI 3 kinase activity, and compounds, pharmaceutical compositions, and methods of treating diseases and conditions associated with kinase activity, including PI 3 kinase activity. Also provided herein are methods for preparing compounds, polymorphs thereof, and pharmaceutical compositions thereof.

Term
5.3 yearsleft in the term
Expires 10 January 2032.
- Priority
- Filed
- Granted
- Today
- Expires
84 claims: 11 independent, 73 dependent
- 1REIVINDICACIONES IMPI INSTITUTO MEXICANO Dt LA MOiUDAC tNDVmUAL 1. Forma C de un polimorfo de un compuesto de fórmula (I):Fórmula (I), en donde el polimorfo tiene los siguientes picos característicos de Difracción de Rayos X en Polvo (XRPD): 2Θ = 10.4° (+ 0.2°), 13.3° (+ 0.2°) y 24.3° (± 0.2°), como se analizó usando radiación de cobre Ka.
- 2El polimorfo de la reivindicación 1, que además comprende al menos un pico XRPD característico seleccionado a partir de 2Θ = 6.6° (± 0.2°) y 12.5° (+ 0.2°), según se analizó usando radiación de cobre Ka.
- 3El polimorfo de la reivindicación 1, en donde el polimorfo tiene los siguientes picos característico XRPD:2θ = 6.6° (+ 0.2°) , 10.4 (± 0.2°), 12.5° (± 0.2°), 13.3° (± 0.2°) y 24.3 (± 0.2°), en combinación al menos con un pico XRPD seleccionado a partir de 2θ = 8.8° (+ 0.2°), 9.9° (± 0.2°), 13.4° (+ 0.2°), 15.5° (± 0.2°), 16.9° (+ 0.2°), 19.8 (± 0.2°), 21.3 (± 0.2°), 23.6° (± 0.2°), 25.3 ( + 0.2°) y 27.9° (+ 0.2°) , según se analiza usando radiación de cobre κα. 385 IMPI INSTTTVTO MEXICANO DE LA MONIDAL INtX>ST1UAL
- 4El polimorfo de la reivindicación 1, en donde el polimorfo tiene un pico endotérmico a 203°C.
- 5El polimorfo de la reivindicación 1, en donde el polimorfo tiene un pico endotérmico a 206°C o 208°C.
- 6El polimorfo de la reivindicación 1, en donde el polimorfo tiene un pico endotérmico en el intervalo de 203°C a 208°C, y al menos un pico seleccionado a partir de un pico exotérmico en el intervalo de 251°C a 254°C, y un pico endotérmico en el intervalo de 281°C a 283°C.
- 7El polimorfo de la reivindicación 1, en donde el polimorfo tiene un pico endotérmico a 208°C, un pico exotérmico a 254°C y un pico endotérmico a 283°C.
- 8El polimorfo de cualquiera de las reivindicaciones 4 a 7, en donde los picos endotérmicos y exotérmicos se determinan por Calorimetría de exploración Diferencial de Barrido (DSC).
- 9El polimorfo de la reivindicación 8, en donde la velocidad de la pendiente de la DSC es de 10°C/min.
- 10El polimorfo de la reivindicación 1, que es un hidrato.
- 11Un método para preparar la Forma C del polimorfo de un compuesto de Fórmula (I) Fórmula (I) , 386 d d d , a d en donde el método comprende:rwrmrromexicano k la nmniOAD INDUSTRIAL — (i) exponer una composición que comprende al menos un polimorfo que no es de la Forma C de un compuesto de la Fórmula (I), a una condición no anhidra durante un período de tiempo suficiente para convertir al menos, 50% de la cantidad total de polimorfo(s) de forma que no es C en la Forma C de un compuesto de Fórmula (I) ;y (ii) recuperar dicho polimorfo de Forma C;en donde el polimorfo de Forma C tiene los siguientes picos característicos de Difracción de Rayos X en Polvo (XRPD): 20 = 10.4° (+ 0.2°), 13.3° (+ 0.2°) y 24.3° (+ 0.2°), según se analizó usando radiación de cobre Ka.
- 12El método de la reivindicación 11, en donde la condición no-anhidra incluye agua líquida.
- 13El método de la reivindicación 12, en donde la condición no anhidra incluye un sistema de disolvente miscible en agua y disolvente de agua líquida.
- 14El método de la reivindicación 13, en donde el agua líquida está presente en una cantidad seleccionada a partir de 1%, 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95% y 100%, en volumen del sistema disolvente.
- 15El método de la reivindicación 13, en donde el agua líquida está presente en una cantidad de entre a 85% a 95%, en volumen del sistema disolvente.
- 16Un método para preparar la Forma C del polimorfo de un compuesto de la Fórmula (I):387 IMPI ΙΝΓΓΤΠΓΓΟ MEXICANO DE LA MONEDAD INDUSTRIAL Fórmula (I), en donde el método comprende: i) combinar un compuesto de la Fórmula (la) : PG 2 (la) , en donde PG 2 es un grupo protector seleccionado a partir de metilsulfonil, metilsulfonil sustituido, bencensulfonil, bencensulfonil sustituido, benciloxicarbonil, benciloxicarbonil sustituido, 2,2,2,-tricloroetoxicarbonil, 2trimetilsililetoxicarbonil, t-butoxicarbonil, 1adamantiloxicarbonil, 2-adamantiloxicarbonil, alquilo, alquilo sustituido, t-butildimetilsilil, triisopropilsilil, alilo, bencilo, bencilo sustituido, hidroximetil, metoximetilo, dietoximetil, (2cloroetoxi)metilo, t-butoximetilo, t-butildimetilsiloximetil, pivaloiloximetil, benciloximetil, dimetilaminometilo, 2 388 ΙΜΡΙ£^ INJTnVTO MEXICANO Μ LA MONEDAD C*<iíLS tetrahidropiranil, alcoximetil sustituido y ,N ^FW!-ox™e^±?o sustituido, y en donde los sustituyentes se seleccionan a partir de alquilo, heteroalquilo, alquenilo, alquinilo, cicloalquilo, heterociclilo, arilo, arilalquilo, heteroarilo, heteroarilalquilo, alcoxi, cicloalcoxi, heterocicliloxi, ariloxi, heteroariloxi, amido, amino, acilo, aciloxi, alcoxicarbonilo, éster, éter, tio, sulfinilo, sulfonilo, sulfonamido, halo, ciano, hidroxilo, nitro, fosfato, urea, carbamato y carbonato;con uno o más reactivos para eliminar el grupo protector PG 2 para formar el compuesto de Fórmula (I);y (ii) recuperar la Forma C del polimorfo del compuesto de Fórmula (I) ;en donde al menos una de las etapas i) y ii) ocurre en una condición no anhidra, en donde la Forma C del polimorfo tiene los siguientes picos característicos de Difracción de Rayos X en Polvo (XRPD) : 20 = 10.4° (+ 0.2°), 13.3° (+ 0.2°) y 24.3° (+ 0.2°), según se analizó usando radiación de cobre Ka.
- 17El método de la reivindicación 16, en donde la etapa (i) ocurre en una condición no anhidra.
- 18El método de la reivindicación 16, en donde la etapa (ii) involucra la adición de un anti-disolvente ya sea con o sin la etapa del enfriamiento para provocar la precipitación de la Forma C.
- 19El método de la reivindicación 18, en donde el antidisolvente comprende agua.
- 20El método de la reivindicación 16, en donde el o los 389 IMPI INSTITUTO mexicano Pt LA FROM EDAD INDUSTRIA! ™ reactivos para eliminar el grupo protector PG 2 se seleccionan a partir de ácidos, bases de carbonato, bases de hidróxido, bases de litio, oxidantes, reactivos de hidrogenación, TBAF y BF 3 -ET 2 O.
- 21El método según la reivindicación 20, en donde el o los reactivos para eliminar el grupo protector PG 2 se selecciona a partir de HC1, HBr, TFA, Na 2 CO 3 y K 2 CO 3 , NaOH, KOH, metil-litio, etil-litio, propil-litio, n-butil-litio, n-pentil-litio, n-hexil-litio, nitrato de amonio cérico, ciclohexadieno/negro de Pd, H 2 /Pd sobre carbono, TBAF y BF 3 -Et 2 O.
- 22El método de la reivindicación 20, en donde el reactivo para eliminar el grupo protector PG 2 es un ácido y PG 2 es 2tetrahidropiranilo.
- 23El método de la reivindicación 22, en donde el ácido es HC1, HBr, TFA, ácido perclórico, ácido sulfúrico, ácido nítrico o ácido fosfórico.
- 24El método de la reivindicación 23, en donde el ácido es HC1.
- 25El método de la reivindicación 22, además comprende ajustar el pH de la mezcla de reacción después de la etapa (i) a, desde 8 a 9.
- 26El método de la reivindicación 25, en donde el pH se ajusta agregando una base de hidróxido.
- 27El método de la reivindicación 26, en donde la base de hidróxido es NH 4 OH.
- 28El método de la reivindicación 22, en donde la remoción del grupo protector PG 2 ocurre en un disolvente alcohólico.
- 29El método de la reivindicación 28, en donde el disolvente 390 alcohólico es MeOH, EtOH, PrOH o iPrOH. IMPI INSTITUTO MEXICANO de la momoAD INDUSTRIAL
- 30El método de la reivindicación 16, en donde PG 2 es 2 tetrahidropiranilo y el método comprende:(i) combinar el compuesto de la Fórmula (la) con HC1 en un disolvente de EtOH y agua para formar el compuesto de la Fórmula (I) ;(ii) ajustar el pH de la mezcla de reacción después de la etapa (i) a, desde 8 a 9, agregando NH 4 OH;y (iii) recuperar la Forma C del polimorfo.
- 31Un método para preparar la forma C del polimorfo de un compuesto de la Fórmula (I):Fórmula (I) que comprende colocar la Forma A en un sistema disolvente que contiene agua, en donde la Forma C del polimorfo tiene los siguientes picos de Difracción de Rayos X en Polvo (XRPD) característicos: 2θ = 10.4° (± 0,2°), 13.3° (+ 0.2°) y 24.3° (± 0,2°), según se analizó usando radiación de cobre K«;y la Forma A del polimorfo tiene los siguientes picos característicos XRPD: 2θ = 9.6° (± 0.2°), 12.2° (+ 0.2°) y 18.3°(+ 0.2°), según se analizó usando radiación de cobre Ka.
- 32El método de la reivindicación 31, en donde el sistema 391 disolvente comprende aqua e isopropanol. iNSTnvro mexicano εΣ* 'βορ’JJ DE LA PROHEDAt Cw INDUSTRIAL
- 33El método de la reivindicación 31, en donde la Forma A se coloca en agua o en un sistema disolvente que contiene agua para formar una suspensión durante 18 a 24 horas.
- 34El método de la reivindicación 31, en donde la Forma A se coloca en agua o en un sistema de disolvente que contiene agua para formar una suspensión de desde menos de una hora a 24 horas.
- 35El método de la reivindicación 31, en donde la Forma A se prepara re-suspendiendo uno o más polimorfo (s) de forma diferente de la Forma A en un disolvente anhidro.
- 36El método de la reivindicación 35, en donde el disolvente anhidro es cloroformo, diclorometano, isopropil alcohol, etanol o una mezcla de los mismos.
- 37El método de la reivindicación 36, en donde el disolvente anhidro es diclorometano.
- 38El método de la reivindicación 35, en donde una o más Formas polimórfica(s) que no son Formas A es la Forma C.
- 39Un método para preparar Forma C polimórfica de un compuesto de Fórmula .(I) :Fórmula (I) 392 en donde el método comprende: IMPI ΙΝΧΤΠΤΤΟ MEXICANO DE LA nOFUDAD INDUJTMAI (i) preparar una primera suspensión de la Forma C polimórfica en diclorometano;(ii) recuperar los sólidos en la primera suspensión por filtración;(iii) preparar una segunda suspensión de los sólidos recuperados en la etapa (ii) en un sistema disolvente que comprende agua;y (iv) recuperar los sólidos en la segunda suspensión por filtración para producir la Forma C del polimorfo, en donde la Forma C del polimorfo tiene los siguientes picos característicos de Difracción de Rayos X en Polvo (XRPD): 2θ = 10.4° (± 0,2°), 13.3° (± 0,2°) y 24.3° (+ 0.2°), según se analizó usando radiación de cobre Ka.
- 40El método de la reivindicación 39, en donde los sólidos recuperados en la primera suspensión es la Forma A, en donde la Forma A tiene los siguientes picos XRPD característicos 2θ = 9.6° (±0,2°), 12. 2 o (+ 0,2°) y 18.3° (+ 0.2°), según se analizó usando radiación de cobre Ka.
- 41El método de la reivindicación 39, en donde la segunda suspensión además comprende isopropanol.
- 42El método de la reivindicación 16, en donde el compuesto de la Fórmula (la) , se prepara combinando el compuesto 9 de la Fórmula:393 IMPI INSTITUTO MEXICANO DE LA MONEDAD INDUSTRIAL con un compuesto cloropurina protegido de la Fórmula: Cl PG 2 en presencia de Et 3 N en un disolvente alcohólico seleccionado a partir de MeOH, EtOH, PrOH e iPrOH.
- 43El método de la reivindicación 42, en donde PG 2 es 2tetrahidropiranil.
- 44El método de la reivindicación 42, en donde el compuesto 9 se prepara convirtiendo un compuesto 8 de la fórmula:NHBoc en presencia de un ácido seleccionado a partir de ácido trifluoro-acético y ácido metansulfónico en un disolvente seleccionado a partir de metanol, alcohol isopropílico, anisol y THF o una mezcla 394 de los mismos.
- 45El método de la reivindicación 44 IMPI tNsmvro MUOH< Oí LA MONEDAD iNOumuAL en donde el ácido es ácido trifluroacético.
- 46El método de la reivindicación 44, en donde el compuesto se prepara combinando el compuesto 7 de la fórmula:con n-hexil litio, y agregar el compuesto 2 de la fórmula en donde el compuesto 2 previamente se combina con isopril Grignard.
- 47El método de la reivindicación 46, en donde la combinación formada después de agregar el compuesto 2, se agrega a una solución de Anisol y ácido isobutírico.
- 48Una composición farmacéutica que comprende una cantidad terapéuticamente efectiva de una Forma C de un polimorfo de un compuesto de la fórmula (I) 395 IMPI wsrmrro mexicano Dt LA MONEDAD INDUSTRIAL Fórmula (I), y uno o más excipientes aceptables farmacéuticamente, en donde la Forma C del polimorfo tiene los siguientes picos característicos de Difracción de Rayos X en Polvo:2Θ = 10.4° (+ 0.2°) , 13.3° ( + 0.2°) y 24.3° (± 0.2°), según se analizó usando radiación de cobre κα.
- 49Una composición farmacéutica que comprende un polimorfo de cualquiera de las reivindicaciones 1 a 10 y uno o más excipientes aceptables farmacéuticamente.
- 50La composición farmacéutica de la reivindicación 49, además comprende una forma amorfa de un compuesto de la Fórmula (I).
- 51Un método para preparar una composición farmacéutica que comprende:mezclar la Forma C del polimorfo de un compuesto de fórmula (I) : HN N X?N N f ^NH Formula (I) , 396 INSTITUTO Μ U ΚΑΝΟ Μ ΙΑ non EDAD 'Cw. INWISTFIAJ. -con un excipiente o portador aceptable farmacéuticamente;en donde la Forma C polimórfica tiene los siguientes picos característicos de Difracción de Rayos X en Polvo: 2Θ = 10.4 ° (±0.2°), 13.3 0 (±0.2°) y 24.3 ° (± 0.2°), según se analizó por radiación de cobre Ka.
- 52La composición farmacéutica de la reivindicación 48, en donde la composición farmacéutica comprende uno o más excipientes aceptables farmacéuticamente seleccionados a partir de celulosa microcristalina silicificada, lactosa, manitol, almidón, sorbitol, sacarosa, fosfato dicálcico, celulosa microcristalina, crospovidona, croscarmellosa sódica y glicolato almidón sódico, dióxido de silicio, silicato de magnesio, talco, estearato de magnesio, fumarato de estearilo sódico, ácido esteárico, lauril sulfato de sodio, dodecil sulfato de sodio y monoleato polioxietilen sorbitan.
- 53La composición farmacéutica de conformidad con la reivindicación 48, en donde la composición farmacéutica es una forma sólida o una forma líquida.
- 54Uso de un polimorfo de cualquiera de las reivindicaciones 1 a 10, en la preparación de un medicamento en el tratamiento de un trastorno en un sujeto, en donde el trastorno es cáncer, una enfermedad inflamatoria o una enfermedad auto-inmune.
- 55El uso de la reivindicación 54, en donde la enfermedad es cáncer.
- 56El uso de la reivindicación 55, en donde el cáncer es leucemia o linfoma.
- 57El uso de la reivindicación 55, en donde el cáncer se selecciona a partir de timo, cerebro, pulmón, células escamosas, piel, ojo, retinoblastoma, melanoma infraocular, cavidad oral y 397 IMPIAS INSTITUTO MEXICANO DE LA MOHEDA· R» 4 indostiuai orofaringe, vejiga, gástrico, estómago, páncreas, vejiga, mama, cervical, cáncer de cabeza, cáncer cuello, renal, riñón, hígado, ovario, próstata, colorrectal, esofágico, testicular, ginecológico, tiroides, SNC, SNP, cáncer relacionado con SIDA, sarcoma de Kaposi, mastocitosis y cáncer inducido por virus.
- 58El uso de la reivindicación 55, en donde el cáncer es leucemia mielógena aguda (AML), leucemia linfocítica aguda, leucemia linfocítica aguda de células T, leucemia linfocítica crónica (CLL), leucemia de células de cabello, mielodisplasia, trastornos mieloproliferativos, leucemia mielógena crónica CML), mieloma múltiple (MM), síndrome mielodisplásico (MDS), leucemia del virus linfotrópico humano tipo 1 (HTLV-1), leucemia linfocítica aguda de células B o trastorno de mastocitos.
- 59El uso de la reivindicación 55, en donde el cáncer es un linfoma difuso de células B grandes, un linfoma inmunoblástico de células B, linfoma de células pequeñas no escindidas, una leucemia/linforna de virus linfotrópico humano tipo 1 (HTLV-1) Linfoma de células de manto, linfoma de células de manto, linfoma de células Hodgkin, linfoma no Hodgkin, linfoma relacionado con SIDA, linfoma de células T periférico, linfoma cutáneo de células T, mieloma múltiple, linfoma folicular o macroglobulinemia de Waldenstróm.
- 60El uso de la reivindicación 55, en donde el cáncer es leucemia linfocítica crónica (CLL).
- 61El uso de la reivindicación 55, en donde el cáncer es linfoma no Hodgkin.
- 62El uso de la reivindicación 61, en donde el linfoma no 398 Hodgkin es linfoma no Hodgkin indolente (iNHL). IMPI INSTITUTO MEXICANO DE LA PROPIEDAD INDUSTRIAL
- 63El uso de la reivindicación 55, en donde el cáncer es un linfoma de células T periférico.
- 64El uso de la reivindicación 55, en donde el cáncer es linfoma de células T cutáneo.
- 65El uso de la reivindicación 55, en donde el cáncer es el linfoma de células del manto (MCL).
- 66El uso de la reivindicación 55, en donde el cáncer es un linfoma difuso de células B grandes.
- 67El uso de la reivindicación 55, en donde el cáncer es un linfoma folicular.
- 68El uso de la reivindicación 55, en donde el cáncer es macroglobulinemia de Waldenstróm.
- 69El uso de la reivindicación 55, en donde el cáncer es un trastorno linfoproliferativo postrasplante (PLD).
- 70El uso de cualquiera de las reivindicaciones 54-69, en donde el medicamento se fabrica para administrarse en combinación con uno o más segundos agentes terapéuticos.
- 71El uso de la reivindicación 70, en donde el segundo agente terapéutico es un anticuerpo terapéutico.
- 72El uso de la reivindicación 71, en donde el anticuerpo terapéutico es un anticuerpo anti-CD20.
- 73El uso de la reivindicación 71, en donde el anticuerpo terapéutico se selecciona de cetuximab, panitumumab, trastuzumab, rituximab, tositumomab, alemtuzumab, bevacizumab y gemtuzumab.
- 74El uso de la reivindicación 71, en donde el anticuerpo terapéutico es rituximab. —......... . - IMPI INSTITUTO MEXICANO Di LA MONEDAD <7^13 INDUSTRIAL — S-M
- 75El uso de la reivindicación 70, en donde el segundo agente terapéutico es everolimus.
- 76El uso de la reivindicación 70, en donde el segundo agente terapéutico es una mostaza nitrogenada.
- 77El uso de la reivindicación 76, en donde la mostaza nitrogenada es bendamustina.
- 78El uso de la reivindicación 70, en donde los segundos agentes terapéuticos son rituximab y bendamustina.
- 79El uso de la reivindicación 70, en donde el segundo agente terapéutico es clorambucilo, clornafazina, estramustina, ifosfamida, mecloretamina, clorhidrato de óxido de mecloramina, melfalán, novembicina, fenesterina, prednimustina, trofosfamida, uracilo mostaza, fludarabina o ciclofosfamida.
- 80El uso de la reivindicación 70, en donde el segundo agente terapéutico es fludarabina, ciclofosfamida, o rituximab, o una combinación de los mismos.
- 81El uso de la reivindicación 70, en donde el segundo agente terapéutico es bortezomib.
- 82El uso de la reivindicación 70, en donde el segundo agente terapéutico es gemcitabina.
- 83El uso de la reivindicación 70, en donde el segundo agente terapéutico es un corticosteroide.
- 84El uso de la reivindicación 70, en donde el segundo agente terapéutico es dexametasona. 400
Independent claims84
2,695 paragraphs in 348 sections, as filed
(54) Title: PROCESS TO PREPARE ISOQUINOLINONES AND SOLID FORMS OF ISOQUINOLINONES.
(54) Title: PROCESSES FOR PREPARING ISOQUINOLINONES AND SOLID FORMS OF ISOQUINOLINONES.
(57) Summary
Described herein are polymorphs of chemical compounds that modulate kinase activity, including Pl 3 kinase activity, and compounds, pharmaceutical compositions, and methods of treating diseases and conditions associated with kinase activity, including Pl 3 kinase activity. Also provided herein are methods for preparing compounds, polymorphs thereof, and pharmaceutical compositions thereof.
(57) Abstract
Polymorphs of Chemical compounds that modulate kinase activity, including PI3 kinase activity, and compounds, pharmaceutical compositions, and methods of treatment of diseases and conditions associated with kinase activity, including Pl 3 kinase activity, are described herein. Also provided herein are processes for preparing compounds, polymorphs thereof, and pharmaceutical compositions thereof.
<img file="MX347708B_D0001.tif" />
PATENT TITLE No. 347708
Owner (s): INFINITY PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
Address: 780 Memorial Drive Cambridge, Massachusetts, 02139, USA
Name: PROCESS FOR PREPARING ISOQUINOLINONES AND SOLID FORMS OF
ISOQUINOLINONES.
Classification: CIP: C07D473 / 34; A61K31 / 497
CPC: C07D473 / 34
Inventor (s): PINGDA REN; MICHAEL MARTIN; PAUL ISBESTER; BENJAMIN S. LAÑE; JASON
KROPP
REQUEST
Number:
MX / a / 2013/008065
Country:
US
US
International Presentation Date:
January 2012
<img file="MX347708B_D0002.tif" />
January 2011
Number:
61 / 431,304 December 2011 61 / 578,655
Validity: Twenty years
Expiration Date: January 10, 2032
Issue Date: May 9, 2017
The reference patent is granted based on articles 1 · 2 "section V, 6<sup>or</sup> fraction Π1, and 59 of the Law data Industrial Property.
In accordance with article 23 of the Industrial Property Law, the patent is valid for twenty non-extendable years, counted from the date of filing the application and will be subject to the payment of the fee to keep the rights in force.
Whoever signs this title does so based on the provisions of articles artículosI and 7 bis 2 pe of the Industrial Property Law (Official Gazette of the Federation (DOF) 06/27/1991, amended as of 08/02/1991 1994, 10/25/1996, 12/26/1997, 05/17/1999, 01/26/2004, 06/16/2005, 01/25/2006, 05/06/2009, 06/01/2010, 06/18/2010, 06/28/2010, 01/27/2012 and 04/09/2012), articles 1 “3<sup>or</sup> fraction V part a), 4<sup>or</sup> and 12<sup>or</sup> Sections I and III of the Regulations of the Mexican Institute of Industrial Property (DOF 12/14/1999, amended on 07/01/2002, 07/15/2004, 07/28/2 004 and 09/07/2007); items 1<sup>or</sup>, 3<sup>or</sup>, 4<sup>or</sup>, 5<sup>or</sup> Section V subsection a), 16 sections 1 and III and 30 of the Organic Statute of the Mexican Institute of Industrial Property (DO F. 12/27/1999, amended on 10/10/2002, 07/29/2004, 08/04 / 2004 and 09/13/2007) '1 ·. 3<sup>or</sup> and 5th subsection a) of the Agreement that delegates powers to the Deputy General Directors, Coordinator, Divisional Directors, Heads of Regional Offices, Divisional Deputy Directors, Departmental Coordinators and other subordinates of the Mexican Institute of Industrial Property. (DOF 12/15/1999, amended on 02/04/2000, 07/29/2004, 08/04/2004 and 09/13/2007). '
This document is signed with an advanced electronic signature (FIEL), based on articles 7 BIS 2 of the Industrial Property Law; 3 of its Regulations, and 1 fraction lll, 2 fraction V, 26 BIS and 26 TER of the Agreement establishing the guidelines for the use of the Payment and Electronic Services Portal (PASE) of the Mexican Institute of Industrial Property, in the procedures indicated.
THE DIVISIONAL DIRECTOR OF PATENTS
NAHANNY CANAL REYES
Original string:
NAHANNY MARISOL CANAL REYES | 00001000000403252793 | Tax Administration Service | 1695 || MX / 2017/38436 | MX / a / 2013/008065 | PCT patent title | 1861 | LACC | Pág (s) | 6ustVx1 + hDJCy4IOtUOQWanOcYO =
Digital stamp:
aRdqsbmctF15f + s71a1dReK4U4TQWia5OuZ7gOufJoHw7ekfnvBsvl / S5XPxfWWUMJHw + fquKZJSaeC411 + 7j8QLi7
SMriíioríSnSFr: aJzYZ86bcXUx8qyPJ24YAk1 + v + pbaHL64vyTVWxJAWVJd5n33DH6i1ZLCptCjM9UlwJATxOPtxAAaDqtWX6AcRRFXr4j0Qlx4DpOshTwVO6PIObyX ie9DuP2WeUpaCHbYV7FVxWiB4SXx7mVXk2BrOw4Ktu / glHVjDSbb4 / sQPJauTCTOOS eGXXvZxLiafwGtixOKf1hol8tOBHryplial9JXvZVAC3AvLBIndAKblHMvidcUxcbSqadqkA == milllllllllll
<img file="MX347708B_D0003.tif" />
i
IMPI
ΙΜΓΠΤνΤΟ MUICANO DE LA nOUXMD INDUSTRIAL
PROCEDURE TO PREPARE ISOQUINOLINONES AND FnPMag «ÓT.Tp ^ s DF,
ISOQUINOLINONES
CLAIM OF PRIORITY
This application claims the benefit of US Provisional Application Serial Number 61 / 431,304, filed on January 10, 2011, and US Provisional Application Serial Number 61 / 578,655, filed December 21, 2011, which both incorporate herein for reference in its entirety.
BACKGROUND
Cell activity can be regulated by external signals that stimulate or inhibit intracellular events. The procedure by which stimulatory or inhibitory signals are transmitted to and within a cell to elicit an intracellular response is called signal transduction. Over the past decades, signal transduction cascades have been elucidated and found to play a central role in a variety of biological responses. Defects in various components of signal transduction pathways have been found to explain a large number of diseases, including numerous forms of cancer, inflammatory diseases, metabolic disorders, vascular and neuronal diseases (Gaestel et al. Current Medicinal Chemistry (2007) 14: 2214-2234).
Kinases represent a class of important signaling molecules. Kinases can be generally classified into protein kinases and lipid kinases, and certain kinases have dual specificities. Protein kinases are enzymes that phosphorylate other proteins and / or themselves (ie, autophosphorylation). Protein kinases can generally be classified into three main groups based on their
MEXICAN INSTITUTE
Dt LA MONtOAU INDUSTRIAL substrate utilization: tyrosine kinases that predominantly phosphorylate substrates on tyrosine residues (e.g. erb2, PDGF receptor, EGF receptor, VEGF receptor, src, abl), serine / threonine kinases that predominantly phosphorylate substrates on serine and / or threonine residues (eg mTorCl, mTorC2, ATM, ATR, DNA-PK, Akt) and dual specificity kinases that phosphorylate substrates on eg tyrosine, serine and / or threonine residues.
Lipid kinases are enzymes that catalyze the phosphorylation of lipids. These enzymes, and the resulting lipids and biologically active organic molecules derived from phosphorylated lipids, play a role in many different physiological processes, including cell proliferation, migration, adhesion, and differentiation. Certain lipid kinases are associated with the membrane and catalyze the phosphorylation of lipids contained in or associated with cell membranes. Examples of such enzymes include phosphoinositide (s) kinases (eg, Pl3-kinases, PI4-kinases), diacylglycerol kinases, and sphingosine kinases.
. Phosphoinositide 3-kinases (PI3Ks) constitute a unique and conserved family of intracellular lipid kinases that phosphorylate the 3'-OH group to phosphatidylinositols or phosphoinositides. The PI3K family comprises 15 kinases with different substrate specificities, expression patterns, and modes of regulation. Class I PI3Ks (ρΙΙΟα, ρΙΙΟβ, ρΙΙΟδ, and ρΙΙΟγ) are normally activated by tyrosine kinases or G-protein coupled receptors to generate a lipid product called PIP3, which binds to downstream effectors such as those of the Akt / PDKl pathway , mTOR, the Tec family kinases and the Rho family GTPases. Class II and III PI3Ks play a key role in intracellular trafficking through the synthesis of PI (3) P and PI (3,4) P2.
The PI3K signaling pathway is one of the most highly mutated systems in human cancers. PI3K signaling is also a key factor in many other diseases in human beings.
<img file="MX347708B_D0004.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO Dt LA r »OntDAT INDUSTRIA!
humans. PI3K signaling is implicated in many disease states including allergic contact dermatitis, rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, inflammatory bowel diseases, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, psoriasis, multiple sclerosis, asthma, disorders related to diabetic complications, and inflammatory complications of the cardiovascular system such as acute coronary syndrome.
Many PI3K inhibitors have been generated. Although such compounds are often initially evaluated for their activity when dissolved in solution, solid state characteristics such as polymorphism play an important role. Polymorphic forms of an active ingredient, such as a PI3K inhibitor, can have different chemical and physical properties, including crystallinity, melting point, chemical reactivity, solubility, dissolution rate, optical and mechanical properties, vapor pressure, and density. These properties can have a direct effect on the ability to process or manufacture an active ingredient and the drug product. Additionally, polymorphism is often a factor under regulatory review for uniformity of drug products from various manufacturers. For example, polymorphism has been evaluated in compounds such as warfarin sodium, famotidine, and ranitidine. Polymorphism can affect the quality, safety, and / or efficacy of a drug product, such as a kinase inhibitor. Therefore, research directed towards polymorphs of PI3K inhibitors and procedures for preparing polymorphs of PI3K inhibitors represents a significantly useful field of research in the development of active pharmaceutical ingredients (APIs).
In addition, PI3K inhibitors have been used to treat various diseases and disorders in humans (eg, in clinical trials). For the production of an active ingredient intended for use in humans, current Good Manufacturing Practice (GMP) can be applied. Are produced
IMPI
INSTHVT · MEXICANO DE LA MOPIEDAI 'INDUSTRIAL procedures that need to be in place that can control impurities levels and ensure that API products are produced that consistently meet their predetermined specifications. Thus, there is a significant need for a process to prepare PI3K inhibitors suitable for use in humans, particularly on a commercial scale, ie, inter alia, safe, effective, economically feasible and / or having other desirable properties. Among other entities, disclosed herein, are polymorphic forms of PI3K inhibitors that address these needs and provide exemplary advantages.
SUMMARY
In one embodiment, polymorphic forms of a compound of formula (I) are provided herein:
Cl O (I) herein referred to as Form A, Form B, Form C, Form D, Form E, Form F, Form G, Form H, Form I, Form J, or an amorphous form of a compound of formula ( I), or a salt, a solvate or a hydrate thereof; or a mixture of two or more of them. In one embodiment, the polymorphic form of a compound of formula (I) can be a crystalline form, a partially crystalline form, an amorphous form, or a mixture of crystalline form (s) and / or amorphous form (s).
In one embodiment, a method of preparing a compound of formula (I) is provided herein:
<img file="MX347708B_D0005.tif" />
<img file="MX347708B_D0006.tif" />
; Y
<img file="MX347708B_D0007.tif" />
<img file="MX347708B_D0008.tif" />
<img file="MX347708B_D0009.tif" />
nh<sub>2</sub>
IMPI
INSTITUTO MUK * NO Ot LA FRIfDAD INDUSTRIAL
<img file="MX347708B_D0010.tif" />
<img file="MX347708B_D0011.tif" />
in which:
X is selected from Fluorine, Chlorine, Bromine, Iodine, -O-SO<sub>2</sub>-4-methylphenyl and -0-S0<sub>2</sub>-methyl;
PG<sup>1</sup> is selected from benzyl, substituted benzyl, methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, substituted ethoxycarbonyl, 9-fluorenyloxycarbonyl, substituted 9-fluorenyloxycarbonyl, 2,2,2, trichloroethoxycarbonyl, 2-trimethylsilylethoxycarbonyl, (2-phenyl-2-ethylethoxycarbonyl, 1,1-trimethyloxycarbonyl) -dimethyl2,2-dibromoethoxycarbonyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2,2,2-trichloroethoxycarbonyl, t-butoxycarbonyl, 1adamantyloxycarbonyl, 2-adamantyloxycarbonyl, triisopropylsiloxycarbonyl, vinyloxycarbonyl, 1isopropoxycarbonyl, 8-kinyloxycarbonyl, 2,4-dimethylpent-3yloxycarbonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, and substituted benzyloxycarbonyl;
PG<sup>2</sup> is selected from methylsulfonyl, substituted methylsulfonyl, benzenesulfonyl, substituted benzenesulfonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, substituted benzyloxycarbonyl, 2,2,2, trichloroethoxycarbonyl, 2-trimethylsilylethoxycarbonyl, tbutoxycarbonyl, 1-alkyloxycarbonyloxypropyl, 1-adamantyloxycarbonyloxypropyl, 1-adamantyloxycarbonyloxypropyl, 1-adamantyloxycarbonyloxypropyl , allyl, benzyl, substituted benzyl, hydroxymethyl, methoxymethyl, diethoxymethyl, (2-chloroethoxy) methyl, t-butoxymethyl, t-butyldimethylsiloxymethyl, pivaloyloxymethyl,
<img file="MX347708B_D0012.tif" />
IMPI ινγγγπ rro mexicank
OF LA MONSOAP
ΙΝΓΜΙ5Τ »ΙΛΙ benzyloxymethyl, dimethylaminomethyl, 2-tetrahydropyranyl, substituted alkoxymethyl and substituted aryloxymethyl; and in which alkyl, heteroalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, heterocyclyloxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkoxy, amino, acyl, acyl, acryloxy, acyl, alkoxy substituents are selected Ether, thio, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonamido, halo, cyano, hydroxyl, nitro, phosphate, urea, carbamate, and carbonate.
In one embodiment, a method of preparing a Form C polymorph of a compound of formula (I) is provided herein:
<img file="MX347708B_D0013.tif" />
<img file="MX347708B_D0014.tif" />
understanding the method:
(i) exposing a composition comprising at least one polymorph other than form C of a compound of formula (I), or a salt, solvate, or hydrate thereof, to a non-anhydrous condition for a period of time sufficient to converting at least about 50% of the total amount of the polymorph (s) other than form C to form C of a compound of formula (I); and (ii) recovering said C-form polymorph.
In one embodiment, a non-anhydrous condition includes water, such as, in a form of steam and / or liquid water. In one embodiment, a non-anhydrous condition includes a solvent system comprising a solvent other than water and liquid water. In one embodiment, the solvent other than water is a
<img file="MX347708B_D0015.tif" />
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE
Say LA ΗΙΟΗΙΒΛΓ INDUSTRIAL water miscible solvent. For example, liquid water may be present in an amount of about 1%, about 2%, about 3%, about 4%, about 5%, about 6%, about 7%, about 8 %, about 9%, about 10%, about 15%, about 20%, about 25%, about 30%, about 35%, about 40%, about 45%, about 50 %, about 55%, about 60%, about 65%, about 70%, about 75%, about 80%, about 85%, about 90%, about 95%, about 96%, about 97%, about 98%, about 99%, or about 100% by volume of the solvent system. In one embodiment, liquid water is present in an amount of between about 10% and about 50% by volume of the solvent system.
In one embodiment, a non-anhydrous condition includes a solvent system comprising water (eg, about 90% v / v) and isopropyl alcohol (eg, about 10% v / v). In one embodiment, a non-anhydrous condition includes a solvent system comprising water and ethanol. In one embodiment, a non-anhydrous condition includes a solvent system comprising water and a water-miscible solvent, such as, for example, C1-C4 alcohol, acetone, acetonitrile, among others. In one embodiment, a water-miscible solvent is an alcohol, such as, for example, methanol, ethanol, 1-propanol, 2-propanol, 1-butanol, 2-butanol, t-butanol, ethylene glycol, among others. In one embodiment, the ratio of water to water-miscible solvent in a solvent system provided herein is about 50: 1, about 40: 1, about 30: 1, about 20: 1, about 10: 1, about 9: 1, about 8: 1,
<img file="MX347708B_D0016.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTE MEXICANO DE LA PROmOAl fNUtSTRIAL
<td>approximately</td><td> 7:1,</td><td>about 6: 1, about</td><td> 5:1,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 4:1,</td><td>about 3: 1, about</td><td> 2:1,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 1:1,</td><td>about 1: 2, about</td><td> 1:3,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 1:4,</td><td>about 1: 5, about</td><td> 1:6,</td>
<td>5 approximately</td><td> 1:7,</td><td>about 1: 8, about</td><td> 1:9,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 1:10,</td><td>about 1:20, about</td><td> 1:30,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 1: 40</td><td>or about - 1:50 v / v. In</td><td>a</td>
<td>realization,</td><td>reason c</td><td>water and water-miscible solvent</td><td>in a</td>
<td colspan="2">solvent system</td><td colspan="2">provided in this document is</td>
<td colspan="3">10 from about 50: 1 to about 1: 1,</td><td>since</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 40:1</td><td>up to about 1: 1,</td><td>since</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 30:1</td><td>up to about 1: 1,</td><td>since</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 20:1</td><td>up to about 1: 1,</td><td>since</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 10:1</td><td>up to about 1: 1,</td><td>since</td>
<td>15 approximately</td><td> 9:1</td><td>up to about 1: 1,</td><td>since</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 8:1</td><td>up to about 1: 1,</td><td>since</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 7 :1</td><td>up to about 1; 1,</td><td>since</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 6:1</td><td>up to about 1: 1,</td><td>since</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 5:1</td><td>up to about 1: 1,</td><td>since</td>
<td>20 approximately</td><td> 4 :1</td><td>up to about 1; 1,</td><td>since</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 3:1</td><td>up to about 3: 1,</td><td>since</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 2:1</td><td>up to about 1: 2,</td><td>since</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 1:1</td><td>up to about 1: 4,</td><td>since</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 1:1</td><td>up to about 1: 5,</td><td>since</td>
<td>25 approximately</td><td> 1:1</td><td>up to about 1: 6,</td><td>since</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 1:1</td><td>up to about 1: 7,</td><td>since</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 1:1</td><td>up to about 1: 8,</td><td>since</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 1:1</td><td>up to about 1: 9,</td><td>since</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 1:1</td><td>up to about 1:10,</td><td>since</td>
<td>30 approximately</td><td> 1:1</td><td>up to about 1:20,</td><td>since</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 1:1</td><td>until about 1:30,</td><td>since</td>
<td>roughly roughly</td><td>1: 1 1: 1 has</td><td>up to about 1:40 or t to about 1:50 v / v.</td><td>since</td>
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO Dt LA MONEDA · INDUSTRIAL
In one embodiment, a polymorph other than form C is a solid form of a compound of formula (I), or a salt, solvate, or hydrate thereof (for example, a crystalline form, an amorphous form, or a mixture of crystalline form (s) and / or amorphous form (s)), which is not a polymorph of form C of a compound of formula (I). In one embodiment, a polymorph other than Form C is Form A, Form B, Form D, Form E, Form F, Form G, Form H, Form I, Form J, or an amorphous form of a compound of Formula (I ), or a salt, a solvate or a hydrate thereof; or a mixture of two or more of them. In one embodiment, a polymorph other than Form C may comprise at least about 50% by weight of the Form A polymorph of a compound of formula (I). In one embodiment, a polymorph other than form C (eg, form A or form B) can be obtained from a composition comprising form C.
In one embodiment, a method of preparing a Form C polymorph of a compound of formula (I) is provided herein:
N (I), comprising the method:
(i) combine a compound of formula (la):
<img file="MX347708B_D0017.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MUtICAAK OF. THE ΓΜΟΗΒΟΑΓ INDUSTRIAL
<img file="MX347708B_D0018.tif" />
<img file="MX347708B_D0019.tif" />
(the), in which
PG<sup>2</sup> is a protecting group selected from methylsulfonyl, substituted methylsulfonyl, benzenesulfonyl, substituted benzenesulfonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, substituted benzyloxycarbonyl, 2,2,2, -trichloroethoxycarbonyl, 2-trimethylsilylethoxycarbonyl, t-butoxycarbonyl, 1-alkyloxy-adamantyl, t-butoxycarbonyl, 1-adamantyl-adamantyl -butyldimethylsilyl, triisopropylsilyl, allyl, benzyl, substituted benzyl, hydroxymethyl, methoxymethyl, diethoxymethyl, (2-chloroethoxy) methyl, t-butoxymethyl, t-butyldimethylsiloxymethyl, pivaloyloxymethyl, benzyloxymethyl, dimethylaminomethyl, 2-tetrahydropyranyl, substituted alkoxymethyl, and substituted aryloxymethyl, and wherein alkyl, heteroalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl, substituents are selected cycloalkoxy, heterocyclyloxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, amido, amino, acyl, acyloxy, alkoxycarbonyl, ester, ether, thio, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonamido, halo, cyano, hydroxyl, nitro, phosphate, urea, carbamate, and carbonate;
with one or more reagents to remove the protective group PG<sup>2 </sup>to form the compound of formula (I); and (ii) recovering the form C polymorph of the compound of formula (I);
wherein at least one of steps (i) and (ii) occurs in a non-anhydrous condition.
<img file="MX347708B_D0020.tif" />
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTnVro OF LA FRONEDAL INDUSTRIA I
In some embodiments, one or more reagents to remove the PG protecting group<sup>2</sup> include, but are not limited to, acids such as HC1, HBr, and TEA; carbonate bases, such as Na<sub>2</sub>CO<sub>3</sub> and K<sub>2</sub>CO<sub>3</sub>; hydroxide bases, such as NaOH and KOH; lithium bases, such as methyl lithium, ethyl lithium, propyl lithium, n-butyllithium, npentyl lithium, and n-hexyl lithium; oxidants such as ceric ammonium nitrate; hydrogenation conditions, such as cyclohexadiene / Pd black and H<sub>2</sub>/ Pd on carbon; TBAF and BF<sub>3</sub>-Et<sub>2</sub>O. In one embodiment, a non-anhydrous condition includes water, such as in a form of water vapor and / or liquid water. In one embodiment, a non-anhydrous condition includes a solvent system comprising a solvent other than water and liquid water, as described elsewhere herein.
In certain embodiments, a polymorph provided herein is a Form C polymorph of a compound of formula (I). In certain embodiments, a solid form of a compound of formula (I) comprising Form C of a compound of formula (I) is provided herein. In certain embodiments, provided herein is a solid form of a compound of formula (I) comprising Form C of a compound of formula (I), which is substantially pure. In one embodiment, Form C can be characterized as having X-ray powder diffraction (XRPD) peaks at about 10.4, about 13.3, and about 24.3 degrees 2Θ. In certain embodiments, Form C is characterized by having a differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) comprising an endotherm at about 208 ° C. In other embodiments, Form C is characterized by having a differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) comprising an endotherm at about 208 ° C, and an exotherm at about 222 ° C, and an endotherm at about 280 ° C. In certain embodiments, Form C can be characterized by thermogravimetric analysis in which the% loss in
<img file="MX347708B_D0021.tif" />
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE
OF THE INDUSTRIAL PKOMAGE observed weight is approximately 1.7% at approximately 80 ° C and approximately 0.2% at approximately 190 ° C.
In one embodiment, a method of preparing a Form A polymorph of a compound of formula (I) is provided herein:
<img file="MX347708B_D0022.tif" />
<img file="MX347708B_D0023.tif" />
(I), comprising the method:
(i) combine a compound of formula (la):
<img file="MX347708B_D0024.tif" />
PG<sup>2</sup> (the), in which
PG<sup>2</sup> is a protecting group selected from methylsulfonyl, substituted methylsulfonyl, benzenesulfonyl, substituted benzenesulfonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, substituted benzyloxycarbonyl, 2,2,2, -trichloroethoxycarbonyl, 2-trimethylsilylethoxycarbonyl, t-butoxycarbonyl, 1-alkyloxycarbonyl, 2-alkybonyloxycarbonyl, substituted 1-adamantyloxycarbonyl -butyldimethylsilyl, triisopropylsilyl, allyl, benzyl, substituted benzyl, hydroxymethyl, methoxymethyl, diethoxymethyl, (2-chloroethoxy) methyl, t-butoxymethyl, t-butyldimethylsiloxymethyl, pivaloyloxymethyl,
<img file="MX347708B_D0025.tif" />
IMPI Mexican institute Dt LA MOHEDA »INDUSTRIAL benzyloxymethyl, dimethylaminomethyl, 2-tetrahydropyranyl, substituted alkoxymethyl and substituted aryloxymethyl, and in which alkyl, heteroalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl substituents are selected alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, heterocyclyloxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, amido, amino, acyl, acyloxy, alkoxycarbonyl, ester, ether, thio, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonamido, halo, cyano, hydroxyl, nitro, phosphate, urea, carbamate, and carbonate;
with one or more reagents to remove the protective group PG<sup>2 </sup>to form a compound of formula (I); and (ii) recovering the Form A polymorph of the compound of formula (I).
In some embodiments, step (ii) may include recrystallization of a compound of formula (I), or a salt, solvate, or hydrate thereof, in a monodolvent system, or in a multi-solvent system containing neither ethyl acetate and hexane. In certain embodiments, the method further comprises a step of dissolving a compound of formula (I), or a salt, a solvate or a hydrate thereof, in a monodolvent system or a multi-solvent system, removing residual solid matter to produce a liquid solution, cooling said liquid solution at a rate to effect crystallization of Form A and recovering Form A from the liquid solution.
In some embodiments, one or more reagents to remove the PG protecting group<sup>2</sup> include, but are not limited to, acids such as HCl, HBr, and TFA; carbonate bases, such as Na<sub>2</sub>CO<sub>3</sub> and K<sub>2</sub>CO<sub>3</sub>; hydroxide bases, such as NaOH and KOH; lithium bases, such as methyl lithium, ethyl lithium, propyl lithium, n-butyllithium, npentyl lithium, and n-hexyl lithium; oxidants such as ceric ammonium nitrate; hydrogenation conditions, such as cyclohexadiene / Pd black and H<sub>2</sub>/ Pd on carbon; TBAF and ΒΡ<sub>3</sub>Εη<sub>2</sub>Ο.
<img file="MX347708B_D0026.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO Df LA PROPERTY INDUSTRIA!
In one embodiment, provided herein is a composition comprising a compound of formula (I):
<img file="MX347708B_D0027.tif" />
<img file="MX347708B_D0028.tif" />
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or hydrate thereof, and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients.
In one embodiment, the composition comprises a polymorph of form C. In one embodiment, the composition comprises a mixture of a polymorph of form C and at least one polymorph other than form C of a compound of formula (I), or a salt , a solvate or a pharmaceutically acceptable hydrate thereof. For example, in certain embodiments, the composition may comprise a Form C polymorph and a Form A polymorph. In other embodiments, the composition can comprise a polymorph of form C and a polymorph of form B. In other embodiments, the composition can comprise a polymorph of form C and a polymorph of form D. In other embodiments, the composition can comprise a polymorph of Form C and a polymorph of Form E. In other embodiments, the composition may comprise a polymorph of Form C and a polymorph of Form F. In other embodiments, the composition may comprise a polymorph of Form C and a polymorph of Form G. In other embodiments, the composition may comprise a polymorph of Form C and a polymorph of Form H. In other embodiments, the composition may comprise a polymorph of Form C and a polymorph of Form I. In other embodiments, the composition may comprise a polymorph of Form C and a polymorph of Form J. In other embodiments, the composition may
INSTITUTO MEXICANO »ε la ΜοηιοΑΡ INDUSTRIAL -compromising a polymorph of form C and an amorphous form of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or hydrate thereof. In one embodiment, the ratio of polymorph of Form C to the total amount of polymorph (s) other than Form C is greater than about 1: 1, greater than about 2: 1, greater than about 3: 1, greater than about 4: 1, greater than about 5: 1, greater than about 6: 1, greater than about 7: 1, greater than about 8: 1, or greater than about 9: 1. In one embodiment, the composition comprising Form C is a pharmaceutical composition. In one embodiment, the composition is at least about 98% by weight of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or hydrate thereof.
In one embodiment, the composition comprises a mixture of a polymorph of Form A and at least one polymorph other than Form A of a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or hydrate thereof. For example, in certain embodiments, the composition may comprise a polymorph of form A and a polymorph of form B. In other embodiments, the composition may comprise a polymorph of form A and a polymorph of form C. In other embodiments, the composition may comprise a polymorph of Form A and a polymorph of Form D. In other embodiments, the composition may comprise a polymorph of Form A and a polymorph of Form E. In other embodiments, the composition may comprise a polymorph Form A and a polymorph of Form F. In other embodiments, the composition may comprise a polymorph of Form A and a polymorph of Form G. In other embodiments, the composition may comprise a polymorph of Form A and a polymorph of Form H. In other embodiments, the composition may comprise a polymorph of Form A and a polymorph of Form I. In other embodiments, the composition may comprise a polymorph form A and a polymorph of form J. In other embodiments, the composition may
<img file="MX347708B_D0029.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO DE LA PAQftEDA »INXJSTWA, comprising a polymorph of form A and an amorphous form of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or hydrate thereof. In one embodiment, the ratio of polymorph of Form A to the total amount of polymorph (s) other than Form A is greater than about 1: 1, greater than about 2: 1, greater than about 3: 1, greater than about 4: 1, greater than about 5: 1, greater than about 6: 1, greater than about 7: 1, greater than about 8: 1, or greater than about 9: 1. In one embodiment, the ratio of polymorph of Form A to the total amount of polymorph (s) other than Form A is less than about 1: 1, less than about 2: 1, less than about 3: 1, less than about 4: 1, less than about 5: 1, less than about 6: 1, less than about 7: 1, less than about 8: 1, or less than about 9: 1. In one embodiment, the composition comprising Form A is a pharmaceutical composition. In one embodiment, the composition is at least about 98% by weight of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or hydrate thereof.
In one embodiment, the composition provided herein is a solid dosage form comprising a polymorph of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or hydrate thereof and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients. In one embodiment, the composition provided herein is a single unit dosage form comprising a polymorph of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or hydrate thereof. In one embodiment, the composition provided herein is a tablet or capsule. In one embodiment, the composition provided herein is a capsule.
In one embodiment, the composition provided herein comprises a therapeutically effective amount.
<img file="MX347708B_D0030.tif" />
IMPI
ΙΝίΤΓΠΠΌ MEXICAN
DE LA HtOFUDAr INDUmiAI of a polymorph of a compound of formula (I), or a salt, a
<td>solvate or a 1</td><td>lidrato</td><td colspan="3">pharmaceutically acceptable thereof</td><td>. In</td>
<td colspan="2">some realizations,</td><td colspan="4">the therapeutically effective amount is</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 0,5,</td><td>roughly</td><td>e 1,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 2,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 3,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 4,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 5,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 10,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 15,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 20,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 25,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 30,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 35,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 40,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 45,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 50,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 55,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 60,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 65,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 70,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 75,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 80,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 85,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 90,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 95,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 100,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 110,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 120,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 130,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 140,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 150,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 160,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 170,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 180,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 190,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 200,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 210,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 220,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 230,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 240,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 250,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 260,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 270,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 280,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 290,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 300,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 325,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 350,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 375,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 400,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 425,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 450,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 475,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 500,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 600,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 700,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 800,</td><td colspan="2">about 900 o</td>
about 1000 mg, or more. In one embodiment, the composition provided herein comprises at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient. In some embodiments, the composition provided herein comprises one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or excipients, including, for example, microcrystalline cellulose, crospovidone, and / or magnesium stearate. In one embodiment, the composition provided herein is an immediate release dosage form. In some embodiments, the composition provided herein is a hard gelatin capsule. In some embodiments, the composition provided herein
<img file="MX347708B_D0031.tif" />
IMPI
INSTTTUTl) M £ XICAN (
PE LA PROHÍDAD
INDumUAL document is a soft gelatin capsule. In some embodiments, the composition provided herein comprises Form C of a compound of formula (I). In some embodiments, the composition provided herein comprises Form A of a compound of formula (I). In some embodiments, the composition provided herein comprises an amorphous form of a compound of formula (I). In some embodiments, the composition provided herein comprises a mixture of two or more polymorphs of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or hydrate thereof, for example, polymorphs A, B , C, D, E, F, G, Η, I, and J as described herein.
In other embodiments, the composition provided herein is a suspension comprising carboxymethylcellulose and water. In one embodiment, the composition provided herein may further comprise one or more excipients, such as, for example, polysorbate, polyethylene glycol, cyclodextrin, dextrose, n-methylpyrrolidone, pH standards, dilute hydrochloric acid, polyoxyethylene acid esters. 12-hydroxystearic or a mixture of two or more thereof. Other excipients that can be used in exemplary formulations include, but are not limited to, fillers such as lactose, mannitol, starch, sorbitol, sucrose, dicalcium phosphate, and microcrystalline cellulose; disintegrants such as croscarmellose sodium and sodium starch glycolate; glidants such as colloidal silicon dioxide, silicon dioxide, magnesium silicate, and talc; lubricants such as sodium stearyl fumarate and stearic acid; and surfactants such as sodium lauryl sulfate, sodium dodecyl sulfate, Tween® 80, and Lutrol®.
In one embodiment, the composition provided herein is used for the treatment of a PI3K-associated disorder (eg, a described disease or disorder
<img file="MX347708B_D0032.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO Dt LA FROMEDAD INDUSTRIA!
elsewhere herein or known in the art). In one embodiment, the composition provided herein is used to inhibit PI3K kinase activity. The efficacy of the compound of formula (I) in these and other methods as disclosed herein has been described, for example, in US 2009/0312319.
In one embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating a PI3K-associated disorder (eg, a disorder or disease described elsewhere herein or known in the art), the method comprising administering a polymorph of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or hydrate thereof, to a subject in need thereof. In one embodiment, a method of treating a PI3K-associated disorder is provided herein, the method comprising administering a polymorph of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or hydrate thereof, to a subject who needs it. In one embodiment, a method of treating a PI3K-associated disorder is provided herein, the method comprising administering a composition provided herein, to a subject in need thereof. In one embodiment, the method comprises administering a polymorph of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or hydrate thereof, or a composition thereof, to a subject in need thereof, orally, parenterally or topically. In one embodiment, the method comprises co-administering one or more additional therapeutic agents or treating the subject with one or more additional therapies (eg, radiation therapy or surgery).
DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
Figure 1 shows an X-ray powder diffraction (XRPD) for the polymorph of form A.
Figure 2 shows an XRPD for the form B polymorph.
<img file="MX347708B_D0033.tif" />
IMPI Mexican institute OF INDUSTRIAL nomOAD
Fig 3
Fig 4
Fig. 5
Fig. 6
Fig. 7
Fig. 8
Figure 9 shows a sample a sample a sample a sample a sample a sample a
XRPD for XRPD for XRPD for XRPD for XRPD for XRPD for XRPD for polymorph the polymorph the polymorph the polymorph the polymorph the polymorph the polymorph of form C. of form D. of form E. of form F. of form G. of form H. of form I.
Figure 10 shows an XRPD for the J-form polymorph.
Figure 11 shows an XRPD for the amorphous compound of formula (I).
Figure 12 shows a differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) thermogram for the polymorph of form A.
Figure 13 shows a DSC for the polymorph of formB.
Figure 14 shows a DSC for the polymorph of formC.
Figure 15 shows a DSC for the formD polymorph.
Figure 16 shows a DSC for the formaE polymorph.
Figure 17 shows a DSC for the formaF polymorph.
Figure 18 shows a DSC for the formaG polymorph.
Figure 19 shows a DSC for the formH polymorph.
Figure 20 shows a DSC for the formaI polymorph.
Figure 21 shows a DSC for the polymorph of formJ.
Figure 22 shows a DSC thermogram and thermogravimetric analysis (TGA) for the form A polymorph.
Figure 23 shows two DSC thermograms for the form C polymorph.
Figure 24 shows a DSC and a TGA for the F-form polymorph.
Figure 25 shows a panel of salts tested for the formation of crystalline solids in various solvents.
Figure 26 shows a single crystal X-ray structure of the MTBE (t-butyl methyl ether) solvate of the form G polymorph of a compound of formula (I).
Figure 27 shows a FT-IR spectrum of the form C polymorph.
<img file="MX347708B_D0034.tif" />
IMPI ΐΝΠΊΤυΤΟ MEXICAN *
OF INDUSTRIAL PROBITY
Figure 28 shows a spectrum of <sup>1 * * * * * * * *</sup>H-NMR of the C form polymorph.
Figure 29 shows a spectrum of <sup>13</sup>C-NMR of the C-form polymorph.
Figure 30 shows a dynamic vapor sorption (DVS) analysis of the form C polymorph.
Figure 31 shows representative dissolution profiles of capsules containing the polymorph of form C.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
Certain features of the description are set forth with particularity in the appended claims. An understanding of various features and / or advantages of the present disclosure can be obtained by referring to the following detailed description setting forth illustrative embodiments.
Although various embodiments of the present disclosure have been shown and described herein, it will be apparent to those skilled in the art that such embodiments are provided by way of example only. Numerous variations, changes and substitutions will now occur to those skilled in the art without departing from the present disclosure. It should be understood that various alternatives to the embodiments described herein may be employed in light of the present disclosure.
I. DEFINITIONS
Unless defined otherwise, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art.
As used in the specification and claims, the singular form a, an, and he / she includes plural references unless the context clearly dictates otherwise.
<img file="MX347708B_D0035.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO M £ XKANO DE LA PIlOftEDAL · INDUSTRIAL
When ranges are used herein for physical properties, such as molecular weight, or chemical properties, such as chemical formulas, all combinations and sub-combinations of ranges and specific embodiments are intended to be included. The term approximately when it refers to a number or numerical interval means that the number or numerical interval referred to is an approximation within the experimental variability (or within the statistical experimental error), and therefore the number or numerical interval can vary, for example, between 1% and 15%, between 1% and 10%, between 1% and 5%, between 0.5% and 5%, and between 0.5% and 1% of the number or number range set. As disclosed herein, each instance in which a number or numerical range is preceded by the term "about" also includes the realization of the given number (s). For example, about 3 ° C discloses the embodiment in which the temperature is 3 ° C. The terms "about" and "about" are used entirely interchangeably throughout the description. The term between includes the end point numbers at both limits of the interval. For example, the range described by between 3 and 5 is inclusive of the numbers 3 and 5.
As used herein, and unless otherwise specified, biologically active agent or agent or second active agent refers to a biological, pharmaceutical, or chemical compound or other moiety. Non-limiting examples include simple or complex organic or inorganic molecules, a peptide, a protein, an oligonucleotide, an antibody, an antibody derivative, an antibody fragment, a vitamin derivative, a carbohydrate, a toxin, or a chemotherapeutic compound. . Various compounds can be synthesized, eg, small molecules and oligomers (eg, oligopeptides and oligonucleotides), and synthetic organic compounds based on various core structures. What's more,
<img file="MX347708B_D0036.tif" />
IMPI
MS UTUTO MEXICANO ot the industrial ntorreoAD various natural sources can provide compounds to select, such as plant or animal extracts and the like. One skilled in the art can readily recognize that there is no limit to the structural nature of the agents of the present disclosure.
As used herein, and unless otherwise specified, the term "agonist" refers to a compound that has the ability to initiate or enhance a biological function of a target protein, either enhancing or initiating activity or expression. of the target protein. Accordingly, the term agonist is defined in the context of the biological role of the target protein. Although the agonists provided herein may specifically interact with (e.g., bind to) the target, compounds that initiate or enhance a biological activity of the target protein by interacting with other members of the target protein pathway are also specifically included within this definition. signal transduction of which the target protein is a member.
As used herein, and unless otherwise specified, the terms antagonist and inhibitor are used interchangeably, and refer to a compound that has the ability to inhibit a biological function of a target protein, either inhibiting the activity or expression of the target protein. Accordingly, the terms antagonist and inhibitors are defined in the context of the biological role of the target protein. Although the antagonists provided herein may specifically interact with (eg, bind to) the target, compounds that inhibit a biological activity of the target protein by interacting with other members of the transduction pathway are also specifically included within this definition. signals of which the target protein is a member. In one embodiment, a biological activity inhibited by an antagonist is associated with the development, growth, or spread of a tumor, or a response
<img file="MX347708B_D0037.tif" />
Mexican IMPI tNrrrrvTO IX THE unwanted immune inoustiuai CURRENCY, for example, as manifested in an autoimmune disease.
As used herein, and unless otherwise specified, an anticancer agent, antitumor agent, or chemotherapeutic agent refers to any agent useful in treating a neoplastic condition. One class of anticancer agents comprises chemotherapeutic agents. As used herein, and unless otherwise specified, chemotherapy means the administration of one or more chemotherapeutic drugs and / or other agents to a patient with cancer by various methods, including intravenous, oral, intramuscular, intraperitoneal administration. , intravesical, subcutaneous, transdermal, buccal or by inhalation or in the form of a suppository.
As used herein, and unless otherwise specified, the term "cell proliferation" refers to a phenomenon whereby the number of cells has changed as a result of division. In one embodiment, this term also encompasses cell growth whereby the morphology of the cell has changed (eg, increased in size) consistent with a proliferative signal.
As used herein, and unless otherwise specified, the term "co-administration", administered in combination with and their grammatical equivalents, encompasses the administration of two or more agents to an animal either simultaneously or sequentially. In one embodiment, both agents and / or their metabolites are present in the animal at the same time. In one embodiment, co-administration includes simultaneous administration in separate compositions, administration at different times in separate compositions, or administration in a composition in which both agents are present.
As used herein, and unless otherwise specified, the term effective amount or amount
<img file="MX347708B_D0038.tif" />
Therapeutically effective IRSTTTUTO MEXICANO DE LA HWMEDAD INDUSTRIAL refers to an amount of a compound described herein that is sufficient to effect an intended application or effect, including, but not limited to, the treatment of a disease, as defined in This document. The therapeutically effective amount may vary depending on the intended application (in vitro or in vivo), or the subject and disease state being treated, eg, the weight and age of the subject, the severity of the disease state, the manner of administration. and the like, which can be determined by one of ordinary skill in the art. The term can also be applied to a dose that will induce a particular response in target cells, for example, reduced platelet adhesion and / or cell migration. The specific dose will vary depending on the particular compounds chosen, the dosage regimen to be followed, if administered in combination with other compounds, the timing of administration, the tissue to which it is administered, and the physical delivery system in which it is administered. holder.
As used herein, and unless otherwise specified, the terms "treatment, treat, alleviate, and enhance" are used interchangeably herein, and refer to an approach to obtaining beneficial or desired results, including , but not limited to, a therapeutic benefit and / or a prophylactic benefit. In one embodiment, therapeutic benefit means eradication or amelioration of the underlying disorder being treated. In one embodiment, a therapeutic benefit is achieved by eradicating or ameliorating one or more of the physiological symptoms associated with the underlying disorder, such that improvement is observed in the patient, regardless of whether the patient may still be afflicted with the disorder. underlying. For prophylactic benefit, the compositions can be administered to a patient at risk of developing a particular disease, or to a patient reporting one or more of the physiological symptoms of
IMPI
IWSTTTUTC MEXICANO DE LA MONEDAD tMBUmUAi a disease, even if a diagnosis of this disease may or may not have been made.
As used herein, and unless otherwise specified, a therapeutic effect encompasses a therapeutic benefit and / or a prophylactic benefit as described herein. A prophylactic effect includes delaying or eliminating the onset of a disease or condition, delaying or eliminating the onset of symptoms of a disease or condition, slowing, stopping, or reversing the progression of a disease or condition, or any combination thereof.
As used herein, and unless otherwise specified, signal transduction is a process during which stimulatory or inhibitory signals are transmitted to and within a cell to elicit an intracellular response. A modulator of a signal transduction pathway refers to a compound that modulates the activity of one or more cellular proteins mapped to the same specific signal transduction pathway. A modulator can increase (agonist) or suppress (antagonist) the activity of a signaling molecule.
As used herein, and unless otherwise specified, the term "selective inhibition" or "selectively inhibit" as applied to a biologically active agent refers to the agent's ability to selectively reduce the signaling activity of the target. compared to nonspecific signaling activity, by direct interaction or interaction with the target.
As used herein, and unless otherwise specified, the term in vivo refers to an event that occurs in the body of a subject.
As used herein, and unless otherwise specified, the term in vitro refers to an event that takes place outside of the body of a subject. For example, an in vitro assay encompasses any assay performed
IMPI
ΙΝΤΠΤυτΟ ΜΕΧΧΧΝβ Dt THE INDIVIDUAL MQntTY outside the trial of a subject. In vitro assays encompass cell-based assays using live or dead cells. In one embodiment, in vitro assays also encompass a cell-free assay in which intact cells are not employed.
The subject for which administration is contemplated includes, but is not limited to, human beings (ie, a male or female of any age group, eg, a pediatric subject (eg, infant, child, adolescent) or adult subject (eg, young adult, middle-aged adult, or mature adult)) and / or other primates (eg, cynomolgus monkeys, rhesus monkeys); mammals, including commercially relevant mammals such as cattle, pigs, horses, sheep, goats, cats and / or dogs; and / or birds, including commercially relevant birds such as chickens, ducks, geese, quail, and / or turkeys.
As used herein, and unless otherwise specified, radiation therapy means exposing a patient, using routine compositions and methods known to the healthcare professional, to radiation emitters such as radionuclides that emit alpha particles ( for example, actinium and thorium radionuclides), low linear energy transfer (LET) radiation emitters (for example, beta emitters), conversion electron emitters (for example, strontium-89 and samarium-153-EDTMP) or high-energy radiation, including without limitation x-rays, gamma rays, and neutrons.
As used herein, the term "combine" refers to bringing one or more chemical entities into association with another one or more chemical entities. Combining includes the procedures of adding one or more compounds to a solid, liquid or gaseous mixture of one or more compounds (the same or other chemical entities), or a liquid solution or multiphase liquid mixture. The act of combining includes the process or processes of reacting one or more compounds (e.g., cleavage or bond formation; salt formation,
<img file="MX347708B_D0039.tif" />
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE
OF THE INDUSTRIAL CURRENCY formation of solvates, chelation or other association that does not alter the bonds) with one or more compounds (the same or other chemical entities). The act of combining can include alteration of one or more compounds, such as by isomerization (eg, tautomerization, resolution of one isomer of the other, racemization).
As used herein, the term "recover" includes, but is not limited to, the action of obtaining one or more compounds by collecting during and / or after a process step as disclosed herein, and the action of obtaining one or more compounds by separating one or more compounds from one or more other chemical entities during and / or after a process step as disclosed herein. The term "collection" refers to any action known in the art for this purpose, including, but not limited to, decanting a mother liquor from a solid to obtain one or more compounds, and evaporation of liquid media from a solution or other mixture to provide a solid, oil, or other residue that includes one or more compounds. The solid can be crystalline, acrystalline, partially crystalline, amorphous, containing one or more polymorphs, a powder, granular, of variable particle sizes, of uniform particle size, among other characteristics known in the art. An oil can vary in color and viscosity, and includes one or more solid forms as a heterogeneous mixture, among other characteristics known in the art. The term "separation" refers to any action (s) known in the art for this purpose, including, but not limited to, isolating one or more compounds from a solution or mixture using, for example, seed or seedless crystallization or other techniques. precipitation (for example, adding an antisolvent to a solution to induce precipitation of compounds; heating a solution, then cooling it to induce precipitation of compounds; scrape the surface of a solution with an instrument to induce precipitation of
<img file="MX347708B_D0040.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO DE LA MONEDAD INDUSTRIAL compounds) and distillation techniques. Recovering one or more compounds may involve preparing a salt, solvate, hydrate, chelate, or other complexes thereof, then collecting or separating as described above.
As used herein, a pharmaceutically acceptable form of a disclosed formula (I) includes, but is not limited to, salts, hydrates, solvates, chelates, non-covalent complexes, isomers, prodrugs, and isotopically labeled derivatives of the same pharmaceutically acceptable, and mixtures thereof. Thus, the terms chemical entity and chemical entities also encompass pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates, chelates, non-covalent complexes, isomers, prodrugs and isotopically labeled derivatives, and mixtures thereof. In some embodiments, a pharmaceutically acceptable form of a disclosed formula (I) includes a salt, a solvate, or a hydrate thereof.
In certain embodiments, the pharmaceutically acceptable form is a pharmaceutically acceptable salt. As used herein, the term "pharmaceutically acceptable salt" refers to salts that, within the scope of sound medical judgment, are suitable for use in contact with the tissues of subjects without undue toxicity, irritation, allergic response and similar, and are commensurate with a reasonable benefit / risk ratio. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts are well known in the art. For example, Berge et al. describe pharmaceutically acceptable salts in detail in J. Pharmaceutical Sciences (1977) 66: 1-19. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds provided herein include those derived from suitable organic and inorganic acids and bases. Inorganic acids from which salts can be derived include, but are not limited to, hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like. Organic acids from which salts can be derived include, but are not limited to, acetic acid, propionic acid,
<img file="MX347708B_D0041.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO DE LA PROPIEDAD INDUSTRIAL glycolic acid, pyruvic acid, oxalic acid, maleic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, fumaric acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, benzoic acid, cinnamic acid, mandelic acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, ptoluenesulfonic acid , salicylic acid and the like. Examples of non-toxic, pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts are salts of an amino group formed with inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, phosphoric acid, sulfuric acid and perchloric acid or with organic acids such as acetic acid, oxalic acid, maleic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, succinic acid or malonic acid or using other methods used in the art such as ion exchange. Other pharmaceutically acceptable salts include salts of adipate, alginate, ascorbate, aspartate, benzenesulfonate, besylate, benzoate, bisulfate, borate, butyrate, camphorate, camphorsulfonate, citrate, cyclopentanepropionate, digluconate, dodecyl sulfate, ethanesulfonate, formate, glumate, fumarate, gluconate, fumarate, gluconate, fumarate , hemisulfate, heptanoate, hexanoate, hydroiodide, 2-hydroxy-ethanesulfonate, lactobionate, lactate, laurate, lauryl sulfate, malate, maleate, malonate, methanesulfonate, 2-naphthalenesulfonate, nicotinate, nitrate, oleate, oxalate, palmitate, pamoate, pectinate, persulfate, 3-phenylpropionate, phosphate, picrate, pivalate, propionate, stearate, succinate, sulfate, tartrate, thiocyanate, ptoluenesulfonate, and the like undecanoate. In some embodiments, organic acids from which salts can be derived include, for example, acetic acid, propionic acid, glycolic acid, pyruvic acid, oxalic acid, maleic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, fumaric acid, tartaric acid, citric acid. , benzoic acid, cinnamic acid, mandelic acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, salicylic acid and the like.
Pharmaceutically acceptable salts derived from appropriate bases include alkali metal, alkaline earth metal, ammonium, and N salts.<sup>+</sup>(Alkyl) Inorganic bases from which salts can be derived include, but are not limited to, sodium, potassium, lithium, ammonium, calcium, magnesium, iron, zinc, copper, manganese, aluminum, and the like. Organic bases from which salts may be derived include, but are not limited to, primary, secondary and tertiary amines, substituted amines, including naturally occurring substituted amines, cyclic amines, basic ion exchange resins and the like, Examples include, but are not limited to, isopropylamine, trimethylamine, diethylamine, triethylamine, tripropylamine, and ethanolamine. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salt are ammonium, potassium, sodium, calcium, or magnesium salts. Representative alkali or alkaline earth metal salts include sodium, lithium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, iron, zinc, copper, manganese, aluminum, and the like. Additional pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, where appropriate, non-toxic ammonium, quaternary ammonium and amine cations formed using counter ions such as halide, hydroxide, carboxylate, sulfate, phosphate, nitrate, lower alkyl sulfonate, and aryl sulfonate. Organic bases from which salts can be derived include, for example, primary, secondary and tertiary amines, substituted amines including naturally occurring substituted amines, cyclic amines, basic ion exchange resins and the like, such as isopropylamine, trimethylamine, diethylamine, triethylamine, tripropylamine and ethanolamine. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salt is selected from ammonium, potassium, sodium, calcium, and magnesium salts. Bis salts (ie, two counter ions) and higher salts (eg, three or more counter ions) are encompassed within the meaning of pharmaceutically acceptable salts.
Furthermore, if a compound of the present disclosure is obtained as an acid addition salt, the free base can be obtained by basifying a solution of the acid salt. Conversely, if a
<img file="MX347708B_D0042.tif" />
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE
DE LA MOHEDAL 'INDUSTRIAL product is a free base, an acid addition salt, particularly a pharmaceutically acceptable addition salt, can be produced by dissolving the free base in a suitable organic solvent and treating the solution with an acid, according to conventional procedures for preparing acid addition salts from base compounds. Those skilled in the art will recognize various synthetic methodologies that can be used to prepare non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable addition salts.
In certain embodiments, the pharmaceutically acceptable form is a solvate (eg, a hydrate). As used herein, the term "solvate" refers to compounds that further include a stoichiometric or non-stoichiometric amount of a solvent bound by non-covalent intermolecular forces. The solvate can be a disclosed compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. When the solvent is water, the solvate is a hydrate. Pharmaceutically acceptable solvates and hydrates are complexes that, for example, may include 1 to about 100, or 1 to about 10, or 1 to about 2, 3, or 4 molecules of solvent or water. In some embodiments, the hydrate can be a channel hydrate. The term compound as used herein will be understood to encompass the compound and solvates of the compound, as well as mixtures thereof.
As used herein, and unless otherwise specified, "prodrug" is intended to denote a compound that can be converted under physiological conditions or by solvolysis to a biologically active compound described herein. Thus, the term "prodrug" refers to a precursor of a biologically active compound that is pharmaceutically acceptable. A prodrug may be inactive when administered to a subject, but is converted into an active compound in vivo, for example, by hydrolysis. In some embodiments, the prodrug compound often offers advantages
<img file="MX347708B_D0043.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO DE LA MOFUDAI. INDUSTRIAL of solubility, tissue compatibility or delayed release in a mammalian organism (see, for example, Bundgard, H., Design of Prodrugs (1985), pp. 7-9, 21-24 (Elsevier, Amsterdam). A discussion is provided of prodrugs in Higuchi, T., et al., Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems, ACS Symposium Series, vol. 14, and in Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design, ed. Edward B. Roche, American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press, 1987, both of which are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety. The term "prodrug" is also intended to include any covalently linked carrier, which releases formula (I) active in vivo when such a prodrug is administered to a mammalian subject. Prodrugs of an active compound can be prepared, as described herein, by modifying functional groups present in active formula (I) so that the modifications are cleaved, either on routine manipulation or in vivo, to give the original active compound. Prodrugs include compounds in which a hydroxyl, amino, or mercapto group is attached to any group that, when the prodrug of formula (I) is administered activates to a mammalian subject, cleaves to form a free, free, or amino hydroxyl group. free mercapto, respectively. Examples of prodrugs include, but are not limited to, acetate, formate, and benzoate derivatives of an alcohol; or acetamide, formamide and benzamide derivatives of an amine functional group in the active compound and the like. Other examples of prodrugs include compounds comprising -NO, -NO moieties<sub>2</sub>, -ONO or -0N0<sub>2</sub>. Prodrugs can normally be prepared using well known methods, such as those disclosed in Burger's Medicinal Chemistry and Drug Discovery, 172-178, 949-982 (Manfred E. Wolff ed., 5<sup>to</sup> ed. , 1995), and Design of Prodrugs (H. Bundgaard ed., Elselvier, New York, 1985).
For example, if a disclosed compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable form of the compound contains a carboxylic acid functional group, a prodrug may comprise a
<img file="MX347708B_D0044.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO Pt LA HtOFIlDAD INDUSTRIAL form of pharmaceutically acceptable ester formed by the replacement of the hydrogen atom of the acid group by a group such as alkyl (Ci-C<sub>8</sub>), alkanoyloxymethyl (C<sub>2</sub>-C<sub>12</sub>), 1 (alkanoyloxy) ethyl having 4 to 9 carbon atoms, 1-methyl-1- (alkanoyloxy) -ethyl having 5 to 10 carbon atoms, alkoxycarbonyloxymethyl having 3 to 6 carbon atoms, 1- ( alkoxycarbonyloxy) ethyl having from 4 to 7 carbon atoms, 1-methyl-l- (alkoxycarbonyloxy) ethyl having from 5 to 8 carbon atoms, N- (alkoxycarbonyl) aminomethyl having from 3 to 9 carbon atoms, 1- (N- (alkoxycarbonyl) amino) ethyl having from 4 to 10 carbon atoms, 3-phthalidyl, 4-crotonolactonyl, gamma-butyrolacton-4yl, di-N, N-alkylamino (Ci ~ C<sub>2</sub>) -alkyl (C<sub>2</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) (such as β-dimethylaminoethyl), carbamoyl-alkyl (Ci-C<sub>2</sub>), N, Ndialkylcarbamoyl (Ci-C<sub>2</sub>) -alkyl (Ci-C<sub>2</sub>) and piperidino-, pyrrolidino- or morpholinoalkyl (C<sub>2</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) .
Similarly, if a disclosed compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable form of the compound contains an alcohol functional group, a prodrug can be formed by replacing the hydrogen atom of the alcohol group with a group such as alkanoyloxymethyl (Ci-C<sub>6</sub>), 1 - ((Ci-C alkanoyloxy<sub>6</sub>)) ethyl, 1-methyl-l - ((Ci-Cg alkanoyloxy)) ethyl-alkoxycarbonyloxymethyl (CiC<sub>6</sub>), N-alkoxycarbonylaminomethyl (C<sub>x</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>), succinoyl, alkanoyl (CiC<sub>6</sub>), α-aminoalkanoyl (Ci-C<sub>4</sub>), arylacyl and α-aminoacyl, or aaminoacyl-a-aminoacyl, in which each α-aminoacyl group is independently selected from the naturally occurring L-amino acids, P (O) (OH)<sub>2</sub>, -P (O) (0 (Ci-C alkyl<sub>6</sub>))<sub>2</sub> or glycosilyl (the radical resulting from the removal of a hydroxyl group from the hemiacetal form of a carbohydrate).
If a disclosed compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable form of formula (I) incorporates an amine functional group, a prodrug can be formed by replacing a hydrogen atom in the amine group with a group such as R-carbonyl, R0carbonyl, NRR'-carbonyl in which R and R 'are each
IMPI ιντπτιreo Mexican PE INPUSTXIAL PROPERTY independently alkyl (Ci-Ci<sub>0</sub>), cycloalkyl (C<sub>3</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>), benzyl, a natural α-aminoacyl or natural α-aminoacyl-a-natural aminoacyl, -0 (011) 0 (0) 01<sup>1</sup> in which Y<sup>1</sup> is H, alkyl (Ci-Cg) or benzyl, -C (OY<sup>2</sup>)Y<sup>3</sup> in which Y<sup>2</sup> is (C1-C4) alkyl and Y<sup>3</sup> is (Ci-C6) alkyl, carboxyalkyl (Ci-C6), aminoalkyl (Ci ~ C4) or mono-N— or di-N, N— alkylaminoalkyl (Ci-C6), —C (Y<sup>4</sup>)Y<sup>5</sup> in which Y<sup>4</sup> is H or methyl and Y<sup>5 </sup>is mono-N- or di-N, N-alkylamino (Ci-C6), morpholino, piperidin-l-yl or pyrrolidin-l-yl.
In certain embodiments, the pharmaceutically acceptable form is an isomer. Isomers are different compounds that have the same molecular formula. Stereoisomers are isomers that differ only in the way the atoms are arranged in space. As used herein, the term isomer includes any and all geometric isomers and stereoisomers. For example, isomers include geometric double bond cis and trans isomers, also referred to as E and Z isomers; R and S enantiomers; diastereomers, isomers (d) and isomers (1), racemic mixtures thereof; and other mixtures thereof, as are within the scope of this disclosure.
Substituents around a carbon-carbon double bond may alternatively be designated cis or trans, with cis substituents representing on the same side of the double bond and trans substituents representing on opposite sides of the double bond. The arrangement of substituents around a carbocyclic ring can also be designated cis or trans. The term cis represents substituents on the same side of the ring plane, and the term trans represents substituents on opposite sides of the ring plane. Mixtures of compounds in which the substituents are arranged both on the same and on opposite sides of the plane of the ring are designated cis / trans.
Enantiomers are a pair of stereoisomers that are non-overlapping mirror images of each other. A mixture of a pair of enantiomers in any provide as known as
<img file="MX347708B_D0045.tif" />
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTTrVTO DE LA FROnFDAD a racemic mixture. The term (+) is used to designate a racemic mixture where appropriate. Diastereoisomers are stereoisomers that have at least two asymmetric atoms, but are not mirror images of each other. The absolute stereochemistry is specified according to the Cahn-Ingold-Prelog RS system. When a formula (I) is an enantiomer, the stereochemistry at each chiral carbon can be specified by either R or S. Resolved compounds whose absolute configuration is unknown can be designated (+) or (-) depending on the direction (dextro or levorotatory) in which they rotate the plane of polarized light at the wavelength of the sodium D line. Certain of the compounds described in this document contain one or more asymmetric centers and therefore can give rise to enantiomers, diastereomers and other stereoisomeric forms that can be defined, in terms of absolute stereochemistry at each asymmetric atom, as (R) or (S ). The present chemical entities, pharmaceutical compositions and methods are intended to include all possible isomers, including racemic mixtures, substantially optically pure forms, and mixtures of intermediates. Optically active (R) and (S) isomers can be prepared, for example, using chiral synthons or chiral reagents, or resolved using conventional techniques.
As used herein, and unless otherwise specified, the term "stereomerically pure" means a composition or substance that comprises one stereoisomer of a compound and is substantially free of other stereoisomers of that compound. For example, a stereomerically pure composition of a compound having a chiral center will be substantially free of the opposite enantiomer of the compound. A stereomerically pure composition of a compound having two chiral centers will be substantially free of other stereoisomers (eg, diastereoisomers or enantiomers, or syn or anti isomers, or cis or trans isomers) of the compound. A typical stereomerically pure compound comprises
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO t> E LA ΠΕΟΗΕΒΑ »INDUSTRIAL more than about 80 percent by weight of a stereoisomer of the compound and less than about 20 percent by weight of other stereoisomers of the compound, more than about 90 percent by weight of a stereoisomer of the compound and less than about 10 percent by weight of the other stereoisomers of the compound, more than about 95 percent by weight of a stereoisomer of the compound and less than about 5 percent by weight of the other stereoisomers of the compound, or more than about 97 percent by weight of a stereoisomer of the compound and less than about 3 percent by weight of the other stereoisomers of the compound.
As used herein, and unless otherwise specified, the term "enantiomerically pure" means a stereomerically pure composition of a compound having one or more chiral center (s).
As used herein, and unless otherwise specified, the terms enantiomeric excess and diastereomeric excess are used interchangeably herein. In some embodiments, compounds with a single stereocenter can be said to be present in enantiomeric excess, and those with at least two stereocentres can be said to be present in diastereomeric excess. For example, the term enantiomeric excess is well known in the art and is defined as:
ee<sub>to</sub> conc. from to conc. of b conc. from a + conc. of x 100
Therefore, the term enantiomeric excess is related to the term optical purity because both are measures of the same phenomenon. The value of ee will be a number from 0 to 100, with zero being racemic and 100 being enantiomerically pure. A compound that in the past could have been considered 98% optically pure is now more precisely characterized by a
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO »€ LA FK TIEDAC INtMISTIUAL
<img file="MX347708B_D0046.tif" />
96% ee. An ee of 90% reflects the presence of 95% of one enantiomer and 5% of the other (s) in the material in question.
Some compositions described herein contain an enantiomeric excess of at least about 50%, 75%, 90%, 95%, or 99% of the S enantiomer. In other words, the compositions contain an enantiomeric excess of the enantiomer. S over the R enantiomer. In other embodiments, some compositions described herein contain an enantiomeric excess of at least about 50%, 75%, 90%, 95%, or 99% of the R enantiomer. In other words, the compositions contain an enantiomeric excess of the R enantiomer over the enantiomer.
For example, an isomer / enantiomer, in some embodiments, can be provided substantially free of the corresponding enantiomer, and can also be referred to as enantiomerically enriched, enantiomerically pure, and non-racemic optically enriched as used interchangeably herein. These terms refer to compositions in which the weight percent of an enantiomer is greater than the amount of that one enantiomer in a control mixture of the racemic composition (eg, greater than about 1: 1 by weight). For example, an enantiomerically enriched preparation of the S enantiomer means a compound preparation that has more than about 50% by weight of the S enantiomer relative to the R enantiomer, such as at least about 75% by weight, additionally such as al minus about 80% by weight. In some embodiments, the enrichment can be much greater than about 80% by weight, providing a substantially enantiomerically, substantially purely or substantially non-racemic enriched preparation, which refers to compositions preparations having at least about 85% % by weight of an enantiomer relative to
INSTITUTO MEXICANO DE LA PROPIEDAD INDUSTRIAL other enantiomer, such as at least about 90% by weight, and additionally such as at least 95% by weight. In certain embodiments, the compound provided herein is made up of at least about 90% by weight of an enantiomer. In other embodiments, formula (I) is made up of at least about 95%, 98%, or 99% by weight of an enantiomer.
<td>In some embodiments, the</td><td>formula (I) is a</td><td>mixture</td>
<td>racemic of (S) and (R) isomers.</td><td colspan="2">In other embodiments,</td>
<td colspan="3">provides herein a mixture of compounds in</td>
<td colspan="2">that there are individual compounds of the</td><td>mixture</td>
<td>predominantly in a configuration</td><td>isomeric ion (S) or (R (</td><td>). For</td>
<td colspan="2">For example, the mixture of compounds has an enantiomeric excess</td><td>co (S)</td>
<td colspan="2">of more than about 55%, about the</td><td> 60%,</td>
<td colspan="3">about 65%, about 70%, about</td>
<td>75%, about 80%,</td><td>about the</td><td> 85%,</td>
<td colspan="3">about 90%, about 95%, about</td>
<td>96%, about 97%,</td><td>about the</td><td> 98%,</td>
<td colspan="2">about 99%, about 99.5% or more. In</td><td>other</td>
<td colspan="2">embodiments, the mixture of compounds has a</td><td>excess</td>
<td>enantiomeric (S) of more than</td><td>approximately the E</td><td>> 5% to</td>
<td>about 99.5%, over</td><td>of about the</td><td>60% a</td>
<td>about 99.5%, over</td><td>of about the</td><td>65% a</td>
<td>about 99.5%, over</td><td>of about the</td><td>70% a</td>
<td>about 99.5%, over</td><td>of about the</td><td>75% a</td>
<td>about 99.5%, over</td><td>of about the</td><td>80% a</td>
<td>about 99.5%, over</td><td>of about the</td><td>85% a</td>
<td>about 99.5%, over</td><td>of about the</td><td>90% a</td>
<td>about 99.5%, over</td><td>of about the</td><td>95% a</td>
<td>about 99.5%, over</td><td>of about the</td><td>96% a</td>
<td>about 99.5%, over</td><td>of about the</td><td>97% a</td>
<td>approximately 99.5%, of more than</td><td>about 98%</td><td>to more</td>
<td colspan="2">of approximately 99.5%, of more than approximately</td><td>99% a</td>
<td>about 99.5%, or more.</td><td></td><td></td>
<img file="MX347708B_D0047.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO M LA MONEDAD INDUSTRIA!
In other embodiments, the mixture of compounds has an enantiomeric purity (R) of greater than about 55%, about 60%, about 65%, about 70%, about 75%, about 80%, about 85%, about 90%, about 95%, about 96%, about 97%,
<td rowspan="2">approximately 99.5% or more.</td><td rowspan="2">the In</td><td colspan="3">98%, approximately 99%, approximately</td><td rowspan="2">the of</td>
<td>some</td><td>other realizations,</td><td>mixture</td>
<td colspan="2">compounds has</td><td colspan="2">an enantiomeric excess (R)</td><td>the rest</td><td>of</td>
<td>approximately</td><td>the</td><td>55% a</td><td>about 99.5%,</td><td>the rest</td><td>of</td>
<td>approximately</td><td>the</td><td>60% a</td><td>about 99.5%,</td><td>the rest</td><td>of</td>
<td>approximately</td><td>the</td><td>65% a</td><td>about 99.5%,</td><td>the rest</td><td>of</td>
<td>approximately</td><td>the</td><td>70% a</td><td>about 99.5%,</td><td>the rest</td><td>of</td>
<td>approximately</td><td>the</td><td>75% a</td><td>about 99.5%,</td><td>the rest</td><td>of</td>
<td>approximately</td><td>the</td><td>80% a</td><td>about 99.5%,</td><td>the rest</td><td>of</td>
<td>approximately</td><td>the</td><td>85% a</td><td>about 99.5%,</td><td>the rest</td><td>of</td>
<td>approximately</td><td>the</td><td>90% a</td><td>about 99.5%,</td><td>the rest</td><td>of</td>
<td>approximately</td><td>the</td><td>95% a</td><td>about 99.5%,</td><td>the rest</td><td>of</td>
<td>approximately</td><td>the</td><td>96% a</td><td>about 99.5%,</td><td>the rest</td><td>of</td>
<td>approximately</td><td>the</td><td>97% a</td><td>about 99.5%,</td><td>the rest</td><td>of</td>
<td colspan="2">approximately that of approximately</td><td colspan="2">98% to more than about 9i 99% to about 99.5% or</td><td>5.5%, more than</td><td>plus</td>
In other embodiments, the compound mixture contains identical chemical entities except for their stereochemical orientations, namely (S) or (R) isomers. For example, if a compound disclosed herein has a -CH (R) - unit, and R is not hydrogen, then the -CH (R) - is in an (S) or (R) stereochemical orientation for each of the identical chemical entities. In some embodiments, the mixture of identical chemical entities is a racemic mixture of (S) and (R) isomers. In another embodiment, the mixture of identical chemical entities (except for their stereochemical orientations), contains predominantly (S) isomers or predominantly (R) isomers. For example, the (S) isomers in
<img file="MX347708B_D0048.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO DF LA HtOFIFOAD INDUSTRIAL the mixture of identical chemical entities are present at approximately 55%, approximately 60%, approximately 65%, approximately 70%, approximately 75%,
<td>approximately</td><td>the</td><td colspan="3">80%, approximately</td><td colspan="3">85%, approximately</td><td>the</td>
<td colspan="3">90%, approximately</td><td> 95%,</td><td colspan="2">approximately</td><td>the</td><td> 96</td><td> ;%,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td>the</td><td colspan="3">97%, approximately</td><td colspan="3">98% approximately</td><td>the</td>
<td colspan="2">99%, approximately</td><td>e 99.5%,</td><td>or more</td><td>, er</td><td colspan="4">i relation to isomers</td>
<td>(R). In some</td><td colspan="2">achievements,</td><td>the</td><td colspan="2">(S) isomers in the</td><td colspan="2">mixture</td><td>of</td>
<td colspan="3">identical chemical entities</td><td colspan="2">is it so</td><td colspan="2">present to a</td><td colspan="2">excess</td>
<td>enantiomeric</td><td>(S)</td><td>the rest</td><td>of</td><td colspan="2">about the</td><td></td><td> 55%</td><td>to</td>
<td>approximately</td><td>the</td><td>99.5% of</td><td>plus</td><td>of</td><td>approximately</td><td>the</td><td> 60%</td><td>to</td>
<td>approximately</td><td>the</td><td>99.5% of</td><td>plus</td><td>of</td><td>approximately</td><td>the</td><td> 65%</td><td>to</td>
<td>approximately</td><td>the</td><td>99.5% of</td><td>plus</td><td>of</td><td>approximately</td><td>the</td><td> 70%</td><td>to</td>
<td>approximately</td><td>the</td><td>99.5% of</td><td>plus</td><td>of</td><td>approximately</td><td>the</td><td> 75%</td><td>to</td>
<td>approximately</td><td>the</td><td>99.5% of</td><td>plus</td><td>of</td><td>approximately</td><td>the</td><td> 80%</td><td>to</td>
<td>approximately</td><td>the</td><td>99.5% of</td><td>plus</td><td>of</td><td>approximately</td><td>the</td><td> 85%</td><td>to</td>
<td>approximately</td><td>the</td><td>99.5% of</td><td>plus</td><td>of</td><td>approximately</td><td>the</td><td> 90%</td><td>to</td>
<td>approximately</td><td>the</td><td>99.5% of</td><td>plus</td><td>of</td><td>approximately</td><td>the</td><td> 95%</td><td>to</td>
<td>approximately</td><td>the</td><td>99.5% of</td><td>plus</td><td>of</td><td>approximately</td><td>the</td><td> 96%</td><td>to</td>
<td>approximately</td><td>the</td><td>99.5% of</td><td>plus</td><td>of</td><td>approximately</td><td>the</td><td> 97%</td><td>to</td>
<td>approximately</td><td>the</td><td colspan="2">99.5%, of more than</td><td colspan="2">about the</td><td> 98%</td><td colspan="2">to more</td>
<td colspan="2">approximately</td><td colspan="3">99.5% of more than</td><td>approximately</td><td>the</td><td> 99%</td><td>to</td>
<td>approximately</td><td>the</td><td>99.5% or more.</td><td></td><td></td><td></td><td></td><td></td><td></td>
In another embodiment, the (R) isomers in the mixture of identical chemical entities (except for their stereochemical orientations) are present at about 55%, about 60%, about 65%, about 70%, about 75%. , about 80%, about 85%, about 90%, about 95%, about 96%, about 97%, about 98%, about 99%, about 99.5%, or more , relative to the (S) isomers. In some embodiments, the (R) isomers in the mixture of identical chemical entities (except for their stereochemical orientations) are
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL CURRENCY
<td>present to a</td><td>enantiomeric excess</td><td>(R)</td><td>of more than approximately</td>
<td colspan="4">55% to about 99.5%, from more than about 60% to about 99.5%, from more than about 65% to about 99.5%, from more than about 70% to about 99.5%, from more than about 75% to about 99.5%, from more than about 80% to about 99.5%, from more than about 85% to about 99.5%, from more than about 90% to about 99.5%, from more than about 95% to about 99.5%, from more than about 96% to about 99.5%, from more than about 97% to about 99.5%, from more than about 98% to more than about 99.5%, from more than about 99% to about 99.5%, or more. Enantiomers can be isolated from racemic mixtures</td>
by any method known to those skilled in the art, including chiral high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC), the formation and crystallization of chiral salts, or prepared by asymmetric synthesis. See, for example, Enantiomers, Racemates and Resolutions (Jacques, Ed., Wiley Interscience, New York, 1981); Wilen et al., Tetrahedron 33: 2725 (1977); Stereochemistry of Carbon Compounds (EL Eliel, Ed., McGraw-Hill, NY, 1962); and Tables of Resolving Agents and Optical Resolutions p. 268 (EL Eliel, Ed., Univ. Of Notre Dame Press,
Notre Dame, IN 1972).
In certain embodiments, the pharmaceutically acceptable form is a tautomer. As used herein, the term tautomer is a type of isomer that includes two or more interconvertible compounds that result from at least one formal migration of a hydrogen atom and at least one change in valence (e.g., a bond single to double bond, triple bond to single bond, or vice versa). Tautomerization includes proton displacement or prototropic tautomerization, which is considered a subset of the
<img file="MX347708B_D0049.tif" />
IMPI Mexican institute DE LA MONEDAD indi irrxiAi acid-base chemistry. Prototropic tautomerization or proton displacement tautomerization involves migration of a proton accompanied by changes in bond order. The exact ratio of the tautomers depends on several factors, including temperature, solvent, and pH. When tautomerization is possible (eg, in solution), a chemical equilibrium of tautomers can be achieved. Tautomerizations (ie, the reaction that provides a tautomeric couple) can be acid or base catalyzed, or can occur without the action or presence of an external agent. Exemplary tautomerizations include, but are not limited to, keto-a-enol tautomerizations; amide-a-imide; lactam-alacthyme; enamine-a-imine; and enamine-a- (a different) enamine. An example of keto-enol tautomerization is the interconversion of the tautomers pentane-2,4-dione and 4-hydroxypent-3-en-2-one. Another example of tautomerization is phenol-keto tautomerization. Another example of phenol-keto tautomerization is the interconversion of the pyridin-4-ol and pyridin-4 (1H) -one tautomers.
As defined herein, the term formula (1) includes (S) -3- (1- (9H-purin-6-ylamino) ethyl) -8-chloro2-phenylisoquinolin-1 (2H) -one in its imide tautomer shown below as (I — 1) and its lactime tautomer shown below as (1-2):
<img file="MX347708B_D0050.tif" />
(ID (1-2)
<img file="MX347708B_D0051.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO DE LA MONEDA · INDUSTRIA!
As defined herein, the term formula (1) includes (S) -3- (1- (9H-purin-6-ylamino) ethyl) -8-chloro2-phenylisoquinolin-1 (2H) -one in its imide tautomer shown below as (I — 1) and its lactime tautomer shown below as (1-2):
<img file="MX347708B_D0052.tif" />
(1-1) (1-2)
As used herein, and unless otherwise specified, the structures depicted herein are also intended to include compounds that differ only in the presence of one or more isotopically enriched atoms. For example, compounds having the present structures are within the scope of this disclosure except for the replacement of a hydrogen by a deuterium or tritium, or the replacement of a carbon by carbon enriched in<sup>13</sup>C or <sup>14</sup>C, or the replacement of a nitrogen by a nitrogen enriched in <sup>13</sup>Do not <sup>15</sup>N, or the replacement of an oxygen by oxygen enriched in <sup>14</sup>OR, <sup>15</sup>OR, <sup>17</sup>Or or <sup>18</sup>Or, or the replacement of a chlorine by chlorine enriched in <sup>35</sup>C1, <sup>36</sup>C1 or <sup>37</sup>C1.
In one embodiment, the compounds of the present disclosure may also contain unnatural ratios of atomic isotopes at one or more of the atoms that make up such compounds. For example, compounds can be radiolabelled with radioactive isotopes, such as, for example, tritium (<sup>3</sup>H), iodine125 (<sup>125</sup>I) or carbon-14 (<sup>14</sup>C). Certain disclosed isotopically-labeled compounds (for example, those labeled with<sup>3</sup>H and
<img file="MX347708B_D0053.tif" />
IMPI
ΙΝΠΤΛΓΓΟ MEXICAN D € LA INDUSnUAL PROPERTY · <sup>14</sup>C) are useful in compound and / or substrate tissue distribution assays. Tritiated isotopes (i.e.<sup>3</sup>H) and carbon-14 (i.e. <sup>14</sup>C) can allow easy preparation and detectability. Furthermore, substitution with heavier isotopes such as deuterium (i.e.<sup>2</sup>H) can provide certain therapeutic benefits resulting from increased metabolic stability (eg, increased half-life in vivo or reduced dosage requirements). Isotopically labeled disclosed compounds can generally be prepared by substituting a non-isotopically labeled reagent for an isotopically labeled reagent. In some embodiments, compounds are provided herein that may also contain unnatural ratios of atomic isotopes at one or more of the atoms that make up such compounds. All isotopic variations of compounds of the present disclosure, whether radioactive or not, are encompassed within the scope of the present disclosure.
As used herein, and unless otherwise specified, the terms solvent, organic solvent, or inert solvent each mean a solvent inert under the conditions of the reaction being described in conjunction therewith, including, without limitation , benzene, toluene, acetonitrile, ethyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, hexane, heptanes, dioxane, tetrahydrofuran (THF), dimethylformamide (DMF), dimethylacetamide (DMA), chloroform, methylene chloride (dichloromethane), diethyl ether, methanol, butanol, methyl t-butyl ether (MTBE), 2-butanone (MEK), N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP), pyridine, and the like. Unless otherwise specified, the solvents used in reactions described herein are inert organic solvents. Unless otherwise specified, for every gram of a limiting reagent, one cc (or ml) of solvent constitutes one volume equivalent.
<img file="MX347708B_D0054.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO M LA MONIDAP INDUSTRIAL
As used herein, unless otherwise specified, pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or pharmaceutically acceptable excipient includes any and all solvents, dispersion media, coatings, antibacterial and antifungal agents, absorption delay agents. and isotonic and the like. The use of such media and agents for pharmaceutically active substances is known in the art. The use of such media and agents for pharmaceutically active substances is known in the art. Except insofar as any conventional media or agent is incompatible with the active ingredient, its use in the therapeutic compositions of the present disclosure is contemplated. Supplementary active ingredients can also be incorporated into the compositions.
As used herein, and unless otherwise specified, polymorph can be used herein to describe a crystalline material, eg, a crystalline form. In certain embodiments, polymorph as used herein is also intended to include all crystalline and amorphous forms of a compound or a salt thereof, including, for example, crystalline forms, polymorphs, pseudopolymorphs, solvates, hydrates, cocrystals, polymorphs. unsolvated (including anhydrates), conformational polymorphs, tautomeric forms, disordered crystalline forms and amorphous forms, as well as mixtures thereof, Unless reference is made to a particular amorphous or crystalline form. The compounds of the present disclosure include amorphous and crystalline forms of those compounds, including, for example, crystalline forms, polymorphs, pseudopolymorphs, solvates, hydrates, cocrystals, unsolvated polymorphs (including anhydrates), conformational polymorphs, tautomeric forms, disordered crystalline forms. and amorphous forms of the compounds or a salt thereof, as well as mixtures thereof.
<img file="MX347708B_D0055.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO Di LA MtORUDAC INDUSTRIAL
As used herein, and unless otherwise specified, a particular form of a compound of formula (I) described herein (e.g., form A, B, C, D, E, F, G, Η, I, J, or an amorphous form of a compound of formula (I), or mixtures thereof) is intended to encompass a solid form of a compound of formula (I), or a salt, a solvate, or a hydrate of the same, among others.
As used herein, and unless otherwise specified, the terms "solid form" and "related terms" herein refer to a physical form comprising a compound provided herein or a salt or solvate or hydrate. thereof, which is not in a liquid or gaseous state. Solid forms can be crystalline, amorphous, disordered crystalline, partially crystalline, and / or partially amorphous.
As used herein, and unless otherwise specified, the term crystalline, when used to describe a substance, component, or product, means that the substance, component, or product is substantially crystalline as determined. , for example, by X-ray diffraction. See, for example, Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, 21<sup>to</sup> ed. (2005).
As used herein, and unless otherwise specified, the term crystalline form, crystal form, and related terms herein refer to the various crystalline material that comprises a given substance, including single-component crystal forms. and multicomponent crystal forms, and including, but not limited to, polymorphs, solvates, hydrates, cocrystals, and other molecular complexes, as well as salts, salt solvates, hydrates of salts, other molecular complexes of salts and polymorphs thereof. In certain embodiments, a crystal form of a substance may be substantially free of amorphous forms and / or
<img file="MX347708B_D0056.tif" />
IMPI INSTITUTO MEXICANO DE LA FROFIEUAD INDUSTRIAL other forms of glass. In other embodiments, a crystal form of a substance may contain about 1%, about 2%, about 3%, about 4%, about 5%, about 10%, about 15%, about 20%, about 25%, about 30%, about 35%, about 40%, about 45%, or about 50% of one or more amorphous and / or other crystal forms on a molar basis and / or by weight.
Certain crystal forms can be obtained by various methods, such as, without limitation, melt recrystallization, melt cooling, solvent recrystallization, space recrystallization. confined, such as, for example, in nanopores or capillaries, recrystallization on surfaces or molds, such as, for example, on polymers, recrystallization in the presence of additives, such as, for example, cocrystalline countermolecules, desolvation, dehydration, rapid evaporation, rapid cooling, slow cooling, vapor diffusion, sublimation, milling, solvent drip milling, microwave-induced precipitation, sonicac | ion-induced precipitation, laser-induced precipitation and / or precipitation from a fluid supercritical. As used herein, and unless otherwise specified, the term "isolate" also encompasses purifying.
Techniques for characterizing forms of | Crystal and amorphous forms may include, but are not limited to, thermogravimetric analysis (TGA), differential scanning calorimetry (DSC), X-ray powder diffraction (XRPD), single crystal X-ray diffractometry, vibrational spectroscopy, for example, infrared (IR) spectroscopy and, Raman spectroscopy, solid state nuclea magnetic resonance (NMR) spectroscopy, optical microscopy, heat phase optical microscopy, Scanning electron microscopy (SEM), I crystallography of
INSTITUTO MEXICANA> ΓΗ LA r * CriEDAX> INDUSTRIAL electrons and quantitative analysis, particle size analysis (PSA), surface area analysis, solubility studies and dissolution studies.
As used herein, and unless otherwise specified, the term peak, when used in conjunction with spectra or data presented graphically (eg, XRPD, IR, Raman, and NMR spectra), is refers to a peak or other special feature that one skilled in the art would recognize as not attributable to background noise. The term significant peak refers to a peak that is at least the median size (e.g. height) of other peaks in the spectrum or data, or at least 1.5, 2, or 2.5 times the background level in the spectrum or data.
As used herein, and unless otherwise specified, the term amorphous, amorphous form, and related terms herein mean that the substance, component, or product in question is not substantially crystalline as determined. by X-ray diffraction. In certain embodiments, an amorphous form of a substance may be substantially free of other amorphous forms and / or crystal forms. In certain embodiments, an amorphous form of a substance can comprise one or more disordered crystalline forms. In other embodiments, an amorphous form of a substance may contain about 1%, about 2%, about 3%, about 4%, about 5%, about 10%, about 15%, about 20%. %, about 25%, about 30%, about 35%, about 40%, about 45% or about 50% of one or more other amorphous forms and / or crystal forms on a molar basis and / or by weight. Amorphous forms of a substance can be obtained by various methods, as is known in the art. Such methods include, but are not limited to, heating, melt cooling,
IMPI tNSTmrtO MEXICAN
OF THE PROPERTY
INDICTRIAI
<img file="MX347708B_D0057.tif" />
rapid melt cooling, solvent evaporation, rapid solvent evaporation, desolvation, sublimation, milling, cryomilling, spray drying and freeze drying.
As used herein and unless otherwise specified, a composition that is substantially free of a compound means that the composition contains less than about 20 percent by weight, less than about 10 percent by weight, less than about 5 percent by weight, less than about 3 percent by weight, or less than about 1 percent by weight of the compound.
As used herein, and unless otherwise specified, the term "substantially pure" when used to describe a polymorph, crystal form, or solid form of a compound or complex described herein means a solid form of the compound or complex that comprises a particular polymorph and is substantially free of other polymorphic amorphous forms and / or the compound. A representative substantially pure polymorph 20 comprises greater than about 80% by weight of a polymorphic form of the compound and less than about 20% by weight of other amorphous and / or polymorphic forms of the compound; more than about 90% by weight of a polymorphic form of the compound and less than about 10% by weight of other amorphous and / or polymorphic forms of the compound; more than about 95% by weight of a polymorphic form of the compound and less than about 5% by weight of other amorphous and / or polymorphic forms of the compound; more than about 97% by weight of a polymorphic form of the compound and less than about 3% by weight of other amorphous and / or polymorphic forms of the compound; or more than about 99% by weight of a polymorphic form of the compound and less than
<img file="MX347708B_D0058.tif" />
<sup>53</sup> IMPI INSTITUTO Mexicano DE LA ΜΟΠΕβΑΡ INDUSTRIAL approximately 1% by weight of other amorphous and / or polymorphic forms of the compound.
As used herein, and unless otherwise specified, a crystal form that is essentially free of water and / or solvent in the crystal lattice structure has an amount of water and / or solvent in the lattice structure. of the crystal that is, in certain embodiments, about the limit of detection, in other embodiments, about the limit of detection, and in other embodiments, approximately below the detection limit for solvent and / or water in the crystal lattice structure when measured using a conventional solid state analytical technique, eg, a technique described herein. In certain embodiments, the solid state analytical technique used to determine the amount of water and / or solvent in the lattice structure of the crystals is thermogravimetric analysis. In other embodiments, the solid state analytical technique used to determine the amount of water and / or solvent in the crystal lattice structure is Karl Fischer analysis. In other embodiments, a crystal form that is essentially free of water and / or solvent in the crystal lattice structure has an amount of water and / or solvent that is less than about 5%, less than about 4%, less less than about 3%, less than about 2%, less than about 1%, less than about 0.9%, less than about 0.8%, less than about 0.7%, less than about 0.6%, less than about 0.5%, less than about 0.4%, less than about 0.3%, less than about 0.2%, less than about 0.1%, less than about 0 .05% or less than about 0.01% of the total weight of the crystal form.
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
As used herein, an amorphous or crystalline form that is pure, i.e., is substantially free of other amorphous or crystalline forms, contains less than about 10 percent by weight of one or more other amorphous or crystalline forms. , less than about 5 percent by weight of one or more other amorphous or crystalline forms, less than about 3 percent by weight of one or more other amorphous or crystalline forms or less than about 1 percent by weight of one or more other amorphous or crystalline forms.
As used herein, and unless otherwise specified, the term "stable" refers to a compound or composition that does not readily decompose or change in chemical constitution or physical state. A stable composition or formulation provided herein does not decompose significantly under normal storage or manufacturing conditions. In some embodiments, the term "stable", when used in conjunction with a formulation or dosage form, means that the active ingredient in the formulation or dosage form remains unchanged in chemical constitution or physical state for a specified amount of time and does not degrade. or is significantly added or otherwise modified (eg, as determined, for example, by HPLC, FTIR, or XRPD). In some embodiments, about 70 percent or more, about 80 percent or more, about 90 percent or more, about 95 percent or more, about 98 percent or more, or about 99 percent or more of the compound remains unchanged after the specified period. In one embodiment, a polymorph provided herein is stable upon long-term storage (e.g., without significant changes in the shape of the polymorph after about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42, 48, 54, 60 or more than about 60 months).
<img file="MX347708B_D0059.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO DE LA PROPERTY INDUSTRIA!
Definitions of specific chemical terms and functional groups are described in more detail below. Chemical elements are identified according to the periodic table of elements, version CAS, Handbook of Chemistry and Physics, 75<sup>to</sup> ed., inner shell, and specific functional groups are generally defined as described therein. Additionally, general principles of organic chemistry, as well as reactivity and specific functional moieties, are described in Organic Chemistry, Thomas Sorrell, University Science Books, Sausalito, 1999; Smith and March March's Advanced Organic Chemistry, 5<sup>to</sup> ed., John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, 2001; Larock, Comprehensive Organic Transformations, VCH Publishers, Inc., New York, 1989; and Carruthers, Some Modern Methods of Organic Synthesis, 3<sup>to</sup> ed., Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1987.
When you list a range of values, you intend to span every value and sub-range within the range. For example Ci_ alkyl<sub>6</sub> is intended to encompass, Ci, C alkyl<sub>2</sub>, C<sub>3</sub>, C<sub>4</sub>, C<sub>5</sub>, Cg, Cj_<sub>6</sub>, Ci-5, Ci-4, C1-3, C1-2, C<sub>2</sub>-6C<sub>2</sub>-j, C<sub>2</sub>_<sub>4</sub> , C<sub>2</sub>-3, C<sub>3</sub>-6z C35, C<sub>3</sub>_<sub>4</sub> , C<sub>4</sub>-6c<sub>4</sub>-5 and C5-6
Alkyl refers to a straight or branched hydrocarbon chain radical consisting solely of carbon and hydrogen atoms, containing no unsaturation, having from one to ten carbon atoms (eg, C1-C10 alkyl). Whenever it appears herein, a numerical range such as 1 to 10 refers to each integer in the given range; for example, 1 to 10 carbon atoms means that the alkyl group can consist of 1 carbon atom, 2 carbon atoms, 3 carbon atoms, etc., up to and including 10 carbon atoms, although the present definition also covers the case of the term alkyl in which no numerical range is designated. In some embodiments, it is a C<sub>x</sub>-C6. In some embodiments, the alkyl groups have 1 to 10, 1 to 6, or 1 to 3 carbon atoms. Representative saturated straight chain alkyls include, but are not limited to, -methyl,
<img file="MX347708B_D0060.tif" />
Mexican IMPI tmnrwe K INDUSTXÍAL CURRENCY
-ethyl, -n-propyl, -n-butyl, -n-pentyl and -n-hexyl; while saturated branched alkyls include, but are not limited to, -isopropyl, -sec-butyl, -isobutyl, -tere-butyl, -isopentyl, 2-methylbutyl, 3-methylbutyl, 2-methylpentyl, 3-methylpentyl, 4-methylpentyl , 2-methylhexyl, 3-methylhexyl, 4-methylhexyl, 5-methylhexyl, 2,3-dimethylbutyl, and the like. The alkyl is attached to the original molecule through a single bond. Unless otherwise stated in the specification, an alkyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents that independently include: acyl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, alkylaryl, cycloalkyl, aralkyl, aryl, aryloxy, amino, amido, amidino, imino, azide, carbonate, carbamate, carbonyl, heteroalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, hydroxyl, cyano, halo, haloalkoxy, haloalkyl, ester, ether, mercapto, thio, alkylthio, arylthio, thiocarbonyl, nitro, oxo, phosphate, phosphonate, phosphinate, silyl, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonamidyl, sulfoxyl, sulfonate, urea, -Si (R<sup>to</sup>) 3-, -OR<sup>to</sup>, -MR<sup>to</sup>, -OC (O) -R<sup>to</sup>, -N (R<sup>to</sup>) 2, -C (O) R<sup>to</sup>, -C (O) OR<sup>to</sup>, -OC (O) N (R<sup>to</sup>) 2, -C (O) N (R<sup>to</sup>) 2, -N (R<sup>to</sup>) C (O) OR<sup>to</sup>, -N (R<sup>to</sup>) C (O) R<sup>to</sup>, N (R<sup>to</sup>) C (0) N (R<sup>to</sup>) 2, -N (R<sup>to</sup>) C (NR<sup>to</sup>) N (R<sup>to</sup>) 2, -N (R<sup>to</sup>) S (O) tR<sup>to</sup> (where t is 1 or 2), -S (O) tOR<sup>to</sup> (where t is 1 or 2), -S (O) tN (R<sup>to</sup>) 2 (where t is 1 or 2) u -0-P (= 0) (0R<sup>to</sup>)<sub>2</sub> in which each R<sup>to</sup> is independently hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, carbocyclyl, carbocyclylalkyl, aryl, aralkyl; heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, heteroaryl, or heteroarylalkyl, and each of these moieties may be optionally substituted as defined herein.
Perhaloalkyl refers to an alkyl group in which all of the hydrogen atoms have been replaced by a halogen selected from fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and iodine. In some embodiments, all of the hydrogen atoms are replaced by fluorine. In some embodiments, all of the hydrogen atoms are each replaced by chlorine. The group examples
<img file="MX347708B_D0061.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO H LA CURRENCIES INDUSTRIAL perhaloalkilo include -CF<sub>3</sub>, -CF<sub>2</sub>CF<sub>3z</sub> -CF<sub>2</sub>CF<sub>2</sub>CF<sub>3</sub>, -CC1<sub>3</sub>, -CFC1<sub>2 </sub>CF<sub>2</sub>C1 and the like.
Alkenyl refers to a straight or branched hydrocarbon chain radical group consisting solely of carbon and hydrogen atoms, containing at least one double bond, and having from two to ten carbon atoms (i.e., C-alkenyl<sub>2</sub>-C<sub>10</sub>). Whenever it appears herein, a numerical range such as 2 to 10 refers to each integer in the given range; for example, 2 to 10 carbon atoms means that the alkenyl group can consist of 2 carbon atoms, 3 carbon atoms, etc., up to and including 10 carbon atoms. In certain embodiments, an alkenyl comprises from two to eight carbon atoms. In other embodiments, an alkenyl comprises two to five carbon atoms (e.g., C-alkenyl<sub>2</sub>-C<sub>5</sub>). Alkenyl is attached to the parent molecular structure by a single bond, for example, ethenyl (i.e. vinyl), prop-l-enyl (i.e. allyl), but-l-enyl, pent-l-enyl, penta -1,4-dienyl and the like. The one or more carbon-carbon double bonds can be internal (such as at 2-butenyl) or terminal (such as at 1-butenyl). Examples of C alkenyl groups<sub>2</sub>_<sub>4</sub> include ethenyl (C<sub>2</sub>), 1-propenyl (C<sub>3</sub>), 2-propenyl (C<sub>3</sub>), 1-butenyl (C<sub>4</sub>), 2-butenyl (C<sub>4</sub>), butadienyl (C<sub>4</sub>) and the like. Examples of C alkenyl groups<sub>2</sub>~ 6 include C alkenyl groups<sub>2</sub>_<sub>4</sub> mentioned above as well as pentenyl (C<sub>5</sub>), pentadienyl (C<sub>5</sub>), hexenyl (C<sub>6</sub>) and the like. Additional examples of alkenyl include heptenyl (C<sub>7</sub>), octenyl (C<sub>8</sub>), octatrienyl (C<sub>8</sub>) and the like. Unless otherwise stated in the specification, an alkenyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently including: acyl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, alkylaryl, cycloalkyl, aralkyl, aryl, aryloxy, amino, amido , amidino, imino, azide, carbonate, carbamate, carbonyl, heteroalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, hydroxyl, cyano, halo,
IMPI Mexican institute Di LA FROMBDAD INBUSTR1AL haloalkoxy, haloalkyl, ester, ether, mercapto, thio, alkylthio, arylthio, thiocarbonyl, nitro, oxo, phosphate, phosphonate, phosphinate, silyl, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonamidyl, sulfoxyl, sulfonate, urea, - Sir<sup>to</sup>) 3-, -OR<sup>to</sup>, -MR<sup>to</sup>, -OC (O) -R<sup>to</sup>, -N (R<sup>to</sup>) 2, -C (O) R<sup>to</sup>, -C (O) OR<sup>to</sup>, -0C (0) N (R<sup>to</sup>) 2, -C (O) N (R<sup>to</sup>) 2, -N (R<sup>to</sup>) C (0) 0R<sup>to</sup>, -N (R<sup>to</sup>) C (O) R<sup>to</sup>, N (R<sup>to</sup>) C (0) N (R<sup>to</sup>) 2, N (R<sup>to</sup>) C (NR<sup>to</sup>) N (R<sup>to</sup>) 2, -N (R<sup>to</sup>) S (0) tR<sup>to</sup> (where t is 1 or 2), -S (O) t0R<sup>to</sup> (where t is 1 or 2), -S (O) tN (R<sup>to</sup>) 2 (where t is 1 or 2) u -OP (-O) (0R<sup>to</sup>) 2 in which each R<sup>to</sup> It is independently hydrogen, alkyl, haloalgyl, carbocyclyl, carbocyclylalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl , heteroaryl, or heteroarylalkyl, and each of these moieties may be optionally substituted as defined herein.
Alkynyl refers to a straight or branched chain hydrocarbon radical group consisting solely of carbon and hydrogen atoms, containing at least one triple bond, having from two to ten carbon atoms (i.e., C alkynyl<sub>2</sub>-Ci<sub>0</sub>). Whenever it appears herein, a numerical range such as 2 to 10 refers to each integer in the given range; for example, 2 to 10 carbon atoms means that the alkynyl group can consist of 2 carbon atoms, 3 carbon atoms, etc., up to and including 10 carbon atoms. In certain embodiments, an alkynyl comprises from two to eight carbon atoms. In other embodiments, an alkynyl has two to five carbon atoms (e.g., C alkynyl<sub>2</sub>-C<sub>5</sub>). Alkynyl is attached to the parent molecular structure by a single bond, eg, ethynyl, propynyl, butynyl, pentynyl, hexynyl, and the like. Unless otherwise stated in the specification, an alkynyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently including: acyl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, alkylaryl, cycloalkyl, aralkyl, aryl, aryloxy, amino, amido , amidino, imino, azide, carbonate, carbamate, carbonyl, heteroalkyl, heteroaryl,
<img file="MX347708B_D0062.tif" />
heteroarylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, hydroxyl, cyano, halo, haloalkoxy, haloalkyl, ester, ether, mercapto, thio, alkylthio, arylthio, thiocarbonyl, nitro, oxo, phosphate, phosphonate, phosphinate, silyl, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonamidyl, sulfoxy urea, -Si (R<sup>to</sup>) 3-, -0R<sup>to</sup>, -MR<sup>to</sup>, -OC (O) -R<sup>to</sup>, -N (R<sup>to</sup>) 2, -C (O) R<sup>to</sup>, -C (O) OR<sup>to</sup>, -0C (O) N (R<sup>to</sup>) 2, -C (O) N (R<sup>to</sup>) 2, -N (R<sup>to</sup>) C (0) 0R<sup>to</sup>, -N (R<sup>to</sup>) C (0) R<sup>to</sup>, -N (R<sup>to</sup>) C (O) N (R<sup>to</sup>) 2, N (R<sup>to</sup>) C (NR<sup>to</sup>) N (R<sup>to</sup>) 2, -N (R<sup>to</sup>) S (O) tR<sup>to</sup> (where t is 1 or 2), -S (0) <sub>t</sub>0R<sup>to</sup> (where t is 1 or 2), -S (O) tN (R<sup>to</sup>) 2 (where t is 1 or 2) u -0-P (= 0) (0R<sup>to</sup>)<sub>2</sub> in which each R<sup>to</sup> is independently hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, carbocyclyl, carbocyclylalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, heteroaryl, or heteroarylalkyl, and each of these moieties may be optionally substituted as defined herein.
The term "alkoxy" refers to the group -0-alkyl, including from 1 to 10 carbon atoms of a linear, branched, cyclic configuration and combinations thereof, attached to the original molecular structure through an oxygen. Examples include methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, cyclopropyloxy, cyclohexyloxy, and the like. Lower alkoxy refers to alkoxy groups that contain one to six carbons. In some embodiments, Ci-C alkoxy<sub>4</sub> is an alkoxy group encompassing both straight and branched chain alkyls of from 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Unless otherwise stated in the specification, an alkoxy group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently including: acyl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, alkylaryl, cycloalkyl, aralkyl, aryl, aryloxy, amino, amido, amidino, imino, azide, carbonate, carbamate, carbonyl, heteroalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, hydroxyl, cyano, halo, haloalkoxy, haloalkyl, ester, ether, mercapto, thio, alkylthio, arylthio, thiocarbonyl, nitro, oxo, phosphate, phosphonate, phosphinate, silyl, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonamidyl, sulfoxyl, sulfonate, urea, 60
<img file="MX347708B_D0063.tif" />
IMPI Mexican institute OF THE «© REDAD INDITDUAL
Sir<sup>to</sup>)<sub>3</sub>-, -0R<sup>to</sup>, -MR<sup>to</sup>, -0C (O) -R<sup>to</sup>, -N (R<sup>to</sup>) ,, -C (O) R<sup>to</sup>, ~ C (O) OR<sup>to</sup>,
-0C (0) N (R<sup>to</sup>) 2, -C (O) N (R<sup>to</sup>) 2, -N (R<sup>to</sup>) C (O) OR<sup>to</sup>, -N (R<sup>to</sup>) C (0) R<sup>to</sup>, -
N (R<sup>to</sup>) C (O) N (R<sup>to</sup>) 2, N (R<sup>to</sup>) C (NR<sup>to</sup>) N (R<sup>to</sup>) 2, -N (R<sup>to</sup>) S (O) tR<sup>to</sup> (where t is 1 or 2), -S (O) tOR<sup>to</sup> (where t is 1 or 2), -S (O) tN (R<sup>to</sup>) 2 (where t is 1 or 2) u -OP (= O) (0R<sup>to</sup>)<sub>2</sub> in which each R<sup>to</sup> is independently hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, carbocyclyl, carbocyclylalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, heteroaryl, or heteroarylalkyl, and each of these moieties may be optionally substituted as defined herein. The terms alkenyl and alkynoxy reflect the above description of alkoxy in which the prefix ale is replaced by alkene or alkyne respectively, and the original terms alkenyl or alkynyl are as described herein.
The term "alkoxycarbonyl" refers to a group of formula (alkoxy) (C = O) - attached to the original molecular structure through the carbonyl carbon having from 1 to 10 carbon atoms. Thus, a Ci-C alkoxycarbonyl group<sub>6</sub> It is an alkoxy group having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms attached through its oxygen to a carbonyl linker. The Ci-C designation<sub>6</sub> does not include carbonyl carbon in the atom count. Lower alkoxycarbonyl refers to an alkoxycarbonyl group in which the alkyl part of the alkoxy group is a lower alkyl group. In some embodiments, Ci-C alkoxy<sub>4</sub> is an alkoxy group encompassing both straight and branched chain alkoxy groups of from 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Unless otherwise stated in the specification, an alkoxycarbonyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents that independently include: acyl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, alkylaryl, cycloalkyl, aralkyl, aryl, aryloxy, amino, amido, amidino, imino, azide, carbonate, carbamate, carbonyl, heteroalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, hydroxyl, cyano, halo, haloalkoxy, haloalkyl, ester, ether, mercapto, thio, alkylthio,
<img file="MX347708B_D0064.tif" />
IMPI INSTITUTO MEXICANO Di LA ΓΕΟΕΙΕΟΑΓ INDUSTRIAL arylthio, thiocarbonyl, nitro, oxo, phosphate, phosphonate, phosphinate, silyl, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonamidyl, sulfoxyl, sulfonate, urea, -Si (R<sup>to</sup>) 3-, -0R<sup>to</sup>, -MR<sup>to</sup>, -OC (O) -R<sup>to</sup>, -N (R<sup>to</sup>) 2, -C (O) R<sup>to</sup>, -C (O) OR<sup>to</sup>, -0C (0) N (R<sup>to</sup>) 2, -C (O) N (R<sup>to</sup>) 2, -N (R<sup>to</sup>) C (0) 0R<sup>to</sup>, -N (R<sup>to</sup>) C (0) R<sup>to</sup>,
-N (R<sup>to</sup>) C (0) N (R<sup>to</sup>) 2, N (R<sup>to</sup>) C (NR<sup>to</sup>) N (R<sup>to</sup>) 2, -N (R<sup>to</sup>) S (0) tR<sup>to</sup> (where t is 1 or 2), -S (0) t0R<sup>to</sup> (where t is 1 or 2), -S (O) tN (R<sup>to</sup>) 2 (where t is 1 or 2), u -OP (= O) (OR<sup>to</sup>)<sub>2</sub> in which each R<sup>to</sup> is independently hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, carbocyclyl, carbocyclylalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, heteroaryl, or heteroarylalkyl, and each of these moieties may be optionally substituted as defined herein. The terms alkenoxycarbonyl and alkynoxycarbonyl reflect the above description of alkoxycarbonyl in which the prefix ale is replaced by alken or alkyne respectively, and the original terms alkenyl or alkynyl are as described herein.
Acyl refers to RC (O) - groups such as, but not limited to, (alkyl) -C (0) (alkenyl) -C (0) -, (alkynyl) -C (O) -, (aryl) - C (O) -, (cycloalkyl) -C (O) -, (heteroaryl) -C (O) -, (heteroalkyl) -C (O) - and (heterocycloalkyl) -C (O) -, wherein the group is attached to the original molecular structure through carbonyl functionality. In some embodiments, it is a Cl-Cq acyl radical which refers to the total number of ring or chain atoms of, for example, the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, cyclohexyl, heteroaryl, or heterocycloalkyl part plus the carbonyl carbon of the acyl . For example, an acyl C<sub>4</sub> it has three other chain or ring atoms plus the carbonyl. If the radical R is heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl, the chain or ring heteroatoms contribute to the total number of ring or chain atoms. Unless otherwise stated in the specification, the R of an acyloxy group may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently including: acyl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, alkylaryl,
IMPI
MEXICAN IWrrnVTO
OF THE nontOAD
INDUSTRIAL
<img file="MX347708B_D0065.tif" />
cycloalkyl, aralkyl, aryl, aryloxy, amino, amido, amidino, imino, azide, carbonate, carbamate, carbonyl, heteroalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, hydroxy, cyano, halo, haloalkoxy, haloalkyl, ester, ether, mercapto, thio alkylthio, arylthio, thiocarbonyl, nitro, oxo, phosphate, phosphonate, phosphinate, silyl, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonamidyl, sulfoxyl, sulfonate, urea, -Si (R<sup>to</sup>) 3-, -OR<sup>to</sup>, -MR<sup>to</sup>, -OC (O) -R<sup>to</sup>, -N (R<sup>to</sup>) 2, -C (O) R<sup>to</sup>, -C (O) OR<sup>to</sup>, -OC (0) N (R<sup>to</sup>) 2, -C (O) N (R<sup>to</sup>)<sub>2</sub>, -N (R<sup>to</sup>) C (0) 0R<sup>to</sup>, -N (R<sup>to</sup>) C (O) R<sup>to</sup>, -N (R<sup>to</sup>) C (0) N (R<sup>to</sup>) 2, N (R<sup>to</sup>) C (NR<sup>to</sup>) N (R<sup>to</sup>) 2, -N (R<sup>to</sup>) S (O) tR<sup>to</sup> (where t is 1 or 2), -S (O) tOR<sup>to</sup> (where t is 1 or 2), -S (O) tN (R<sup>to</sup>) 2 (where t is 1 or 2) u -0-P (= 0) (0R<sup>to</sup>)<sub>2</sub> in which each R<sup>to</sup> is independently hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, carbocyclyl, carbocyclylalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, heteroaryl, or heteroarylalkyl, and each of these moieties may be optionally substituted as defined herein.
"Acyloxy" refers to a radical R (C = O) O- in which R can be alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, aryl, cyclohexyl, heteroaryl, or heterocycloalkyl, which are as described herein . The acyloxyl group is attached to the original molecular structure through oxygen functionality. In some embodiments, an acyloxy group is a C1-C4 acyloxy radical which refers to the total number of ring or chain atoms of the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, cyclohexyl, heteroaryl, or heterocycloalkyl portion of the acyloxy group plus the carbonyl carbon. acyl, i.e., a C acyloxy<sub>4</sub> it has three other chain or ring atoms plus the carbonyl. If the radical R is heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl, the chain or ring heteroatoms contribute to the total number of ring or chain atoms. Unless otherwise stated in the specification, the R of an acyloxy group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently including: acyl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, alkylaryl, cycloalkyl,
<img file="MX347708B_D0066.tif" />
IMPI
INSTTTUT · MUICAN <'Dt LA FROne »A £ INDUSTRIAL aralkyl, aryl, aryloxy, amino, amido, amidino. imino, azide. carbonate, carbamate, carbonyl, heteroalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, hydroxyl, cyano, halo, haloalkoxy, haloalkyl, ester, ether, mercapto, thio, alkylthio, arylthio, thiocarbonyl, nitro, oxo, phosphate, phosphonate, phosphinate, phosphate sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonamidyl, sulfoxyl, sulfonate, urea, -Si (R<sup>to</sup>) 3-, -OR<sup>to</sup>, -MR<sup>to</sup>, -OC (O) -R<sup>to</sup>, -N (R<sup>to</sup>) 2, -C (O) R<sup>to</sup>, -C (O) OR<sup>to</sup>, -0C (0) N (R<sup>to</sup>) 2, -C (O) N (R<sup>to</sup>) 2, -N (R<sup>to</sup>) C (O) OR<sup>to</sup>, -N (R<sup>to</sup>) C (0) R<sup>to</sup>, N (R<sup>to</sup>) C (0) N (R<sup>to</sup>) 2, N (R<sup>to</sup>) C (NR<sup>to</sup>) N (R<sup>to</sup>) 2, -N (R<sup>to</sup>) S (O) tR<sup>to</sup> (where t is 1 or 2), -S (O) tOR<sup>to</sup> (where t is 1 or 2), -S (O) tN (R<sup>to</sup>) 2 (where t is 1 or 2), u -0-P (= 0) (0R<sup>to</sup>) 2 in which each R<sup>to</sup> is independently hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, carbocyclyl, carbocyclylalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, heteroaryl, or heteroarylalkyl, and each of these moieties may be optionally substituted as defined herein.
Amino or amine refers to a radical group -N (R<sup>b</sup>) 2, -N (R<sup>b</sup>) R<sup>b</sup>- or - R<sup>b</sup>N (R<sup>b</sup>) R<sup>b</sup>-, in which each R<sup>b</sup> is independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, haloalkyl, heteroalkyl (attached through a chain carbon), cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heterocycloalkyl (attached through a ring carbon), heterocycloalkylalkyl, heteroaryl (attached through a ring carbon) or heteroarylalkyl, unless otherwise stated in the specification, each of these moieties may itself be optionally substituted as described herein. When a group -N (R<sup>b</sup>) 2 has two R<sup>b</sup> Other than hydrogen, they can combine with the nitrogen atom to form a 3-, 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered ring. For example, -N (R<sup>b</sup>)<sub>2</sub> is intended to include, but is not limited to, 1-pyrrolidinyl and 4-morpholinyl. Unless otherwise stated in the specification, an amino group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently including: acyl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl,
<img file="MX347708B_D0067.tif" />
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE Dt LA INDUSTRIAL CURRENCY alkoxy, alkylaryl, cycloalkyl, aralkyl, aryl, aryloxy, aitiino, amido, amidino, imino, azide, carbonate, carbamate, carbonyl, heteroalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, hydroxyl, cycloalkoxyl, haloxy, haloxy haloalkyl, ester, ether, mercapto, thio, alkylthio, arylthio, thiocarbonyl, nitro, oxo, phosphate, phosphonate, phosphinate, silyl, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonamidyl, sulfoxyl, sulfonate, urea, Si (R<sup>to</sup>) 3-, -0R<sup>to</sup>, -MR<sup>to</sup>, -0C (0) -R<sup>to</sup>, -N (R<sup>to</sup>) 2, -C (O) R<sup>to</sup>, -C (O) OR<sup>to</sup>, -0C (0) N (R<sup>to</sup>) 2, -C (O) N (R<sup>to</sup>) 2, -N (R<sup>to</sup>) C (O) OR<sup>to</sup>, -N (R<sup>to</sup>) C (0) R<sup>to</sup>, N (R<sup>to</sup>) C (0) N (R<sup>to</sup>) 2, N (R<sup>to</sup>) C (NR<sup>to</sup>) N (R<sup>to</sup>) 2, -N (R<sup>to</sup>) S (O) tR<sup>to</sup> (where t is 1 or 2), -S (O) tOR<sup>to</sup> (where t is 1 or 2), -S (O) tN (R<sup>to</sup>) 2 (where t is 1 or 2) u -OP (= O) (0R<sup>to</sup>)<sub>2</sub> in which each R<sup>to</sup> is independently hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, carbocyclyl, carbocyclylalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, heteroaryl, or heteroarylalkyl, and each of these moieties may be optionally substituted as defined herein.
The terms amine and amino also refer to N-oxides of the -N groups<sup>+</sup>(H) (R<sup>to</sup>) 0 ”and -N<sup>+</sup>(R<sup>to</sup>) (R<sup>to</sup>) 0-, R<sup>to</sup> as described above, wherein the N-oxide is attached to the parent molecular structure through the N atom. N-oxides can be prepared by treating the corresponding amino group with, for example, hydrogen peroxide or acid m -chloroperoxybenzoic. The person skilled in the art is familiar with reaction conditions for carrying out N-oxidation.
Amide or amido refers to a chemical moiety with the formula C (O) N (R<sup>b</sup>)<sub>2</sub> or -NR<sup>b</sup>C (O) R<sup>b</sup>, in which R<sup>b</sup> is independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, haloalkyl, heteroalkyl (attached through a chain carbon), cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heterocycloalkyl (attached through a ring carbon), heterocycloalkylalkyl, heteroaryl (attached through a ring carbon) or heteroarylalkyl, unless otherwise stated in the specification, each of these moieties
IMPI
IMETTTVTO MEXICANO DE LA ΗΙΟΕ1ΙΡΑΓ iNDurriuAL may itself be optionally substituted as described herein. In some embodiments, this radical is an amide or amido radical Ci ~ C<sub>4</sub>, which includes the carbonyl of the amide in the total number of carbons in the radical. When a -C (O) N (R<sup>b</sup>) 2 has two R<sup>b</sup> Other than hydrogen, they can combine with the nitrogen atom to form a 3-, 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered ring. For example, the part of N (R<sup>b</sup>) 2 of a radical -C (O) N (R<sup>b</sup>)<sub>2</sub> is intended to include, but is not limited to, 1-pyrrolidinyl and 4-morpholinyl. Unless otherwise stated in the specification, an amido group R<sup>b</sup> is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently including: acyl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, alkylaryl, cycloalkyl, aralkyl, aryl, aryloxy, amino, amido, amidino, imino, azide, carbonate, carbamate, carbonyl, heteroalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, hydroxyl, cyano, halo, haloalkoxy, haloalkyl, ester, ether, mercapto, thio, alkylthio, arylthio, thiocarbonyl, nitro, oxo, phosphate, phosphonate, phosphinate, silyl, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonamidyl, sulfoxyl, sulfonate, urea, Si (R<sup>to</sup>) 3-, -OR<sup>to</sup>, -MR<sup>to</sup>, -OC (O) -R<sup>to</sup>, -N (R<sup>to</sup>) 2, -C (O) R<sup>to</sup>, -C (O) OR<sup>to</sup>, -0C (O) N (R<sup>to</sup>) <sub>2</sub>, -C (O) N (R<sup>to</sup>) 2, -N (R<sup>to</sup>) C (O) OR<sup>to</sup>, -N (R<sup>to</sup>) C (O) R<sup>to</sup>, N (R<sup>to</sup>) C (O) N (R<sup>to</sup>) 2, N (R<sup>to</sup>) C (NR<sup>to</sup>) N (R<sup>to</sup>) 2, -N (R<sup>to</sup>) S (O) tR<sup>to</sup> (where t is 1 or 2), -S (O) tOR<sup>to</sup> (where t is 1 or 2), -S (O) tN (R<sup>to</sup>) 2 (where t is 1 or 2) u -OP (= O) (OR<sup>to</sup>)<sub>2</sub> in which each R<sup>to</sup> is independently hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, carbocyclyl, carbocyclylalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, heteroaryl, or heteroarylalkyl, and each of these moieties may be optionally substituted as defined herein.
The term amide or amido is inclusive of an amino acid or a peptide molecule. Any amine, hydroxyl, or carboxyl side chain in the compounds described herein can be transformed into an amide group. Specific procedures and groups for preparing such amides are
<img file="MX347708B_D0068.tif" />
IMPI Mexican iNsrmrro
PE THE HORTH
INDUSTRIAL is known to those skilled in the art and can be easily found in reference sources such as Greene and Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3<sup>to</sup> Ed., John Wiley & Sons, New York, NY, 1999, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
Amidino refers to both radicals -C (= NR<sup>b</sup>) N (R<sup>b</sup>) <sub>2</sub> as -N (R<sup>b</sup>) -C (= NR<sup>b</sup>) -, in which each R<sup>b</sup> is independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, haloalkyl, heteroalkyl (attached through a chain carbon), cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heterocycloalkyl (attached through a ring carbon), heterocycloalkylalkyl, heteroaryl (attached through a ring carbon) or heteroarylalkyl, unless otherwise stated in the specification, each of these moieties may itself be optionally substituted as described herein.
Aromatic or aryl refers to a radical with six to ten ring atoms (for example, aromatic C<sub>6</sub>-Ci<sub>0</sub> or aryl C<sub>6</sub>-C<sub>10</sub>) having at least one ring having a conjugated pi electron system that is carbocyclic (eg, phenyl, fluorenyl, and naphthyl). For example, bivalent radicals formed from substituted benzene derivatives and having the free valences on ring atoms are called substituted phenylene radicals. In other embodiments, bivalent radicals derived from univalent polycyclic hydrocarbon radicals whose names end in -yl by removal of a hydrogen atom from the carbon atom with the free valence are named by adding -idene to the name of the corresponding univalent radical, for example, a group Naphthyl with two points of attachment is called naphthylidene. Whenever it appears herein, a numerical range such as aryl from 6 to 10 refers to each integer in the given range; for example, 6 to 10 ring atoms means that the aryl group can consist of 6 ring atoms, 7 ring atoms, etc., up to and including 10
INSTITUTO MEXICANO BE LA FROFIEDAD INDUSTRIAL ring atoms. The term includes fused or monocyclic ring polycyclic groups (ie, rings that share adjacent pairs of ring atoms). Unless otherwise stated in the specification, an aryl moiety may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently including: acyl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, alkylaryl, cycloalkyl, aralkyl, aryl, aryloxy, amino, amido, amidino, imino, azide, carbonate, carbamate, carbonyl, heteroalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, hydroxyl, cyano, halo, halocycloalkyl, hydroxyl, cyano, haloalkoxy, haloalkyl, ester, ether, mercapto, thio, alkylthio, arylthio, thiocarbonyl, nitro, oxo, phosphate, phosphonate, phosphinate, silyl, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonamidyl, sulfoxyl, sulfonate, urea, -Si (R<sup>to</sup>) 3-, -OR<sup>to</sup>, -MR<sup>to</sup>, -OC (O) -R<sup>to</sup>, -N (R<sup>to</sup>) 2, -C (O) R<sup>to</sup>, -C (O) OR<sup>to</sup>, -OC (0) N (R<sup>to</sup>) 2, -C (O) N (R<sup>to</sup>) 2, -N (R<sup>to</sup>) C (O) OR<sup>to</sup>, -N (R<sup>to</sup>) C (O) R<sup>to</sup>, N (R<sup>to</sup>) C (O) N (R<sup>to</sup>) <sub>2</sub>, N (R<sup>to</sup>) C (NR<sup>to</sup>) N (R<sup>to</sup>) 2, -N (R<sup>to</sup>) S (O) tR<sup>to</sup> (where t is 1 or 2), -S (O)<sub>t</sub>OR<sup>to</sup> (where t is 1 or 2), -S (O) tN (R<sup>to</sup>) 2 (where t is 1 or 2) u -OP (= O) (OR<sup>to</sup>)<sub>2</sub> in which each R<sup>to</sup> is independently hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, carbocyclyl, carbocyclylalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, heteroaryl, or heteroarylalkyl, and each of these moieties may be optionally substituted as defined herein.
Aralkyl or arylalkyl refers to an (aryl) alkyl radical- in which aryl and alkyl are as disclosed herein and which are optionally substituted with one or more of the substituents described as suitable substituents for aryl and alkyl respectively. The aralkyl / arylalkyl is attached to the parent molecular structure through the alkyl group. The terms aralkenyl / arylalkenyl and aralkynyl / arylalkynyl reflect the above description of aralkyl / arylalkyl in which alkyl is replaced by alkenyl or alkynyl
<img file="MX347708B_D0069.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXKAN · DE LA MONIDAC INMJSTTUA1 respectively, and the terms alkenyl or alkynyl are as described herein.
Azide refers to a radial -N<sub>3</sub>.
Carbamate refers to any of the following radicals: -O- (C = 0) -N (R<sup>b</sup>) -O- (C = O) -N (R<sup>b</sup>) <sub>2</sub>, -N (R<sup>b</sup>) - (0 = 0) -0- and N (R<sup>b</sup>) - (C = 0) -OR<sup>b</sup>, in which each R<sup>b</sup> is independently selected from alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, haloalkyl, heteroalkyl (attached through a chain carbon), cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heterocycloalkyl (attached through a ring carbon), heterocycloalkylalkyl, heteroaryl (attached through a ring carbon) or heteroarylalkyl, unless otherwise stated in the specification, each of these moieties may itself be optionally substituted as described herein.
Carbonate refers to a radical -O- (C = O) -O-.
Carbonyl refers to a - (C = O) - radical.
Carboxaldehyde refers to a radical - (C = O) H.
Carboxyl refers to a radical - (C = O) OH.
Cyano refers to a -CN radical.
Cycloalkyl and carbocyclyl each refer to a monocyclic or polycyclic radical that contains only carbon and hydrogen, and can be saturated or partially unsaturated. Partially unsaturated cycloalkyl groups can be referred to as cycloalkenyl if the carboxyl contains at least one double bond, or cycloalkynyl if the carbocycle contains at least one triple bond. Cycloalkyl groups include groups having from 3 to 10 ring atoms (i.e., C-cycloalkyl<sub>3</sub>-Ci<sub>0</sub>). Wherever it appears herein, a numerical range such as 3 to 10 refers to each integer in the given range; for example, 3 to 10 carbon atoms means the cycloalkyl group can consist of 3 carbon atoms, 4 carbon atoms, 5 carbon atoms, etc., up to and including 10 carbon atoms. The term cycloalkyl also
<img file="MX347708B_D0070.tif" />
IMPI iNSTmrro Mexican PE LA ΜΟΡΙΙΟΑΓ IND <'STMAL includes spiro and bridging condensed cyclic structures that do not contain heteroatoms. The term also includes monocyclic or fused ring polycyclic groups (ie, rings that share adjacent pairs of ring atoms). In some embodiments, it is a C cycloalkyl radical.<sub>3</sub>-C<sub>8</sub>. In some embodiments, it is a C cycloalkyl radical.<sub>3</sub>-C<sub>5</sub>. Illustrative examples of cycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to the following moieties: C carbocyclyl groups<sub>3</sub>_<sub>6</sub> include, without limitation, cyclopropyl (C<sub>3</sub>), cyclobutyl (C<sub>4</sub>), cyclopentyl (C<sub>5</sub>), cyclopentenyl (C<sub>5</sub>), cyclohexyl (C<sub>6</sub>), cyclohexenyl (C<sub>6</sub>), cyclohexadienyl (C<sub>6</sub>) and the like. Examples of carbocyclyl groups C<sub>3</sub>_<sub>8</sub> include carbocyclyl groups C<sub>3</sub>_<sub>6</sub> mentioned above as well as cycloheptyl (C<sub>7</sub>), cycloheptadienyl (C<sub>7</sub>), cycloheptatrienyl (C<sub>7</sub>), cyclooctyl (C<sub>8</sub>), bicyclo [2.2.1] heptanyl, bicyclo [2.2.2] octanyl and the like. Examples of carbocyclyl groups C<sub>3</sub>_<sub>10</sub> include carbocyclyl groups C<sub>3</sub>_<sub>8</sub> mentioned above as well as octahydro-lH-indenyl, decahydronaphthalenyl, spiro [4.5] decanyl and the like. Unless otherwise stated in the specification, a cycloalkyl group is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently including: acyl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, alkylaryl, cycloalkyl, aralkyl, aryl, aryloxy, amino, amido, amidino, imino, azide, carbonate, carbamate, carbonyl, heteroalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, hydroxyl, cyano, halo, haloalkoxy, haloalkyl, ester, ether, mercapto, thio, alkylthio, arylthio, thiocarbonyl, nitro, oxo, phosphate, phosphonate, phosphinate, silyl, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonamidyl, sulfoxyl, sulfonate, urea, -Si (R<sup>to</sup>) 3-, -OR<sup>to</sup>, -MR<sup>to</sup>, -OC (O) -R<sup>to</sup>, -N (R<sup>to</sup>) 2, -C (O) R<sup>to</sup>, -C (O) OR<sup>to</sup>, -0C (O) N (R<sup>to</sup>) 2, -C (O) N (R<sup>to</sup>) 2, -N (R<sup>to</sup>) C (O) OR<sup>to</sup>, -N (R<sup>to</sup>) C (0) R<sup>to</sup>,
-N (R<sup>to</sup>) C (O) N (R<sup>to</sup>) 2, N (R<sup>to</sup>) C (NR<sup>to</sup>) N (R<sup>to</sup>) 2, -N (R<sup>to</sup>) S (0) tR<sup>to</sup> (where t is 1 or 2), -S (O) tOR<sup>to</sup> (where t is 1 or 2), -S (O)<sub>t</sub>N (R<sup>to</sup>) 2 (where t is 1 or 2) u -0-P (= 0) (0R<sup>to</sup>) 2 in which each R<sup>to</sup> is independently hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, carbocyclyl, carbocyclylalkyl,
<img file="MX347708B_D0071.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO DE LA MONEDAD INDUSTRIAL aryl, aralkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, heteroaryl, or heteroarylalkyl, and each of these moieties may be optionally substituted as defined herein.
Ester refers to a radical of the formula -COOR, where R is selected from alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, haloalkyl, heteroalkyl (attached through a chain carbon), cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heterocycloalkyl (attached through a ring carbon), heterocycloalkylalkyl, heteroaryl (attached through a ring carbon), or heteroarylalkyl. Any amine, hydroxyl, or carboxyl side chain in the compounds described herein can be esterified. Specific procedures and groups for preparing such esters are known to those of skill in the art and can readily be found in reference sources such as Greene and Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3<sup>to</sup> Ed., John Wiley & Sons, New York, NY, 1999, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. Unless otherwise stated in the specification, an ester group may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently including: acyl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, alkylaryl, cycloalkyl, aralkyl, aryl, aryloxy, amino, amido, amidino, imino, azide, carbonate, carbamate, carbonyl, heteroalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, hydroxyl, cyano, halo, haloalkoxy, haloalkyl, ester, ether, mercapto, thio, alkylthio, arylthio, thiocarbonyl, nitro, oxo, phosphate, phosphonate, phosphinate, silyl, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonamidyl, sulfoxyl, sulfonate, urea, -Si (R<sup>to</sup>) 3-, -OR<sup>to</sup>, -MR<sup>to</sup>, -OC (O) -R<sup>to</sup>, -N (R<sup>to</sup>) 2, -C (O) R<sup>to</sup>, -C (0) OR<sup>to</sup>, -OC (O) N (R<sup>to</sup>) 2, -C (O) N (R<sup>to</sup>) 2, -N (R<sup>to</sup>) C (O) OR<sup>to</sup>, -N (R<sup>to</sup>) C (O) R<sup>to</sup>, -N (R<sup>to</sup>) C (0) N (R<sup>to</sup>) 2, N (R<sup>to</sup>) C (NR<sup>to</sup>) N (R<sup>to</sup>) <sub>2</sub>, -N (R<sup>to</sup>) S (O) tR<sup>to</sup> (where t is 1 or 2), -S (O) tOR<sup>to</sup> (where t is 1 or 2), -S (O) tN (R<sup>to</sup>) 2 (where t is 1 or 2) u -0-P (= 0) (OR<sup>to</sup>)<sub>2</sub> in which each R<sup>to</sup> is independently hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, carbocyclyl,
<img file="MX347708B_D0072.tif" />
IMPI
MEX1CAN4 INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY carbocyclylalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl, and each of these moieties may be optionally substituted as defined herein.
Ether refers to a radical -R<sup>b</sup>-OR<sup>b</sup>- in which each R<sup>b</sup> is independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, haloalkyl, heteroalkyl (attached through a chain carbon), cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heterocycloalkyl (attached through a ring carbon), heterocycloalkylalkyl, heteroaryl (attached through a ring carbon) or heteroarylalkyl, unless otherwise stated in the specification, each of these moieties may itself be optionally substituted as described herein.
Halo, halide, or alternatively halogen means fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine. The terms haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkynyl, and haloalkoxy include alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and alkoxy structures that are substituted with one or more halo groups or with combinations thereof. For example, the terms fluoroalkyl and fluoroalkoxy include haloalkyl and haloalkoxy groups, respectively, where the halo is fluoro, such as, but not limited to, trifluoromethyl, difluoromethyl,
2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 1-fluoromethyl-2-fluoroethyl, and the like. Each of the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and alkoxy groups are as defined herein and may be optionally further substituted as defined herein.
Heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl, and heteroalkynyl include alkyl, alkenyl, and alkynyl radicals, respectively, having one or more skeleton chain atoms selected from an atom other than carbon, eg, oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, phosphorus, or combinations thereof. A numeric range can provide, for example,
<img file="MX347708B_D0073.tif" />
IMPI nwrmrro muicaho M LA MOFIE «AT IMPUrnUAL heteroalkyl C<sub>4</sub>-C<sub>4</sub> which refers to the total chain length, which in this example is 4 atoms long. For example, a radical -CH2OCH2CH3 is called a heteroalkyl C<sub>4</sub>, which includes the heteroatom center in the description of atom chain length. The connection to the parent molecular structure can be through either a heteroatom or a carbon in the heteroalkyl chain. For example, an N-containing heteroalkyl moiety refers to a group in which at least one of the backbone atoms is a nitrogen atom. One or more hetero atom (s) in the heteroalkyl radical may be optionally oxidized. One or more nitrogen atoms, if present, can also optionally be quaternized. For example, heteroalkyl also includes backbone chains substituted with one or more nitrogen oxide (—O—) substituents. Exemplary heteroalkyl groups include, without limitation, ethers such as methoxyethanyl (-CH<sub>2</sub>CH<sub>2</sub>OCH<sub>3</sub>), ethoxymethanil (-CH<sub>2</sub>OCH<sub>2</sub>CH<sub>3</sub>), (methoxymethoxy) ethanyl (-CH<sub>2</sub>CH<sub>2</sub>OCH<sub>2</sub>OCH<sub>3</sub>), (methoxymethoxy) methanyl (-CH2OCH2OCH3) and (methoxyethoxy) methanyl (CH2OCH2CH<sub>2</sub>OCH<sub>3</sub>) and the like; amines such as -CH<sub>2</sub>CH<sub>2</sub>NHCH<sub>3</sub>, CH<sub>2</sub>CH<sub>2</sub>N (CH<sub>3</sub>) <sub>2</sub>, -CH<sub>2</sub>NHCH<sub>2</sub>CH<sub>3</sub>, -CH<sub>2</sub>N (CH<sub>2</sub>CH<sub>3</sub>) (CH<sub>3</sub>) and the like. Heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl, and heteroalkynyl groups may each be optionally substituted with one or more substituents that independently include: acyl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, alkylaryl, cycloalkyl, aralkyl, aryl, aryloxy, amino, amido, amidino, imino, azide, carbonate, carbamate, carbonyl, heteroalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, hydroxyl, cyano, halo, haloalkoxy, haloalkyl, ester, ether, mercapto, thio, alkylthio, arylthio, thiocarbonyl, nitro, oxo, phosphate, phosphonate, phosphinate, silyl, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonamidyl, sulfoxyl, sulfonate, urea, -Si (R<sup>to</sup>) 3-, -OR<sup>to</sup>, -MR<sup>to</sup>, -OC (O) -R<sup>to</sup>, -N (R<sup>to</sup>) 2, -C (O) R<sup>to</sup>, -C (O) OR<sup>to</sup>, -OC (O) N (R<sup>to</sup>) 2, -C (O) N (R<sup>to</sup>) 2, -N (R<sup>to</sup>) C (O) OR<sup>to</sup>, -N (R<sup>to</sup>) C (O) R<sup>to</sup>,
-N (R<sup>to</sup>) C (O) N (R<sup>to</sup>) <sub>2</sub>, N (R<sup>to</sup>) C (NR<sup>to</sup>) N (R<sup>to</sup>) 2, -N (R<sup>to</sup>) S (O) tR<sup>to</sup> (where t is 1 or 2), -S (O)<sub>t</sub>OR<sup>to</sup> (where t is 1 or 2), -S (O) tN (R<sup>to</sup>) 2 (where t is 1
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO DE LA FROHEDA »INDUSTRY!
or 2) u -0-P (= 0) (0R<sup>to</sup>)<sub>2</sub> in which each R<sup>to</sup> is independently hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, carbocyclyl, carbocyclylalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, heteroaryl, or heteroarylalkyl, and each of these moieties may be optionally substituted as defined herein.
Heteroaryl or, alternatively, heteroaromatic refers to a radical of a 5-18-membered monocyclic or polycyclic (eg, bicyclic or tricyclic) aromatic ring system (eg, having 6, 10, or 14 shared π (pi) electrons in a cyclic matrix) having ring carbon atoms and 1-6 ring heteroatoms provided in the aromatic ring system, where each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorus and sulfur (5-18 membered heteroaryl). Polycyclic heteroaryl ring systems can include one or more heteroatoms in one or both rings. Whenever it appears herein, a numerical range such as 5 to 18 refers to each integer in the given range; for example, 5 to 18 ring atoms means that the heteroaryl group can consist of 5 ring atoms, 6 ring atoms, etc., up to and including 18 ring atoms. For example, bivalent radicals derived from univalent heteroaryl radicals whose names end in -il by the removal of a hydrogen atom from the atom with the free valence are named by adding -idene to the name of the corresponding univalent radical, for example, a pyridyl group with two points of attachment is a pyridylidene.
For example, an N-containing heteroaromatic or heteroaryl moiety refers to an aromatic group in which at least one of the backbone atoms is a nitrogen atom. One or more heteroatoms in the heteroaryl radical can be optionally oxidized. One or more nitrogen atoms, if present, can also optionally be quaternized. Heteroaryl also includes ring systems substituted with one or more
<img file="MX347708B_D0074.tif" />
IMPI ΙΝΓΠΤυΤΟ MEXICANO M LA mOHIOAD INDUSTRIA!
nitrogen oxide substituents (-0-), such as pyridinyl N-oxides. Heteroaryl binds to the original molecular structure through any atoms of the ring (s).
Heteroaryl also includes ring systems in which the heteroaryl ring, as defined above, is fused with one or more aryl groups in which the point of attachment to the original molecular structure is either on the aryl ring. either in that of heteroaryl, or in which the heteroaryl ring, as defined above, it fuses with one or more cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl groups in which the point of attachment to the original molecular structure is on the heteroaryl ring. For polycyclic heteroaryl groups in which a ring does not contain a heteroatom (for example, indolyl, quinolinyl, carbazolyl and the like), the point of attachment to the original molecular structure can be on any ring, that is, or the ring bearing a heteroatom (eg, 2-indolyl) or the ring that does not contain a heteroatom (eg, 5-indolyl). In some embodiments, a heteroaryl group is a 5-10 membered aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1-4 ring heteroatoms provided in the aromatic ring system, wherein each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen , oxygen, phosphorus and sulfur (5-10 membered heteroaryl). In some embodiments, a heteroaryl group is a 5-8 membered aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1-4 ring heteroatoms provided in the aromatic ring system, wherein each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen , oxygen, phosphorus and sulfur (5-8 membered heteroaryl). In some embodiments, a heteroaryl group is a 5-6 membered aromatic ring system that has ring carbon atoms and 1-4 ring heteroatoms provided in the aromatic ring system, wherein each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen. , oxygen, phosphorus and sulfur (5-6 heteroaryl
IMPI iwrrn rr »Mexican
BE LA MONEBAD
INDUSTRIAL
<img file="MX347708B_D0075.tif" />
members). In some embodiments, the 5-6 membered heteroaryl has 1-3 ring heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorus, and sulfur. In some embodiments, the 5-6 membered heteroaryl has 1-2 ring heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorous, and sulfur. In some embodiments, the 5-6 membered heteroaryl has 1 ring heteroatom selected from nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorous, and sulfur.
Examples of heteroaryls include, but are not limited to, azepinyl, acridinyl, benzimidazolyl, bencindolyl, 1,3-benzodioxolyl, benzofuranyl, benzooxazolyl, benzo [d] thiazolyl, benzothiadiazolyl, benzo [b] [1,4] dioxepinyl, benzo [b] [1,4] oxazinyl, 1,4-benzodioxanyl, benzonaphthofuranyl, benzoxazolyl, benzodioxolyl, benzodioxinyl, benzoxazolyl, benzopyranyl, benzopyranonyl, benzofuranyl, benzofuranonyl, benzofurazanyl, benzothiazolyl, benzothienyl (benzothienyl) benzothieno [3,2-d] pyrimidinyl, benzotriazolyl, benzo [4,6] imidazo [1,2-a] pyridinyl, carbazolyl, cynolinyl, cyclopenta [d] pyrimidinyl, 6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta [4, 5] thieno [2,3-d] pyrimidinyl, 5,6-dihydrobenzo [h] quinazolinyl, 5,6-dihydrobenzo [h] cinnolinyl, 6,7-dihydro-5H-benzo [6.7] cyclohepta [1, 2-c] pyridazinyl, dibenzofuranyl, dibenzothiophenyl, furanyl, furazanyl, furanonyl, furo [3,2-c] pyridinyl,
5,6,7,8,9,10-hexahydrocycloocta [d] pyrimidinyl, 5,6,7,8,9,10-hexahydrocycloocta [d] pyridazinyl, 5,6,7,8,9,10-hexahydrocycloocta [ d] pyridinyl, isothiazolyl, imidazolyl, indazolyl, indolyl, indazolyl, isoindolyl, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, isoquinolyl, indolizinyl, isoxazolyl, 5,8-methane-5,6,7,8-tetrahydroquinazolinyl, naphthyridinyl, 1,6-naphthyridinonyl oxadiazolyl, 2-oxoazepinyl, oxazolyl, oxiranyl,
5,6,6a, 7,8,9,10, 10a-octahydrobenzo [h] quinazolinyl, 1-phenyl-lH-pyrrolyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, phthalazinyl, pteridinyl, purinyl, pyranyl, pyrrolyl,
<img file="MX347708B_D0076.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO DE LA FROFItDAF INDUSTRIAL pyrazolyl, pyrazolo [3,4-d] pyrimidinyl, pyridinyl, pyrido [3,2-d] pyrimidinyl, pyrido [3,4-d] pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrrolyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl,
5,6,7,8-tetrahydroquinazolinyl,
5,6,7,8-tetrahydrobenzo [4,5] thieno [2,3-d] pyrimidinyl,
6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-cyclohepta [4,5] thieno [2,3-d] pyrimidinyl,
5,6,7,8-tetrahydropyrido [4,5-c] pyridazinyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, thiapyranyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, triazinyl, thieno [2,3-d] pyrimidinyl, thieno [3,2-d] pyrimidinyl, thieno [2,3-c] pyridinyl and thiophenyl (ie, thienyl). Unless otherwise stated in the specification, a heteroaryl moiety is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently including: acyl, alkyl.
alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, alkylaryl, cycloalkyl, aralkyl, aryl, aryloxy, amino, amido, amidino, imino, azide, carbonate, carbamate, carbonyl, heteroalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, hydroxyl, cyano, halo, haloalkoxy, haloalkoxy, ester, ether, mercapto, thio, alkylthio, arylthio, thiocarbonyl, nitro, oxo, phosphate, phosphonate, phosphinate, silyl, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonamidyl, sulfoxyl, sulfonate, urea, -Si (R<sup>to</sup>) 3-, -0R<sup>to</sup>, -MR<sup>to</sup>, -OC (O) -R<sup>to</sup>, -N (R<sup>to</sup>) 2, -C (O) R<sup>to</sup>, -C (O) OR<sup>to</sup>, -0C (0) N (R<sup>to</sup>) 2, -C (O) N (R<sup>to</sup>) 2, -N (R<sup>to</sup>) C (0) OR<sup>to</sup>, -N (R<sup>to</sup>) C (O) R<sup>to</sup>, N (R<sup>to</sup>) C (0) N (R<sup>to</sup>) 2, N (R<sup>to</sup>) C (NR<sup>to</sup>) N (R<sup>to</sup>) 2, -N (R<sup>to</sup>) S (O) tR<sup>to</sup> (where t is 1 or 2), -S (O) tOR<sup>to</sup> (where t is 1 or 2), -S (O)<sub>t</sub>N (R<sup>to</sup>) 2 (where t is 1 or 2) u -0-P (= 0) (0R<sup>to</sup>) 2 in which each R<sup>to</sup> is independently hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, carbocyclyl, carbocyclylalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, heteroaryl, or heteroarylalkyl, and each of these moieties may be optionally substituted as defined herein.
Heterocyclyl, heterocycloalkyl or 'heterocarbocyclyl each refer to any 3- to 18-membered non-aromatic radical polycyclic or monocyclic moiety comprising at least
<img file="MX347708B_D0077.tif" />
IMPI Mexican iNsrmrro DE LA FROFIEDAU INDUSTRIAL a heteroatom selected from nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorus and sulfur. A heterocyclyl group can be a monocyclic, bicyclic, tricyclic, or tetracyclic ring system, where the polycyclic ring systems can be fused, bridged, or spiro ring systems. Polycyclic heterocyclyl ring systems can include one or more heteroatoms in one or both rings. A heterocyclyl group can be saturated or partially unsaturated. Partially unsaturated heterocycloalkyl groups can be referred to as heterocycloalkenyl if the heterocyclyl contains at least one double bond, or heterocycloalkynyl if the heterocyclyl contains at least one triple bond. Whenever it appears herein, a numerical range such as 5 to 18 refers to each integer in the given range; for example, 5 to 18 ring atoms means that the heterocyclyl group can consist of 5 ring atoms, 6 ring atoms, etc., up to and including 18 ring atoms. For example, bivalent radicals derived from univalent heterocyclic radicals whose names end in -il by removing a hydrogen atom from the atom with the free valence are named by adding -idene to the name of the corresponding univalent radical, for example, a piperidine group with colon The linker is a piperidylidene.
An "N-containing heterocyclyl moiety" refers to a non-aromatic group in which at least one of the ring atoms is a nitrogen atom. The hetero atom (s) in the heterocyclyl radical can optionally be oxidized. One or more nitrogen atoms, if present, can optionally be quaternized. Heterocyclyl also includes ring systems substituted with one or more nitrogen oxide (-O-) substituents, such as piperidinyl N-oxides. Heterocyclyl binds to the original molecular structure through any atom of any of the ring (s).
<img file="MX347708B_D0078.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO Oí LA MONEDAD INDUSTRIAL
Heterocyclyl also includes ring systems in which the heterocyclyl ring, as defined above, is fused with one or more carbocyclyl groups in which the point of attachment is either on the carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl ring, or systems ring in which the heterocyclyl ring, as defined above, is fused with one or more aryl or heteroaryl groups, wherein the point of attachment to the original molecular structure is on the heterocyclyl ring. In some embodiments, a heterocyclyl group is a 3-10 membered non-aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1-4 ring heteroatoms, wherein each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorus, and sulfur. (3-10 membered heterocyclyl). In some embodiments, a heterocyclyl group is a 5-8 membered non-aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1-4 ring heteroatoms, wherein each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorus, and sulfur. (5-8 membered heterocyclyl). In some embodiments, a heterocyclyl group is a 5-6 membered non-aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1-4 ring heteroatoms, wherein each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorus, and sulfur. (5-6 membered heterocyclyl). In some embodiments, the 5-6 membered heterocyclyl has 1-3 ring heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorous, and sulfur. In some embodiments, the 5-6 membered heterocyclyl has 1-2 ring heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorous, and sulfur. In some embodiments, the 5-6 membered heterocyclyl has 1 ring heteroatom selected from nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorous, and sulfur.
Exemplary 3-membered heterocyclyls containing 1 heteroatom include, without limitation, azirdinyl, oxiranyl, thiorenyl. Exemplary 4-membered heterocycles containing 1 heteroatom include, without limitation,
<img file="MX347708B_D0079.tif" />
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE
OF THE INDUSTRIAL AGE azetidinyl, oxethanyl and thiethanyl. Exemplary 5-membered heterocycles containing 1 heteroatom include, without limitation, tetrahydrofuranyl, dihydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, dihydrothiophenyl, pyrrolidinyl, dihydropyrrolyl, and pyrrolyl-2,5-dione. Exemplary 5-membered heterocycles containing 2 heteroatoms include, without limitation, dioxolanyl, oxathiolanyl, and dithiolanyl. Exemplary 5-membered heterocycles containing 3 heteroatoms include, without limitation, triazolinyl, oxadiazolinyl, and thiadiazolinyl. Exemplary 6-membered heterocyclyl groups containing 1 heteroatom include, without limitation, piperidinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, dihydropyridinyl, and thianyl. Exemplary 6-membered heterocyclyl groups containing 2 heteroatoms include, without limitation, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, dithianyl, dioxanyl, and triazinanyl. Exemplary 7-membered heterocyclyl groups containing 1 heteroatom include, without limitation, azepanyl, oxepanyl, and thiepanyl. Exemplary 8-membered heterocyclyl groups containing 1 heteroatom include, without limitation, azokanyl, oxecanyl, and thiokanyl. Exemplary bicyclic heterocyclyl groups include, without limitation, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, dihydrobenzofuranyl, dihydrobenzothienyl, tetrahydrobenzothienyl, tetrahydrobenzoph uranyl, tetra'hydroindolyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, decahydroquinolinyl, decaydroisoquinolinyl, decahydroquinolinyl, decaydroisoquinolinyl, decahydroquinolinyl, decaydroisohydroquinyl octahydropyrrolo [3,2-b] pyrrole, indolinyl, phthalimidyl, naphthalimidyl, chromanyl, chromenyl, 1Hbenzo [e] [1,4] diazepinyl, 1,4,5,7-tetrahydropyrano [3,4b] pyrrolyl, 5,6-dihydro-4H-furo [3,2-b] pyrrolyl, 6.7 -dihydro-5Hfuro [3,2-b] pyranyl, 5,7-dihydro-4H-thieno [2,3-c] pyranyl, 2,3-dihydro-lH-pyrrolo [2,3-b] pyridinyl, 2,3 -dihydrofuro [2,3b] pyridinyl, 4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-lH-pyrrolo [2,3-b] pyridinyl,
<img file="MX347708B_D0080.tif" />
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE
DB LA mOPIEDAT
INDI ISTR1AL
4,5,6,7-tetrahydrofuro [3,2-c] pyridinyl, 4,5,6,7-tetrahydrothieno [3,2-b] pyridinyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-l, 6- naphthyridinyl and the like.
Unless otherwise stated, heterocyclyl moieties are optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently including: acyl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, alkylaryl, cycloalkyl, aralkyl, aryl, aryloxy, amino, amido, amidino, imino, azide, carbonate, carbamate, carbonyl, heteroalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, hydroxyl, cyano, halo, haloalkoxy, haloalkyl, ester, ether, mercapto, thio, alkylthio, arylthio, thiocarbonyl, nitro, oxo, phosphate, phosphonate, phosphinate, silyl, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonamidyl, sulfoxyl, sulfonate, urea, -Si (R<sup>to</sup>) 3-, -0R<sup>to</sup>, -MR<sup>to</sup>, -OC (O) -R<sup>to</sup>, -N (R<sup>to</sup>) 2, -C (O) R<sup>to</sup>, -C (O) OR<sup>to</sup>, -OC (O) N (R<sup>to</sup>) 2, -C (O) N (R<sup>to</sup>) 2, -N (R<sup>to</sup>) C (O) OR<sup>to</sup>, -N (R<sup>to</sup>) C (O) R<sup>to</sup>, N (R<sup>to</sup>) C (O) N (R<sup>to</sup>) 2, N (R<sup>to</sup>) C (NR<sup>to</sup>) N (R<sup>to</sup>) 2, -N (R<sup>to</sup>) S (O) tR<sup>to</sup> (where t is 1 or 2), -S (O) tOR<sup>to</sup> (where t is 1 or 2), -S (O) tN (R<sup>to</sup>) 2 (where t is 1 or 2) u -OP (= O) (0R<sup>to</sup>)<sub>2</sub> in which each R<sup>to</sup> is independently hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, carbocyclyl, carbocyclylalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, heteroaryl, or heteroarylalkyl, and each of these moieties may be optionally substituted as defined herein.
Nitro refers to the radical -NO<sub>2</sub>.
Phosphate refers to a radical -0 ~ P (= 0) (0R<sup>b</sup>)<sub>2</sub>, in which each R<sup>b</sup> is independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, haloalkyl, heteroalkyl (attached through a chain carbon), cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heterocycloalkyl (attached through a ring carbon), heterocycloalkylalkyl, heteroaryl (attached through a ring carbon) or heteroarylalkyl, unless otherwise stated in the specification, each of these moieties may itself be optionally substituted as described herein. In some
<img file="MX347708B_D0081.tif" />
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL PROFWDAP realizations, when R<sup>to</sup> It is hydrogen and depending on the pH, the hydrogen can be replaced by an appropriately charged counter ion.
Imino refers to the radical - (C = N) -R<sup>b</sup> in which R<sup>b</sup> is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, haloalkyl, heteroalkyl (attached through a chain carbon), cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heterocycloalkyl (attached through a ring carbon), heterocycloalkylalkyl, heteroaryl ( attached through a ring carbon) or heteroarylalkyl, unless otherwise stated in the specification, each of these moieties may itself be optionally substituted as described herein.
Phosphonate refers to a radical-OP (= 0) (R<sup>b</sup>) (0R<sup>b</sup>), in which each R<sup>b</sup> is independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, haloalkyl, heteroalkyl (attached through a chain carbon), cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heterocycloalkyl (attached through a ring carbon), heterocycloalkylalkyl, heteroaryl (attached through a ring carbon) or heteroarylalkyl, unless otherwise stated in the specification, each of these moieties may itself be optionally substituted as described herein. In some embodiments, when R<sup>to</sup> It is hydrogen and depending on the pH, the hydrogen can be replaced by an appropriately charged counter ion.
Phosphinate refers to a radical -P (= 0) (R<sup>b</sup>) (OR<sup>b</sup>), in which each R<sup>b</sup> is independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, haloalkyl, heteroalkyl (attached through a chain carbon), cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heterocycloalkyl (attached through a ring carbon), heterocycloalkylalkyl, heteroaryl (attached through a ring carbon) or heteroarylalkyl, unless otherwise stated in the specification, each of
<img file="MX347708B_D0082.tif" />
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF THE PKONEOAP
INDUSTRIAL these moieties may itself be optionally substituted as described herein. In some embodiments, when R<sup>to</sup> It is hydrogen and depending on the pH, the hydrogen can be replaced by an appropriately charged counter ion.
As used herein, the terms "substituted" or "substitution" mean that at least one hydrogen present on a group atom (eg, a carbon or nitrogen atom) is replaced by a permissible substituent, eg, a substituent that upon substitution by hydrogen a stable compound results, for example a compound that does not spontaneously undergo transformation such as by rearrangement, cyclization, elimination or other reaction. Unless otherwise indicated, a substituted group may have a substituent at one or more substitutable positions in the group, and when more than one position is substituted in any given structure, the substituent is either the same or different at each position. . Substituents include one or more groups individually and independently selected from acyl, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, alkylaryl, cycloalkyl, aralkyl, aryl, aryloxy, amino, amido, azide, carbonate, carbonyl, heteroalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, hydroxyl, cyano, halo, haloalkoxy, haloalkyl, ester, mercapto, thio, alkylthio, arylthio, thiocarbonyl, nitro, oxo, phosphate, phosphonate, phosphinate, silyl, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonamidyl, sulfoxyl, sulfonate, urea, Si (R<sup>to</sup>) 3, -OR<sup>to</sup>, -MR<sup>to</sup>, -OC (O) -R<sup>to</sup>, -N (R<sup>to</sup>) 2, -C (O) R<sup>to</sup>, -C (O) OR<sup>to</sup>, -0C (O) N (R<sup>to</sup>) 2, -C (O) N (R<sup>to</sup>) 2, -N (R<sup>to</sup>) C (O) OR<sup>to</sup>, -N (R<sup>to</sup>) C (O) R<sup>to</sup>, N (R<sup>to</sup>) C (O) N (R<sup>to</sup>) 2, N (R<sup>to</sup>) C (NR<sup>to</sup>) N (R<sup>to</sup>) 2, -N (R<sup>to</sup>) S (O) tR<sup>to</sup> (where t is 1 or 2), -S (O) tOR<sup>to</sup> (where t is 1 or 2), -S (O) tN (R<sup>to</sup>) 2 (where t is 1 or 2), -OP (= O) (OR<sup>to</sup>)<sub>2</sub>/ in which each R<sup>to</sup> is independently hydrogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, carbocyclyl, carbocyclylalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, heteroaryl, or heteroarylalkyl and each of these moieties can
IMPI rNSTrrtrre Mexican
OF THE CURRENCY
INDUSTRIAL
<img file="MX347708B_D0083.tif" />
be optionally substituted as defined herein. For example, a cycloalkyl substituent may have a halide substituted at one or more ring carbons and the like. The protecting groups that the protecting derivatives of the above substituents can form are known to those skilled in the art and can be found in references such as Greene and Wuts, supra.
Silyl refers to a radical -Si (R<sup>b</sup>)<sub>3</sub> in which each R<sup>b</sup> is independently selected from alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, haloalkyl, heteroalkyl (attached through a chain carbon), cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heterocycloalkyl (attached through a ring carbon), heterocycloalkylalkyl, heteroaryl (attached through a ring carbon) or heteroarylalkyl, unless otherwise stated in the specification, each of these moieties may itself be optionally substituted as described herein.
Sulfanyl, sulfur, and uncle each refer to the radical -SR<sup>b</sup>, in which R<sup>b</sup> is selected from alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, haloalkyl, heteroalkyl (attached through a chain carbon), cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heterocycloalkyl (attached through a ring carbon), heterocycloalkylalkyl, heteroaryl (attached to through a ring carbon) or heteroarylalkyl, unless otherwise stated in the specification, each of these moieties may itself be optionally substituted as described herein. For example, an alkylthio refers to the alkyl-S- radical, and arylthio refers to the aryl-S- radical, each of which is attached to the parent molecule through the S atom. The terms sulfide, thiol, mercapto and mercaptan may also each refer to the group -R<sup>b</sup>SH.
Sulfinyl or sulfoxide refers to the radical -S (O) -R<sup>b</sup>, in which for sulfinyl, R<sup>b</sup> is H and for sulfoxide, R<sup>b</sup> I know
<img file="MX347708B_D0084.tif" />
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE
K LA PXOMEDAP INDUSTRIAL selects from alkyl, alkenyl, heteroalkyl (attached through a cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl (attached through alkynyl, haloalkyl, chain carbon), aryl, aralkyl, a ring carbon), heterocycloalkylalkyl, heteroaryl (attached through a ring carbon) or heteroarylalkyl, unless otherwise stated in the specification, each of these moieties may itself be optionally substituted as described herein.
Sulfonyl or sulfone refers to the radical -S (O<sub>2</sub>) -R<sup>b</sup>, in which R<sup>b</sup> is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, haloalkyl, heteroalkyl (attached through a chain carbon), cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heterocycloalkyl (attached through a ring carbon), heterocycloalkylalkyl, heteroaryl ( attached through a ring carbon) or heteroarylalkyl, unless otherwise stated in the specification, each of these moieties may itself be optionally substituted as described herein.
Sulfonamidyl or sulfonamido refers to the following radicals: -S (= 0) <sub>2</sub>-N (R<sup>b</sup>) 2, -N (R<sup>b</sup>) -S (= 0) 2-R<sup>b</sup>, -S (= 0) 2-N (R<sup>b</sup>) - or -N (R<sup>b</sup>) S (= 0) 2-, in which each R<sup>b</sup> is independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, haloalkyl, heteroalkyl (attached through a chain carbon), cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heterocycloalkyl (attached through a ring carbon), heterocycloalkylalkyl, heteroaryl (attached through a ring carbon) or heteroarylalkyl, unless otherwise stated in the specification, each of these moieties may itself be optionally substituted as described herein. The R groups<sup>b</sup> in -S (= 0) 2-N (R<sup>b</sup>) 2 can be taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered heterocyclyl ring. In some embodiments, the term designates a Ci-C sulfonamide<sub>4</sub>, in which each R<sup>b</sup> in the sulfonamido it contains 1 carbon, 2 carbons, 3 carbons or 4 carbons in total.
Sulfoxyl or sulfoxide refers to a radical -S (= O)<sub>2</sub>OH.
Sulfonate refers to a radical -S (= O)<sub>2</sub>-OR<sup>b</sup>, in which R<sup>b </sup>is selected from alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, haloalkyl, heteroalkyl (attached through a chain carbon), cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heterocycloalkyl (attached through a ring carbon), heterocycloalkylalkyl, heteroaryl (attached to through a ring carbon) or heteroarylalkyl, unless otherwise stated in the specification, each of these moieties may itself be optionally substituted as described herein.
Thiocarbonyl refers to a radical - (C = S) -.
Urea refers to a radical -N (R<sup>b</sup>) - (C = O) -N (R<sup>b</sup>) <sub>2</sub> or -N (R<sup>b</sup>) (C = O) -N (R<sup>b</sup>) -, in which each R<sup>b</sup> is independently selected from alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, haloalkyl, heteroalkyl (attached through a chain carbon), cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heterocycloalkyl (attached through a ring carbon), heterocycloalkylalkyl, heteroaryl (attached through a ring carbon) or heteroarylalkyl, unless otherwise stated in the specification, each of these moieties may itself be optionally substituted as described herein.
When substituent groups are specified by their conventional chemical formulas, written from left to right, they also encompass chemically identical substituents that would result from writing the structure from right to left, for example, -CH<sub>2</sub>O- is equivalent to -OCH<sub>2</sub>-.
COMPOUNDS, COMPOSITIONS AND PREPARATION METHODS
In one embodiment, polymorphic forms of a compound of formula (I) are provided herein:
<img file="MX347708B_D0085.tif" />
IMPI institut · Mexican DE LA MONEDAD INDUSTRIA!
<img file="MX347708B_D0086.tif" />
<img file="MX347708B_D0087.tif" />
(I), referred to herein as Form A, Form B, Form C, Form D, Form E, Form F, Form G, Form H, Form I, Form J, or an amorphous form of a compound of Formula (I) , or a salt, a solvate or a hydrate thereof; or a mixture of two or more of them. In one embodiment, the polymorphic form of a compound of formula (I) can be a crystalline form, a partially crystalline form, an amorphous form, or a mixture of crystalline form (s) and / or amorphous form (s) ( s).
In one embodiment, the polymorph provided herein is Form A, Form B, Form C, Form D, Form E, Form F, Form G, Form H, Form I, Form J, or an amorphous form of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or hydrate thereof, or a mixture of two or more thereof. In one embodiment, the polymorph provided herein is Form B, Form C, Form D, Form E, Form F, Form G, Form H, Form I, Form J, or an amorphous form of a compound of formula (I ), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or hydrate thereof. In one embodiment, the polymorph provided herein is Form A, Form B, Form C, Form D, Form E, Form F, Form G, Form H, Form I, Form J, or an amorphous form of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or hydrate thereof, or a mixture of two or more thereof, which is substantially pure. In one embodiment, a polymorph provided herein is thermally stable. In one embodiment, a polymorph provided herein
<img file="MX347708B_D0088.tif" />
IMPI INSTITUTO MEXICANO PE LA ntOffiDAP INDUSTRIAL
<td colspan="6">document is stable in long-term storage (for example,</td>
<td>No change</td><td colspan="2">significant in the</td><td colspan="3">polymorphic form after</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 1,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 2,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 3,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 4,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 5,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 6,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 7,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 8,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 9,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 10,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 11,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 12,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 18,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 24,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 30,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 36,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 42,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 48,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td colspan="2">54, approximately 60</td><td colspan="2">or more than about</td><td> 60</td>
<td colspan="3">months) . In one embodiment, after</td><td colspan="2">storage for</td><td>a</td>
<td colspan="2">certain period</td><td>of time, less</td><td colspan="3">of about 20%,</td>
<td colspan="3">less than approximately. 10% less</td><td>of</td><td>about the</td><td> 9%,</td>
<td colspan="3">less than about 8%, less</td><td>of</td><td>about the</td><td> 7%,</td>
<td colspan="3">less than about 6%, less</td><td>of</td><td>about the</td><td> 5%,</td>
<td colspan="3">less than about 4%, less</td><td>of</td><td>about the</td><td> 3%,</td>
<td colspan="3">less than about 2% or less</td><td>s of</td><td>about the</td><td> 1%</td>
<td colspan="2">p / p of a polymorph</td><td>provided in</td><td>the</td><td>present document</td><td>I know</td>
converts into other polymorph (s).
In certain embodiments, a polymorph provided herein is the Form C polymorph of a compound of formula (I). In certain embodiments, a solid form of a compound of formula (I) comprising Form C of a compound of formula (I) is provided herein. In certain embodiments, provided herein is a solid form of a compound of formula (I) comprising Form C of a compound of formula (I), which is substantially pure. In one embodiment, Form C can be characterized as having X-ray powder diffraction (XRPD) peaks at about 10.4, about 13.3, and about 24.3 degrees 2Θ. In certain embodiments, Form C is characterized by having a differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) comprising an endotherm at about 208 ° C. In certain embodiments, Form C can be characterized by thermogravimetric analysis in which the% loss in
<img file="MX347708B_D0089.tif" />
IMPI tNTTTTVTO MEXICANO BE LA MBTITDAD INBUTTMA The observed weight is approximately 1.7% at approximately 80 ° C and approximately 0.2% at approximately 190 ° C.
In one embodiment, a polymorph other than form C is a solid form of a compound of formula (I), or a salt, a solvate, or a hydrate thereof (for example, a crystalline form, an amorphous form, or a mixture of crystalline form (s) and / or amorphous form (s)), which is not a polymorph of form C of a compound of formula (I). In one embodiment, a polymorph other than Form C is Form A, Form B, Form D, Form E, Form F, Form G, Form H, Form I, Form J, or an amorphous form of a compound of formula (I), or a salt, a solvate or a hydrate thereof; or a mixture of two or more of them. In one embodiment, a polymorph other than Form C may comprise at least 50% by weight of the Form A polymorph of a compound of formula (I). In one embodiment, a polymorph other than form C (for example, form A or form B) can be obtained from a composition comprising form C.
In certain embodiments, a salt of a compound of formula (I) provided herein is a salt derived from L-tartaric acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, D-glucaronic acid, ethane-1,2-disulfonic acid (EDSA), 2-Naphthalenesulfonic acid (NSA), hydrochloric acid (HC1), hydrobromic acid (HBr), citric acid, naphthalene-1,5-disulfonic acid (NDSA), DL-mandelic acid, fumaric acid, sulfuric acid, maleic acid, methanesulfonic acid (MSA), Benzenesulfonic acid (BSA), ethanesulfonic acid (ESA), L-malic acid, phosphoric acid, or aminoethanesulfonic acid (taurine). In certain embodiments, a salt of a compound of formula (I) provided herein is a mono-acid salt or a bis-acid salt. In certain embodiments, a salt of a compound of formula (I) provided herein is a HC1 salt (eg, a mono-HCl salt or a bisHC1 salt), or a solvate or hydrate thereof. In certain embodiments, a salt, a solvate, or a hydrate of a compound of
<img file="MX347708B_D0090.tif" />
IMPI INSTrnrro meucano DE LA MOHEDAL) INDUSTRIAL formula (I) provided herein is a crystalline material, a partially crystalline material or an amorphous material or a mixture of one or more crystalline forms and / or amorphous forms.
In one embodiment, provided herein is a composition comprising a compound of formula (I):
<img file="MX347708B_D0091.tif" />
(I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or hydrate thereof, and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients.
In one embodiment, the composition comprises a polymorph of form C. In one embodiment, the composition comprises a mixture of a polymorph of form C and at least one polymorph other than form C of a compound of formula (I), or a salt , a solvate or a pharmaceutically acceptable hydrate thereof. For example, in certain embodiments, the composition may comprise a Form C polymorph and a Form A polymorph. In other embodiments, the composition can comprise a polymorph of form C and a polymorph of form B. In other embodiments, the composition can comprise a polymorph of form C and a polymorph of form D. In other embodiments, the composition can comprise a polymorph of Form C and a polymorph of Form E. In other embodiments, the composition may comprise a polymorph of Form C and a polymorph of Form F. In other embodiments, the composition may comprise a Form C polymorph and a Form G polymorph. In other embodiments, the composition may comprise a Form C polymorph and a Form H polymorph.
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO D € LA FROriEDAP INM / STWIAL other embodiments, the composition may comprise a polymorph of form C and a polymorph of form I. In other embodiments, the composition may comprise a polymorph of form C and a polymorph of form J. In others In embodiments, the composition may comprise a polymorph of Form C and an amorphous form of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or hydrate thereof. In one embodiment, the ratio of polymorph of Form C to the total amount of polymorph (s) other than Form C is greater than about 1: 1, greater than about 2: 1, greater than about 3: 1, greater than about 4: 1, greater than about 5: 1, greater than about 6: 1, greater than about 7: 1, greater than about 8: 1, or greater than about 9: 1. In one embodiment, the composition comprising Form C is a pharmaceutical composition. In one embodiment, the composition is at least about 98% by weight of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or hydrate thereof.
In one embodiment, the composition comprises a mixture of polymorph of form A and at least one polymorph other than form A of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or hydrate thereof. For example, in certain embodiments, the composition may comprise a polymorph of form A and a polymorph of form B. In other embodiments, the composition may comprise a polymorph of form A and a polymorph of form C. In other embodiments, the composition may comprise a polymorph of Form A and a polymorph of Form D. In other embodiments, the composition may comprise a polymorph of Form A and a polymorph of Form E. In other embodiments, the composition may comprise a polymorph Form A and a polymorph of Form F. In other embodiments, the composition may comprise a polymorph of Form A and a polymorph of Form G. In other embodiments, the composition may comprise a polymorph of Form A and a polymorph of Form H. In
MtXICANt INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL MOFIFDAP Other embodiments, the composition may comprise a polymorph of form A and a polymorph of form I. In other embodiments, the composition may comprise a polymorph of form A and a polymorph of form J. In other embodiments, the composition may comprise The composition may comprise a polymorph of form A and an amorphous form of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or hydrate thereof. In one embodiment, the ratio of polymorph of Form A to the total amount of polymorph (s) other than Form A is greater than about 1: 1, greater than about 2: 1, greater than about 3: 1, greater than about 4: 1, greater than about 5: 1, greater than about 6: 1, greater than about 7: 1, greater than about 8: 1, or greater than about 9: 1. In one embodiment, the ratio of polymorph of Form A to the total amount of polymorph (s) other than Form A is less than about 1: 1, less than about 2: 1, less than about 3: 1, less than about 4: 1, less than about 5: 1, less than about 6: 1, less than about 7: 1, less than about 8: 1, or less than about 9: 1. In one embodiment, the composition comprising Form A is a pharmaceutical composition. In one embodiment, the composition is at least about 98% by weight of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or hydrate thereof. '
In certain embodiments, provided herein is a composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula (I):
<img file="MX347708B_D0092.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO M & XICANO Oí LA FROHWAD INDUSTRIAL (I), _______________________ or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or hydrate thereof; and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients.
In one embodiment, the composition comprises a Form C polymorph of a compound of formula (I). In one embodiment, the composition may further comprise one or more polymorphs other than Form C of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or hydrate thereof. In certain embodiments, the ratio of Form C polymorph to the total amount of non-Form C polymorph (s) is greater than about 1: 1, greater than about 2: 1, greater than about 3: 1, greater than about 4: 1, greater than about 5: 1, greater than about 6: 1, greater than about 7: 1, greater than about 8: 1, or greater than about 9: 1. In one embodiment, the composition comprises a polymorph of Form A of a compound of Formula (I) - In one embodiment, the composition may further comprise one or more polymorphs other than Form A of a compound of Formula (I), or a salt, a solvate or a pharmaceutically acceptable hydrate thereof. In certain embodiments, the ratio of polymorph of Form A to the total amount of polymorph (s) other than Form A is greater than about 1: 1, greater than about 2: 1, greater than about 3: 1, greater than about 4: 1, greater than about 5: 1, greater than about 6: 1, greater than about 7: 1, greater than about 8: 1, or greater than about 9: 1. In certain embodiments, the ratio of polymorph of Form A to the total amount of polymorph (s) other than Form A is less than about 1: 1, less than about 2: 1, less than about 3: 1, less than about 4: 1, less than about 5: 1, less than about 6: 1, less than about 7: 1, less than about 8: 1, or less than about 9: 1.
INSTITUTO MEXICANO M LA NIMIEDAD INDUSTRIAL
In one embodiment, the polymorphic forms provided herein are useful in the production of medicinal preparations and can be obtained by means of a crystallization process to produce crystalline and semi-crystalline forms or a solidification process to obtain the amorphous form. In certain embodiments, crystallization is carried out either by generating a compound of formula (I) in a reaction mixture and recovering a polymorph from the reaction mixture, or by dissolving a compound of formula (I) in a solvent, optionally with heat, followed by crystallization / solidification of the product by cooling and / or by adding an antisolvent over a period of time. Crystallization or solidification can be followed by drying carried out under controlled conditions until a certain water content is reached in the final polymorphic form.
In one embodiment, methods of preparing one or more polymorphs of a compound of formula (I) are provided herein:
<img file="MX347708B_D0093.tif" />
(I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or hydrate thereof. Polymorphs prepared according to a method provided herein include Form A, Form B, Form C, Form D, Form E, Form F, Form G, Form H, Form I, Form J, or an amorphous form of a compound of formula (I), or mixtures of two or more thereof. In one embodiment, a polymorph provided herein is a solvate or hydrate of a compound of formula (I). In one embodiment, a
<img file="MX347708B_D0094.tif" />
IMPI
ΙΝΓΠΤϋΤΟ MEXICAN Ot THE polymorphous INDUSTRIAL CURRENCY provided herein is a mono-acid or bis-acid addition salt, such as; 'pw e, -371'3'Salt of mono-HCl or a salt of bis-HCl of a compound of formula (I), or a solvate or hydrate thereof.
In one embodiment, a method of preparing a compound of formula (I) is provided herein:
<img file="MX347708B_D0095.tif" />
(I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or hydrate thereof.
In one embodiment, the method comprises any one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, or eight, or more of the following steps:
<img file="MX347708B_D0096.tif" />
<img file="MX347708B_D0097.tif" />
<img file="MX347708B_D0098.tif" />
<img file="MX347708B_D0099.tif" />
IMPI ινγππγγο Mexican Dt LA PROMFDA »INDUSTRIAL
<img file="MX347708B_D0100.tif" />
<img file="MX347708B_D0101.tif" />
<img file="MX347708B_D0102.tif" />
NHPG<sup>1</sup><sub>;</sub>
<img file="MX347708B_D0103.tif" />
<img file="MX347708B_D0104.tif" />
<img file="MX347708B_D0105.tif" />
<img file="MX347708B_D0106.tif" />
IMPI
IWTTTUTO MEX1CAN n the INDUSTRIAL nKwtoAT
<img file="MX347708B_D0107.tif" />
in which:
X is selected from fluorine, methylphenyl, and -0-S0<sub>2</sub>-methyl;
PG<sup>1</sup> selected from methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, chlorine, bromine, iodine, -O-SO<sub>2</sub>-4benzyl, substituted benzyl, substituted ethoxycarbonyl, 9-fluorenyloxycarbonyl, 9-fluorenyloxycarbonyl substituted, 2,2,2, trichloroethoxycarbonyl, 2-trimethylsilylethoxycarbonyl, (2-phenyl-2-trimethylsilyl) ethoxycarbonyl-2-dimethylsilyl) ethoxycarbonyl-2-dimethyl-2-phenylethoxycarbonyl, 2-phenylethoxycarbonyl-2 , 1, 1-dimethyl-2,2,2-trichloroethoxycarbonyl, t-butoxycarbonyl, 1adamantyloxycarbonyl, 2-adamantyloxycarbonyl, triisopropylsiloxycarbonyl, vinyloxycarbonyl, 1-isopropoxycarbonyl, 8-quinolyloxycarbonyl, 2,4-dimethylpent-3yloxycarbonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, and substituted benzyloxycarbonyl;
PG<sup>2</sup> is selected from methylsulfonyl, substituted methylsulfonyl, benzenesulfonyl, substituted benzenesulfonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, substituted benzyloxycarbonyl, 2,2,2, trichloroethoxycarbonyl, 2-trimethylsilylethoxycarbonyl, tbutoxycarbonyl, 1-alkyloxycarbonyloxypropyl, 1-adamantyloxycarbonyloxypropyl, 1-adamantyloxycarbonyloxypropyl, 1-adamantyloxycarbonyloxypropyl , allyl, benzyl, substituted benzyl, hydroxymethyl, methoxymethyl, diethoxymethyl, (2-chloroethoxy) methyl, t-butoxymethyl, t-butyldimethylsiloxymethyl, pivaloyloxymethyl, benzyloxymethyl, dimethylaminomethyl, 2-tetrahydropyranyl, substituted alkoxymethyl and substituted aryloxymethyl; Y
<img file="MX347708B_D0108.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO M LA HWMEDAl INDUSTRIAL in which alkyl, heteroalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, heterocyclyloxy, acidoaryloxy, acryloxy, aminoaryloxy, acryloxy, acryloxy , alkoxycarbonyl, ester, ether, thio, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonamido, halo, cyano, hydroxyl, nitro, phosphate, urea, carbamate and carbonate.
In one embodiment, provided herein is a method of preparing a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or hydrate thereof, comprising the following step:
\ .COOH \ JL.OMe ¡j Me
NHPG<sup>1</sup> NHPG<sup>1</sup><sub>;</sub> in which
PG<sup>1</sup> is selected from benzyl, substituted benzyl, methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, substituted ethoxycarbonyl, 9-fluorenyloxycarbonyl, substituted 9-fluorenyloxycarbonyl, 2,2,2, trichloroethoxycarbonyl, 2-trimethylsilylethoxycarbonyl, (2-phenyl-2-ethoxycarbonyl, 2-phenyl-2-ethoxycarbonyl) , 1-dimethyl2,2-dibromoethoxycarbonyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2,2,2-trichloroethoxycarbonyl, t-butoxycarbonyl, 1adamantyloxycarbonyl,. 2-adamantyloxycarbonyl, triisopropylsiloxycarbonyl, vinyloxycarbonyl, 1isopropoxycarbonyl, 8-quinolyloxycarbonyl, 2,4-dimethylpent-3yloxycarbonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, and substituted benzyloxycarbonyl; and wherein alkyl, heteroalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, heterocyclyloxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkoxy, amino, acyl, acyl, acyl, acryloxy substituents are selected Ether, thio, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonamido, halo, cyano, hydroxyl, nitro, phosphate, urea, carbamate, and carbonate.
<img file="MX347708B_D0109.tif" />
IMPI
INTTTTUTO Mexicano DE LA PtOPfEDAD INDUSTRIAL is a protective group of
In some embodiments, PG<sup>1 </sup> carbamate, such as an alkoxycarbonyl or aryloxycarbonyl. In one embodiment, PG<sup>1</sup> is selected from t-butoxycarbonyl and benzyloxycarbonyl. In one embodiment, PG<sup>1</sup> is t-butoxycarbonyl.
In one embodiment, the step comprises combining the protected amino acid starting material with N, O-dimethylhydroxylamine (eg, as a free base or in a salt form such as a HC1 salt) in the presence of an amide coupling reagent. to provide the amide product. In some embodiments, the amide coupling reagent may include, but is not limited to, EDCI, DCC, DIC, HATU, HBTU, HCTU, TBTU, and PyBOP, optionally in the presence of HOBt, HOAt, and / or a base (e.g. , an amine base such as Et<sub>3</sub>N). In one embodiment, the amide coupling reagent is EDCI in the presence of HOBt.
In one embodiment, provided herein is a method of preparing a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or hydrate thereof, comprising the following step:
<img file="MX347708B_D0110.tif" />
In one embodiment, the step comprises combining 2-chloro-6-methylbenzoic acid with, for example, thionyl chloride or<sup>-</sup> oxalyl chloride, optionally in the presence of a catalytic amount of DMF, to provide 2-chloro-6methyl-benzoyl chloride.
In one embodiment, provided herein is a method of preparing a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or hydrate thereof, comprising the following step:
<img file="MX347708B_D0111.tif" />
oc la noncDAT INDUSTRIAL -
In one embodiment, the step comprises combining 2-chloro-6-methylbenzoyl chloride with aniline to provide 2-chloro-6-methyl-N-phenylbenzamide. In one embodiment, the step is optionally carried out in the presence of a base (for example, an amine base such as Et<sub>3</sub>N).
In one embodiment, provided herein is a method of preparing a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or hydrate thereof, comprising the following step:
COOH
In one embodiment, the step comprises combining 2-chloro-6-methylbenzoic acid with aniline in the presence of an amide coupling reagent to provide 2-chloro-6-methyl-N-phenylbenzamide. In some embodiments, the amide coupling reagent may include, but is not limited to, EDCI, DCC, DIC, HATU, HBTU, HCTU, TBTU, and PyBOP, optionally in the presence of HOBt, HOAt, and / or a base (e.g. , an amine base such as Et<sub>3</sub>N). In certain embodiments, 2-chloro-6-methylbenzoic acid can first be converted to an acyl halide (for example, using SOC1<sub>2</sub>) or anhydride (for example, using procedures known in the art, such as, but not limited to, combination with one or more equivalents of a suitable acid, such as alkyl-COOH, and a coupling reagent), and the halide of Acyl or anhydride combines with aniline to provide 2-chloro-6-methyl-N-phenylbenzamide.
In one embodiment, provided herein is a method of preparing a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or hydrate thereof, comprising the following step:
100
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE
OF THE INDUSTRIAL FX
<img file="MX347708B_D0112.tif" />
<img file="MX347708B_D0113.tif" />
in which
<img file="MX347708B_D0114.tif" />
NHPG<sup>1</sup>
PG<sup>1</sup> is selected from benzyl, substituted benzyl, methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, substituted ethoxycarbonyl, 9-fluorenyloxycarbonyl, substituted 9-fluorenyloxycarbonyl, 2,2,2, trichloroethoxycarbonyl, 2-trimethylsilylethoxycarbonyl, (2-phenyl-2-ethylethoxycarbonyl, (2-phenyl-2-trimethyls) 1-dimethyl2,2-dibromoethoxycarbonyl, 1, 1-dimethyl-2,2,2-trichloroethoxycarbonyl, t-butoxycarbonyl, 1adamantyloxycarbonyl, 2-adamantyloxycarbonyl, triisopropylsiloxycarbonyl, vinyloxycarbonyl, 1-isopropoxycarbonyl, 8-quinolyloxycarbonyl, 2,4-dimethylpent-3yloxycarbonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, and substituted benzyloxycarbonyl; and wherein alkyl, heteroalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, heterocyclyloxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkoxy, amino, acyl, acyl, acyl, acryloxy substituents are selected Ether, thio, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonamido, halo, cyano, hydroxyl, nitro, phosphate, urea, carbamate, and carbonate.
In some embodiments, PG<sup>1</sup> is a carbamate protecting group, such as an alkoxycarbonyl or aryloxycarbonyl. In one embodiment, PG<sup>1</sup> is selected from t-butoxycarbonyl and benzyloxycarbonyl. In one embodiment, PG<sup>1</sup> is t-butoxycarbonyl.
In one embodiment, the starting material of the step, 2-chloro-6-methyl-N-phenylbenzamide, is combined with (S) - (l (methoxy (methyl) amino) -l-oxopropan-2-yl) carbamate of tere -butyl in the presence of an alkyl lithium, such as n-butyllithium or n-hexyl-
<img file="MX347708B_D0115.tif" />
Dt LA TR * P1EDAL> INDUSTRIAL protected amine. In other
101 lithium, and to provide the embodiment, 2-chloro-6-methyl-N-phenylbenzamide is combined with BocAla-OMe, or other 0χ- alkyl esters<sub>6</sub>, under similar conditions to provide the protected amine. In another embodiment, tere-butyl (S) - (1- (methoxy (methyl) amino) -l-oxopropan-2-yl) carbamate is combined with an alkyl Grignard reagent, such as, but not limited to, Isopropyl grignard (eg iPrMgCl), prior to addition to a mixture comprising 2-chloro-6-methyl-N-phenylbenzamide. Other suitable Grignard reagents include, but are not limited to, organic magnesium halides such as organomagnesium chlorides and organomagnesium bromides. Non-limiting examples of Grignard reagents include methylmagnesium (chloride or bromide), substituted methylmagnesium (chlorides or bromides) such as 2-naphthylenylmethylmagnesium (chloride or bromide), cyclohexylmethylmagnesium (chloride or bromide), and 1,3-dioxanyl chloride or methylmagnesium (1,3-dioxanyl chloride or bromide). ethylmagnesium (chloride or bromide), phenylmagnesium (chloride or bromide), substituted phenylmagnesium (chlorides or bromides), and others known in the art.
In one embodiment, provided herein is a method of preparing a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or hydrate thereof, comprising the following step:
<img file="MX347708B_D0116.tif" />
NHPG<sup>1</sup> in which
PG<sup>1</sup> selected from benzyl, substituted benzyl, methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, substituted ethoxycarbonyl, 9-fluorenyloxycarbonyl, substituted 9-fluorenyloxycarbonyl, 2,2,2, trichloroethoxycarbonyl, 2-trimethylsilylethoxycarbonyl, (2-phenyl-2-ethylethoxycarbonyl, 1,1-trimethyloxycarbonyl) -dimethyl102
INÍTmrrO MEXICANO ιηύ ~> • Ε LA MONEDAD —gj'fr
INDUSTRIAL
2,2-dibromoethoxycarbonyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2,2,2-trichloroethoxycarbonyl, t-butoxycarbonyl, '1-adamantyloxycarbonyl, 2-adamantyloxycarbonyl, triisopropylsiloxycarbonyl, vinyloxycarbonyl, 1-isopropoxycarbonyl, 8-quinolyloxycarbonyl-benzyloxycarbonyl, 2,4-benzyloxybonycarbonyl, 3-benzyloxycarbonyl-3 substituted; and wherein alkyl, heteroalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, heterocyclyloxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkoxy, amino, acyl, acyl, acyl, acryloxy substituents are selected Ether, thio, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonamido, halo, cyano, hydroxyl, nitro, phosphate, urea, carbamate, and carbonate.
In some embodiments, PG<sup>1</sup> is a carbamate protecting group, such as an alkoxycarbonyl or aryloxycarbonyl. In one embodiment, PG<sup>1</sup> is selected from t-butoxycarbonyl and benzyloxycarbonyl. In one embodiment, PG<sup>1</sup> is t-butoxycarbonyl.
In one embodiment, the protected amine is combined with an inorganic acid, such as HCl or trifluoroacetic acid, to provide the isoquinolinone. Other suitable acids include, but are not limited to, methanesulfonic acid, sulfuric acid, hydrobromic acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, perchloric acid, and camphorsulfonic acid. ·
In one embodiment, provided herein is a method of preparing a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or hydrate thereof, comprising the following step:
<img file="MX347708B_D0117.tif" />
in which
103
IMPI tNSTTTVTO MEXICAN DC LA UNBUmUAL CURRENCY
X is selected from Fluorine, Chlorine, Bromine, Iodine, -O-SO<sub>2</sub>-4-methylphenyl and -0-S0<sub>2</sub>-methyl;
PG<sup>2</sup> is selected from methylsulfonyl, substituted methylsulfonyl, benzenesulfonyl, substituted benzenesulfonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, substituted benzyloxycarbonyl, 2,2,2, trichloroethoxycarbonyl, 2-trimethylsilylethoxycarbonyl, tbutoxycarbonyl, 1-alkyloxycarbonyloxypropyl, 1-adamantyloxycarbonyloxypropyl, 1-adamantyloxycarbonyloxypropyl, 1-adamantyloxycarbonyloxypropyl , allyl, benzyl, substituted benzyl, hydroxymethyl, methoxymethyl, diethoxymethyl, (2-chloroethoxy) methyl, t-butoxymethyl, t-butyldimethylsiloxymethyl, pivaloyloxymethyl, benzyloxymethyl, dimethylaminomethyl, 2-tetrahydropyranyl, substituted alkoxymethyl, and substituted aryloxymethyl, and wherein alkyl, heteroalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl, substituents are selected cycloalkoxy, heterocyclyloxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, amido, amino, acyl, acyloxy, alkoxycarbonyl, ester, ether, thio, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonamido, halo, cyano, hydroxyl, nitro, phosphate, urea, carbamate and carbonate.
In one embodiment, PG<sup>2</sup> is 2-tetrahydropyranyl. In some embodiments, X is selected from fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and iodine. In one embodiment, X is chlorine. In certain embodiments, the step comprises combining 6-chloro-9H-purine with 3,4-dihydro-2Hpyran to provide 6-chloro-9- (tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl) -9Hpurine.
In one embodiment, provided herein is a method of preparing a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or hydrate thereof, comprising the following step:
104
<img file="MX347708B_D0118.tif" />
<img file="MX347708B_D0119.tif" />
<img file="MX347708B_D0120.tif" />
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL CURRENCY
<img file="MX347708B_D0121.tif" />
in which
X is selected from Fluorine, Chlorine, Bromine, Iodine, -O-SO<sub>2</sub>-4-methylphenyl and -0-S0<sub>2</sub>-methyl;
PG<sup>2</sup> is selected from methylsulfonyl, substituted methylsulfonyl, benzenesulfonyl, substituted benzenesulfonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, substituted benzyloxycarbonyl, 2,2,2, trichloroethoxycarbonyl, 2-trimethylsilylethoxycarbonyl, t-butoxycarbonyl, 1-alkyloxycarbonyloxy-adamantyloxy, 1-butyloxycarbonyloxycarbonyl, 1-adamantyloxycarbonyloxy, triisopropylsilyl, allyl, benzyl, substituted benzyl, hydroxymethyl, methoxymethyl, diethoxymethyl, (2-chloroethoxy) methyl, t-butoxymethyl, t-butyldimethylsiloxymethyl, pivaloyloxymethyl, benzyloxymethyl, dimethylaminomethyl, 2-tetrahydropyranyl, substituted alkoxymethyl, and substituted aryloxymethyl, and wherein alkyl, heteroalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl, substituents are selected cycloalkoxy, heterocyclyloxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, amido, amino, acyl, acyloxy, alkoxycarbonyl, ester, ether, thio, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonamido, halo, cyano, hydroxyl, nitro, phosphate, urea, carbamate and carbonate.
In one embodiment, PG<sup>2</sup> is 2-tetrahydropyranyl. In some embodiments, X is selected from fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and iodine. In one embodiment, X is chlorine. In one embodiment, the protected chloropurine is combined with the isoquinolinone in the presence of a
105
<img file="MX347708B_D0122.tif" />
IMPI Mexican institute DE LA MONEDA! INDUSTRIAL base, such as an amine base (for example, Et<sub>3</sub>N), in an alcoholic solvent (for example, MeOH,
EtUH, ' <sup>1</sup> Ptüff, ”iPrOri).
In one embodiment, provided herein is a method of preparing a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or hydrate thereof, comprising the following step:
<img file="MX347708B_D0123.tif" />
in which
PG<sup>2</sup> is selected from methylsulfonyl, substituted methylsulfonyl, benzenesulfonyl, substituted benzenesulfonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, substituted benzyloxycarbonyl, 2,2,2, trichloroethoxycarbonyl, 2-trimethylsilylethoxycarbonyl, t-butoxycarbonyl, 1-alkyloxycarbonyloxy-adamantyloxy, 1-butyloxycarbonyloxycarbonyl, 1-adamantyloxycarbonyloxy, triisopropylsilyl, allyl, benzyl, substituted benzyl, hydroxymethyl, methoxymethyl, diethoxymethyl, (2-chloroethoxy) methyl, t-butoxymethyl, t-butyldimethylsiloxymethyl, pivaloyloxymethyl, benzyloxymethyl, dimethylaminomethyl, 2-tetrahydropyranyl, substituted alkoxymethyl, and substituted aryloxymethyl, and wherein alkyl, heteroalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl, substituents are selected cycloalkoxy, heterocyclyloxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, amido, amino, acyl, acyloxy, alkoxycarbonyl, ester, ether, thio, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonamido, halo, cyano, hydroxyl, nitro, phosphate, urea, carbamate and carbonate.
In one embodiment, PG<sup>2</sup> is 2-tetrahydropyranyl. In one embodiment, the protected purine is combined with an acid
106
<img file="MX347708B_D0124.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO di la nt »niDAt> INP <'STMAL inorganic, such as, but not limited to, HC1, HBr, perchloric acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid and phosphoric acid, in an alcoholic solvent (for example, MeOH, EtOH, PrOH, iPrOH). In one embodiment, the inorganic acid is HCl.
In one embodiment, provided herein is a method of preparing a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or hydrate thereof, comprising the following step:
<img file="MX347708B_D0125.tif" />
in which
X is selected from Fluorine, Chlorine, Bromine, Iodine, -O-SO<sub>2</sub>-4-methylphenyl and -0-S0<sub>2</sub>-methyl.
In some embodiments, X is selected from fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and iodine. In one embodiment, X is chlorine. In one embodiment, the starting materials are combined with an amine base, such as Et<sub>3</sub>N, in an alcoholic solvent, such as glycerol, to effect amine coupling.
In some embodiments, intermediates for the synthesis of a compound of formula (I), or a salt, solvate, or hydrate thereof, are prepared according to one or more of the following schemes.
Scheme 1 \ ^, COOH NHBoc '
OR
<img file="MX347708B_D0126.tif" />
NHBoc
107
<img file="MX347708B_D0127.tif" />
IMPI
MEXICAN INHITUTE OF INDUSTIUAL PROHtDAP
In one embodiment, the conversion of compound 1 to compound 2 can be carried out according to any method in the art. In one embodiment, compound 1 is combined with MeNHOMe (HC1) in the presence of EDCI and HOBt. In certain embodiments, a base such as triethylamine may be present.
Scheme 2
<img file="MX347708B_D0128.tif" />
<sup>3 4</sup> vy
In one embodiment, the conversion of compound 3 to compound 4 occurs in the presence of paratoluenesulfonic acid. In another embodiment, the installation of the THP protecting group occurs using camphorsulfonic acid in 2-methyltetrahydrofuran.
<img file="MX347708B_D0129.tif" />
<img file="MX347708B_D0130.tif" />
In one embodiment, the conversion of compound 5 to compound 7 can be carried out according to any method in the art.
108
<img file="MX347708B_D0131.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO • C LA FROF1EDAL · INDUSTMLAl
In one embodiment, compound 5 is combined with thionyl chloride and DMF to produce compound 6, which in turn is combined with aniline to provide compound Ί.
In one embodiment, compound 7 is converted to compound 8 by combining compound 7 with n-hexyllithium and then adding compound 2, which has previously been combined with isopropyl Grignard (eg, iPrMgCl). In one embodiment, compound 8 is converted to compound 9 in the presence of acid, such as hydrochloric acid, trifluoroacetic acid, or methanesulfonic acid, in a solvent, such as methanol or isopropyl alcohol. In one embodiment, the acid can be trifluoroacetic acid.
In one embodiment, a compound of formula (I), a salt, a solvate or a hydrate thereof is prepared by combining compound 3 and compound 9 according to the following scheme:
Scheme 4
<img file="MX347708B_D0132.tif" />
<img file="MX347708B_D0133.tif" />
<img file="MX347708B_D0134.tif" />
In one embodiment, starting materials 3 and 9 are combined with an amine base, such as Et<sub>3</sub>N, in an alcoholic solvent, such as glycerol, to effect purine coupling.
In one embodiment, the following synthesis scheme can be followed to prepare a compound of formula (I), or a salt, a solvate or a hydrate thereof:
Scheme 5:
<img file="MX347708B_D0135.tif" />
109
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO M LA MONEDA · INDUSTRIAL
<img file="MX347708B_D0136.tif" />
in which
PG<sup>2</sup> is selected from methylsulfonyl, substituted methylsulfonyl, benzenesulfonyl, substituted benzenesulfonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, substituted benzyloxycarbonyl, 2,2,2, trichloroethoxycarbonyl, 2-trimethylsilylethoxycarbonyl, tbutoxycarbonyl, 1-alkyloxycarbonyloxypropyl, 1-adamantyloxycarbonyloxypropyl, 1-adamantyloxycarbonyloxypropyl, 1-adamantyloxycarbonyloxypropyl , allyl, benzyl, substituted benzyl, hydroxymethyl, methoxymethyl, diethoxymethyl, (2-chloroethoxy) methyl, t-butoxymethyl, t-butyldimethylsiloxymethyl, pivaloyloxymethyl, benzyloxymethyl, dimethylaminomethyl, 2-tetrahydropyranyl, substituted alkoxymethyl, and substituted aryloxymethyl, and in which alkyl, heteroalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl, substituents are selected cycloalkoxy, heterocyclyloxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, amido, amino, acyl, acyloxy, alkoxycarbonyl, ester, ether, thio, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonamido, halo, cyano, hydroxyl, nitro, phosphate, urea, carbamate and carbonate.
Although shown above in two steps, the above synthesis scheme can be carried out as a one-step reaction. In one embodiment, the first step to provide compound (la) may be carried out in the presence of a base (eg, an amine base such as, but not limited to, Et<sub>3</sub>N) in an alcoholic solvent (eg MeOH, EtOH, PrOH, iPrOH). Depending on the nature of the protecting group PG<sup>2</sup>,
110
<img file="MX347708B_D0137.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO DE LA MONEDAD INDUSTRIAL The following reagents can be used to deprotect compound (la) to provide compound (I). One or more reagents to remove the protective group PG<sup>2</sup> include, but are not limited to, acids such as HC1, HBr, and TEA; carbonate bases, such as Na<sub>2</sub>CO<sub>3</sub> and K<sub>2</sub>CO<sub>3</sub>; hydroxide bases, such as NaOH and KOH; lithium bases, such as methyl lithium, ethyl lithium, propyllithium, n-butyllithium, n-pentyl lithium, and n-hexyl lithium; oxidants such as ceric ammonium nitrate; hydrogenation conditions, such as cyclohexadiene / Pd black, and H<sub>2</sub>/ Pd on carbon; TBAF and BF<sub>3</sub>-Et<sub>2</sub>OR.
In one embodiment, the following synthesis scheme is used to prepare a compound of formula (I), or a salt, a solvate, or a hydrate thereof:
<img file="MX347708B_D0138.tif" />
In one embodiment, the first step to provide compound 10 can be carried out in the presence of a base (eg, an amine base such as, but not limited to, Et<sub>3</sub>N) in an alcoholic solvent (eg MeOH, EtOH, PrOH, iPrOH). In certain embodiments, a compound of formula (1), or a salt, solvate or hydrate thereof, is obtained from treatment of a protected precursor (eg compound 10) with hydrochloric acid in ethanol followed by treatment with dichloromethane. In certain embodiments, the dichloromethane treatment product is treated under aqueous conditions, such as
111
ΙΝΠΤΠΓΤϋ MEXICANO Μ LA ΗΙΟΗΙΟΑΓ INDUSTMAl as approximately 90% water and approximately 10% 2-propanol.
In one embodiment, the recovery and purification of the chemical entities and intermediates described herein can be accomplished by procedures such as, but not limited to, filtration, extraction, crystallization, precipitation, silica gel column chromatography, chromatography high-performance liquid chromatography, thin-layer chromatography, or thick-layer chromatography, or a combination of these procedures. Non-limiting exemplary illustrations of suitable purification and recovery procedures are provided in the examples below. However, other purification and recovery procedures known in the art can also be used.
Before formulation as an active pharmaceutical ingredient in a pharmacological product, a compound of formula (I), or a salt, a solvate or a hydrate thereof, can be isolated in more than about 90% purity, more than about 91 % purity, more than about 92% purity, more than about 93% purity, more than about 94% purity, more than about 95% purity, more than about 96% purity, greater than about 97% purity, greater than about 98% purity, greater than about 99% purity, and a purity approaching 100%.
In some embodiments, the (R) and (S) isomers of a compound of formula (I), if both are present, can be resolved by methods known to those skilled in the art, for example by formation of diastereomeric salts or complexes that can separated, for example, by crystallization; by formation of diastereomeric derivatives which can be separated, for example, by crystallization, liquid or gas-liquid chromatography; selective reaction of an enantiomer with an enantiomer-specific reagent, by
112
<img file="MX347708B_D0139.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO DE LA MOHtDAD INDUSTRIAL example of enzymatic oxidation or reduction, followed by separation of the modified and unmodified enantiomers; or liquid or gas-liquid chromatography in a chiral environment, for example on a chiral support, such as silica with a bound chiral ligand or in the presence of a chiral solvent. Alternatively, a particular enantiomer can be synthesized by asymmetric synthesis using optically active reagents, substrates, catalysts, or solvents, or by converting one enantiomer to the other by asymmetric transformation. In certain embodiments, a compound of formula (I) is present as a racemic or non-racemic mixture with its enantiomers. In one embodiment, a compound of formula (I) is present in enantiomeric excess (ee) selected 60%, greater than about the
70%, greater than approximately
80%, greater than approximately
90%, greater than about
92%, greater than approximately
94%, greater than approximately
96%, greater than approximately
98% and greater than about In one embodiment, greater than about 65%, greater than about 75%, greater than about 85%, greater than about 91%, greater than about 93%, greater than about 95%, greater than about 97%, greater than about 99%.
herein provides a method of preparing a polymorph of a compound of formula (I):
<img file="MX347708B_D0140.tif" />
<img file="MX347708B_D0141.tif" />
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or hydrate thereof. In one embodiment, the method comprises
113
<img file="MX347708B_D0142.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTE MUICAN!
THE INDUSTRY TRUST!
recovering a polymorph as the first solid form after the synthesis of a compound of formula (I). In another embodiment, the method comprises recovering a polymorph as a transition from a previous solid form of a compound of formula (I) (eg, first recovering a solid form of a first polymorph of a compound of formula (I), or a salt, a solvate or a hydrate thereof, and converting the recovered solid form into a second polymorph under suitable conditions). Transitions from one polymorphic shape to another are within the scope of the description. In one embodiment, such transition procedures can be used as a manufacturing method to obtain a form for the production of medicinal preparations.
In one embodiment, a method of preparing a Form C polymorph of a compound of formula (I) is provided herein:
<img file="MX347708B_D0143.tif" />
<img file="MX347708B_D0144.tif" />
(I), comprising the method:
(i) combine a compound of formula (la):
<img file="MX347708B_D0145.tif" />
<img file="MX347708B_D0146.tif" />
(the) ,
114 in which
INSTITUTO MEXICANO DE LA PROPERTY INDUSTRIA!
PG<sup>2</sup> is a protecting group selected from methylsulfonyl, substituted methylsulfonyl, benzenesulfonyl, substituted benzenesulfonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, substituted benzyloxycarbonyl, 2,2,2, -trichloroethoxycarbonyl, 2-trimethylsilylethoxycarbonyl, t-butoxycarbonyl, 1-alkyloxycarbonyl, 2-alkybonyloxycarbonyl, substituted 1-adamantyloxycarbonyl -butyldimethylsilyl, triisopropylsilyl, allyl, benzyl, substituted benzyl, hydroxymethyl, methoxymethyl, diethoxymethyl, (2-chloroethoxy) methyl, t-butoxymethyl, t-butyldimethylsiloxymethyl, pivaloyloxymethyl, benzyloxymethyl, dimethylaminomethyl, 2-tetrahydropyranyl, substituted alkoxymethyl, and substituted aryloxymethyl, and wherein alkyl, heteroalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl, heterocyclyl, arylalkyl, substituents are selected cycloalkoxy, heterocyclyloxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, amido, amino, acyl, acyloxy, alkoxycarbonyl, ester, ether, thio, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonamido, halo, cyano, hydroxyl, nitro, phosphate, urea, carbamate, and carbonate;
with one or more reagents to remove the protective group PG<sup>2 </sup>to form a compound of formula (I); and (ii) recovering the form C polymorph of the compound of formula (I);
wherein at least one of steps (i) and (ii) occurs in a non-anhydrous condition.
In some embodiments, one or more reagents to remove the PG protecting group<sup>2</sup> include, but are not limited to, acids such as HC1, HBr, and TEA; carbonate bases, such as Na<sub>2</sub>CO<sub>3</sub> and K<sub>2</sub>CO<sub>3</sub>; hydroxide bases, such as NaOH and KOH; lithium bases, such as methyl lithium, ethyl lithium, propyl lithium, n-butyllithium, npentyl lithium, and n-hexyl lithium; oxidants such as ceric ammonium nitrate; hydrogenation conditions, such as cyclohexadiene / Pd black, and H<sub>2</sub>/ Pd on carbon; TBAF and BF<sub>3</sub>-Et<sub>2</sub>O. In one embodiment, a non-anhydrous condition includes water, such
115
<img file="MX347708B_D0147.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO DE LA FROflEDA · INDUSTRIAL as in a form of water vapor and / or liquid water. In one embodiment, a non-anhydrous condition includes a solvent system comprising a solvent other than water and liquid water, as described elsewhere herein.
In one embodiment, a method of preparing a Form C polymorph of a compound of formula (I) is provided herein:
<img file="MX347708B_D0148.tif" />
(I), comprising the method:
(i) exposing a composition comprising at least one polymorph other than form C of a compound of formula (I), or a salt, solvate, or hydrate thereof, to a non-anhydrous condition for a period of time sufficient to converting at least about 50% of the total amount of polymorph (s) other than Form C to Form C of a compound of formula (I); and · (ii) recovering said polymorph of form C.
In certain embodiments, the recovery step involves recrystallization of the reaction product from a monosolvent system. In certain embodiments, the recovery step involves recrystallization of the product from a binary, tertiary, or larger solvent system, wherein binary, tertiary, or larger solvent systems are collectively understood as multi-solvent systems. In certain embodiments, the recovery step involves crystallization in a mono- or multi-solvent system, in which
116
INSTITUTCi MEXICANO DE LA INDUSTRIA!
crystallization involves cooling a solution containing a compound of formula (I). In certain embodiments, the recovery step involves crystallization in a mono or multi-solvent system, where the crystallization involves the addition of an antisolvent either with or without a cooling step to cause precipitation of the Form C. In certain embodiments, the crystallization conditions are non-anhydrous. When conditions are non-anhydrous, water may be present in trace amounts, or in amounts less than about 1% by volume solvent, or present as water vapor. In certain embodiments, water may be present as a co-solvent (or anti-solvent), for example, in an amount between about 1% and about 50%. For example, water may be present in about 5%, about 10%, about 15%, about 20%, about 25%, about 30%, about 35%, about 40%, about 45% and about 50% by volume solvent. In certain embodiments, water may be present in amounts equal to or greater than about 50% by volume solvent. For example, water may be present in about 55%, about 60%, about 65%, about 70%, about 75%, about 80%, about 85%, about 90%, about 95% and up to 100% by volume of solvent. In certain embodiments, liquid water is present in a multi-solvent system, for example, in an amount between about 10% and about 50% by volume of the solvent system. In certain embodiments, liquid water is present in a multi-solvent system, in an amount equal to or greater than about 50% by volume of the solvent system. In certain embodiments, water may be present as water vapor or ambient humidity.
117
<img file="MX347708B_D0149.tif" />
IMPI
INSITO <TO MEXICANO
OF INDUSTRIAL CURRENCY
In one embodiment, the solvent other than water is a water miscible solvent. For example, liquid water may be present in an amount of about 1%, about 2%, about 3%, about 4%, about 5%, about 6%, about 7%, about 8 %, about 9%, about 10%, about 15%, about 20%, about 25%, about 30%, about 35%, about 40%, about 45%, about 50 %, about 55%, about 60%, about 65%, about 70%, about 75%, about 80%, about 85%, about 90%, about 95%, about 96%, about 97%, about 98%, about 99%, or about 100% by volume of the solvent system. In one embodiment, liquid water is present in an amount of between about 10% and about 50% by volume of the solvent system.
In one embodiment, a non-anhydrous condition includes a solvent system comprising water (eg, about 90% v / v) and isopropyl alcohol (eg, about 10% v / v). In one embodiment, a non-anhydrous condition includes a solvent system comprising water and ethanol. In one embodiment, a non-anhydrous condition includes a solvent system comprising water and a water-miscible solvent, such as, for example, C ^ -Co alcohol, acetone, acetonitrile, among others. In one embodiment, a water-miscible solvent is an alcohol, such as, for example, methanol, ethanol, 1-propanol, 2-propanol, 1-butanol, 2-butanol, t-butanol, ethylene glycol, among others. In one embodiment, the ratio of water to water miscible solvent in a solvent system provided herein is about 50: 1, about 40: 1, about 30: 1, about 20: 1,
118
<td>approximately</td><td> 10:1,</td><td>approximately 9: 1, approximately</td><td> 8:1,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 7:1,</td><td>about 6: 1, about</td><td> 5:1,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 4:1,</td><td>about 3: 1, about</td><td> 2:1,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 1:1,</td><td>about 1: 2, about</td><td> 1:3,</td>
<td>5 approximately</td><td> 1:4,</td><td>about 1: 5, about</td><td> 1:6,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 1:7,</td><td>about 1: 8, about</td><td> 1:9,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 1:10,</td><td>about 1:20, about</td><td> 1:30,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 1:40</td><td>or about 1:50 v / v. In</td><td>a</td>
<td>realization,</td><td>reason c</td><td>water and water-miscible solvent</td><td>in a</td>
<td colspan="2">10 solvent system</td><td colspan="2">provided in this document is</td>
<td colspan="3">from about 50: 1 to about 1: 1,</td><td>since</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 40:1</td><td>up to about 1: 1,</td><td>since</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 30:1</td><td>up to about 1: 1,</td><td>since</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 20:1</td><td>up to about 1: 1,</td><td>since</td>
<td>15 approximately</td><td> 10:1</td><td>up to about 1: 1,</td><td>since</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 9:1</td><td>up to about 1: 1,</td><td>since</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 8 :1</td><td>up to about 1: 1,</td><td>since</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 7 :1</td><td>up to about 1; 1,</td><td>since</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 6:1</td><td>up to about 1: 1,</td><td>since</td>
<td>20 approximately</td><td> 5:1</td><td>up to about 1: 1,</td><td>since</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 4 :1</td><td>up to about 1; 1,</td><td>since</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 3:1</td><td>up to about 3: 1,</td><td>since</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 2:1</td><td>up to about 1: 2,</td><td>since</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 1:1</td><td>up to about 1: 4,</td><td>since</td>
<td>25 approximately</td><td> 1:1</td><td>up to about 1: 5,</td><td>since</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 1:1</td><td>up to about 1: 6,</td><td>since</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 1:1</td><td>up to about 1: 7,</td><td>since</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 1:1</td><td>up to about 1: 8,</td><td>since</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 1:1</td><td>up to about 1: 9,</td><td>since</td>
<td>30 approximately</td><td> 1:1</td><td>up to about 1:10,</td><td>since</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 1:1</td><td>up to about 1:20,</td><td>since</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 1:1</td><td>until about 1:30,</td><td>since</td>
<td>roughly roughly</td><td>1: 1 1: 1 has</td><td>up to about 1:40 or t to about 1:50 v / v.</td><td>since</td>
119
<img file="MX347708B_D0150.tif" />
IMPI
INSmUTO MEXICANO M LA MONEDAD 'ΝΕΟΓΝΑ!
In one embodiment, a method of preparing a polymorph of Form A of a compound of formula (I) is provided herein:
<img file="MX347708B_D0151.tif" />
(the), in which
PG<sup>2</sup> is a protecting group selected from methylsulfonyl, substituted methylsulfonyl, benzenesulfonyl, substituted benzenesulfonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, substituted benzyloxycarbonyl, 2,2,2, -trichloroethoxycarbonyl, 2-trimethylsilylethoxycarbonyl, t-butoxycarbonyl, 1-alkyloxycarbonyl, 2-alkybonyloxycarbonyl, substituted 1-adamantyloxycarbonyl -butyldimethylsilyl, triisopropylsilyl, allyl, benzyl, substituted benzyl, hydroxymethyl, methoxymethyl, diethoxymethyl, (2-chloroethoxy) methyl, t-butoxymethyl, t-butyldimethylsiloxymethyl, pivaloyloxymethyl, benzyloxymethyl, dimethylaminomethyl, 2-tetrahydropyranyl, substituted alkoxymethyl and substituted aryloxymethyl, and
120
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO BE LA MONEDAD INDUSTRIAL in which alkyl, heteroalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, alkoxy, cycloalkoxy, heterocyclyloxy, aryloxy, acidoxy, acyloxy, heterocyclyloxy, aryloxy, acyloxy, amino substituents are selected , alkoxycarbonyl, ester, ether, thio, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, sulfonamido, halo, cyano, hydroxyl, nitro, phosphate, urea, carbamate and carbonate;
with one or more reagents to remove the protective group PG<sup>2 </sup>to form a compound of formula (I); and (ii) recovering the Form A polymorph of the compound of formula (I).
In some embodiments, one or more reagents to remove the PG protecting group<sup>2</sup> include, but are not limited to, acids such as HCl, HBr, and TFA; carbonate bases, such as Na<sub>2</sub>CO<sub>3</sub> and K<sub>2</sub>CO<sub>3</sub>; hydroxide bases, such as NaOH and KOH; lithium bases, such as methyl lithium, ethyl lithium, propyl lithium, n-butyllithium, npentyl lithium, and n-hexyl lithium; oxidants such as ceric ammonium nitrate; hydrogenation conditions, such as cyclohexadiene / Pd black and H<sub>2</sub>/ Pd on carbon; TBAF and BF<sub>3</sub>-Et<sub>2</sub>OR.
In some embodiments, step (ii) may include recrystallization of a compound of formula (I), or a salt, solvate, or hydrate thereof, in a mono-solvent system, or in a multi-solvent system. containing neither ethyl acetate nor hexane. In certain embodiments, the method further comprises a step of dissolving a compound of formula (I), or a salt, a solvate, or a hydrate thereof, in a mono-solvent system or a multi-solvent system, removing matter residual solid to produce a liquid solution, cooling said liquid solution at a rate to effect crystallization of form A and recovering form A from the liquid solution.
In certain embodiments, the recovered polymorph is Form A, and the recovery step involves recrystallization of a reaction product from a monosolvent system.
In
121
<img file="MX347708B_D0152.tif" />
IMPI
IMST1TUT · MEXICANO DE LA MONEBAD INDUSTRIAL certain embodiments, the recovered polymorph is form A, and the recovery stage involves the recrystallization of the product in a binary, tertiary or higher solvent system, which is collectively understood as a multi-solvent system, not the multi-solvent system containing neither ethyl acetate nor hexane. In certain embodiments, the recovered polymorph is Form A, and the recovery step involves crystallization in a mono or multi-solvent system, crystallization involving cooling of a solution containing a compound of formula (I). In certain embodiments, the recovered polymorph is Form A, and the recovery step involves crystallization in a mono- or multi-solvent system, the crystallization involving the addition of an anti-solvent either with or without a cooling step to allow recovery of form A.
In one embodiment, a method of preparing polymorph Form B of a compound of formula (I) is provided herein:
Cl O r ^ hee
HÑ N
Λ n γ NH (I), the method comprising the thermal conversion of a polymorph other than form B of a compound of formula (I), or a salt, a solvate or a hydrate thereof, to produce a polymorph of form B .
In certain embodiments, a polymorph other than form B is a solid form of a compound of formula (I), or a salt, solvate, or hydrate thereof (for example, a crystalline form, an amorphous form, or a mixture of form (s)
122
<img file="MX347708B_D0153.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO M LA rHUtlíDA »INDvmui crystalline (s) and / or amorphous form (s)), which is not a polymorph of form B of a compound of formula (I). In one embodiment, a polymorph other than form B is a form A, form C, form D, form E, form F, form G, form H, form I, form J, or an amorphous form of a compound of formula ( I), or a salt, a solvate or a hydrate thereof, or a mixture of two or more thereof.
In certain embodiments, provided herein are methods of preparing a polymorph of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or hydrate thereof, the method comprising converting a first polymorph or a mixture of polymorphs of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or hydrate thereof, in a second polymorph of a compound of formula (I), or a salt, a solvate or a pharmaceutically acceptable hydrate thereof. In certain embodiments, the methods comprise exposing a composition comprising one or more polymorphs to conditions sufficient to convert at least about 50% of the total amount of an original polymorph or a first polymorph to a second polymorph, and optionally recovering the second polymorph. .
In certain embodiments, a parent solid form or a first solid form of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or hydrate thereof, contains more than about 50% distinct polymorph (s) ( s) of form A as the first polymorph, and the second polymorph is form A.
In certain embodiments, the original solid form or a first solid form of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or hydrate thereof, contains more than about 50% distinct polymorph (s) ( s) of form C, and the second polymorph is form C. In one embodiment, the conversion to Form C is performed in a non-anhydrous condition for a period of time sufficient to convert at least about 50% of the total amount of
123
<img file="MX347708B_D0154.tif" />
polymorph (s) other than form C into form C of a compound of formula (I), with an optional step of recovering form C from any polymorph other than form C. Non-anhydrous conditions can include exposure of the original solid composition or form to water vapor or liquid water. For example, non-anhydrous conditions may include exposing the original solid form or composition to an amount of liquid water, either alone or with additional liquids or other components, to form a suspension. In certain embodiments, the original solid form or composition can be exposed to steam or wet conditions for a time and at a temperature sufficient to effect conversion to Form C. In certain embodiments, the parent composition comprises one or more of Form A, Form B, Form D, Form E, Form F, Form G, Form H, Form I, Form J, or an amorphous form of a compound of Formula (I ), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or hydrate thereof, or a mixture of two or more thereof. In certain embodiments, the original composition comprises greater than about 50% by weight of polymorph Form A.
In certain embodiments, compositions comprising a polymorph of a compound of formula (I) are provided herein. In some embodiments, the polymorph of a compound of formula (I) is a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or hydrate. In certain embodiments, the composition comprises a mixture of a first polymorph of a compound of formula (I), and one or more additional forms of a compound of formula (I), for example, an amorphous form of a compound of formula (I ), and / or one or more different polymorphs of a compound of formula (I). In such a mixture, the first polymorph, the amorphous form, and the one or more different polymorphs may each independently be in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or hydrate thereof as disclosed in the present document, and two salts,
124
<img file="MX347708B_D0155.tif" />
IMPI
ΓΝΠΤΠΓΓΟ MEXICAN
OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY solvates or hydrates are not necessarily the same as another or different from another.
In some embodiments, the composition comprises a mixture of forms of a compound of formula (I) as disclosed herein, and has a greater amount of a first polymorph of a compound of formula (I) relative to one or more additional forms of a compound of formula (I) in the mixture. In certain embodiments, the first polymorph of a compound of formula (I) is selected from Form A, Form B, Form C, Form D, Form E, Form F, Form G, Form H, Form I, and Form J. In some embodiments, the one or more additional forms of a compound of formula (I) are selected from one or more polymorphs of a compound of formula (I) that are not the same polymorph as the first polymorph, and an amorphous form of a compound of formula (I). In such a mixture, the first polymorph, the amorphous form, and the one or more different polymorphs may each independently be in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or hydrate thereof as disclosed in the herein, and two salts, solvates, or hydrates are not necessarily the same or different from another.
<td>In some</td><td>realizations, the</td><td>composition comprises i</td><td>a reason</td>
<td>by weight of more <</td><td>ie approximately</td><td colspan="2">1: 1, more than about 2: 1,</td>
<td colspan="2">more than about 3: 1, plus</td><td>about 4: 1</td><td>, more of</td>
<td>approximately</td><td>5: 1, more than</td><td>approximately 6: 1,</td><td>more of</td>
<td>approximately</td><td>7: 1, more than</td><td>about 8: 1,</td><td>more of</td>
<td>approximately</td><td>9: 1, more than</td><td>about 10: 1,</td><td>more of</td>
<td>approximately</td><td>20: 1, more than</td><td>about 30: 1,</td><td>more of</td>
<td>approximately</td><td>40: 1, over</td><td>about 50: 1,</td><td>more of</td>
<td>approximately</td><td>60: 1, over</td><td>approximately 70: 1,</td><td>more of</td>
<td>approximately</td><td colspan="2">80: 1, more than about 90: 1 or</td><td>more of</td>
<td>approximately</td><td>99: 1 prime</td><td>polymorphic (for example,</td><td>the shape</td>
<td colspan="3">A, form B, form C, form D, form E, form F, form G,</td><td>form H,</td>
<td>form I or form</td><td>J) in relation to cor</td><td>i one or more additional ways</td><td>onales of</td>
<td>a compound of</td><td>formula (I).</td><td></td><td></td>
125
<img file="MX347708B_D0156.tif" />
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE
Df THE CURRENCY * industrial
For example, in certain rpaliyarinnps. The composition comprises form C with respect to polymorph (s) other than
<td colspan="2">form C to a ratio in</td><td>weight</td><td colspan="3">more than about 1</td><td>:1 more</td><td>of</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 2:1,</td><td>plus</td><td>of</td><td>approximately</td><td> 3:1,</td><td>plus</td><td>of</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 4:1,</td><td>plus</td><td>of</td><td>approximately</td><td> 5:1,</td><td>plus</td><td>of</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 6:1,</td><td>plus</td><td>of</td><td>approximately</td><td> 7:1,</td><td>plus</td><td>of</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 8:1,</td><td>plus</td><td>of</td><td>approximately</td><td> 9:1,</td><td>plus</td><td>of</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 10:1,</td><td>plus</td><td>of</td><td>approximately</td><td> 20:1,</td><td>plus</td><td>of</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 30:1,</td><td>plus</td><td>of</td><td>approximately</td><td> 40:1,</td><td>plus</td><td>of</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 50:1,</td><td>plus</td><td>of</td><td>approximately</td><td> 60:1,</td><td>plus</td><td>of</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 70:1,</td><td>plus</td><td>of</td><td>approximately</td><td> 80:1,</td><td>plus</td><td>of</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 90:1</td><td>or</td><td>plus</td><td colspan="2">approximately</td><td> 99:1.</td><td>In</td>
In certain embodiments, the composition comprises a first polymorph of a compound of formula (I), eg, form C, and is substantially free of other forms of the compound of formula (I). In certain embodiments, the composition comprises a form C and a form A. In certain embodiments, the composition comprises a form C and a form B. In certain embodiments, the composition comprises a form C and a form D. In certain embodiments, the composition comprises a form C and a form E. In certain embodiments, the composition comprises a form C and a form F. In certain embodiments, the composition comprises a form C and a form G. In certain embodiments, the composition comprises The composition comprises a form C and a form H. In certain embodiments, the composition comprises a form C and a form I. In certain embodiments, the composition comprises a form C and a form J. In certain embodiments, the composition comprises a form C and an amorphous form of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or hydrate thereof.
In certain embodiments, provided herein is a composition comprising Form A and one or more polymorphs other than Form A of a compound of Formula (I),
126
<img file="MX347708B_D0157.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO DE LA MONEDAD INDUSTRIAL or one or more pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates or hydrates thereof. In certain embodiments ^ provided herein is a composition comprising a form B and one or more polymorphs other than form B of a compound of formula (I), or one or more pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates or hydrates thereof. . In certain embodiments, provided herein is a composition comprising a form C and one or more polymorphs other than form C of a compound of formula (I), or one or more pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates or hydrates thereof. . In certain embodiments, provided herein is a composition comprising a form D and one or more polymorphs other than form D of a compound of formula (T), or one or more pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, or hydrates thereof. . In certain embodiments, provided herein is a composition comprising a form E and one or more polymorphs other than form E of a compound of formula (I), or one or more pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates or hydrates thereof. . In certain embodiments, provided herein is a composition comprising a form F and one or more polymorphs other than form F of a compound of formula (I), or one or more pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, or hydrates thereof. . In certain embodiments, provided herein is a composition comprising a form G and one or more polymorphs other than form G of a compound of formula (I), or one or more pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, or hydrates thereof. . In certain embodiments, provided herein is a composition comprising a form H and one or more polymorphs other than form H of a compound of formula (I), or one or more pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, or hydrates thereof. . In certain embodiments, a
127
IMPI,
INSTITUTO MEXICANO DE LA NIOHEDAD industiuai composition comprising a form I and one or more polymorphs other than form I of a compound of formula (I), or one or more pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates or hydrates thereof. In certain embodiments, provided herein is a composition comprising a J form and one or more polymorphs other than J form of a compound of formula (I), or one or more pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, or hydrates thereof. . In certain embodiments, provided herein is a composition comprising an amorphous form of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or hydrate thereof. In certain embodiments, provided herein is a composition comprising an amorphous form of a compound of formula (I) and one or more polymorphs of a compound of formula (I) selected from the form A, B, C, D, E, F, G, Η, I and J, or one or more pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates or hydrates thereof. In certain embodiments, provided herein are compositions comprising one or more than one form A, B, C, D, E, F, G, Η, I, J or amorphous form, or one or more salts, solvates, or pharmaceutically acceptable hydrates thereof.
In some embodiments, a polymorphic form of a compound of formula (I) can be obtained by dissolving a starting compound of formula (I) (for example, a different polymorphic form, an amorphous form, or a salt, solvate, or hydrate of the itself, of any of these chemical entities) in a solvent. In some embodiments, the solvent may be a minimal amount required to dissolve the starting compound of formula (I) either at room temperature or at an elevated temperature. Optionally, the solution can be filtered. In some cases, an anti-solvent (for example, a solvent in which the starting compound is less soluble than the first solvent) can be added to the solution. In the case of a high temperature solution, the solution can be cooled
IMPI institute mwcan · e la ruoricDAD INDUSTRIAL (called in the present for example, keeping the during the night. Another method
128 relatively quickly document quenching), dissolving to about 4 ° C may include cooling the solution to room temperature at a rate of about 20 ° C / hr (referred to herein as slow cooling), then optionally allowing the solution to settle. equilibrate overnight at room temperature (with or without shaking). In some embodiments, the surface of a solution may be scraped with an instrument known in the art, such as, but not limited to, a spatula. In other embodiments, a solution can be concentrated by methods known in the art, such as under vacuum, or by passing a stream of gas (inert gases such as argon or nitrogen; ambient air, CO<sub>2</sub>, etc.), and in some cases evaporate to a level of dryness. The solids obtained by these procedures or variants thereof can be recovered, for example, through filtration or decantation techniques of any remaining liquid. Identification of the resulting polymorphic form of a compound of formula (I), or a salt, a solvate or a hydrate thereof, can be carried out using any of the techniques (eg, XRPD, DSC, TGA, etc.) described in herein and known in the art.
Form a
In one embodiment, a polymorph provided herein is Form A of a compound of formula (I).
Figure 1 shows a representative X-ray powder diffraction (XRPD) for polymorph form A.
In one embodiment, the Form A polymorph may be characterized by one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, ten or more of any of the significant peak (s) of Figure 1. In one embodiment, the polymorph of Form A can be characterized as having at least one XRPD peak selected from 2Θ = 9.6 ° (± 0.2 °), 12.2 ° (± 0.2 °) and 18, 3 ° (±
129
<img file="MX347708B_D0158.tif" />
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INBUSNUAL CURRENCY
0.2 °). In one embodiment, the Form A polymorph can be characterized as having at least one XRPD peak selected from
2Θ = 9.6 ° (± 0.2 °), 12.2 ° (± 0.2 °) and 18.3 ° (± 0.2 °) in combination with at least one selected XRPD peak of 2Θ = 15.6 ° (± 0.2 °) and 19.2 ° (± 0.2 °). In another embodiment, the Form A polymorph can be characterized as having at least one XRPD peak selected from 2θ = 9.6 ° (± 0.2 °), 12.2 ° (± 0.2 °), 15.6 ° (± 0.2 °), 18.3 ° (± 0.2 °) and 19.2 ° (± 0.2 °) in combination with at least one selected XRPD peak of 2Θ = 9.1 ° ( ± 0.2 °), 9.4 ° (± 0.2 °), 12.4 ° (± 0.2 °), 14.8 ° (± 0.2 °), 16.3 ° (± 0 , 2 °), 17.7 ° (± 0.2 °), 21.1 ° (± 0.2 °), 21.9 ° (± 0.2 °), 24.0 ° (± 0.2 °) and 26.9 ° (± 0.2 °). In one embodiment, the Form A polymorph can be characterized as having substantially all of the peaks in its XRPD pattern as shown in the figure. 1.
Figures 12 and 22 show a Differential Scanning Calorimetry (DSC) thermogram for the Form A polymorph. In some embodiments, the Form A polymorph can be characterized as having an endothermic peak at about 238 ° C or about 239 ° C. In another embodiment, the Form A polymorph can be characterized as having an endothermic peak at about 238 ° C or about 239 ° C and an endothermic peak at about 280 ° C.
Figure 22 shows a thermogravimetric analysis (TGA) for the form A polymorph. The lack of feature in the TGA profile indicates that no significant weight loss was observed upon heating.
In certain embodiments, Form A can be obtained by slow or quenching crystallization from monodolvent systems created by dissolving Form C in the solvent, including, but not limited to, acetonitrile and n-butanol. In certain embodiments, Form A can be obtained by crystallization from binary solvent systems comprising ethyl acetate and hexanes. In others
130
<img file="MX347708B_D0159.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO DE LA FMHEDAP INDUSTRIA!
In embodiments, Form A can be obtained by rapid and slow cooling from binary solvent systems created by dissolving Form C in a solvent, such as, but not limited to, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, DMF, dioxane, and then adding a anti-solvent, such as, without limitation, dichloromethane. In one embodiment, Form A can also be obtained from suspensions in dichloromethane, acetonitrile, ethanol, and / or isopropyl alcohol. In one embodiment, Form A can be made from a suspension of Form C, Form D, and / or Form E in acetonitrile.
In one embodiment, Form A is obtained by resuspending one or more polymorphs other than Form A in an anhydrous solvent. In one embodiment, polymorphs other than Form A include, without limitation, Form B, Form C, Form D, Form E, Form F, Form G, Form H, Form I, Form J, an amorphous form, and mixtures thereof. For example, in one embodiment, Form A can be made by resuspending one or more polymorphs other than Form A (such as, without limitation, Form C or an amorphous form), for example, in chloroform, dichloromethane, isopropyl alcohol, ethanol. or mixtures thereof. In another embodiment, Form A can be obtained by resuspending a mixture of Form A, Form B, and Form C in acetonitrile. In one embodiment, Form A can be obtained by resuspending a mixture of Form A, Form C, Form D, and Form E in isopropanol. In one embodiment, Form A can be obtained by crystallization in a multi-solvent system. In one embodiment, Form A can be an anhydrate.
Form b
In one embodiment, a polymorph provided herein is Form B of a compound of formula (I).
Figure 2 shows a representative XRPD for the form B polymorph.
131
<img file="MX347708B_D0160.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO la ntenibAU INDUSTRIAL
In one embodiment, the Form B polymorph can be characterized by one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, any ten or more of the significant peak (s) of Figure 2. In one embodiment, the Form B polymorph can be characterized as having at least one XRPD peak selected from 20 = 7.9 ° (± 0.2 °), 13.4 ° (± 0.2 °) and 23, 4 ° (± 0.2 °). In one embodiment, the Form B polymorph can be characterized as having at least one XRPD peak selected from 20 = 7.9 ° (± 0.2 °), 13.4 ° (± 0.2 °) and 23.4 ° (± 0.2 °) in combination with at least one selected XRPD peak of 20 = 14.0 ° (+ 0.2 °) and 15.0 ° (± 0.2 °). In another embodiment, the Form B polymorph can be characterized as having at least one XRPD peak selected from 20 = 7.9 ° (± 0.2 °), 13.4 ° (± 0.2 °), 14.0 ° (+ 0.2 °), 15.0 ° (± 0.2 °) and 23.4 ° (± 0.2 °) in combination with at least one selected XRPD peak of 20 = 9.5 ° ( ± 0.2 °), 12.7 ° (± 0.2 °), 13.6 ° (± 0.2 °), 14.2 ° (± 0.2 °), 15.7 ° (± 0 , 2 °), 19.0 ° (± 0.2 °), 22.3 ° (± 0.2 °), 24.2 ° (± 0.2 °), 24.8 ° (± 0.2 °) and 26.9 ° (± 0.2 °). In one embodiment, the Form B polymorph can be characterized as having substantially all of the peaks in its XRPD pattern as shown in the figure. two.
Figure 13 shows a differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) thermogram for the form B polymorph. In some embodiments, the form B polymorph can be characterized as having an endothermic peak at from about 280 ° C to about 283 ° C. In one embodiment, the endothermic peak in DSC is at about 281 ° C. In one embodiment, the endothermic peak in DSC is at about 282 ° C. In one embodiment, the endothermic peak in DSC is at about 283 ° C.
In certain embodiments, Form B can be produced from Form A after isothermal holding at about 250 ° C followed by cooling to room temperature. In one embodiment, Form B can be produced from
132
<img file="MX347708B_D0161.tif" />
Mexican IMPI ιντγγπχγό Of LA MtOMEOAD INDUSTRIAL of form C after a similar thermal conversion procedure. In certain embodiments, form B is produced by thermal conversion from a polymorph other than form B, such as, without limitation, form A, form C, form D, form E, form F, form form G, form H, form I, form J, an amorphous form, and mixtures thereof. In one embodiment, Form B can be an anhydrate.
Form C
In one embodiment, a polymorph provided herein is Form C of a compound of formula (I).
Figure 3 shows a representative XRPD for the form C polymorph.
In one embodiment, the Form C polymorph may be characterized by one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, any ten or more of the significant peak (s) of Figure 3. In one embodiment, Form C can be characterized as having at least one XRPD peak selected from 20 = 10.5 ° (± 0.2 °), 13.7 ° (± 0.2 °), and 24.5 ° (± 0.2 °). In another embodiment, Form C can be characterized as having at least one XRPD peak selected from 20 = 10.4 ° (± 0.2 °), 13.3 ° (± 0.2 °), and 24.3 ° ( ± 0.2 °). In one embodiment, the Form C polymorph can be characterized as having at least one XRPD peak selected from 20 = 10.4 ° (± 0.2 °), 13.3 ° (± 0.2 °), and 24.3 ° (± 0.2 °) in combination with at least one selected XRPD peak of 20 = 6.6 ° (± 0.2 °) and 12.5 ° (± 0.2 °). In another embodiment, the Form C polymorph can be characterized as having at least one XRPD peak selected from 20 = 6.6 ° (± 0.2 °), 10.4 ° (± 0.2 °), 12.5 ° (± 0.2 °), 13.3 ° (+ 0.2 °) and 24.3 ° (+ 0.2 °) in combination with at least one selected XRPD peak of 20 = 8.8 ° ( ± 0.2 °), 9.9 ° (± 0.2 °), 13.4 ° (± 0.2 °), 15.5 ° (± 0.2 °), 16.9 ° (± 0 , 2 °), 19.8 ° (+ 0.2 °), 21.3 ° (± 0.2 °), 23.6 ° (± 0.2 °), 25.3 ° (± 0.2 °) and 27.9 ° (± 0.2 °). In one embodiment, the Form C polymorph can
133
<img file="MX347708B_D0162.tif" />
IMPI
ΓΝΓΤΤηΠΌ MÜUCAN · M LA MOHEDA »INVUmUAL characterized by having substantially all the peaks in its XRPD pattern as shown in the figure. 3.
Figures 14 and 23 show exemplary Differential Scanning Calorimetry (DSC) thermograms for the Form C polymorph. In some embodiments, the Form C polymorph can be characterized as having an endothermic peak at about 203 ° C. In some embodiments, the Form C polymorph can be characterized as having an endothermic peak at about 206 ° C or about 208 ° C. In another embodiment, the Form C polymorph can be characterized as having an endothermic peak in the range of about 203 ° C to about 208 ° C and at least one peak selected from an exothermic peak in the range of about 251 ° C to about 254 ° C. ° C and an endothermic peak in the range of about 281 ° C to about 283 ° C. In one embodiment, the Form C polymorph can be characterized as having an endothermic peak at about 208 ° C, an exothermic peak at about 254 ° C, and an endothermic peak at about 283 ° C. The variability in peak position is within expected observance using this thermographic analysis as further described in the examples section below. For example, peak position can be affected by sample preparation, rate of temperature rise, and instrument used, among other factors known in the art.
In some embodiments, the Form C polymorph can be characterized by thermogravimetric analysis (TGA). In one embodiment, a weight loss of about 1.7% by weight can be observed at about 80 ° C and a weight loss of about 0.2% by weight can be observed at about 190 ° C.
In certain embodiments, form C is obtained in a mixture with polymorphs other than form C, such as, without limitation, form A, form B, form D, form E, form
134
<img file="MX347708B_D0163.tif" />
IMPI ιπηττυτο Mexican m the INDUSTRIAL nioniPAD form F, form G, form H, form I, form J, an amorphous form, and mixtures thereof. For example, in certain embodiments, Form C is present as a composition that further comprises one or more polymorphs other than Form C. The amount of polymorphs other than Form C in the composition can vary. For example, in certain embodiments, the weight ratio of the Form C polymorph to the total amount of one or more polymorphs other than Form C is greater than about 7: 1, greater than about 8: 1, greater than about 9: 1, greater than approximately 9.5: 1 or greater than approximately 99: 1. Similarly, when formulated into pharmaceutical compositions, various amounts of polymorph other than form C may be present. In certain embodiments, the weight ratio of the Form C polymorph to the total amount of one or more polymorphs other than Form C in a pharmaceutical composition is greater than about 7: 1, greater than about 8: 1, greater than approximately 9: 1, greater than approximately 9.5: 1 or greater than approximately 99: 1.
In certain embodiments, form C is obtained from the direct final treatment of the synthetic step that produces the compound of formula (I), and forms other than C are not obtained, or are obtained as a minor component. In certain embodiments, the workup of the reaction mixture includes water to remove any soluble salts formed during the reaction. In certain embodiments, a seed crystal may be added to prevent or reduce oil seepage from the compound of formula (I). Seed crystals of any shape can be used. In one embodiment, the seed crystal is of the form C polymorph. In certain embodiments, one or more other forms of C are obtained with or without recovery and / or purification, followed by subsequent conversion of the one or more other forms of C to form C.
135
INSTITUTO MEXICANO DC LA FROHEDAD INDUSTRIAL
In certain embodiments, Form C is produced by placing Form A in water to form a suspension for about 18-24 hours, or until a certain amount of conversion of Form A to Form C has occurred. In certain embodiments, Form C is produced by placing Form A in water or a solvent system containing water. Upon exposure to water or a solvent system containing water, the combination may form a suspension. The combination of Form A and water or water-containing solvent system can be stirred, optionally with heating, until conversion of Form C has occurred. In certain embodiments, Form A is exposed to water and other solvents are excluded. . In some embodiments, Form C can be made by suspending Form D and / or Form E in water. In some embodiments, Form C can be made by suspending a mixture of Form A, Form C, Form D, and Form E in water. In one embodiment, Form C can be made by suspending a mixture of Form B and Form C in water.
In certain embodiments, the solvent system is a Ci-C alcohol<sub>6</sub> with water. In certain embodiments, the solvent system is a water miscible alcohol with water. In certain embodiments, the solvent system is a water miscible solvent other than alcohol with water. In certain embodiments, Form C is produced by quenching or slow cooling from binary solvent systems, including, without limitation, ethanol, isopropyl alcohol, tetrahydrofuran, acetone, dioxane, NMP, DME, and DMF as the primary solvent, and an anti -solvent, such as, without limitation, water. In certain embodiments, the solvent system is ethanol or 2-propanol with water. In some embodiments, Form C can be made by suspending a mixture of Form A, Form B, and Form C in ethanol and water.
When using a solvent in addition to water, the ratio of solvent to water can range from about
136
<img file="MX347708B_D0164.tif" />
IMPI INSTITUTE M £ XJCAN <> DE LA MONEDAD INDUSTRIAL
100/1 to about 1/100. For example, the ratio of solvent to water can be selected from about 100/1, about 90/1, about 80/1, about 70/1, about 60/1, about 50/1, about 40/1, about 30/1, about 20/1, about 10/1, about 9/1, about 8/1, about 7/1, about 6/1, about 5/1, about 4/1, about 3/1, about 2/1, about 1.5 / 1, about 1/1, about 1 / 1.5, about 1/2, about 1/3, about 1/4, about 1/5, about 1/6, about 1/7, about 1/8, about 1 / 9, about 1/10, about 1/20, about 1/30, about 1/40, about 1/50, about 1/60, about 1/70, about 1/80, about 1/90 and about 1 / 100. In certain embodiments, the ratio of ethanol or isopropyl alcohol to water can be about 7/4, about 9/7, about 7/10, or the like. The total amount of solvent or solvent system can be selected from about 0.1 volumes (e.g. liters / kg), about 0.5 volumes, about 1
<td colspan="5">volume, about 2 volumes, about 3</td><td>volumes,</td>
<td colspan="2">4 approximately</td><td>volumes,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 5</td><td>volumes,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 6</td><td>volumes,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 7</td><td>volumes,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 8</td><td>volumes,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 9</td><td>volumes,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 10</td><td>volumes,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 11</td><td>volumes,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 12</td><td>volumes,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 13</td><td>volumes,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 14</td><td>volumes,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 15</td><td>volumes,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 16</td><td>volumes,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 17</td><td>volumes,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 18</td><td>volumes,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 19</td><td>volumes,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 20</td><td>volumes,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 30</td><td>volumes,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td colspan="5">40 volumes, approximately 50 volumes, or more.</td>
<td>In certain</td><td colspan="2">achievements,</td><td>the system of</td><td colspan="2">solvents is</td>
137 mexican institute
DE LAUIUDAD INDUSTRIAL ethanol / water. In certain embodiments, the solvent system is isopropyl alcohol / water. '----- "~ ·
In some embodiments, a method of preparing Form C includes preparing a suspension of Form C in dichloromethane to effect a change from polymorph to Form A. After recovery of the solids by filtration, the Form A polymorph can be added to water. to form a suspension. After stirring for a period of time, (eg, about 3-12 hours), the suspension can be filtered and the C-form polymorph can be recovered.
In certain embodiments, form C is obtained by recrystallization from a form other than C, including complete dissolution of the form other than C followed by filtration to remove any insoluble particles, and subsequent crystallization to produce form C. In certain embodiments, no complete dissolution and filtration are performed, in which case a suspension is formed which becomes form C without complete dissolution of one or more other forms of C. In one embodiment, Form C can be obtained by crystallization in a multi-solvent system. In some embodiments, Form C exhibits better flow properties than Form A. In certain embodiments, Form C is a channel hydrate.
Form D
In one embodiment, a polymorph provided herein is Form D of a compound of formula (I).
Figure 4 shows a representative XRPD for the D-form polymorph.
In one embodiment, the D-shape polymorph may be characterized by one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, any ten or more of the significant peak (s) of Figure 4. In one embodiment, the D-shape polymorph can be characterized as having at least one XRPD peak selected from 2Θ = 11.4 ° (± 0.2 °), 17.4 ° (± 0.2 °) and 22, 9 ° (±
138
<img file="MX347708B_D0165.tif" />
IMPI Mexican institute PE LA MONEDAD INDUSTRIAL
0.2 °). In one embodiment, the D-shaped polymorph can be characterized as having at least one XRPD peak selected from 2Θ = 11.4 ° (± 0.2 °), 17.4 ° (± 0.2 °) and 22.9 ° (+ 0.2 °) in combination with at least one selected XRPD peak of 2Θ = 9.2 ° (± 0.2 °) and
18.3 ° (± 0.2 °). In another embodiment, the D-shaped polymorph can be characterized as having at least one XRPD peak selected from 2Θ = 9.2 ° (± 0.2 °), 11.4 ° (± 0.2 °), 17.4 ° (± 0.2 °), 18.3 ° (± 0.2 °) and 22.9 ° (± 0.2 °) in combination with at least one selected XRPD peak of 2Θ = 9.8 ° ( ± 0.2 °), 12.2 ° (± 0.2 °), 15.8 ° (± 0.2 °), 16.2 ° (± 0.2 °), 16.8 ° (± 0 , 2 °), 18.9 ° (± 0.2 °), 19.9 ° (± 0.2 °), 20.0 ° (± 0.2 °), 24.9 ° (± 0.2 °) and 29.3 ° (± 0.2 °). In one embodiment, the D-form polymorph can be characterized as having substantially all of the peaks in its XRPD pattern as shown in the figure. Four.
Figure 15 shows a differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) thermogram for the D-form polymorph. In some embodiments, the D-form polymorph can be characterized as having an endothermic peak at about 260 ° C. In another embodiment, the D-form polymorph can be characterized as having an endothermic peak at about 260 ° C and an endothermic peak at about 283 ° C.
In some embodiments, the D-form polymorph can be characterized by thermogravimetric analysis (TGA). In one embodiment, a weight loss of about 0.2% by weight can be observed at about 150 ° C.
In certain embodiments, Form D can be obtained by quenching crystallization in a monodolvent system, including, but not limited to, tetrahydrofuran, methyl ethyl ketone, dioxane, or dimethylformamide. In certain embodiments, Form D can be obtained by crystallization with slow cooling in a monodolvent system, including, but not limited to, tetrahydrofuran, methyl ethyl ketone, or dioxane. In one embodiment,
139
<img file="MX347708B_D0166.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO DE LA EROME DAD INDUSTRIAL form D can be obtained by suspending form C and / or form E in methyl ethyl ketone. In one embodiment, Form D can be made by suspending a mixture of Form A, Form B, and Form C in methyl ethyl ketone. In another embodiment, Form D can be obtained by suspending a mixture of Form B and Form D in methyl ethyl ketone.
In certain embodiments, Form D can be obtained by quenching crystallization in a binary solvent system with, for example, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, or DMF as the primary solvent and an anti-solvent, such as, without limitation, MTBE. In certain embodiments, Form D can be obtained by quenching crystallization from a binary solvent system with, for example, tetrahydrofuran, isopropanol, or DMF as the primary solvent and an anti-solvent, such as, without limitation, toluene. In one embodiment, Form D can be obtained by quenching crystallization in a binary solvent system with, for example, tetrahydrofuran as the primary solvent and dichloromethane as the anti-solvent. In certain embodiments, Form D can be obtained by slow cooling crystallization in a binary solvent system with, for example, methyl ethyl ketone or DMF as the primary solvent and MTBE as the anti-solvent. In certain embodiments, Form D can be obtained by crystallization with slow cooling in a binary solvent system with, for example, tetrahydrofuran or DME as the primary solvent and dichloromethane as the anti-solvent. In certain embodiments, Form D may be obtained by slow cooling crystallization in a binary solvent system with, for example, isopropanol, NNP, or DME as the primary solvent and toluene as the antisolvent.
In one embodiment, Form D can be obtained by crystallization in a multi-solvent system. In certain embodiments, form D can be formed by suspending in
140
<img file="MX347708B_D0167.tif" />
IMPI
MSXIGANO INSTITUTE
INDUSTRIAL RATIO Methyl ethyl ketone of a polymorph other than Form D, such as, without limitation, Form A, B, C, or E. In one embodiment, Form D may be an anhydrate.
Form E
In one embodiment, a polymorph provided herein is Form E of a compound of formula (I).
Figure 5 shows a representative XRPD for the E-form polymorph.
In one embodiment, the E-shape polymorph can be characterized by one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, any ten or more of the significant peak (s) of Figure 5. In one embodiment, the E-form polymorph can be characterized as having at least one XRPD peak selected from 20 = 6.7 ° (± 0.2 °), 9.3 ° (± 0.2 °) and 24, 4 ° (± 0.2 °). In one embodiment, the E-shape polymorph can be characterized as having at least one XRPD peak selected from 20 = 6.7 ° (± 0.2 °), 9.3 ° (± 0.2 °), and 24.4 ° (± 0.2 °) in combination with at least one selected XRPD peak of 20 = 12.7 ° (± 0.2 °) and 13.9 ° (± 0.2 °). In another embodiment, the E-shape polymorph can be characterized as having at least one XRPD peak selected from 20 = 6.7 ° (± 0.2 °), 9.3 ° (± 0.2 °), 12.7 ° (± 0.2 °), 13.9 ° (± 0.2 °) and 24.4 ° (± 0.2 °) in combination with at least one selected XRPD peak of 20 = 12.4 ° ( ± 0.2 °), 13.3 ° (± 0.2 °), 14.3 ° (± 0.2 °), 15.5 ° (± 0.2 °), 17.4 ° (± 0 , 2 °), 18.5 ° (± 0.2 °), 22.0 ° (± 0.2 °), 23.9 ° (+ 0.2 °), 24.1 ° (± 0.2 °) and 26.4 ° (± 0.2 °). In one embodiment, the E-form polymorph can be characterized as having substantially all of the peaks in its XRPD pattern as shown in Figure 5.
Figure 16 shows a differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) thermogram for the E-form polymorph. In some embodiments, the E-form polymorph can be characterized as having an endothermic peak at about
141 impi ^
ΙΝΓΠΤυΤβ MEXICAN
DE LA PWP1EDA »C> fc ^ LS / INDUSTRIAL
131 ° C, an endothermic peak at about 263 ° C, an exothermic peak at about 2 67 ° C, and an endothermic peak at about 282 ° C.
In some embodiments, the E-form polymorph can be characterized by thermogravimetric analysis (TGA). In one embodiment, a weight loss of about 0.7% by weight can be observed at about 80 ° C and a weight loss of about 1.3% by weight can be observed at about 130 ° C.
In certain embodiments, Form E can be obtained from Form A by crystallization with slow cooling in a monodolvent system with, for example, methanol. In certain embodiments, Form E can be obtained by crystallization with either rapid or slow cooling in a binary solvent system with, for example, methanol as the primary solvent and water as the anti-solvent. In one embodiment, Form E can be obtained by crystallization in a multi-solvent system. In one embodiment, Form E can be an anhydrate.
Form F
In one embodiment, a polymorph provided herein is Form F of a compound of formula (I).
Figure 6 shows a representative XRPD for the F-form polymorph.
In one embodiment, the polymorph of form F can be characterized by one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, any ten or more of the significant peak (s) of Figure 6. In one embodiment, the F-shaped polymorph can be characterized as having at least one XRPD peak selected from 2Θ = 9.6 ° (± 0.2 °), 17.3 ° (± 0.2 °) and 24, 6 ° (± 0.2 °). In one embodiment, the F-shaped polymorph can be characterized as having at least one XRPD peak selected from 2Θ = 9.6 ° (± 0.2 °), 17.3 ° (± 0.2 °), and 24.6 ° (± 0.2 °) in combination
142
<img file="MX347708B_D0168.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO I heard INDUSTRIAL tonality with at least one XRPD peak selected of 20 = 14.0 ° (± 0.2 °) and 19.2 ° (± 0.2 °). In another embodiment, the F-shaped polymorph can be characterized as having at least one XRPD peak selected from 2Θ = 9.6 ° (± 0.2 °), 14.0 ° (± 0.2 °), 17.3 ° (± 0.2 °), 19.2 ° (± 0.2 °) and 24.6 ° (± 0.2 °) in combination with at least one selected XRPD peak of 20 = 12.4 ° ( + 0.2 °), 16.1 ° (+ 0.2 °), 16.6 ° (± 0.2 °), 17.1 ° (± 0.2 °), 20.8 ° (± 0 , 2 °), 21.5 ° (± 0.2 °), 22.0 ° (± 0.2 °), 24.3 ° (± 0.2 °), 25.2 ° (± 0.2 °) and 25.4 ° (± 0.2 °). In one embodiment, the F-form polymorph can be characterized as having substantially all of the peaks in its XRPD pattern as shown in Figure 6.
Figures 17 and 24 show exemplary Differential Scanning Calorimetry (DSC) endotherm analyzes for Form F. In some embodiments, the Form F polymorph may be characterized as having an endothermic peak at about 181 ° C, a endothermic at approximately 160 ° C, an exothermic peak at approximately 266 ° C and an endothermic peak at approximately 282 ° C.
Figure 24 shows a thermogravimetric analysis (TGA) for the F-form polymorph. In some embodiments, the F-form polymorph can be characterized by TGA. In one embodiment, a weight loss of about 15.8% by weight can be observed at about 150 ° C and a weight loss of about 2.8% by weight can be observed at about 180 ° C.
In certain embodiments, Form F can be obtained by quenching crystallization in a binary solvent system with, for example, NMP as the primary solvent and MBTE as the anti-solvent. In certain embodiments, Form F can be obtained by slow cooling crystallization in a binary solvent system with, for example, NMP as the primary solvent and MBTE as the antisolvent. In some embodiments, Form F is a NMP solvate. In certain embodiments, MTBE may be present as
143
<img file="MX347708B_D0169.tif" />
IMPI Mexican rwmvro wunomDM: INDUSTRY!
an anti-solvent. In one embodiment, Form F can be obtained by crystallization in a multi-solvent system.
G shape
In one embodiment, a polymorph provided herein is Form G of a compound of formula (I).
Figure 7 shows a representative XRPD for the G-form polymorph.
In one embodiment, the G-shape polymorph may be characterized by one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, any ten or more of the significant peak (s) of Figure 7. In one embodiment, the G-shaped polymorph can be characterized as having at least one XRPD peak selected from 2Θ = 6.7 ° (± 0.2 °), 9.5 ° (± 0.2 °) and 19, 0 ° (± 0.2 °). In one embodiment, the G-shape polymorph can be characterized as having at least one XRPD peak selected from 2Θ = 6.7 ° (± 0.2 °), 9.5 ° (± 0.2 °) and 19.0 ° (± 0.2 °) in combination with at least one selected XRPD peak of 2Θ = 10.6 ° (± 0.2 °) and 19.6 ° (± 0.2 °). In another embodiment, the Form G polymorph can be characterized as having at least one XRPD peak selected from
2Θ - 6.7 ° (± 0.2 °), 9.5 ° (± 0.2 °), 10.6 ° (± 0.2 °), 19.0 ° (± 0.2 °) and
19.6 ° (± 0.2 °) in combination with at least one selected XRPD peak of 2Θ = 13.4 ° (± 0.2 °), 15.0 ° (± 0.2 °), 15, 8 ° (± 0.2 °), 17.8 ° (± 0.2 °), 20.7 ° (± 0.2 °), 21.2 ° (± 0.2 °), 22.8 ° (± 0.2 °), 23.8 ° (± 0.2 °), 24.3 ° (± 0.2 °) and 25.6 ° (± 0.2 °). In one embodiment, the G shape polymorph can be characterized as having substantially all of the peaks in its XRPD pattern as shown in the figure. 7.
Figure 18 shows a differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) thermogram for the G-shape polymorph. In some embodiments, the G-shape polymorph can be characterized as having an endothermic peak at about 162 ° C. In another embodiment, the G-shaped polymorph may
144
<img file="MX347708B_D0170.tif" />
IMPI INSTITUTO MEXICANO DE LA FROFIEPAD INDUSTRIAL characterized by having an endothermic peak at approximately 162 ° C, an exothermic peak at approximately 241 ° C and an endothermic peak at approximately 281 ° C.
In some embodiments, the G-form polymorph can be characterized by thermogravimetric analysis (TGA). In one embodiment, a weight loss of about 18.5% by weight can be observed at about 160 ° C.
In certain embodiments, Form G can be obtained by quenching crystallization from a binary solvent system with, for example, ethanol, isopropyl alcohol, or methanol as the primary solvent. In certain embodiments, MTBE can be present as an anti-solvent. In one embodiment, Form G is an MTBE solvate. In one embodiment, Form G can be obtained by crystallization in a multi-solvent system.
Form H
In one embodiment, a polymorph provided herein is Form H of a compound of formula (I).
Figure 8 shows a representative XRPD for the H-form polymorph.
In one embodiment, the H-shape polymorph can be characterized by one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, any ten or more of the significant peak (s) of Figure 8. In one embodiment, the H-form polymorph can be characterized as having at least one XRPD peak selected from 2Θ = 8.9 ° (± 0.2 °), 9.2 ° (± 0.2 °) and 14, 1 ° (± 0.2 °). In one embodiment, the H-form polymorph can be characterized as having at least one XRPD peak selected from 2Θ = 8.9 ° (± 0.2 °), 9.2 ° (± 0.2 °), and 14.1 ° (± 0.2 °) in combination with at least one selected XRPD peak of 2Θ = 17.3 ° (± 0.2 °) and 18.5 ° (± 0.2 °). In another embodiment, the Form H polymorph can be characterized as having at least one XRPD peak selected from
145 nrsrm / το Mexicano os LA ΠΟΠΙΟΑΓ fNMKTCLAL
2Θ = 8.9 ° (± 0.2 °), 9.2 ° (± 0.2 °), 14.1 ° (± 0.2 °), 17.3 ° (± 0.2 °) and 18.5 ° (± 0.2 °) in combination with at least one selected XRPD peak of 20 = 7.1 ° (± 0.2 °), 10.6 ° (± 0.2 °), 11, 3 ° (± 0.2 °), 11.6 ° (± 0.2 °), 16.2 ° (± 0.2 °), 18.3 ° (± 0.2 °), 18.8 ° (± 0.2 °), 20.3 ° (± 0.2 °), 21.7 ° (± 0.2 °) and 24.7 ° (+ 0.2 °). In one embodiment, the Form H polymorph can be characterized as having substantially all of the peaks in its XRPD pattern as shown in the figure. 8.
Figure 19 shows a differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) thermogram for the H-form polymorph. In some embodiments, the H-form polymorph can be characterized as having an endothermic peak at approximately 128 ° C and an endothermic peak at approximately 258 ° C. C. In another embodiment, the H-form polymorph can be characterized as having an endothermic peak at about 128 ° C, an endothermic peak at about 258 ° C, and an endothermic peak at about 282 ° C.
In some embodiments, the H-form polymorph can be characterized by thermogravimetric analysis (TGA). In one embodiment, a weight loss of about 7.5% by weight can be observed at about 130 ° C.
In certain embodiments, Form H can be obtained by slow cooling crystallization in a binary solvent system with, for example, dioxane as the primary solvent, and an anti-solvent, such as, without limitation, MTBE. In one embodiment, Form H is an MTBE solvate. In one embodiment, Form H can be obtained by crystallization in a multi-solvent system.
Form I
In one embodiment, a polymorph provided herein is Form I of a compound of formula (I).
Figure 9 shows a representative XRPD for the form I polymorph.
146
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<img file="MX347708B_D0171.tif" />
In one embodiment, the Form I polymorph may be characterized by one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, any ten or more of the significant peak (s) of Figure 9. In one embodiment, the Form I polymorph can be characterized as having at least one XRPD peak selected from 2Θ = 9.7 ° (± 0.2 °), 19.3 ° (± 0.2 °) and 24, 5 ° (± 0.2 °). In one embodiment, the Form I polymorph can be characterized as having at least one XRPD peak selected from 2Θ = 9.7 ° (± 0.2 °), 19.3 ° (± 0.2 °) and 24.5 ° (± 0.2 °) in combination with at least one selected XRPD peak of 2Θ = 11.4 ° (± 0.2 °) and 14.2 ° (± 0.2 °). In another embodiment, the Form I polymorph can be characterized as having at least one XRPD peak selected from 2Θ = 9.7 ° (± 0.2 °), 11.4 ° (± 0.2 °), 14.2 ° (± 0.2 °), 19.3 ° (± 0.2 °) and 24.5 ° (± 0.2 °) in combination with at least one selected XRPD peak of 2Θ = 9.2 ° ( ± 0.2 °), 14.7 ° (± 0.2 °), 15.5 ° (± 0.2 °), 16.7 ° (± 0.2 °), 17.3 ° (± 0 , 2 °), 18.4 ° (+ 0.2 °), 21.4 ° (± 0.2 °), 22.9 ° (± 0.2 °), 29.1 ° (± 0.2 °) and 34.1 ° (± 0.2 °). In one embodiment, the Form I polymorph can be characterized as having substantially all of the peaks in its XRPD pattern as shown in the figure. 9.
Figure 20 shows a differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) thermogram for the Form I polymorph. In some embodiments, the Form I polymorph can be characterized as having an endothermic peak at approximately 208 ° C and an endothermic peak at approximately 263 ° C. C.
In some embodiments, the Form I polymorph can be characterized by thermogravimetric analysis (TGA). In one embodiment, a weight loss of about 10.5% by weight can be observed at about 130 ° C and a weight loss of about 0.8% by weight can be observed at about 200 ° C.
In certain embodiments, Form I can be obtained by crystallization with slow cooling in a system of
147
<img file="MX347708B_D0172.tif" />
IMPI tNSTTTUTO MEXICANL
OF THE CURRENCY I
INDUSTRIAL binary solvents, including, without 1 i mi iac.í on. acetone, MEK, or dioxane as the primary solvent, and an anti-solvent, such as, without limitation, toluene. In one embodiment, Form I is a hemi-toluene solvate. In one embodiment, Form I can be obtained by crystallization in a multi-solvent system.
Form J
In one embodiment, a polymorph provided herein is the J-form of a compound of formula (I).
Figure 10 shows a representative XRPD for the J-form polymorph.
In one embodiment, the J-shape polymorph can be characterized by one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, any ten or more of the significant peak (s) of Figure 10. In one embodiment, the J-form polymorph can be characterized as having at least one XRPD peak selected from 20 = 9.1 ° (± 0.2 °), 17.3 ° (± 0.2 °) and 18, 3 ° (± 0.2 °). In one embodiment, the J-form polymorph can be characterized as having at least one XRPD peak selected from 2Θ = 9.1 ° (± 0.2 °), 17.3 ° (+ 0.2 °), and 18.3 ° (± 0.2 °) in combination with at least one selected XRPD peak of 2Θ = 16.4 ° (± 0.2 °) and 17.9 ° (± 0.2 °). In another embodiment, the J-form polymorph can be characterized as having at least one XRPD peak selected from 2Θ = 9.1 ° (± 0.2 °), 16.4 ° (± 0.2 °), 17.3 ° (± 0.2 °), 17.9 ° (± 0.2 °) and 18.3 ° (± 0.2 °) in combination with at least one selected XRPD peak of 2Θ = 9.4 ° ( ± 0.2 °), 10.1 ° (± 0.2 °), 10.7 ° (± 0.2 °), 14.0 ° (± 0.2 °), 14.3 ° (± 0 , 2 °), 15.5 ° (± 0.2 °), 16.9 ° (± 0.2 °), 19.9 ° (± 0.2 °), 24.0 ° (± 0.2 °) and 24.7 ° (± 0.2 °). In one embodiment, the J-shape polymorph can be characterized as having substantially all of the peaks in its XRPD pattern as shown in Figure 10.
148
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO DE ΙΛ MORI! DAD INDUSTRY!
Figure 21 shows a differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) thermogram for the J-form polymorph. In some embodiments, the J-form polymorph can be characterized as having an endothermic peak at about 259 ° C '. In another embodiment, the J-form polymorph can be characterized as having an endothermic peak at about 121 ° C, an endothermic peak at about 185 ° C, an endothermic peak at about 259 ° C, and an endothermic peak at about 282 ° C.
In some embodiments, the J-form polymorph can be characterized by thermogravimetric analysis (TGA). In one embodiment, a weight loss of about 10.8% by weight can be observed at about 100 ° C.
In certain embodiments, Form J can be obtained by crystallization with slow cooling in a binary solvent system, including, without limitation, DMF as the primary solvent, and an antisolvent, such as, without limitation, toluene. In one embodiment, Form J is a hemi-toluene solvate. In one embodiment, Form J can be obtained by crystallization in a multi-solvent system.
Amorphous forms
In one embodiment, an amorphous form of a compound of formula (I) is provided herein.
Figure 11 shows a representative XRPD for an amorphous form. The lack of diffraction peaks indicates the lack of crystallinity in the amorphous form.
In one embodiment, an amorphous form of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or hydrate thereof, can be prepared by dissolution of a crystalline form followed by removal of the solvent under conditions in which crystals do not form. stable. For example, solidification can occur by rapid removal of the solvent, by rapid addition of an anti149
<img file="MX347708B_D0173.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO PE LA MONEDAD INBUSTRIAL solvent (causing the amorphous form to precipitate out of solution) or by physically interrupting the crystallization process. Milling processes can also be used. In other embodiments, an amorphous form of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or hydrate thereof , may be prepared using a process or procedure described elsewhere herein.
In certain embodiments, an amorphous form can be obtained by quenching a monodolvent system, such as, for example, ethanol, isopropyl alcohol, t-amyl alcohol, n-butanol, methanol, acetone, ethyl acetate, or acetic acid. In certain embodiments, an amorphous form can be obtained by slow cooling of a monodolvent system, such as, for example, ethanol, isopropyl alcohol, t-amyl alcohol, or ethyl acetate.
In certain embodiments, an amorphous form can be obtained by quenching a binary solvent system, for example, with acetone or DME as the primary solvent. In certain embodiments, an amorphous form can be obtained by slow cooling a binary solvent system, for example, with ethanol, isopropyl alcohol, THF, acetone, or methanol as the primary solvent. In some embodiments, an amorphous form can be obtained by dissolving a compound of formula (I) in t-butanol and water at elevated temperature, followed by cooling procedures to produce an amorphous solid form.
In some embodiments, the amorphous compound of formula (I) is a salt, solvate, or hydrate thereof. In some embodiments, the amorphous compound of formula (I) is a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or hydrate thereof. In one embodiment, the amorphous compound of formula (I) may contain an amount of one or more crystalline or partially crystalline compounds of formula (I). Non-limiting examples include amorphous compounds of formula (I) that contain less than about 10% of one or
150
INSTITUTO MEXICAN M LA FROP1EDA »INBVSTUIAL plus crystalline or partially crystalline compounds of formula (I), less than approximately 9% of one or more crystalline or partially crystalline compounds of formula (I), less than approximately 8% of one or more crystalline or partially crystalline compounds of formula (I), less than about 7% of one or more crystalline or partially crystalline compounds of formula (I), less than about 6% of one or more crystalline or partially crystalline compounds of formula (I), less than about 5% of one or more crystalline or partially crystalline compounds of formula (I), less than about 4% of one or more crystalline or partially crystalline compounds of formula (I), less than about 3% of one or more crystalline or partially crystalline compounds of formula (I), less than about 2% of one or more crystalline or partially crystalline compounds of formula (I), less than about 1% of one or more crystalline or partially crystalline compounds of formula (I), less than about 0.5% of one or more crystalline or partially crystalline compounds of formula (I), less than about 0.1% of one or more crystalline or partially crystalline compounds of formula (I), and less than about 0.01% of one or more crystalline or partially crystalline compounds of formula (I). In some embodiments, the amorphous compound of formula (I), or a salt, solvate or hydrate thereof, contains one or more partially crystalline compounds, or a salt, solvate or hydrate thereof. In some embodiments, the amorphous compound of formula (I), or a salt, solvate, or hydrate thereof, contains one or more crystalline compounds of formula (I), or a salt, solvate, or hydrate thereof.
Forms of salt
In certain embodiments, a compound of formula (I) provided herein is a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate or hydrate thereof. In one embodiment,
151
<img file="MX347708B_D0174.tif" />
Pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts of a compound provided herein can be formed with inorganic acids and organic acids. Inorganic acids from which salts may be derived include, but are not limited to, hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like. Organic acids from which salts can be derived include, but are not limited to, acetic acid, propionic acid, glycolic acid, pyruvic acid, oxalic acid, maleic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, fumaric acid, tartaric acid, citric acid. , benzoic acid, cinnamic acid, mandelic acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, salicylic acid, and the like. In other embodiments, if applicable, pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salts of a compound provided herein can be formed with organic and inorganic bases. Inorganic bases from which salts can be derived include, but are not limited to, sodium, potassium, lithium, ammonium, calcium, magnesium, iron, zinc, copper, manganese, aluminum, and the like. Organic bases from which salts can be derived include, but are not limited to, primary, secondary and tertiary amines, substituted amines including naturally occurring substituted amines, cyclic amines, basic ion exchange resins, and the like. Exemplary bases include, but are not limited to, isopropylamine, trimethylamine, diethylainine, triethylamine, tripropylamine, and ethanolamine. In some embodiments, a pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salt is the ammonium, potassium, sodium, calcium, or magnesium salt. In one embodiment, bis-salts (ie, two counter ions) and higher salts (eg, three or more counter ions) are encompassed within the meaning of pharmaceutically acceptable salts.
In certain embodiments, salts of a compound of formula (I) can be formed, for example, with L-tartaric acid,
152 tNSTTTVTO MEXICAN DE LA PROPERTY INDUSTRIAL p-toluenesulfonic acid, D-glucaronic acid, ethane-1,2-disulfonic acid (EDSA), 2-naphthalenesulfonic acid (NSA), hydrochloric acid (HC1) (mono and bis), hydrobromic acid (HBr) , citric acid, naphthalene-1,5-disulfonic acid (NDSA), DLmandelic acid, fumaric acid, sulfuric acid, maleic acid, methanesulfonic acid (MSA), benzenesulfonic acid (BSA), ethanesulfonic acid (ESA), L-malic acid , phosphoric acid and aminoethanesulfonic acid (taurine).
III. COMPOSITIONS
Provided herein are compositions, including pharmaceutical compositions, comprising one or more polymorphs or amorphous forms of the compound of formula (I), or their pharmaceutically acceptable forms (eg, salts, hydrates, solvates, chelates, non-covalent complexes, isomers, prodrugs and pharmaceutically acceptable isotopically labeled derivatives) thereof as provided herein. In some embodiments, provided herein are pharmaceutical compositions comprising polymorph Form C, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates and hydrates thereof, and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients. In some embodiments, provided herein are pharmaceutical compositions comprising the Form C polymorph and the Form A polymorph, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof, and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients, wherein the ratio of Form C polymorph to Form A polymorph is greater than about 9: 1. In some embodiments, provided herein are pharmaceutical compositions comprising one or more of the polymorphs of form A, B, C, D, E, F, G, Η, I, and J, or amorphous compound of formula (I) , or their pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates and hydrates thereof, or mixtures thereof, and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients. In other embodiments, this document is
153
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO DE LA EROMEDAD INDUSTRIAL provide pharmaceutical compositions comprising polymorph form C and at least one polymorph other than form C selected from form A, form B, form D, form E, form F, form G , Form H, Form I, Form J, or an amorphous form of a compound of formula (I), or a salt, solvate or hydrate thereof, and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients.
In certain embodiments, the ratio of a polymorph, such as Form C, to all other polymorphs in a composition provided herein can be greater than about 5: 1, about 6: 1, about 7: 1, about 8: 1, about 9: 1, or more.
In certain embodiments, the pharmaceutical compositions provided herein are typically formulated to provide a therapeutically effective amount of a compound provided herein (eg, a particular polymorph provided herein) as the active ingredient, or salts, hydrates, solvates, chelates, esters, non-covalent complexes, isomers, pharmaceutically acceptable prodrugs and isotopically labeled derivatives thereof. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical compositions contain one or more pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, hydrates, and / or coordination complexes thereof, and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients, such as carriers (including inert solid diluents and fillers), diluents (including sterile aqueous solution and various organic solvents), penetration enhancers, solubilizers and / or adjuvants.
In certain embodiments, the pharmaceutical compositions provided herein can be administered alone or in combination with one or more other agents, which are also typically administered in the form of a pharmaceutical composition. In some embodiments, a polymorph provided herein and other agent (s) may
<img file="MX347708B_D0175.tif" />
154
<img file="MX347708B_D0176.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO DE LA MORIOAD INDUSTRIAL be mixed into one preparation or both components can be formulated into separate preparations to be used in combination separately or at the same time.
In one embodiment, administration of polymorphs or pharmaceutical compositions provided herein can be accomplished by any method that allows administration of polymorphs or pharmaceutical compositions to the site of action. These methods include, for example, oral routes, intraduodenal routes, parenteral injection (including intravenous, intraarterial, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravascular, intraperitoneal, or infusion), topical routes (e.g., transdermal application), rectal administration, by local administration by catheter or endoprosthesis or through inhalation. In one embodiment, the polymorphs can also be administered intraadipose or intrathecally.
Pharmaceutical compositions can be specially formulated for administration in solid or liquid form, including those adapted for the following: oral administration, for example, dispensers (aqueous or non-aqueous solutions or suspensions), tablets (for example, those intended for buccal, sublingual absorption and systemic), capsules, boluses, powders, granules, pastes for application to the tongue, and intraduodenal routes; parenteral administration, including intravenous, intraarterial, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravascular, intraperitoneal, or infusion as, for example, a sterile suspension or solution, or sustained release formulation; topical application, for example, as a cream, ointment, or a controlled-release patch or spray applied to the skin; intravaginally or intrarectally, for example, as a vaginal egg, cream, stent, or foam; sublingually; by ocular route; by pulmonary route; local administration by catheter or endoprosthesis; intrathecally or nasally.
Examples of suitable aqueous and non-aqueous carriers that can be employed in pharmaceutical compositions include water,
155
<img file="MX347708B_D0177.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO DE LA MOHEDAL INDUSTRIAL ethanol, polyols (such as glycerol, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol and the like), and suitable mixtures thereof, vegetable oils, such as olive oil, and injectable organic esters, such as ethyl oleate. A proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of coating materials, such as lecithin, by maintaining the required particle size in the case of dispersions, and by the use of surfactants.
These compositions may also contain adjuvants such as preservatives, wetting agents, emulsifying agents, dispersing agents, lubricants, and / or antioxidants. The prevention of the action of microorganisms on the compounds described herein can be ensured by the inclusion of various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, paraben, chlorobutanol, phenolsorbic acid, and the like. In some embodiments, the compositions disclosed herein include isotonic agents, such as sugars, sodium chloride, and the like in the compositions. Furthermore, prolonged absorption of the injectable pharmaceutical form can be accomplished by the inclusion of agents that delay absorption such as aluminum monostearate and gelatin.
Methods of preparing these formulations or compositions include the step of associating a compound described herein and / or the chemotherapeutic agent with the carrier and, optionally, one or more auxiliary components. In general, formulations are prepared by uniformly and intimately associating a compound as disclosed herein with liquid carriers, or finely divided solid carriers, or both, and then, if necessary, shaping the product. .
Preparations for such pharmaceutical compositions are well known in the art. See, for example, Anderson, Philip 0 .; Knoben, James E .; Troutman, William G, eds., Handbook
156
PWTTTVTO MEXICANO Df LA F »cnEDA! INDrmiAL of Clinical Drug Data, Tenth Edition, McGraw-Hill, 2002; Pratt and Taylor, eds., Principles of Drug Action, Third Edition, Churchill Livingston, New York, 1990; Katzung, ed., Basic and Clinical Pharmacology, 9th edition, McGraw Hill, 20037ybg; Goodman and Gilman, eds., The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics, 10th edition, McGraw Hill, 2001; Remingtons Pharmaceutical Sciences, 20<sup>to</sup> ed., Lippincott Williams & Wilkins., 2000; Martindale, The Extra Pharmacopoeia, Thirty-second Edition (The Pharmaceutical Press, London, 1999); all of which are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety. Except insofar as any conventional excipient medium is incompatible with the compounds provided herein, such as producing any undesired biological effects or otherwise interacting in a deleterious manner with any other component of the pharmaceutically acceptable composition, it is contemplated that the use of excipients is within the scope of this description.
In some embodiments, the concentration of one or more of the polymorphs provided herein in a composition provided herein is less than about 100%, about 90%, about 80%, about 70%, about 60%, about 50%, about 40%, about 30%, about 20%, about 19%, about 18%, about 17%, about 16%, about 15%, about 14%, about 13%, about 12%, about 11%, about 10%, about 9%, about 8%, about 7%, about 6%, about 5%, about 4%, about 3%, about 2%, about 1%, about 0.5%, about 0.4%, about 0.3%, about 0, 2%, about 0.1%, about 0.09%, about 0.08%,
<img file="MX347708B_D0178.tif" />
IMPI ncrrrruT · Mexican DE LA MONEDAD
<td>approximately</td><td>the</td><td> 0,07%,</td><td>approximately</td><td>the</td><td> 0,06%,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td>the</td><td> 0,05%,</td><td>approximately</td><td>the</td><td> 0,04%,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td>the</td><td> 0,03%,</td><td>approximately</td><td>the</td><td> 0,02%,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td>the</td><td> 0,01%,</td><td>approximately</td><td>the</td><td> 0,009%,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td>the</td><td> 0,008%,</td><td>approximately</td><td>the</td><td> 0,007%,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td>the</td><td> 0,006%,</td><td>approximately</td><td>the</td><td> 0,005%,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td>the</td><td> 0,004%,</td><td>approximately</td><td>the</td><td> 0,003%,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td>the</td><td> 0,002%,</td><td>approximately</td><td>the</td><td> 0,001%,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td>the</td><td> 0,0009%,</td><td>approximately</td><td>the</td><td> 0,0008%,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td>the</td><td> 0,0007%,</td><td>approximately</td><td>the</td><td> 0,0006%,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td>the</td><td> 0,0005%,</td><td>approximately</td><td>the</td><td> 0,0004%,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td>the</td><td> 0,0003%,</td><td>about the</td><td> 0,</td><td>0002%, or</td>
<td>approximately</td><td colspan="2">0.0001% w / w,</td><td>p / v or v / v.</td><td></td><td></td>
<td>In some</td><td colspan="2">achievements,</td><td>the concentration of</td><td>one</td><td>or more than</td>
<td>the polymorphs</td><td colspan="2">provided</td><td colspan="3">in this document in a</td>
<td colspan="4">composition provided in this document</td><td>is</td><td>greater than</td>
about 90%, about 80%, about 70%, about 60%, about 50%, about 40%, about 30%, about 20%, about 19.75%, about 19 , 50%, about 19.25%, about 19%, about 18.75%, about 18.50%, about 18.25%, about 18%, about 17.75%, about 17.50%, approximately 17.25%, about 17%, about 16.75%, about 16.50%, about 16.25%, about 16%, about 15.75%, about 15.50%, about 15.25 %, about 15%, about 14.75%, about 14.50%, about 14.25%, about 14%, about 13.75%, about 13.50%, about 13 , 25%, approximately 13%, approximately 12.75%, approximately 12.50%, about 12.25%, about 12%, about 11.75%, about 11.50%, about 11.25%, about 11%,
158
<img file="MX347708B_D0179.tif" />
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE
OF THE INDUSTRIAL CURRENCY approximately 10.75%, approximately 10.50%, approximately 10.25%, approximately 10%, approximately 9.75%, approximately 9.50%, approximately 9.25% , about 9%, about 8.75%, about 8.50%, about 8.25%, about 8%, about 7.75%, about 7.50%, about 7, 25%, about 7%, about 6.75%, about 6.50%, about 6.25%, about 6%, about 5.75%, about 5.50%, about 5.25%, about 5%, about 4.75%, about 4.50 %, about 4.25%, about 4%, about 3.75%, about 3.50%, about 3.25%, about 3%, about 2.75%, about 2 , 50%, about 2.25%, about 2%, about 1.75%, about 1.50%, about 1.25%, about 1%, about 0.5%, about 0.4%, about 0.3%, about 0.2%, about 0 , 1%, about 0.09%, about 0.08%, about 0.07%,
<td>approximately</td><td>the</td><td> 0,06%,</td><td>approximately</td><td>the</td><td> 0,05%,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td>the</td><td> 0,04%,</td><td>approximately</td><td>the</td><td> 0,03%,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td>the</td><td> 0,02%,</td><td>approximately</td><td>the</td><td> 0,01%,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td>the</td><td> 0,009%,</td><td>approximately</td><td>the</td><td> 0,008%,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td>the</td><td> 0,007%,</td><td>approximately</td><td>the</td><td> 0,006%,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td>the</td><td> 0,005%,</td><td>approximately</td><td>the</td><td> 0,004%,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td>the</td><td> 0,003%,</td><td>approximately</td><td>the</td><td> 0,002%,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td>the</td><td> 0,001%,</td><td>approximately</td><td>the</td><td> 0,0009%,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td>the</td><td> 0,0008%,</td><td>approximately</td><td>the</td><td> 0,0007%,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td>the</td><td> 0,0006%,</td><td>approximately</td><td>the</td><td> 0,0005%,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td>the</td><td> 0,0004%,</td><td>approximately</td><td>the</td><td> 0,0003%,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td colspan="3">0.0002%, or about 1</td><td> 3, 0001%</td><td>p / p, p / v</td>
ov / v.
159
<img file="MX347708B_D0180.tif" />
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL rXOrlIDAP
In some embodiments, the concentration of one or more of the polymorphs provided herein in a
<td>composition provided</td><td>at</td><td>present document</td><td>is</td><td>in a</td>
<td>range from</td><td colspan="3">about 0.0001%</td><td>until</td>
<td>about 50%,</td><td>since</td><td>about the</td><td> 0,001%</td><td>until</td>
<td>about 40%,</td><td>since</td><td>about the</td><td> 0,01%</td><td>until</td>
<td>about 30%,</td><td>since</td><td>about the</td><td> 0,02%</td><td>until</td>
<td>about 29%,</td><td>since</td><td>about the</td><td> 0,03%</td><td>until</td>
<td>about 28%,</td><td>since</td><td>about the</td><td> 0,04%</td><td>until</td>
<td>about 27%,</td><td>since</td><td>about the</td><td> 0,05%</td><td>until</td>
<td>about 26%,</td><td>since</td><td>about the</td><td> 0,06%</td><td>until</td>
<td>about 25%,</td><td>since</td><td>about the</td><td> 0,07%</td><td>until</td>
<td>about 24%,</td><td>since</td><td>about the</td><td> 0,08%</td><td>until</td>
<td>about 23%,</td><td>since</td><td>about the</td><td> 0,09%</td><td>until</td>
<td>about 22%,</td><td>since</td><td>about the</td><td> 0, 1%</td><td>until</td>
<td>about 21%,</td><td>since</td><td>about the</td><td> 0,2%</td><td>until</td>
<td>about 20%,</td><td>since</td><td>about the</td><td> 0,3%</td><td>until</td>
<td>about 19%,</td><td>since</td><td>about the</td><td> 0,4%</td><td>until</td>
<td>about 18%,</td><td>since</td><td>about the</td><td> 0,5%</td><td>until</td>
<td>about 17%,</td><td>since</td><td>about the</td><td> 0, 6%</td><td>until</td>
<td>about 16%,</td><td>since</td><td>about the</td><td> 0,7%</td><td>until</td>
<td>about 15%,</td><td>since</td><td>about the</td><td> 0, 8%</td><td>until</td>
<td>about 14%,</td><td>since</td><td>about the</td><td> 0, 9%</td><td>until</td>
<td>about 12%, about 10% w / w,</td><td>from p / vo</td><td>approximately ev / v.</td><td>í 1%</td><td>until</td>
In some embodiments, the concentration of one or more of the polymorphs provided herein in a composition provided herein is in a range of from about 0.001% to about 10%, from about 0.01% to about 5%, from about 0.02% to about 4.5%, from about 0.03% to about 4%, from about 0.04% to about 3.5%, from about 0.05% to about 3%, from
160
<img file="MX347708B_D0181.tif" />
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL CURRENCY
<td>approximately</td><td> 0,06%</td><td>until</td><td>approximately</td><td colspan="2">2.5%,</td><td>since</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 0,07%</td><td>until</td><td>approximately</td><td>the</td><td> 2%,</td><td>since</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 0,08%</td><td>until</td><td>approximately</td><td>the 1</td><td> , 5%,</td><td>since</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 0,09%</td><td>until</td><td>approximately</td><td>the</td><td> 1%,</td><td>since</td>
<td>approximately</td><td colspan="3">0.1% to about 0.9</td><td>% w / w,</td><td>p / v</td><td>ov / v.</td>
<td>In some</td><td colspan="2">achievements,</td><td>the amount of</td><td>one or</td><td>plus</td><td>of the</td>
polymorphs provided herein in a composition provided herein is equal to or less than about 10 g, about 9.5 g, about 9.0 g, about 8.5 g, about 8.0 g, about 7, 5g, about 7.0g, about 6.5g, about 6.0g, about 5.5g, about 5.0g, about 4.5g, about 4.0g, about 3.5g , about 3.0g, about 2.5g, about 2.0g, about 1.5g, about 1.0g, about 0.95g, about 0.9g, about 0.85g, about 0.8g, about 0.75g, about 0 , 7g, about 0.65g, about 0.6g, about 0.55g, about 0.5g, about 0.45g, about 0.4g, about 0.35g, about 0.3 g, about 0.25 g, about 0.2 g, about 0.15 g, about 0.1 g, about 0.09g, about 0.08g, about 0.07g, about 0.06g, about 0.05g, about 0.04g, about 0.03g, about 0.02g, about 0 .01 g, about 0.009 g, about 0.008 g, about 0.007 g, about 0.006 g, about 0.005 g, about 0.004 g, about 0.003 g, about 0.002 g, about 0.001 g, about 0.0009 g, about 0.0008 g, about 0.0007 g, about 0.0006 g, about 0.0005 g, about 0.0004 g, about 0.0003 g, about 0.0002 g or about 0.0001 g.
161
<img file="MX347708B_D0182.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO Dt LA MONEDA »INDUSTRIAL
In some embodiments, the amount of one or more of the polymorphs provided herein in a composition provided herein is greater than about 0.0001 g, about 0.0002 g, about 0.0003 g, about 0 .0004 g, about 0.0005 g, about 0.0006 g, about 0.0007 g, about 0.0008 g, about 0.0009 g, about 0.001 g, about 0.0015 g, about 0.002 g, about 0.0025 g, about 0.003 g, about 0.0035 g, about 0.004 g, about 0.0045 g, about 0.005 g, about 0.0055 g, about 0.006 g, about 0.0065 g, about 0.007 g, about 0.0075 g, about 0.008 g, about 0.0085 g, about 0.009 g, about 0.0095 g, about 0.01 g, about 0.015 g, about 0.02 g, about 0.025 g, about 0.03g, about 0.035g, about 0.04g, about 0.045g, about 0.05g, about 0.055g, about 0.06g, about 0.065g, about 0.07g, about 0.075g, about 0.08g, about 0.085g, about 0.09g, about 0.095g, about 0.1g, about 0.15g, about 0.2g, about 0.25g, about 0.3g, about 0.35 g, about 0.4 g, about 0.45 g, about 0.5 g, about 0.55 g, about 0.6 g, about 0.65 g, about 0.7 g, about 0.75 g, about 0 , 8 g, about 0.85 g, about 0.9 g, about 0.95 g, about 1 g, about 1.5 g, about 2 g, about 2.5 g, about 3 g, about 3.5 g, about 4g, about 4.5g, about 5g, about 5.5g, about 6g, about 6.5g, about 7g, about 7.5g, about 8g, about 8.5
162
<img file="MX347708B_D0183.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO DE LA MOHtDAD INDUSTUAl g, about 9 g, about 9.5 g, about 10 g or more.
In some embodiments, the amount of one or more of the polymorphs provided herein in a composition provided herein is in a range from about 0.0001 to about 10 g, from about 0.0005 to about 9 g, from about 0.001 to about 8g, from about 0.005 to about 7g, from about 0.01 to about 6g, from about 0.05 to about 5g, from about 0.1 to about 4 g, from about 0.5 to about 4 g, or from about 1 to about 3 g In one embodiment, the polymorphs provided herein are effective over a wide dosage range. For example, in the treatment of adult humans, dosages of from about 0.01 to about 1000 mg, from about 0.5 to about 100 mg, from about 1 to about 50 mg, and from about 5 to about 40 mg at day are examples of dosages that can be used. An exemplary dosage is about 10 to about 30 mg per day. The exact dosage will depend on the route of administration, the form in which a polymorph is administered, the subject to be treated, the body weight of the subject to be treated, and the preference and experience of the attending physician.
Exemplary non-limiting pharmaceutical compositions and methods for preparing the same are described below.
Pharmaceutical compositions for oral administration:
In some embodiments, a pharmaceutical composition for oral administration is provided herein, the composition comprising a polymorph provided in the
163
<img file="MX347708B_D0184.tif" />
KSTTTVTO MUICANC Di LA FWOHtDAD INDUSTRIAL present document or a pharmaceutically acceptable form (e.g. salts, hydrates, solvates, chelates, non-covalent complexes, isomers, prodrugs and pharmaceutically acceptable isotopically labeled derivatives) thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient (e.g. , an excipient suitable for oral administration).
In one embodiment, the composition provided herein is a solid dosage form comprising a polymorph of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or hydrate thereof, and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients. In one embodiment, the composition provided herein is a single unit dosage form comprising a polymorph of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or hydrate thereof. In one embodiment, the composition provided herein is a tablet or capsule. In one embodiment, the composition provided herein comprises a therapeutically effective amount of a polymorph of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or hydrate thereof.
In one embodiment, the composition provided herein comprises a therapeutically effective amount of a polymorph of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or hydrate thereof. In some
<td>achievements,</td><td>the</td><td colspan="3">therapeutically effective amount is</td><td>of</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 0,5,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 1,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 2,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 3,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 4,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 5,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 10,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 15,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 20,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 25,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 30,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 35,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 40,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 45,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 50,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 55,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 60,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 65,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 70,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 75,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 80,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 85,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 90,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 95,</td>
<td rowspan="2">approximately</td><td rowspan="2"> 100,</td><td colspan="2"> 164</td><td rowspan="2">IMPI ^ ΙΝ5ΤΓΠΓΓΌ MEXICAN τί ™ Df LA FROHIDAP INDUSTRIAL approximately</td><td rowspan="2"> 120,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 110,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 130,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 140,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 150,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 160,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 170,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 180,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 190,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 200,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 210,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 220,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 230,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 240,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 250,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 260,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 270,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 280,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 290,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 300,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 325,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 350,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 375,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 400,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 425,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 450,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 475,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 500,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 600,</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 700,</td><td>approximately</td><td> 800,</td><td colspan="2">approximately 900, or</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 1000</td><td>mg, or more. In a</td><td colspan="3">. realization, composition</td>
provided herein comprises at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient. In some embodiments, the composition provided herein comprises one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or excipients, including, for example, microcrystalline cellulose, crospovidone, and / or magnesium stearate. In one embodiment, the composition provided herein is an immediate release dosage form. In some embodiments, the composition provided herein is a hard gelatin capsule. In some embodiments, the composition provided herein is a soft gelatin capsule. In some embodiments, the composition provided herein comprises Form C of a compound of formula (I). In some embodiments, the composition provided herein comprises Form A of a compound of formula (I). In some embodiments, the composition provided herein comprises an amorphous form of a compound of formula (I). In some embodiments, the composition provided herein comprises a mixture of two or more polymorphs of a compound of formula (I), or a salt, solvate, or hydrate.
165
<img file="MX347708B_D0185.tif" />
IMPI iwrrrvn? «Ujucano
Pharmaceutically acceptable IHO ^ mUAL thereof described herein.
for example, polymorphs
In other embodiments, the composition provided herein includes one or more compounds of formula (I) and is a suspension comprising carboxymethylcellulose and water. In one embodiment, the composition provided herein may further comprise one or more excipients, such as, for example, polysorbate, polyethylene glycol, cyclodextrin, dextrose, n-methylpyrrolidone, pH buffers, dilute hydrochloric acid, polyoxyethylene acid esters. 12-hydroxystearic, or a mixture of two or more thereof. In one embodiment, the process for preparing the suspension includes, but is not limited to, combining a predetermined amount of a compound of formula (I) in powder form with a carrier, such as medium viscosity USP sodium carboxymethyl cellulose (CMC). commercially available in sterile water for injection (SWFI).
In some embodiments, a solid pharmaceutical composition suitable for oral administration is provided herein, comprising: (i) an effective amount of a compound provided herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable form (eg, salts, hydrates, solvates , chelates, non-covalent complexes, isomers, prodrugs and pharmaceutically acceptable isotopically labeled derivatives) thereof; optionally (iij an effective amount of a second agent; and (iii) one or more pharmaceutical excipients suitable for oral administration In some embodiments, the composition further contains: (iv) an effective amount of a third agent.
In some embodiments, a liquid pharmaceutical composition suitable for oral administration is provided herein. In some embodiments, a capsule dosage form suitable for oral administration is provided herein.
In certain embodiments, the pharmaceutical compositions provided herein are suitable
166
<img file="MX347708B_D0186.tif" />
IMPI
ΙΝΗΤΠΓΓΟ MEXICANO DE LA MOHEDAL INDUSTRIAL for oral administration may be present as differentiated pharmaceutical forms, such as capsules, pills, cachets or tablets, or liquid or aerosol sprays that each contain a predetermined amount of an active principle as a powder or granules , a solution, or a suspension in an aqueous or non-aqueous liquid, an oil-in-water emulsion, or a water-in-oil liquid emulsion. In general, for solid forms, compositions are prepared by uniformly and intimately mixing the active ingredient with liquid carriers or finely divided solid carriers or both, and then, if necessary, shaping the product into a particular presentation. For example, a tablet can be prepared by compression or molding, optionally with one or more auxiliary components. Compression tablets can be prepared by compressing in a suitable machine the active ingredient in a free-flowing form such as powder or granules, optionally mixed with an excipient such as, but not limited to, a binder, a lubricant, an inert diluent and / or a surfactant or dispersing agent. Molded tablets can be prepared by molding in a suitable machine a mixture of the powdered compound moistened with an inert liquid or semi-solid diluent.
Solid compositions of a similar type can be employed as fillers in soft and hard filled gelatin capsules using excipients such as lactose or milk sugar as well as high molecular weight polyethylene glycols and the like. Solid dosage forms of tablets, dragees, capsules, pills and granules can be prepared with coatings and sheaths such as enteric coatings and other coatings well known in the pharmaceutical formulation art. They can optionally comprise opacifying agents and can be of a composition that they release the active ingredient (s) only, or preferably, in a certain part of the intestinal tract, optionally, in a delayed manner. Examples of
167
<img file="MX347708B_D0187.tif" />
IMPI Mexican fwrmrro DE LA MONEDAD INDWnUAL Embedding compositions that can be used include polymeric substances and waxes. Solid compositions of a similar type can be employed as fillers in soft and hard filled gelatin capsules using excipients such as lactose or milk sugar as well as high molecular weight polyethylene glycols and the like.
The active ingredients may be in microencapsulated form and may optionally contain one or more excipients as indicated above. Solid dosage forms of tablets, dragees, capsules, pills, and granules can be prepared with coatings and sheaths such as enteric coatings, release-controlling coatings, and other coatings well known in the pharmaceutical formulation art. In such solid dosage forms the active ingredient can be mixed with at least one inert diluent such as sucrose, lactose or starch. Such dosage forms may comprise, as is normal practice, additional substances other than inert diluents, for example tableting lubricants and other tableting aids such as magnesium stearate and microcrystalline cellulose. In the case of capsules, tablets and pills, the dosage forms may comprise buffering agents. They can optionally comprise opacifying agents and can be of a composition that they release the active ingredient (s) only, or preferably, in a certain part of the intestinal tract, optionally, in a delayed manner. Examples of embedding compositions that can be used include polymeric substances and waxes.
Anhydrous dosage forms and pharmaceutical compositions comprising an active ingredient are also provided herein, since water can facilitate the degradation of some compounds. For example, water (e.g. 5%) can be added in pharmaceutical techniques as a means of simulating long-term storage in order to
168
<img file="MX347708B_D0188.tif" />
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE
BE LA ERBUEDAO INDUSTRIAL determine characteristics such as shelf life or stability of formulations over time. The dosage forms and anhydrous pharmaceutical compositions provided herein can be prepared using low moisture or anhydrous containing components and low moisture conditions. The lactose-containing pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms provided herein can be made anhydrous if substantial contact with moisture is expected during manufacture, packaging, and / or storage. An anhydrous pharmaceutical composition can be prepared and stored so that its anhydrous nature is maintained. Accordingly, anhydrous compositions can be packaged using materials that are known to avoid exposure to water so that they can be included in suitable formulation kits. Examples of suitable packages include, but are not limited to, hermetically sealed foil, plastic or the like, unit dose containers, blister packs, and strip packs.
In certain embodiments, an active ingredient can be intimately mixed with a pharmaceutical carrier according to conventional pharmaceutical combining techniques. The carrier can take a wide variety of forms depending on the form of preparation intended for administration. In preparing the compositions for an oral dosage form, any of the usual pharmaceutical media may be employed as carriers, such as, for example, water, glycols, oils, alcohols, flavoring agents, preservatives, coloring agents, and the like where appropriate. oral liquid preparations (such as suspensions, solutions and elixirs) or aerosols; or carriers such as starches, sugars, microcrystalline cellulose, diluents, granulating agents, lubricants, binders, and disintegrating agents can be used in the case of oral solid preparations, in some embodiments, without employing the use of lactose. For example, carriers
169
<img file="MX347708B_D0189.tif" />
IMPI
Suitable INSTITUTO MEXICANO M LA EROHEDAD INDUSTRIAL include powders, capsules and tablets, with solid oral preparations. In some embodiments, tablets can be coated by conventional aqueous or non-aqueous techniques.
In one embodiment, the active ingredient can optionally be mixed with one or more inert, pharmaceutically acceptable excipients or carriers such as sodium citrate or dicalcium phosphate and / or) fillers or extenders such as starches, lactose, sucrose, glucose, mannitol and acid. silicic, b) binders such as, for example, carboxymethylcellulose, alginates, gelatin, polyvinylpyrrolidinone, sucrose and acacia, c) humectants such as glycerol, d) disintegrating agents such as agar, calcium carbonate, potato or tapioca starch, alginic acid, certain silicates and sodium carbonate, e) agents that delay dissolution such as paraffin, f) absorption accelerators such as quaternary ammonium compounds , g) wetting agents such as, for example, cetyl alcohol and glycerol monostearate, h) absorbents such as kaolin and bentonite clay, and i) lubricants such as talc, calcium stearate, magnesium stearate, solid polyethylene glycols, sodium lauryl sulfate, and mixtures thereof. In the case of capsules, tablets and pills, the dosage form may comprise buffering agents.
In certain embodiments, suitable binders for use in pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms include, but are not limited to, cornstarch, potato starch or other starches, gelatin, natural and synthetic gums such as acacia, sodium alginate, alginic acid, other alginates, gum tragacanth powder, guar gum, cellulose and their derivatives (e.g. ethyl cellulose, cellulose acetate, calcium carboxymethyl cellulose, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose), polyvinylpyrrolidone, methylcellulose, pregelatinized starch, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, microcrystalline cellulose, and mixtures of
170
<img file="MX347708B_D0190.tif" />
IMPI ιηγγγπγγο Mexican M LA mOHtBAO IHBUmUAL two or more of them. In some embodiments, exemplary binding agents include, but are not limited to, starch (eg, cornstarch and starch paste); jelly; sugars (eg sucrose, glucose, dextrose, dextrin, molasses, lactose, lactitol, mannitol, etc.); natural and synthetic gums (for example gum arabic, sodium alginate, Irish moss extract, panwar gum, ghatti gum, isapol husk mucilage, carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, ethylcellulose, hydroxyethylcellulose, hydroxypropylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose cellulose, microcellulose hydroxypropylcellulose acetate, cellulose microcellulose , polyvinylpyrrolidone, magnesium aluminum silicate (Veegum), and larch arabogalactan); alginates; poly (ethylene oxide); polyethylene glycol; inorganic calcium salts; silicic acid; polymethacrylates; waxes; Water; alcohol; etc.; and mixtures of two or more thereof.
Examples of suitable fillers for use in the pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms disclosed herein include, but are not limited to, talc, calcium carbonate (eg, granules or powder), microcrystalline cellulose, powdered cellulose. , dextrates, kaolin, mannitol, silicic acid, sorbitol, starch, pregelatinized starch, and mixtures of two or more thereof.
In certain embodiments, disintegrants can be used in the compositions provided herein to provide tablets that disintegrate when exposed to an aqueous environment. Too much of a disintegrant can produce tablets that can disintegrate in the bottle. Too little may be insufficient for disintegration to occur and thus may alter the rate and degree of release of the active ingredient (s) from the pharmaceutical form. Therefore, a sufficient amount of disintegrant that is neither too little nor too much can be used to detrimentally alter the release of the active ingredient (s) to form the pharmaceutical forms of the polymorphs.
171
<img file="MX347708B_D0191.tif" />
IMPI
ΙΝΓΓΤΠΓΤΟ MEXICAN
DI LA MOHEDAL INDUSTRIAL disclosed in this document, <sup>τ</sup> Hari disintegrant used may vary based on the type of formulation and the mode of administration. In certain embodiments, about 0.5 to about 15 weight percent disintegrant, or about 1 to about 5 weight percent disintegrant, may be used in a pharmaceutical composition provided herein. Disintegrants that can be used to form pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms provided herein include, but are not limited to, agar-agar, algic acid, calcium carbonate, microcrystalline cellulose, croscarmellose sodium, crospovidone, polacrilin potassium, sodium glycolate of starch, potato or tapioca starch, pregelatinized starch, other starches, clays, other algin, other celluloses, gums, and mixtures of two or more thereof.
In certain embodiments, lubricants that can be used to form pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms provided herein include, but are not limited to, calcium stearate, magnesium stearate, mineral oil, light mineral oil, glycerin, glyceryl behenate, sorbitol, mannitol, polyethylene glycol, other glycols, stearic acid, sodium lauryl sulfate, sodium benzoate, sodium acetate, sodium chloride, leucine, magnesium lauryl sulfate, talc, hydrogenated vegetable oil (for example, peanut oil, cottonseed oil, sunflower oil, sesame oil, olive oil, corn oil, and soybean oil), zinc stearate, ethyl, ethyl laureate, agar, malt, and mixtures of two or more thereof. Additional lubricants include, for example, a siloid silica gel, a coagulated synthetic silica spray, or mixtures of two or more thereof. In certain embodiments, a lubricant may optionally be added, in an amount of less than about 1 percent by weight of the pharmaceutical composition.
172
<img file="MX347708B_D0192.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO Dt LA MONEDAD INDUmUAl
In some embodiments, a pharmaceutical composition or dosage form provided herein comprises colloidal particle (s). In some cases, the colloidal particles include at least one cationic agent and at least one nonionic surfactant, such as a poloxamer, tyloxapol, a polysorbate, a polyoxyethylene castor oil derivative, a sorbitan ester, or a polyoxyl stearate. In some cases, the cationic agent is an alkylamine, a tertiary alkylamine, a quaternary ammonium compound, a cationic lipid, an amino alcohol, a biguanidine salt, a cationic compound, or a mixture of two or more thereof. In some cases, the cationic agent is a biguanidine salt, such as chlorhexidine, polyaminopropyl-biguanidine, phenformin, alkylbiguanidine, or a mixture of two or more thereof. In some cases, the quaternary ammonium of formula (I) is a benzalkonium halide, lauralkonium halide, cetrimide, hexadecyltrimethylammonium halide, tetradecyltrimethylammonium halide, dodecyltrimethylammonium halide, cetrimonium halide, benzethonium halide, beconium halide ketalkonium, cetethyldimonium halide, cetylpyridinium halide, benzododecinium halide, chloralylmethenamine halide, myristyl alkonium halide, stearalkonium halide, or a mixture of two or more of them. In some cases, the cationic agent is benzalkonium chloride, lauralkonium chloride, benzododecinium bromide, benzetenium chloride, hexadecyltrimethylammonium bromide, tetradecyltrimethylammonium bromide, dodecyltrimethylammonium bromide, or a mixture of two or more thereof. In some cases, the colloidal particles comprise an oily phase. In some cases, the oily phase is mineral oil, light mineral oil, medium chain triglycerides (MCT), coconut oil, hydrogenated oils comprising hydrogenated cottonseed oil, hydrogenated palm oil, hydrogenated castor oil, soybean oil hydrogenated, polyoxyethylene hydrogenated castor oil derivatives
173
<img file="MX347708B_D0193.tif" />
IMPI tNSTm Mexican rro M THE CURRENCY INBUSTX1A1 comprising polyoxyl-40 hydrogenated castor oil, polyoxyl-60 hydrogenated castor oil or polyoxyl-100 hydrogenated castor oil.
In one embodiment, when the aqueous suspensions and / or elixirs are intended for oral administration, the active ingredient therein can be combined with various sweetening or flavoring agents, coloring matter or dyes, and, in some embodiments, emulsifying and / or flavoring agents. suspension, along with diluents such as water, ethanol, propylene glycol, glycerin, and various combinations thereof.
In certain embodiments, tablets may be uncoated or coated by known techniques to delay disintegration and absorption from the gastrointestinal tract and thereby provide sustained action over a longer period. For example, a time delay material such as glyceryl monostearate or glyceryl distearate can be employed. Formulations for oral use can also be presented as hard gelatin capsules, in which the active ingredient is mixed with an inert solid diluent, for example calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate or kaolin; or as soft gelatin capsules, in which the active ingredient is mixed with water or an oily medium, for example peanut oil, liquid paraffin or olive oil.
In certain embodiments, surfactants that can be used to form pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms provided herein include, but are not limited to, hydrophilic surfactants, lipophilic surfactants, and mixtures of two or more thereof. For example, a mixture of hydrophilic surfactants may be employed, a mixture of lipophilic surfactants may be employed, or a mixture of at least one hydrophilic surfactant and at least one lipophilic surfactant may be employed.
In certain embodiments, a suitable hydrophilic surfactant can generally have an HLB value of at least 10,
174
<img file="MX347708B_D0194.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO DE LA NtONEDA »INDUSTRIAL while suitable lipophilic surfactants may generally have an HLB value of or less than about 10. An empirical parameter used to characterize the hydrophilicity and relative hydrophobicity of nonionic amphiphilic compounds is the hydrophilic equilibrium- lipophilic (HLB value). Surfactants with lower HLB values are more lipophilic or hydrophobic, and have greater solubility in oils, while surfactants with higher HLB values are more hydrophilic, and have greater solubility in aqueous solutions. Hydrophilic surfactants are generally considered to be those compounds that have an HLB value greater than about 10, as well as anionic, cationic, or zwitterionic compounds for which the HLB scale is not generally applicable. Similarly, lipophilic (ie, hydrophobic) surfactants are compounds that have an HLB value equal to or less than about 10.
However, the HLB value of a surfactant is merely a rough guide generally used to enable the formulation of industrial, pharmaceutical and cosmetic emulsions.
In certain embodiments, the hydrophilic surfactants 20 can be either ionic or non-ionic. Suitable ionic surfactants include, but are not limited to, alkylammonium salts; fusidic acid salts; fatty acid derivatives of amino acids, oligopeptides, and polypeptides; glyceride derivatives of amino acids, oligopeptides and polypeptides; lecithins 25 and hydrogenated lecithins; lysolecithins and hydrogenated lysolecithins; phospholipids and derivatives thereof;
lysophospholipids and derivatives thereof; carnitine fatty acid ester salts; salts of alkyl sulfates; fatty acid salts; docusate sodium; acylactylates; mono and di-acetylated tartaric acid esters of mono and di-glycerides; succinylated mono and diglycerides; citric acid esters of mono and diglycerides; and mixtures of two or more thereof.
Within the group mentioned above, ionic surfactants include, by way of example: lecithins, lysolecithin,
INSTITUTO MEXICANL> DE LA MONEDAD INDUSTRIAL.
phospholipids, lysophospholipids and derivatives thereof; carnitine fatty acid ester salts; salts of alkyl sulfates; fatty acid salts; docusate sodium; acylactylates; mono and di-acetylated tartaric acid esters of mono and di-glycerides; succinylated mono and di-glycerides; citric acid esters of mono and di-glycerides; and mixtures of two or more thereof.
In certain embodiments, ionic surfactants may be ionized forms of lecithin, lysolecithin, phosphatidylcholine, phosphatidylethanolamine, phosphatidylglycerol, phosphatidic acid, phosphatidylserine, lysophosphatidylcholine, lysophosphatidylethanolamine, lysophosphatidylglycerol, lysophosphatidic acid, lysophosphatidylserine, PEG-phosphatidylethanolamine, PVP-phosphatidylethanolamine, lactylic esters fatty, stearoyl-2-lactylate, stearoyl lactylate, succinylated monoglycerides, Mono / diacetylated tartaric acid esters of mono / diglycerides, citric acid esters of mono / diglycerides, collylsarcosine, caproate, caprylate, caprate, laurate, myristate, palmitate, oleate, ricinoleate, linoleate, linolenate, stearate, lauryl sulfate, teraceyl sulfate , docusate, lauroylcarnitines, palmitoyl-carnitines, myristoyl-carnitines, salts thereof, and mixtures of two or more thereof.
In certain embodiments, hydrophilic nonionic surfactants can include, but are not limited to, alkylglycosides; alkylmaltosides; alkylthioglycosides; lauryl macrogolglycerides; polyoxyalkylene alkyl ethers such as polyethylene glycol alkyl ethers; polyoxyalkylene alkyl phenols such as polyethylene glycol alkyl phenols; polyoxyalkylene alkyl phenol fatty acid esters such as polyethylene glycol fatty acid monoesters and polyethylene glycol fatty acid diesters; fatty acid esters of polyethylene glycol glycerol; polyglycerol fatty acid esters; polyoxyalkylene sorbitan fatty acid esters such as polyethylene glycol sorbitan fatty acid esters; hydrophilic transesterification products of a polyol with at least one member of the group that
176
<img file="MX347708B_D0195.tif" />
IMPI Mexican insthuto PE LA MbOIIEDAD INMJSTMAL consists of glycerides, vegetable oils, hydrogenated vegetable oils, fatty acids and sterols; polyoxyethylene sterols, derivatives, and analogs thereof; polyoxyethylated vitamins and derivatives thereof; polyoxyethylenepolyoxypropylene block copolymers; and mixtures thereof; fatty acid esters of polyethylene glycol sorbitan and hydrophilic transesterification products of a polyol with at least one element from the group consisting of triglycerides, vegetable oils, hydrogenated vegetable oils, and mixtures of two or more thereof. The polyol can be glycerol, ethylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, sorbitol, propylene glycol, pentaerythritol, or a saccharide.
Other hydrophilic nonionic surfactants include, without limitation, PEG-10 laurate, PEG-12 laurate, PEG20 laurate, PEG-32 laurate, PEG-32 dilaurate, PEG-12 oleate, PEG-15 oleate, PEG-20 oleate, PEG-20 dioleate, PEG-32 oleate, PEG-200 oleate, PEG-400 oleate, PEG-15 stearate, PEG-32 distearate, PEG-40 stearate, PEG-40 stearate PEG-100, PEG-20 dilaurate, PEG-25 glyceryl trioleate, PEG32 dioleate, PEG-20 glyceryl laurate, PEG-30 glyceryl laurate, PEG-20 glyceryl stearate, PEG-20 glyceryloleate, PEG-30 glyceryloleate, PEG-30 glyceryl laurate, PEG-40 glycerylaurate, PEG-40 palm kernel oil, PEG-50 Hydrogenated Castor Oil, PEG-40 Castor Oil, PEG-35 Castor Oil, PEG-60 Castor Oil, PEG-40 Hydrogenated Castor Oil, PEG-60 Hydrogenated Castor Oil, Oil corn PEG-60, PEG6 caprate / caprylate glycerides, PEG-8 Caprate / Caprylate Glycerides, Polyglyceryl-10 Laurate, PEG-30 Cholesterol, PEG-25 Phytosterol, PEG-30 Soy Sterol, PEG-20 Trioleate, PEG-40 Sorbitan Oleate, PEG-80 sorbitan laurate, polysorbate 20, polysorbate 80, POE-9 lauryl ether, POE-23 lauryl ether, POE-10 oleyl ether, POE-20 oleyl ether, POE-20 stearyl ether, PEG-tocopheryl succinate 100, PEG-24 cholesterol, oleate
177
IMPI
ΙΝΪΤΓΠΓΤΟ MEXICAN OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY polyglyceryl-10, Tween®40, Tween®60, sucrose monostearate, sucrose monolaurate, sucrose monopalmitate, PEG 10-100 nonylphenol series, PEG 15-100 octylphenol series, and poloxamers and mixtures of two or more thereof.
In certain embodiments, suitable lipophilic surfactants include, by way of example only: fatty alcohols; glycerol fatty acid esters; acetylated glycerol fatty acid esters; lower alcohol fatty acid esters; Propylene Glycol Fatty Acid Esters; sorbitan fatty acid esters; sorbitan fatty acid esters of polyethylene glycol; sterols and sterol derivatives; polyoxyethylated sterols and sterol derivatives; polyethylene glycol alkyl ethers; sugar esters; sugar ethers; lactic acid derivatives of mono and diglycerides; hydrophobic transesterification products of a polyol with at least one member of the group consisting of glycerides, vegetable oils, hydrogenated vegetable oils, fatty acids and sterols; oil soluble vitamins / vitamin derivatives; and mixtures of two or more thereof. Within this group, lipophilic surfactants include glycerol fatty acid esters, propylene glycol fatty acid esters, and mixtures of two or more thereof; or include hydrophobic transesterification products of a polyol with at least one member of the group consisting of vegetable oils, hydrogenated vegetable oils, and triglycerides.
In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition may include a solubilizer to ensure good solubilization and / or dissolution of a compound provided herein and / or to minimize precipitation of a compound provided herein. This can be useful for compositions for use other than oral, eg, compositions for injection. A solubilizer can also be added to increase the solubility of a hydrophilic drug and / or other components, such as surfactants, or to maintain
178
ΙΝ'ΠΤΠΓΓΟ MEXICANO PE LA PROPERTY INDUSTRIAL composition as a stable or homogeneous dispersion or solution. '
Examples of suitable solubilizers include, but are not limited to, the following: alcohols and polyols, such as ethanol, isopropyl alcohol, butanol, benzyl alcohol, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, butanediols and isomers thereof, glycerol, pentaerythritol, sorbitol, mannitol , transcutol, dimethylisorbide, polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, polyvinyl alcohol, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose and other cellulose derivatives, cyclodextrins and cyclodextrin derivatives; ethers of polyethylene glycols having an average molecular weight of from about 200 to about 6000, such as PEG tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol ether (glycofurol) or methoxy PEG; amides and other nitrogen-containing compounds such as 2-pyrrolidone, 2-piperidone, ε-caprolactam, Nalkylpyrrolidone, N-hydroxyalkylpyrrolidone, N-alkylpiperidone, N-alkylcaprolactam, dimethylacetamide, and polyvinylpyrrolidone; Esthers such as ethyl propionate, tributyl citrate, acetyltriethyl citrate, acetyltributyl citrate, triethyl citrate, ethyl olealo, ethyl caprylate, ethyl butyrate, triacetin, propylene glycol monoacetate, propylene glycol diacetate, ε-caprolactone thereof, δvalerolactone and isomers thereof, β-butyrolactone and isomers thereof; and other solubilizers known in the art, such as dimethylacetamide, dimethylisorbide, N-methylpyrrolidones, monooctanoin, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, water, and mixtures of two or more thereof. In certain embodiments, a solubilizer comprising polyglycol mono- and diesters of 12-hydroxystearic acid and free polyethylene glycol at about 30% (available as Solutol® HS 15) is used as a solubilizer in a composition provided herein.
179
<img file="MX347708B_D0196.tif" />
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE
OF LA FXOriEDAD
INIWSTWAL
In certain embodiments, mixtures of solubilizers can be used. Examples include, but are not limited to, mixtures of two or more of triacetin, triethyl citrate, ethyl oleate, ethyl caprylate, dimethylacetamide, N-methylpyrrolidone, N-hydroxyethylpyrrolidone, polyvinylpyrrolidone, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, hydroxypropyleneglychanol 200 -100, glycofurol, transcutol, propylene glycol, or dimethylisosorbide. In certain embodiments, solubilizers include sorbitol, glycerol, triacetin, ethyl alcohol, PEG-400, glycofurol, and propylene glycol.
In certain embodiments, the amount of solubilizer that can be included is not particularly limited. The amount of a given solubilizer can be limited to a bio-acceptable amount, which can easily be determined by one of ordinary skill in the art. In some circumstances, it may be advantageous to include amounts of solubilizers well in excess of bio-acceptable amounts, for example to maximize drug concentration, with excess solubilizer being removed prior to providing the composition to a subject using conventional techniques, such as distillation or evaporation. Thus, if present, the solubilizer may be in a weight ratio of about 10%, about 25%, about 50%, about 100%, or up to about 200% by weight, based on the combined weight. of the drug and other excipients. In some embodiments, very small amounts of solubilizer can also be used, such as about 5%, about 2%, about 1%, or even less. In certain embodiments, the solubilizer may be present in an amount from about 1% to about 100%, or from about 5% to about 25% by weight.
In one embodiment, a composition provided herein may further include one or more pharmaceutically acceptable additives and / or excipients. Such additives and
180
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANA DE LA MONEDAD INDUSTRIAL excipients include, without limitation, anti-adherent agents, anti-foaming agents, buffering agents, polymers, antioxidants, preservatives, chelating agents, viscosity modulators, toners, flavorings, colorants, odorizers, opacifiers, suspending agents, binders , fillers, plasticizers, lubricants and mixtures of two or more thereof. In another embodiment, a composition provided herein may further include one or more pharmaceutically acceptable additives and / or excipients, such as, but not limited to, inert diluents, granulating and / or dispersing agents, surfactants and / or emulsifiers. , disintegrating agents, binding agents, preservatives, buffering agents, lubricating agents and / or oils. For example, excipients such as cocoa butter and suppository waxes, coloring agents, coating agents, sweetening, flavoring and perfuming agents may be present in the composition.
Exemplary surfactants and / or emulsifiers include, but are not limited to, natural emulsifiers (e.g. gum arabic, agar, algic acid, sodium alginate, gum tragacanth, Chondrux, cholesterol, xanthan gum, pectin, gelatin, egg yolk, casein, lanolin, cholesterol, wax and lecithin), colloidal clays (for example bentonite [aluminum silicate] and Veegum [magnesium aluminum silicate]), derivatives of long chain amino acids, high molecular weight alcohols (eg stearyl alcohol, cetyl alcohol, oleyl alcohol, triacetin monostearate, ethylene glycol distearate, glyceryl monostearate, and propylene glycol monostearate, polyvinyl alcohol), carbomers (eg carboxypolymethylene, poly (acrylic acid) ), acrylic acid polymer and carboxyvinyl polymer), carrageenans, cellulosic derivatives (for example sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, powdered cellulose, hydroxymethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose, methyl cellulose), fatty acid esters of sorbitan (for example monolaurate of
181
<img file="MX347708B_D0197.tif" />
IMPI
INSTmHV MEXICAN
PE LA ΜΟΠΕΡΑΓ INH'miAL polyoxyethylene sorbitan
[Tween®20], polyoxyethylene sorbitan
[Tween®60], polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate [Tween®80], sorbitan monopalmitate [Span 40], sorbitan monostearate [Span 60], sorbitan tristearate [Span 65], glyceryl monooleate, sorbitan monooleate [Span 80] ), polyoxyethylene esters (for example polyoxyethylene monostearate [Myrj
45], polyoxyethylene hydrogenated castor oil, polyethoxylated castor oil, polyoxymethylene stearate and Solutol®), sucrose fatty acid esters, polyethylene glycol fatty acid esters (for example Cremophor®), polyoxyethylene ethers, (for example polyoxyethylene lauryl ether [Brij 30]), poly (vinylpyrrolidone), diethylene glycol monolaurate, triethanolamine oleate, sodium oleate, potassium oleate, ethyl oleate, oleic acid, ethyl laurate, sodium lauryl sulfate, Pluronic F 68, poloxamer 188, cetrimonium bromide, cetylpyridinium chloride, benzalkonium chloride, docusate sodium, etc. and / or combinations thereof.
Exemplary preservatives may include antioxidants, chelating agents, antimicrobial preservatives, antifungal preservatives, alcoholic preservatives, acid preservatives, and other preservatives. Exemplary antioxidants include, but are not limited to, alpha tocopherol, ascobic acid, acorbyl palmitate, butylated hydroxyanisole, butylated hydroxytoluene, monothioglycerol, potassium metabisulfite, propionic acid, propyl gallate, sodium ascorbate, sodium bisulfite. , sodium metabisulfite and sodium sulfite. Exemplary chelating agents include ethiienediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA), citric acid monohydrate, edetate disodium, edetate dipotassium, edetate acid, fumaric acid, malic acid, phosphoric acid, sodium edetate, tartaric acid, and trisodium edetate. Exemplary antimicrobial preservatives include, but are not limited to, benzalkonium chloride, benzethonium chloride, benzyl alcohol, bronopol, cetrimide, cetylpyridinium chloride, chlorhexidine, chlorobutanol,
182
<img file="MX347708B_D0198.tif" />
IMPI
INSTm <TO MÜUCANt DE LA DEtDAD INDUSTRIA!
chlorocresol, chloroxylenol, cresol, ethyl alcohol, glycerin, hexetidine, imidurea, phenol, phenoxyethanol, phenylethyl alcohol, phenylmercuric nitrate, propylene glycol, and thimerosal. Exemplary antifungal preservatives include, but are not limited to, butyl paraben, methyl paraben, ethyl paraben, propyl paraben, benzoic acid, hydroxybenzoic acid, potassium benzoate, potassium sorbate, sodium benzoate, sodium propionate, and sorbic acid. Exemplary alcohol preservatives include, but are not limited to, ethanol, polyethylene glycol, phenol, phenolic compounds, bisphenol, chlorobutanol, hydroxybenzoate, and phenylethyl alcohol. Exemplary acid preservatives include, but are not limited to, vitamin A, vitamin C, vitamin E, beta-carotene, citric acid, acetic acid, dehydroacetic acid, ascorbic acid, sorbic acid, and phytic acid. Other preservatives include, but are not limited to, tocopherol, tocopherol acetate, deteroxime mesylate, cetrimide, butylated hydroxyanisole (BHA), butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT), ethylenediamine, sodium lauryl sulfate (SLS), sodium lauryl ether sulfate (SLES) ), sodium bisulfite, sodium metabisulfite, potassium sulfite, potassium metabisulfite, Glydant® Plus, Phenonip, methylparaben, Germall®115, Germaben® !!, Neolone ™, Kathon ™ and Euxyl®. In certain embodiments, the preservative is an antioxidant. In other embodiments, the preservative is a chelating agent.
Exemplary oils include, but are not limited to, almond, apricot kernel, avocado, babassu, bergamot, blackcurrant, borage, cade, chamomile, cañola, caraway, carnauba, castor, cinnamon, butter. cocoa, coconut, cod liver, coffee, corn, cottonseed, emu, eucalyptus, evening primrose, fish, linseed, geraniol, pumpkin, grapeseed, hazelnut, hyssop, isopropyl myristate, jojoba, kukui, bleach, lavender , lemon, litsea cubeba, Macadamia nut, mallow, mango seed, prairie grass seed, mink, nutmeg, olive, orange, sorrel snapper, palm, palm kernel,
INSTITUTO MEXICANO DE LA FROnEDAP INDINTWAL pear seed, peanut, poppy seed, pumpkin seed, rapeseed, rice bran, rosemary, safflower, sandalwood, sakana, savory, sea buckthorn, sesame, shea butter, silicone, soy, sunflower , tea tree, thistle, tsubaki, vetiver, walnut and wheat germ. Exemplary oils include, but are not limited to, butyl stearate, caprylic triglyceride, capric triglyceride, cyclomethicone, diethyl sebacate, dimethicone 360, isopropyl myristate, mineral oil, octyldodecanol, oleyl alcohol, silicone oil, and combinations. thereof.
Exemplary granulating and / or dispersing agents include, but are not limited to, potato starch, corn starch, tapioca starch, sodium starch glycolate, clays, alginic acid, guar gum, citrus pulp, agar, bentonite, cellulose and wood products, natural sponge, cation exchange resins, calcium carbonate, silicates, sodium carbonate, cross-linked poly (vinylpyrrolidone) (crospovidone), sodium carboxymethyl starch (sodium starch glycolate), carboxymethylcellulose, cross-linked sodium carboxymethylcellulose (croscarmellose), methylcellulose, pregelatinized starch (1500 starch), microcrystalline starch, water-insoluble starch, calcium carboxymethylcellulose, magnesium aluminum silicate (Veegum®), quaternary ammonium lauryl compounds, etc. , and combinations thereof.
Exemplary diluents include, but are not limited to, calcium carbonate, sodium carbonate, calcium phosphate, dicalcium phosphate, calcium sulfate, calcium hydrogen phosphate, sodium phosphate, lactose, sucrose, cellulose, microcrystalline cellulose. , kaolin, mannitol, sorbitol, inositol, sodium chloride, dry starch, cornstarch, powdered sugar, etc., and combinations thereof.
In another embodiment, an acid or base may be incorporated into a composition provided herein to facilitate processing, to enhance stability, or to
184
<img file="MX347708B_D0199.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO DE LA MONEDAD INDUSTRIAL other reasons. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable bases include, but are not limited to, amino acids, amino acid esters, ammonium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, sodium hydrogen carbonate, aluminum hydroxide, calcium carbonate, magnesium hydroxide, silicate magnesium and aluminum, synthetic aluminum silicate, synthetic hydrocalcite, magnesium aluminum hydroxide, diisopropylethylamine, ethanolamine, ethylenediamine, triethanolamine, triethylamine, triisopropanolamine, trimethylamine, tris (hydroxymethyl) aminomethane (TRIS), and the like. In certain embodiments, pharmaceutically acceptable bases are salts of a pharmaceutically acceptable acid. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable acids include, but are not limited to, acetic acid, acrylic acid, adipic acid, alginic acid, alkanesulfonic acid, amino acids, ascorbic acid, benzoic acid, boric acid, butyric acid, carbonic acid, citric acid, acids fatty, formic acid, fumaric acid, gluconic acid, hydroquinosulfonic acid, isoascorbic acid, lactic acid, maleic acid, oxalic acid, para-bromophenylsulfonic acid, propionic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, salicylic acid, stearic acid, succinic acid, tannic acid, tartaric acid, thioglycolic acid, toluenesulfonic acid, uric acid, and the like; and salts of polyprotic acids, such as sodium phosphate, disodium hydrogen phosphate, and sodium dihydrogen phosphate. When the base is a salt, the cation can be any convenient and pharmaceutically acceptable cation, such as ammonium, alkali metals, alkaline earth metals, and the like. The example can include, but is not limited to, sodium, potassium, lithium, magnesium, calcium, and ammonium.
In one embodiment, suitable acids are pharmaceutically acceptable inorganic or organic acids. Examples of suitable inorganic acids include, but are not limited to, hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, hydroiodic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, boric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like. The
185
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE
FROM THE FROHEIMD ϊΛ ^ Τ ^ Β ¿and INDUSTRIAL Examples of suitable organic acids include, but are not limited to, acetic acid, acrylic acid, adipic acid, alginic acid, alkanesulfonic acids, amino acids, ascorbic acid, benzoic acid, boric acid, butyric acid, carbonic acid, citric acid, fatty acids, formic acid, fumaric acid, gluconic acid, hydroquinosulfonic acid, isoascorbic acid, lactic acid, maleic acid, methanesulfonic acid, oxalic acid, para-bromophenylsulfonic acid, propionic acid, ptoluenesulfonic acid, salicylic acid, stearic acid, succinic acid, tannic acid, tartaric acid, thioglycolic acid, toluenesulfonic acid, uric acid, and the like.
Pharmaceutical compositions for parenteral administration:
In some embodiments, provided herein are pharmaceutical compositions for parenteral administration that contain a polymorph provided herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable form (eg, salts, hydrates, solvates, chelates, non-covalent complexes, isomers, prodrugs, and derivatives. pharmaceutically acceptable isotopically-labeled) thereof, and a pharmaceutical carrier suitable for parenteral administration. In some embodiments, provided herein are pharmaceutical compositions for parenteral administration that contain: (i) an effective amount of a disclosed compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable form (eg, salts, hydrates, solvates, chelates, non-covalent complexes pharmaceutically acceptable, isotopically labeled isomers, prodrugs and derivatives) thereof; optionally (ii) an effective amount of one or more second agents; and (iii) one or more pharmaceutical excipients suitable for parenteral administration. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition further contains: (iv) an effective amount of a third agent.
In certain embodiments, the ways in which a composition provided herein can be incorporated
186
<img file="MX347708B_D0200.tif" />
IMPI INSTITUTO MEXICANO DE LA FRONEDAli INDUSTRIAL document for administration by injection includes aqueous or oily emulsions or suspensions, with sesame oil, corn oil, cottonseed oil or peanut oil, as well as elixirs, mannitol, dextrose or a solution sterile aqueous, and similar pharmaceutical carriers.
Liquid dosage forms for oral and parenteral administration include, but are not limited to, pharmaceutically acceptable emulsions, microemulsions, solutions, suspensions, syrups, and elixirs. In addition to the active principles, the liquid dosage forms can comprise inert diluents commonly used in the art such as, for example, water or other solvents, solubilizing agents and emulsifiers such as ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, ethyl carbonate, ethyl acetate, benzyl alcohol, benzyl benzoate, propylene glycol, 1,3-butylene glycol, dimethylformamide, oils (in particular, cottonseed, peanut, corn, germ, olive, castor and sesame), glycerol, tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol, polyethylene glycols, and sorbitan fatty acid esters, and mixtures thereof. In certain embodiments for parenteral administration, the compounds disclosed herein can be mixed with solubilizing agents such as Cremophor®, alcohols, oils, modified oils, glycols, polysorbates, cyclodextrins, polymers, and combinations thereof.
In certain embodiments, aqueous solutions in saline are used for injection. In certain embodiments, ethanol, glycerol, propylene glycol, liquid polyethylene glycol, or the like (and suitable mixtures thereof), cyclodextrin derivatives, or vegetable oils may be employed. The sterile injectable preparation may be a sterile injectable solution, suspension or emulsion in a non-toxic parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent, for example, as a solution in 1,3-butanediol. Exemplary vehicles and solvents that may be employed include water,
187
<img file="MX347708B_D0201.tif" />
IMPI
INSTTTtrro MEXICANO DE LA MONIDAD INDUSTRIAL Ringer's solution, isotonic sodium chloride solution and USP In addition, sterile fixed oils are conventionally used as solvent or suspending medium. For this purpose, any bland fixed oil may be employed including synthetic mono- or diglycerides. Also, fatty acids such as oleic acid are used in the preparation of injectables. The proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating, such as lecithin, for the maintenance of a certain particle size in the case of dispersion or by the use of surfactants. In certain embodiments, prevention of the action of microorganisms can be caused by various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, sorbic acid, thimerosal, and the like.
In certain embodiments, sterile injectable solutions are prepared by incorporating a compound provided herein in a certain amount in an appropriate solvent with various other components as listed herein, followed by filter sterilization. In certain embodiments, dispersions are prepared by incorporating various sterilized actives into a sterile vehicle containing a basic dispersion medium and various other components as listed herein. In the case of sterile powders for the preparation of sterile injectable solutions, suitable preparation methods include, but are not limited to, vacuum drying and freeze drying techniques, which produce a powder of the active ingredient plus any additional components from of a solution previously sterilized by filtering them.
Injectable formulations can be sterilized, for example, by filtration through a bacterial retention filter, or by incorporating sterilizing agents in the form of sterile solid compositions that can be dissolved or dispersed in sterile water or other sterile injectable medium before
188
IMPI
ΙΝΓΤΤΠΙΤΟ MEXICAN
OF THE iNoumuAL ntOPItPAD * - of its use. Injectable compositions can contain from about 0.1 to about 5% w / w of a compound as disclosed herein.
Pharmaceutical compositions for topical administration:
In some embodiments, provided herein is a pharmaceutical composition for topical (eg, transdermal) administration comprising a polymorph provided herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable form (eg, salts, hydrates, solvates, chelates, non-complexes). covalent, isomers, pharmaceutically acceptable prodrugs and isotopically labeled derivatives) thereof and a pharmaceutical excipient suitable for topical (eg, transdermal) administration. In some embodiments, provided herein are pharmaceutical compositions for topical administration that contain: (i) an effective amount of a disclosed compound; optionally (ii) an effective amount of one or more second agents; and (iii) one or more pharmaceutical excipients suitable for topical administration. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition further contains: (iv) an effective amount of a third agent.
In certain embodiments, compositions provided herein can be formulated into preparations in solid, semi-solid, or liquid forms suitable for local and / or topical administration, such as, for example, gels, water-soluble jellies, creams, lotions, suspensions. , foams, powders, slurries, ointments, solutions, oils, pastes, suppositories, sprays, emulsions, saline solutions and solutions based on dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO). In one embodiment, carriers with higher densities can provide an area with prolonged exposure to an active ingredient. Instead, a dissolution formulation can
189
<img file="MX347708B_D0202.tif" />
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE
OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY provide more immediate exposure of an active ingredient to the chosen area. '
In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical compositions may also comprise suitable solid or gel phase excipients or carriers, which are compounds that allow increased penetration of, or aid in the delivery of, therapeutic molecules across the stratum's permeability barrier. corneal skin. There are many of these penetration enhancing molecules known to those skilled in the art of topical formulation. Examples of such carriers and excipients include, but are not limited to, humectants (eg, urea), glycols (eg, propylene glycol), alcohols (eg, ethanol), fatty acids (eg, oleic acid), surfactants. (eg, isopropyl myristate and sodium lauryl sulfate), pyrrolidones, glycerol monolaurate, sulfoxides, terpenes (eg, menthol), amines, amides, alkanes, alkanols, water, calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate, various sugars, starches, cellulose derivatives, gelatin and polymers such as polyethylene glycols.
In another embodiment, a pharmaceutical composition or dosage form for use in a method provided herein employs transdermal delivery devices (patches). Such transdermal patches can be used to provide a continuous or discontinuous infusion of a compound provided herein in controlled amounts, either with or without another agent.
The construction and use of transdermal patches for the delivery of pharmaceutical agents is known in the art, see, for example, US Pat.<sup>you</sup> 5,023,252, 4,992,445 and 5,001,139, incorporated herein by reference. Such patches can be constructed for continuous, pulsatile, or on-demand administration of pharmaceutical agents.
Devices suitable for use in the administration of pharmaceutically acceptable intradermal compositions
190
<img file="MX347708B_D0203.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO • E LA EROME DAC INDUSTRIAL described in this document include short needle devices such as those described in US patents
4.886.499; 5.190.521; 5.328.483; 5.527.288; 4.270.537; 5.015.235;
5,141,496; and 5,417,662. Intradermal compositions can be administered by devices that limit the effective penetration length of a needle into the skin, such as those described in PCT publication WO 99/34850 and functional equivalents thereof. Jet injection devices are suitable which deliver liquid vaccines to the dermis via a liquid jet injector and / or via a needle that pierces the stratum corneum and produces a jet that reaches the dermis. Jet injection devices are described, for example, in US Patents 5,480,381; 5,599,302; 5,334,144; 5,993,412; 5,649,912; 5,569,189; 5,704,911; 5,383,851; 5,893,397; 5,466,220; 5,339,163; 5,312,335; 5,503,627; 5,064,413; 5,520,639; 4,596,556; 4,790,824; 4,941,880; 4,940,460; and PCT publications WO 97/37705 and WO 97/13537. Ballistic particulate / powder delivery devices that use compressed gas to accelerate the vaccine in powder form through the outer layers of the skin to the dermis are suitable. Alternatively or additionally, conventional syringes can be used in the classical Mantoux method of intradermal administration.
Formulations that can be administered topically can comprise, for example, from about 1% to about 10% (w / w) of the compound of formula (I), although the concentration of the compound of formula (I) can be as high as the solubility limit of the compound of formula (I) in the solvent. In some embodiments, formulations that can be administered topically may comprise, for example, from about 1% to about 9% (w / w) of the compound of formula (I), such as from about 1% to about 8% (w / w), such as additionally from about 1% to about 7% (w / w), such as additionally from about 1%
191
<img file="MX347708B_D0204.tif" />
IMPI
IHSTTTUT »MEXICANO Dt LA MOfltüAT INDUSTRIAL up to about 6% (w / w), such as additionally from about 1% to about 5% (w / w), such as additionally from about 1% to about 4% (w / w), such as additionally from about 1% to about 3% (w / w) and such as additionally from about 1% to about 2% (w / w) of the compound of formula (I) . Formulations for topical administration may further comprise one or more of the additional pharmaceutically acceptable excipients described herein.
Pharmaceutical compositions for administration by inhalation:
In some embodiments, provided herein are pharmaceutical compositions for administration by inhalation that contain a polymorph provided herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable form (e.g., salts, hydrates, solvates, chelates, non-covalent complexes, isomers, prodrugs, and pharmaceutically acceptable isotopically labeled derivatives) thereof and a pharmaceutical excipient suitable for topical administration. In some embodiments, provided herein are pharmaceutical compositions for administration by inhalation that contain: (i) an effective amount of a disclosed compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable form (e.g., salts, hydrates, solvates, chelates, complexes not pharmaceutically acceptable covalents, isomers, prodrugs and isotopically labeled derivatives) thereof; optionally (ii) an effective amount of one or more second agents; and (iii) one or more pharmaceutical excipients suitable for administration by inhalation. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition further contains: (iv) an effective amount of a third agent.
In some embodiments, compositions for inhalation or insufflation are provided herein, which may include solutions and suspensions in aqueous solvents or
192
<img file="MX347708B_D0205.tif" />
IMPI
PHARMACEUTICALLY ACCEPTABLE ORGANIC INSTITUTE, OR MIXTURES THEREOF; and suitable powders. Solid or liquid compositions may contain suitable pharmaceutically acceptable excipients as described herein. In some embodiments, the compositions are administered by the oral or nasal airway to achieve a local and / or systemic effect. In certain embodiments, compositions in pharmaceutically acceptable solvents can be nebulized through the use of inert gases. Nebulized solutions can be inhaled directly from the nebulizer device or the nebulizer device can be attached to a face mask, or intermittent positive pressure breathing machine. In certain embodiments, solution, suspension, or powder compositions can be administered, for example, orally or nasally, from devices that deliver the formulation in an appropriate manner.
Pharmaceutical composition for ocular administration:
In some embodiments, a pharmaceutical composition for treating ophthalmic disorders is provided herein. In one embodiment, the composition is formulated for ocular administration and contains an effective amount of a polymorph provided herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable form (eg, salts, hydrates, solvates, chelates, non-covalent complexes, isomers, prodrugs, and derivatives. pharmaceutically acceptable isotopically labeled) thereof provided herein and a pharmaceutical carrier suitable for ocular administration. In certain embodiments, the pharmaceutical compositions provided herein suitable for ocular administration may be present as discrete dosage forms, such as drops or sprays each containing a predetermined amount of an active ingredient in a solution, or a suspension in a liquid. aqueous or non-aqueous, an emulsion of
193
<img file="MX347708B_D0206.tif" />
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE
OF INDUSTRIAL CURRENCY oil in water or a liquid emulsion of water in oil. Other forms of administration include eye drops, infraocular injection, intravitreal injection, topically, or through the use of a drug elution device, microcapsule, implant, or microfluidic device. In some cases, the compounds disclosed herein are administered with a carrier or excipient that enhances the infraocular penetration of the compound such as an oil-water emulsion with colloidal particles having an oily core surrounded by an interfacial film.
In some cases, the colloidal particles include at least one cationic agent and at least one nonionic surfactant such as a poloxamer, tyloxapol, a polysorbate, a polyoxyethylene castor oil derivative, a sorbitan ester, or polyoxyl stearate. In some cases, the cationic agent is an alkylamine, a tertiary alkylamine, a quaternary ammonium compound, a cationic lipid, an amino alcohol, a biguanidine salt, a cationic compound, or a mixture thereof. In some cases the cationic agent is a biguanidine salt such as chlorhexidine, polyaminopropylbiguanidine, phenformin, alkylbiguanidine, or a mixture thereof. In some cases, the quaternary ammonium formula (I) is a benzalkonium halide, lauralkonium halide, cetrimide, hexadecyltrimethylammonium halide, tetradecyltrimethylammonium halide, dodecyltrimethylammonium halide, cetrimonium halide, benzethonium halide, beetonium halide ketalkonium, cetetyldimonium halide, cetylpyridinium halide, benzododecinium halide, chloralylmethenamine halide, myristyl alkonium halide, stearalkonium halide or a mixture of two or more thereof. In some cases, the cationic agent is a benzalkonium chloride, lauralkonium chloride, benzododecinium bromide, benzetenium chloride, hexadecyltrimethylammonium bromide, tetradecyltrimethylammonium bromide, dodecyltrimethylammonium bromide, or a mixture of two or more of these. In some cases, the phase
194
IMPI iMSTmrro Mexican Of LA NIOriEDAP INDUSTRIAL Aceitosa is mineral oil and light mineral oil, medium chain triglycerides (MCT), coconut oil; hydrogenated oils comprising hydrogenated cottonseed oil, hydrogenated palm oil, hydrogenated castor oil or hydrogenated soybean oil; polyoxyethylene hydrogenated castor oil derivatives comprising polyoxyl-40 hydrogenated castor oil, polyoxyl-60 hydrogenated castor oil or polyoxyl-100 hydrogenated castor oil.
It is contemplated that all routes local to the eye including topical, subconjunctival, periocular, retrobulbar, subtenon, intracameral, intravitreal, infraocular, subretinal, juxtascleral and suprachoroidal administration may be used. Systemic or parenteral administration may be feasible including, but not limited to, intravenous, subcutaneous, and oral administration. An exemplary method of administration would be intravitreal or subtenon injection of solutions or suspensions, or intravitreal or subtenon placement of biodegradable or non-biodegradable devices, or by topical ocular administration of solutions or suspensions, or posterior juxtascleral administration of a gel formulation or cream.
In some embodiments, eye drops can be prepared by dissolving an active ingredient in a sterile aqueous solution, such as, for example, physiological saline or buffering solution; or by combining powder compositions to be dissolved before use. Other vehicles can be chosen, as is known in the art, including but not limited to: equilibrium saline, saline, water soluble polyethers such as polyethylene glycol, polyvinyls such as polyvinyl alcohol and povidone, cellulose derivatives such as methylcellulose and hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, petroleum derivatives such as mineral oil and white petrolatum, animal fats such such as lanolin, acrylic acid polymers such as carboxypolymethylene gel, vegetable fats such as peanut oil, polysaccharides such as dextrans,
195
<img file="MX347708B_D0207.tif" />
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF LA FRONEDAt
INDUmUAt glycosaminoglycans such as sodium hyaluronate; and mixtures of two or more thereof. In some embodiments, additives normally used in eye drops can be added. Such additives include isotonizing agents (eg, sodium chloride), buffering agent (eg, boric acid, sodium monohydrogen phosphate, sodium dihydrogen phosphate), preservatives (eg, benzalkonium chloride, benzethonium chloride, chlorobutanol), thickeners. (eg, saccharide such as lactose, mannitol, maltose; eg, hyaluronic acid or its salt such as sodium hyaluronate, potassium hyaluronate; for example, mucopolysaccharide such as chondroitin sulfate; for example, sodium polyacrylate, carboxyvinyl polymer, cross-linked polyacrylate, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinylpyrrolidone, methylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, hydroxyethylcellulose, carboxymethylcellulose, hydroxypropylcellulose, or other agents known to those of skill in the art).
Other routes of administration:
In one embodiment, the compositions provided herein can also be administered by an impregnated or coated device such as a stent, for example, or a cylindrical polymer inserted into an artery. Such a method of administration can aid, for example, in the prevention or amelioration of restenosis after procedures such as balloon angioplasty. Without wishing to be bound by any particular theory, a compound provided herein can slow or inhibit the migration and proliferation of smooth muscle cells in the arterial wall that contribute to restenosis. A compound provided herein can be administered, for example, by local administration from the struts of a stent, from a stent graft, from grafts, or from the cover or sheath of a stent. In some embodiments, a compound provided herein
196
<img file="MX347708B_D0208.tif" />
IMPI ΐΝίττηιτο Mexican DE LA FROFltDA * INDUSTRIAL is mixed with a matrix. Such a matrix can be a polymeric matrix, and can serve to bond the compound to the stent. Suitable polymeric matrices for such use include, for example, lactone-based polyesters or copolyesters such as polylactide, polycaprolactonglycolide, polyorthoesters, polyanhydrides, polyamino acids, polysaccharides, polyphosphazenes, poly (ether-ester) copolymers (eg, PEOPLLA); polydimethylsiloxane, poly (ethylene-vinyl acetate), acrylate-based polymers or copolymers (eg, poly (hydroxyethyl methylmethacrylate), polyvinylpyrrolidinone), fluorinated polymers such as polytetrafluoroethylene, and cellulose esters. Suitable matrices can be non-degrading or they can degrade over time, releasing the compound (s). A compound provided herein can be applied to the surface of the stent by various methods such as dip / spin coating, spray coating, dip coating, and / or brush coating. A compound provided herein can be applied in a solvent and the solvent can be allowed to evaporate, thereby forming a layer of the compound on the stent. Alternatively, the compound can be located in the body of the stent or graft, for example in microchannels or micropores. When implanted, the compound diffuses out of the body of the stent to contact the arterial wall. Such stents can be prepared by immersing a stent made to contain such micropores or microchannels in a solution of a compound provided herein in a suitable solvent, followed by evaporation of the solvent. Excess drug on the surface of the stent can be removed by a brief wash with additional solvent. In yet another embodiment, a compound provided herein can be covalently attached to a stent or graft. You can use a
197
<img file="MX347708B_D0209.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO DE LA MENEDAD INDUSTRIA!
covalent linker that degrades in vivo, leading to the release of a compound provided herein.
Any biolabile linkage can be used for such a purpose, such as ester, amide, or anhydride linkages. A compound provided herein can be further administered intravascularly from a balloon used during angioplasty. Extravascular administration of a compound provided herein can also be accomplished through the pericardium or through adventitious application of formulations provided herein to decrease restenosis.
A variety of stent devices can be used as described, for example, in the following references, all of which are incorporated herein by reference: US Patent No. 5451233; US Patent No. 5040548; US Patent No. 5061273; US Patent No. 5496346; US Patent No. 5292331; US Patent No. 5674278; US Patent No. 3657744; US Patent No. 4739762; US Patent No. 5195984; US Patent No. 5292331; US Patent No. 5674278; US Patent No. 5879382; and US Patent No. 6344053.
Formulations for administration by controlled release:
In some embodiments, provided herein are pharmaceutical compositions for controlled release administration that contain a polymorph provided herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable form (e.g., salts, hydrates, solvates, chelates, non-covalent complexes, isomers, pharmaceutically acceptable prodrugs and isotopically labeled derivatives) thereof and a pharmaceutical excipient suitable for controlled release administration. In some embodiments,
198
<img file="MX347708B_D0210.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO DE LA PHOPTEDAD INDUSTRIAL herein pharmaceutical compositions for administration by controlled release containing: (i) an effective amount of a disclosed polymorph or a pharmaceutically acceptable form (for example, salts, hydrates, solvates, chelates, complexes pharmaceutically acceptable non-covalent, isomers, prodrugs and isotopically labeled derivatives) thereof; optionally (ii) an effective amount of one or more second agents; and (iii) one or more pharmaceutical excipients suitable for controlled release administration. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition further contains: (iv) an effective amount of a third agent.
Active agents such as the compounds provided herein can be administered by controlled release means or by delivery devices well known to those of skill in the art. Examples include, but are not limited to, those described in US Patent Nos.<sup>you</sup>: 3,845,770; 3,916,899; 3,536,809; 3,598,123; and 4,008,719; 5,674,533; 5,059,595; 5,591,767; 5,120,548; 5,073,543; 5,639,476; 5,354,556; 5,639,480; 5,733,566; 5,739,108; 5,891,474; 5,922,356; 5,972,891; 5,980,945; 5,993,855; 6,045,830; 6,087,324; 6,113,943; 6,197,350; 6,248,363; 6,264,970; 6,267,981; 6,376,461; 6,419,961; 6,589,548; 6,613,358; 6,699,500, each of which is incorporated herein by reference. Such dosage forms can be used to provide slow or controlled release of one or more active agents using, for example, hydropropyl methylcellulose, other polymeric matrices, gels, permeable membranes, osmotic systems, multilayer coatings, microparticles, liposomes, microspheres, or a combination. thereof to provide a given release profile in varying proportions. Suitable controlled release formulations known to those skilled in the art, including those described herein, can be readily selected for use with the active agents provided herein. Therefore,
199
<img file="MX347708B_D0211.tif" />
IMPI rwsrmτο Mexican of the rxorfEwr INPVSTAIAL pharmaceutical compositions provided encompass individual dosage unit forms suitable for oral administration such as, but not limited to, tablets, capsules, gelatin capsules and capsules that are adapted for controlled release.
All controlled-release pharmaceuticals have a common goal of improving drug therapy over that achieved by their uncontrolled counterparts. In some embodiments, the use of a controlled release preparation in medical treatment is characterized by a minimum of drug substance that is employed to cure or control the disease, disorder, or condition in a minimal amount of time. Advantages of controlled release formulations include prolonged drug activity, reduced dosing frequency, and increased subject compliance. In addition, controlled release formulations can be used to affect the time of onset of action or other characteristics, such as blood levels of the drug, and thus can affect the occurrence of side effects (eg, adverse).
In some embodiments, controlled release formulations are designed to initially release an amount of a compound (eg, a polymorph) as disclosed herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable form (eg, salts, hydrates, solvates, chelates, non-covalent complexes, isomers, prodrugs and pharmaceutically acceptable isotopically labeled derivatives) thereof, which immediately produces a therapeutic effect, and the gradual and continuous release of other amounts of the compound to maintain this level of therapeutic or prophylactic effect over a prolonged period of time. In order to maintain this constant level of formula (I) in the body, the compound must be released from the dosage form at a rate that will replace the amount of drug that is metabolized and excreted from the body. The controlled release of an active agent can
200
<img file="MX347708B_D0212.tif" />
IMPI Mexican institute ΓΝ LA MONEDAD INDUS-nUAI.
stimulated by various conditions including, but not limited to, pH, temperature, enzymes, water, or other physiological conditions or compounds.
In certain embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition can be administered using intravenous infusion, an implantable osmotic pump, a transdermal patch, liposomes, or other modes of administration. In one embodiment, a pump can be used (see, Sefton, CRC Crit. Ref. Biomed. Eng. 14: 201 (1987); Buchwald et al., Surgery 88: 507 (1980); Saudek et al., N. Engl J. Med. 321: 574 (1989)). In another embodiment, polymeric materials can be used. In yet another embodiment, a controlled release system can be placed in a subject at an appropriate site determined by an expert, i.e., thus requiring only a fraction of the systemic dose (see, for example, Goodson, Medical Applications of Controlled Release , 115-138 (vol. 2, 1984). Other controlled release systems are discussed in the review by Langer, Science 249: 1527-1533 (1990). The one or more active agents may be dispersed in a solid internal matrix, for example, poly (methyl methacrylate), poly (butyl methacrylate), plasticized or unplasticized poly (vinyl chloride), plasticized nylon, poly (ethylene terephthalate). ) plasticized, natural rubber, polyisoprene, polyisobutylene, polybutadiene, polyethylene, ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymers, silicone rubber, polydimethylsiloxanes, silicone carbonate copolymers, hydrophilic polymers such as hydrogels of acrylic and methacrylic acid esters, collagen, cross-linked polyvinyl alcohol and cross-linked partially hydrolyzed poly (vinyl acetate), which is surrounded by an outer polymeric membrane, for example, polyethylene, polypropylene, copolymers of ethylene / propylene, ethylene / ethyl acrylate copolymers, ethylene / vinyl acetate copolymers, silicone rubbers, polydimethylsiloxanes, neoprene rubber, chlorinated polyethylene, poly (vinyl chloride), copolymers of vinyl chloride with vinyl acetate, vinylidene chloride, ethylene and propylene,
201
ΙΜΡΙ $ ^
INSTITUTE M EXICANt
OF LA MONEDAD IN DI 'STB IAI poly (ethylene terephthalate) ionomer, butyl rubber, epichlorohydrin rubbers, ethylene / vinyl alcohol copolymer, ethylene / vinyl acetate / vinyl alcohol terpolymer and ethylene / vinylxyethanol copolymer, which it is insoluble in body fluids. The one or more active agents then diffuse through the outer polymeric membrane in a step that controls the rate of release. The percentage of active agent in such parenteral compositions is highly dependent on the specific nature thereof, as well as the needs of the subject.
Dosage:
A compound (eg, a polymorph) described herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable form (eg, salts, hydrates, solvates, chelates, non-covalent complexes, isomers, pharmaceutically acceptable prodrugs and isotopically labeled derivatives) thereof in the form of pharmaceutically acceptable compositions comprising a therapeutically effective amount of one or more compounds or a pharmaceutically acceptable form thereof (e.g., salts, hydrates, solvates, chelates, non-covalent complexes , isomers, pharmaceutically acceptable prodrugs and isotopically labeled derivatives) thereof described herein and / or one or more additional therapeutic agents such as a chemotherapeutic agent, formulated together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients. In some cases, the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable form described herein and the additional therapeutic agent are administered in separate pharmaceutical compositions and can be administered (e.g., due to different physical and / or chemical characteristics) by different routes (e.g. , one therapeutic agent is administered orally, while the other is administered intravenously). In other cases, the compound described herein or a form
202
The pharmaceutically acceptable ΙΝΓΤΤΤυΤΟ MEXICANO DE LA PROPERTY INDUSTRIAL and the additional therapeutic agent can be administered separately, but by the same route (eg, both orally or both intravenously). In still other cases, the compound described herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable form and the additional therapeutic agent can be administered in the same pharmaceutical composition.
In one embodiment, polymorphs provided herein can be administered in dosages. It is known in the art that due to possible inter-subject variability in pharmacokinetics, individualization of the dosage regimen may be employed to achieve optimal therapy. The dosage for a compound provided herein can be found by routine experimentation in light of the present disclosure.
In one embodiment, the amount of a compound administered will depend on the mammal being treated, the severity of the disorder or condition, the route of administration, the rate of administration, the disposition of the compound, the rate of excretion or metabolism of the particular compound being being employed, the rate and degree of absorption, duration of treatment, other drugs, compounds and / or materials used in combination with the particular compound employed, age, sex, weight, the condition, general health, and prior medical history of the patient being treated, the judgment of the attending physician, and similar factors well known in the medical arts. In one embodiment, an effective dosage is in a range of about 0.001 to about 100 mg per kg of body weight per day, or about 1 to about 35 mg / kg / day, in single or divided doses. In one embodiment, for a 70 kg human, an effective dosage may be from about 0.05 to 7 g / day, or from about 0.05 to about 2.5 g / day. In some cases, dosage levels below the lower end of the range
203
M THE INDUSTRIAL CURRENCY mentioned above may be more than adequate, while in other cases still larger doses can be employed without causing any harmful side effects, for example, in some embodiments, dividing such larger doses into several small doses for administration throughout the day.
In general, a suitable daily dose of a compound described herein and / or a chemotherapeutic agent will be that amount of the compound which, in some embodiments, may be the lowest effective dose to produce a therapeutic effect. An effective dose of this type will generally depend on the factors described above. Generally, doses of the compounds described herein for a patient, when used for the indicated effects, may range from about 0.0001 mg to about 100 mg per day, or between about 0.001 mg and about 100 mg per day. , or between about 0.01mg and about 100mg per day, or between about 0.1mg and about 100mg / day, or between about 0.0001mg and about 500mg per day, or between about 0.001 mg and about 500 mg per day, or between about 0.01 mg and 1000 mg, or between about 0.01 mg and about 500 mg per day, or between about 0.1 mg and about 500 mg per day , or between about 1 mg and 50 mg per day, or between about 5 mg 25 and 40 mg. An exemplary dosage is about 10 to 30 mg per day. In some embodiments, for a 70 kg human, a suitable dose will be from about 0.05 to about 7 g / day, such as from about 0.05 to about 2.5 g / day. Actual dosage levels of the active ingredients in the pharmaceutical compositions described herein can be varied to obtain an amount of the active ingredient that is effective to achieve a therapeutic response for a particular patient, composition, and mode of administration, without being toxic. for the patient. In
204
MEXICAN INSTOUTO DE LA MONEDAD INDUSTRIAL in some cases, dosage levels below the lower limit of the aforementioned range may be more than adequate, while in other cases even larger doses may be used without causing any harmful side effects, for example dividing such larger doses in several small doses to be administered throughout the day.
In some embodiments, a compound provided herein is administered in a single dose. In some embodiments, such administration is by injection, eg, intravenous injection, in order to rapidly introduce the agent. In other embodiments, such administration is by oral administration, for example, to facilitate administration and patient compliance. Other routes may also be used as appropriate. In some embodiments, a single dose of a compound provided herein can be used for the treatment of an acute condition.
In some embodiments, a compound provided herein is administered in multiple doses. In one embodiment, the dosage can be about once, twice, three times, four times, five times, six times, or more than six times a day. In one embodiment, the dosage can be about once a month, once every two weeks, once a week, or once every other day. In another embodiment, a compound provided herein and another agent are administered together from about once a day to about 6 times a day. In another embodiment, administration of a compound provided herein and an agent continues for less than about 7 days. In still another embodiment, administration continues for more than about 6, 10, 14, or 28 days, two months, six months, or a year. In some embodiments, continuous dosing is achieved and maintained for as long as necessary. In some embodiments, a compound provided herein
205
<img file="MX347708B_D0213.tif" />
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE
Of LA ΓΛΟΗΕ0ΑΓ INDUSTRIAL document is administered in cycles (for example, a treatment period followed by a treatment-free period, and repeating the cycle for as long as necessary).
In some embodiments, the compounds can be administered daily, every other day, three times a week, twice a week, weekly, or biweekly. The dosing schedule may include a drug break, that is, the drug may be administered for two weeks, interrupted for one week, or administered for three weeks, interrupted for one week, or administered for four weeks, interrupted for one week, etc., or administered continuously, without a break from the drug. The compounds can be administered orally, intravenously, intraperitoneally, topically, transdermally, intramuscularly, subcutaneously, intranasally, sublingually, or by any other route.
In one embodiment, the administration of an agent provided herein can continue for as long as necessary. In some embodiments, an agent provided herein is administered for more than 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 14, or 28 day (s). In some embodiments, an agent provided herein is administered for less than 28, 14, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, or 1 day (s). In some embodiments, an agent provided herein is administered chronically on an ongoing basis, for example, for the treatment of chronic disorders.
In one embodiment, an effective amount of a compound provided herein may be administered in either single or multiple doses by any of the accepted modes of administration of agents that have similar utilities, including orally, parenterally, by subcutaneously, intravenously, intraperitoneally, intramuscularly, intraarterially, topically, rectally, orally, intranasally, transdermally or as an inhalant. In one embodiment, the compound is administered
206
<img file="MX347708B_D0214.tif" />
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE
ΠΪ THE INDUSTRIAL CURRENCY orally as a single dose once a day. In other embodiments, the compound is administered orally in multiple doses, eg, at least two, three, or more doses per day.
In certain embodiments, the compound is administered, for example, orally, as a single dose once daily of about 50 mg or less, about 40 mg or less, about 30 mg or less, about 25 mg or less, about 20 mg. or less, about 15 mg or less, about 12.5 mg or less, about 10 mg or less, about 5 mg or less, about 4 mg or less, about 3 mg or less, about 2 mg or less or about 1 mg or less (for example, about 0.9 mg, about 0.8 mg, about 0.7 mg, about
0.6mg, about 0.5mg, about 0.4mg, about 0.3mg, about 0.2mg, about
0.1 mg or about 0.05 mg or less). In certain
<td>achievements,</td><td colspan="2">the compound <</td><td>? I know</td><td>administers, by</td><td colspan="3">example, by way</td>
<td>oral, like a</td><td>dose</td><td colspan="3">individual once a day</td><td>what</td><td>oscillates</td><td>Come in</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 0,05</td><td>mg</td><td>Y</td><td>approximately</td><td> 50</td><td>mg,</td><td>Come in</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 0, 1</td><td>mg</td><td>Y</td><td>approximately</td><td> 45</td><td>mg,</td><td>Come in</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 0,2</td><td>mg</td><td>Y</td><td>approximately</td><td> 40</td><td>mg,</td><td>Come in</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 0, 5</td><td>mg</td><td>Y</td><td>approximately</td><td> 35</td><td>mg,</td><td>Come in</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 0,7</td><td>mg</td><td>Y</td><td>approximately</td><td> 30</td><td>mg,</td><td>Come in</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 1</td><td>mg</td><td>Y</td><td>approximately</td><td> 30</td><td>mg,</td><td>Come in</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 2</td><td>mg</td><td>Y</td><td>approximately</td><td> 25</td><td>mg,</td><td>Come in</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 5</td><td>mg</td><td>Y</td><td>approximately</td><td> 20</td><td>mg,</td><td>Come in</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 7</td><td>mg</td><td>Y</td><td>approximately</td><td> 15</td><td>mg,</td><td>Come in</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 10</td><td>mg</td><td>Y</td><td>approximately</td><td> 12</td><td>mg,</td><td>Come in</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 5</td><td>mg</td><td>Y</td><td>approximately</td><td> 10</td><td>mg,</td><td>Come in</td>
about 1 mg and about 5 mg, between about 0.01 mg and about 1 mg, between about 0.01 mg and about 0.05 mg, or between about 0.05 mg and about 1 mg.
IMPI Mexican inhituto DE LA MONEDAD INDUSTRIAL
<img file="MX347708B_D0215.tif" />
In certain embodiments, the compound is administered, eg, orally, at multiple doses per day (eg, twice daily), wherein each dose is about 50 mg or less, about 40 mg or less, about 30 mg or less, about 25 mg or less, about 20 mg or less, about 15 mg or less, about 12.5 mg or less, about 10 mg or less, about 5 mg or less, about 4 mg or less, about 3 mg or less, about 2 mg or less, or about 1 mg or less (for example, about 0.9 mg, about 0.8 mg, about 0.7 mg, about 0.6 mg, about 0.5 mg , about 0.4 mg, about 0.3 mg, about 0.2 mg, about 0.1 mg, or about 0.05 mg or less). In certain embodiments, the compound is administered, eg, orally, at multiple doses per day.
<td>(for example, two</td><td colspan="4">times a day), in which each</td><td>dose</td><td>oscillates</td><td>Come in</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 0,05</td><td>mg</td><td>Y</td><td>approximately</td><td> 50</td><td>mg.</td><td>Come in</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 0, 1</td><td>mg</td><td>Y</td><td>approximately</td><td> 45</td><td>mg,</td><td>Come in</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 0,2</td><td>mg</td><td>Y</td><td>approximately</td><td> 40</td><td>mg,</td><td>Come in</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 0,5</td><td>mg</td><td>Y</td><td>approximately</td><td> 35</td><td>mg,</td><td>Come in</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 0,7</td><td>mg</td><td>Y</td><td>approximately</td><td> 30</td><td>mg,</td><td>Come in</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 1</td><td>mg</td><td>Y</td><td>approximately</td><td> 30</td><td>mg,</td><td>Come in</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 2</td><td>mg</td><td>Y</td><td>approximately</td><td> 25</td><td>mg,</td><td>Come in</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 5</td><td>mg</td><td>Y</td><td>approximately</td><td> 20</td><td>mg,</td><td>Come in</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 7</td><td>mg</td><td>Y</td><td>approximately</td><td> 15</td><td>mg,</td><td>Come in</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 10</td><td>mg</td><td>Y</td><td>approximately</td><td> 12</td><td>mg,</td><td>Come in</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 5</td><td>mg</td><td>Y</td><td>approximately</td><td> 10</td><td>mg,</td><td>Come in</td>
about 1 mg and about 5 mg, between about 0.01 mg and about 1 mg, between about 0.01 mg and about 0.05 mg, or between about 0.05 mg and about 1 mg.
Since the compounds described herein can be administered in combination with other treatments (such as additional chemotherapeutic agents, radiation, or surgery),
208
<img file="MX347708B_D0216.tif" />
IMPI
INSTTnrro MEXICANO Dt LA DEEDAD INDUSTRIAL Doses of each agent or therapy may be lower than the corresponding dose for therapy with a single agent. The dose for single agent therapy may range from, for example, about 0.0001 to about 200 mg, or between about 0.001 and about 100 mg, or between about 0.01 and about 100 mg, or between about 0, 1 and about 100 mg, or between about 0.05 mg and about 50 mg, or between about 1 and about 50 mg per day.
When a compound provided herein is administered in a pharmaceutical composition comprising one or more agents, and the agent has a shorter half-life than the compound provided herein, unit dosage forms of the agent can be adjusted accordingly and the compound provided herein.
In one aspect, compositions including the compound of formula (I) (eg, a composition including one or more polymorphic forms of the compound of formula (I), eg, a polymorph of Form C) are shown, when dosed at a dose range of 0.05 mg once daily (QD) to 50 mg twice daily (BID) of active compound, can produce a sufficient amount of compound to achieve an area under the concentration-time curve mean steady state, AUC (for example, AUC<sub>0</sub>-<sub>24</sub> or AUC<sub>tau</sub> ss), of at least about 0.5 ng * h / ml, at least about 1 ng * h / ml, at least about 2.5 ng * h / ml, at least about 5 ng * h / ml, at least about 10 ng * h / ml, at least about 25 ng * h / ml, at least about 50 ng * h / ml, at least about 100 ng * h / ml, at least about 150 ng * h / ml, at least about 200 ng * h / ml, at least about 250 ng * h / ml, at least about 300 ng * h / ml, at least about 500 ng * h / ml, at least about 750 ng * h / ml, at least about 850 ng * h / ml, at least about 950 ng * h / ml, at least about 1,000 ng * h / ml, at least
209
<img file="MX347708B_D0217.tif" />
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE
PE THE INDUSTRIAL CURRENCY approximately 1,500 ng * h / ml, at least approximately 2,000 ng * h / ml, at least approximately 3,000 ng * h / ml, at least approximately 5,000 ng * h / ml, at least approximately 10,000 ng * h / ml, at least about 12,000 ng * h / ml, at least about 15,000 ng * h / ml, at least about 20,000 ng * h / ml, at least about 25,000 ng * h / ml, at least about 30,000 ng * h / ml, at least about 50,000 ng * hr / ml, at least about 75,000 ng * hr / ml, at least about 100,000 ng * hr / ml, at least about 200,000 ng * hr / ml, or at least about 300,000 ng * hr / ml. In certain embodiments, the AUC (for example, AUC<sub>0</sub>-<sub>24</sub> or AUC<sub>tau</sub> ss) of the composition when dosed at a dose range from about 0.05 mg QD to about 50 mg BID of active compound, it is at least about 5 ng * hr / ml, at least about 50 ng * hr / ml , at least about 100 ng * h / ml, at least about 150 ng * h / ml, at least about 200 ng * h / ml, at least about 300 ng * h / ml, at least about 400 ng * h / ml , at least about 500 ng * h / ml, at least about 600 ng * h / ml, at least about 700 ng * h / ml, at least about 800 ng * h / ml, at least about 900 ng * h / ml, at least about 1,000 ng * h / ml, at least about 1,500 ng * h / ml, at least about 2,000 ng * h / mL, at least about 2,500 ng * h / mL, at least about 3,000 ng * h / mL, at least about 5,000 ng * h / mL, at least about 10,000 ng * h / mL, at least about 15,000 ng * hr / ml, at least about 20,000 ng * hr / ml, at least about 25,000 ng * hr / ml or at least about 30,000 ng * hr / ml. In other embodiments, the AUC (for example, AUC<sub>0</sub>_<sub>2</sub>4 or AUC<sub>tau</sub> ss) of the composition when dosed at a dose range of about 0.05 mg QD to about 50 mg BID of active compound, it is in the range of about 0.5 ng * h / ml to about 300,000 ng * h / ml, from about 1 ng * hr / ml to about 200,000 ng * hr / ml, from about
210
<img file="MX347708B_D0218.tif" />
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE
OF THE INDUSTRIAL FROFITY
2.5 ng * hr / mL to about 250,000 ng * hr / mL, from about 5 ng * hr / mL to about 30,000 ng * hr / mL, from about 10 ng * hr / mL to about 200,000 ng * hr / mL , from approximately 25 ng * h / ml to approximately 100,000 ng * h / ml, from approximately 50 ng * h / ml to approximately 75,000 ng * h / ml, from approximately 100 ng * h / ml to approximately 50,000 ng * h / ml, from approximately 200 ng * h / ml to approximately 40,000 ng * h / ml, from approximately 500 ng * h / ml to approximately 30,000 ng * h / ml, from about 1,000 ng * hr / mL to about 25,000 ng * hr / mL, from about 700 ng * hr / mL to about 15,000 ng * hr / mL, from about 500 ng * hr / mL to about 10,000 ng * hr / mL , from approximately 1,000 ng * h / ml to approximately 5,000 ng * h / ml, from approximately 10,000 ng * h / ml to approximately 50,000 ng * h / ml, from approximately 20,000 ng * h / ml to approximately 40,000 ng * h / ml or from about 25,000 ng * hr / ml to about 30,000 ng * hr / ml. In one embodiment, the AUC (eg, AUC<sub>0</sub>_<sub>24</sub> or AUC<sub>tau </sub>ss) of the composition when dosed at a dose range from about 0.05 mg QD to about 50 mg BID of active compound, it is in the range from about 5 ng * hr / ml to about 30,000 ng * hr / ml, from approximately 1000 ng * h / ml to approximately 15,000 ng * h / ml, from approximately 2500 ng * h / ml to approximately 10,000 ng * h / ml, from approximately 100 ng * h / ml to approximately 3,500 ng * h / ml , from approximately 145 ng * hr / ml to approximately 3,000 ng * h / ml, from approximately 250 ng * h / ml to approximately 2,500 ng * h / ml, from approximately 300 ng * h / ml to approximately 2,500 ng * h / ml, from approximately 500 ng * h / ml to approximately 2,300 ng * h / ml , from approximately 800 ng * h / ml to approximately 2,200 ng * h / ml, from approximately 140 ng * h / ml to approximately 900 ng * h / ml, from approximately 500 ng * h / ml to approximately 10,000 ng * h / ml, from about 1,000 ng * hr / ml to about 5,000 ng * hr / ml, from about 10,000 ng * hr / mL to about 50,000 ng * hr / mL, from about 20,000 ng * hr / mL to about 40,000 ng * hr / mL or
211
<img file="MX347708B_D0219.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO I HEARD THE INDUSTRIAL MONIOAL from approximately 25,000 ng * h / ml to approximately 30,000 ng * h / ml.
In one embodiment, compositions including the compound of formula (I), when dosed at a dose range of from about 1 mg to about 30 mg administered to a human as a single oral once daily dose (QD) of active compound, can produce a sufficient amount of compound to achieve an AUC, e.g. AUC<sub>0</sub>-2o of at least about 40 ng * h / ml, at least about 50 ng * h / ml, at least about 75 ng * h / ml, at least about 100 ng * h / ml, at least about 150 ng * h / ml, at least about 200 ng * h / ml, at least about 300 ng * h / ml, at least about 400 ng * h / ml, at least about 500 ng * h / ml, at least about 600 ng * h / ml, at least about 700 ng * h / ml, at least about 800 ng * h / ml, at least about 900 ng * h / ml, at least about 1,000 ng * h / mL, at least about 1,500 ng * h / mL, at least about 2,000 ng * h / mL, at least about 2,500 ng * h / mL, at least about 3,000 ng * h / mL, at least about 5,000 ng * h / mL, at least about 10,000 ng * h / mL, at least about 15,000 ng * h / mL, at least about 20,000 ng * h / mL, at least about 30,000 ng * h / mL or at least about 50,000 ng * hr / ml. In one embodiment, the AUC, for example, AUC<sub>0</sub>-2o of the composition when dosed at a dose range of about 1 mg to about 30 mg as a single oral dose once a day (QD) of active compound, is in the range of about 5 ng * h / ml to approximately 30,000 ng * h / ml, from approximately 100 ng * h / ml to approximately 3,500 ng * h / ml, from approximately 145 ng * h / ml to approximately 3,300 ng * h / ml, from approximately 200 ng * h / ml at approximately 2,500 ng * h / ml, from approximately 300 ng * h / ml to approximately 2,100 ng * h / ml, from approximately 500 ng * h / ml to approximately 2,000 ng * h / ml, from approximately 500 ng * h / ml to approximately
<img file="MX347708B_D0220.tif" />
212
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE
PE LA FROMIDAD INDUSTRIAL
5,000 ng * hr / ml, approximately 1,000 -
10,000 ng * hr / ml, from approximately 10,000 ng * hr / ml to approximately 50,000 ng * hr / ml, from approximately 20,000 ng * hr / ml to approximately 40,000 ng * hr / ml or from approximately 25,000 ng * hr / ml a about 30,000 ng * hr / ml.
In another embodiment, compositions that include the compound of formula (I), when dosed at a dose range of from about 1 mg to about 10 mg (eg, assessed on day 14 after 1, 2, 5, and 10 mg of repeat dosing (for example, dosing was QD on days 1 and 14, and dosing twice daily (BID) on days 213)) of active compound, can produce a sufficient amount of compound to achieve an area under the mean steady-state concentration-time curve (AUC<sub>tau</sub> ss) of at least about 100 ng * h / mL, at least about 200 ng * h / mL, at least about 500 ng * h / mL, at least about 700 ng * h / mL, at least about 1,000 ng * h / ml, at least about 1,200 ng * h / ml, at least about 1,500 ng * h / ml, at least about 2,000 ng * h / ml, at least about 2,500 ng * h / ml, at least about 3,000 ng * h / ml, at least about 5,000 ng * h / ml, at least about 10,000 ng * h / ml, at least about 15,000 ng * hr / ml, at least about 20,000 ng * hr / ml, at least about 25,000 ng * hr / ml, or at least about 30,000 ng * hr / ml. In one embodiment, the AUC, for example, AUC<sub>tau</sub> ss, of the composition when dosed at a dose range of from about 1 mg to about 10 mg (for example, assessed on day 14 after 1, 2, 5 and 10 mg of repeat dosing (for example, the dosage was QD on days 1 and 14, and twice daily dosing (BID) on days 213)), of active compound, is in the range of about 5 ng * hr / ml to about 30,000 ng * hr / ml, of about 100 ng * h / ml to approximately 3,500 ng * h / ml, from about 150 ng * hr / mL to about 3,300 ng * hr / mL, from about 200
213
<img file="MX347708B_D0221.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO BE LA EROMEOAP INBUSTUAL ng * h / ml to approximately 2,500 ng * h / ml, from approximately 300 ng * h / ml to approximately 2,500 ng * h / ml, from approximately 500 ng * h / ml to approximately 5,000 ng * h / ml, from approximately 1,000 ng * h / ml to approximately 10,000 ng * h / ml, from approximately 10,000 ng * h / ml to approximately 50,000 ng * h / ml, from approximately 20,000 ng * h / ml to approximately 40,000 ng * hr / ml or from about 25,000 ng * hr / ml to about 30,000 ng * hr / ml. As used herein, an AUC<sub>0</sub>-<sub>24</sub> refers to an area under the mean steady-state plasma concentration-time curve up to 24 hours after dosing. AUC<sub>tau</sub> ss refers to AUC<sub>0</sub>-24 for QD dosage, and AUC<sub>0</sub>-i<sub>2 </sub>for BID dosing. AUC corresponds to the area under the plasma concentration-time curve over an interval. AUC values are provided at all times in nanogram hours per milliliter, abbreviated herein as ng h / ml or ng * h / ml. AUC values can be determined using standard methods known in the art, see, for example, Goodman and Gilman's The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics, 10<sup>to </sup>ed .; Hardman, JG, Limbird, LE, Eds. ; McGraw-Hill: New York, 2001.
In another aspect, compositions are disclosed, including the compound of formula (I) (eg, a composition that includes one or more polymorphic forms of the compound of formula (I), eg, a polymorph of form C), when dosed at a dose range of 0.05 mg once daily (QD) to 50 mg twice daily (BID) of active compound, they can produce an observed maximum plasma concentration (Cmax.) of at least about 0 .05 ng / ml, at least about 0.1 ng / ml, at least about 0.5 ng / ml, at least about 1 ng / ml, at least about 10 ng / ml, at least about 50 ng / ml, at least about 100 ng / ml, at least about 150 ng / ml, at least about 200 ng / ml, at least about 300 ng / ml, at least about 400 ng / ml, at least about 500 ng / ml, at least
214
INDUSTRIAL about 900 ng / mL, at least about 1,000 ng / mL, at least about 2,000 ng / mL, at least about 3,000 ng / mL, at least about 4,000 ng / mL, at least about 5,000 ng / mL, at least about 10,000 ng / ml, at least about 20,000 ng / ml, at least about 30,000 ng / ml, or at least about
40,000 ng / ml. In other embodiments, the Cmax. of the composition when dosed at a dose range of about 0.05 mg QD to about 50 mg BID of active compound, is at least about 20 ng / ml, at least about 40 ng / ml, at least about 50 ng / ml, at least about 80 ng / ml, at least about 100 ng / ml, at least about 200 ng / ml, at least about 500 ng / ml, at least about 750 ng / ml, at least about 1,000 ng / ml , at least about 1,500 ng / ml, at least about 5,000 ng / ml, at least about 10,000 ng / ml, at least about 15,000 ng / ml, at least about 20,000 ng / ml, at least about 30,000 ng / ml, or at least about 40,000 ng / ml. In other embodiments, the Cmax. of the composition when dosed at a dose range of about 0.05 mg QD to about 50 mg BID of active compound, is in the range of about 0.5 ng / ml to about 40,000 ng / ml, of about 0, 1 ng / ml to approximately 20,000 ng / ml, from approximately 1 ng / ml to approximately 20,000 ng / ml, from approximately 0.5 ng / ml to approximately 4,000 ng / ml, from approximately 0.5 ng / ml to approximately 10,000 ng / ml, from approximately 1 ng / ml to approximately 3,000 ng / ml, from approximately 10 ng / ml to approximately 2,000 ng / ml, from approximately 40 ng / ml to approximately 1,500 ng / ml, from approximately 150 ng / ml to approximately 1,000 ng / ml, approximately 200 ng / ml to approximately 500 ng / ml, approximately 300 ng / ml to approximately 400 ng / ml, approximately 500 ng / ml to 1,000 ng / ml, approximately 1,000
215
<img file="MX347708B_D0222.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO DE LA m «HEDAD INDUSTRIAL ng / ml to approximately 5,000 ng / ml, from approximately 5,000 ng / ml to approximately 10,000 ng / ml, from approximately 10,000 ng / ml to approximately 20,000 ng / ml, from approximately 20,000 ng / ml at about 30,000 ng / ml or from about 30,000 ng / ml to about 40,000 ng / ml. In one embodiment, the Cmax. of the composition when dosed at a dose range of about 0.05 mg QD to about 50 mg BID of
<td colspan="2">active compound, is</td><td colspan="5">in the range of about 0</td><td> ,5</td>
<td colspan="2">ng / ml to approximately</td><td> 4.000</td><td colspan="3">ng / ml, approximately 2 (</td><td>) ng / ml</td><td>to</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 1.500</td><td>ng / ml,</td><td>of</td><td>approximately</td><td> 40</td><td>ng / ml</td><td>to</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 1,100</td><td>ng / ml,</td><td>of</td><td>approximately</td><td> 50</td><td>ng / ml</td><td>to</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 1.000</td><td>ng / ml,</td><td>of</td><td>approximately</td><td> 80</td><td>ng / ml</td><td>to</td>
<td>approximately</td><td colspan="2">900 ng / ml,</td><td>of</td><td>approximately</td><td> 100</td><td>ng / ml</td><td>to</td>
<td>approximately</td><td colspan="2">500 ng / ml,</td><td>of</td><td>approximately</td><td> 200</td><td>ng / ml</td><td>to</td>
<td>approximately</td><td colspan="2">450 ng / ml,</td><td>of</td><td>approximately</td><td> 500</td><td>ng / ml</td><td>to</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 1.000</td><td>ng / ml,</td><td>of</td><td>approximately</td><td> 1.000</td><td>ng / ml</td><td>to</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 5.000</td><td>ng / ml,</td><td>of</td><td>approximately</td><td> 5.000</td><td>ng / ml</td><td>to</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 10.000</td><td>ng / ml,</td><td>of</td><td>approximately )</td><td>LO.000</td><td>ng / ml</td><td>to</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 20.000</td><td>ng / ml,</td><td>of</td><td>approximately</td><td> 20.000</td><td>ng / ml</td><td>to</td>
<td>approximately</td><td> 30.000</td><td>ng / ml</td><td>or from</td><td>approximately</td><td> 30.000</td><td>1 ng / ml</td><td>to</td>
about 40,000 ng / ml.
In one embodiment, compositions including the compound of formula (I), when dosed at a dose range of from about 1 mg to about 30 mg administered to a human as a single oral dose once daily (QD) of active compound, can produce a Cmax. of at least about 20 ng / ml, at least about 40 ng / ml, at least about 50 ng / ml, at least about 80 ng / ml, at least about 100 ng / ml, at least about 200 ng / ml, at least about minus about 500 ng / ml, at least about 750 ng / ml, at least about 1,000 ng / ml, or at least about 1,500 ng / ml. In other embodiments, the Cmax. of the composition when dosed at a dose range of from about 1 mg to about 30 mg
216
<img file="MX347708B_D0223.tif" />
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE
DE LA INDUSTRIAL ΜΟΤΙΜλΛΓ administered to a human as a single oral dose once daily (QD) of active compound, can produce a Cmax. in the range from about 20 ng / ml to about 1,500 ng / ml, from about 40 ng / ml to about 1,200 ng / ml, from about 50 ng / ml to about 1,000 ng / ml,
<td>of about 80</td><td>ng / ml</td><td>to</td><td>approximately</td><td> 1.000</td><td>ng / ml,</td><td>of</td>
<td>about 100</td><td>ng / ml</td><td>to</td><td>approximately</td><td> 500</td><td>ng / ml,</td><td>of</td>
<td>about 200</td><td>ng / ml</td><td>to</td><td>approximately</td><td> 450</td><td>ng / ml,</td><td>of</td>
<td>about 500 i</td><td>ng / ml</td><td>to</td><td>approximately</td><td> 1.000</td><td>ng / ml,</td><td>of</td>
<td>about 1,000</td><td>ng / ml</td><td>to</td><td>approximately</td><td> 5.000</td><td>ng / ml,</td><td>of</td>
<td>about 5,000</td><td>ng / ml</td><td>to</td><td>approximately</td><td> 10.000</td><td>ng / ml,</td><td>of</td>
<td>about 10,000</td><td>ng / ml</td><td>to</td><td>approximately</td><td> 20.000</td><td>ng / ml,</td><td>of</td>
<td>approximately 20,000</td><td>ng / ml</td><td>to</td><td colspan="2">approximately 30,000</td><td>ng / ml or</td><td>of</td>
<td>approximately 30,000</td><td>ng / ml.</td><td colspan="2">to about 40.</td><td colspan="2">000 ng / ml.</td><td></td>
<td colspan="2">In another embodiment,</td><td>the</td><td>i compositions</td><td colspan="2">including</td><td>the</td>
<td>compound of formula</td><td colspan="3">(I), when dosed at</td><td colspan="2">an interval</td><td>of</td>
doses of approximately 1 mg to approximately 10 mg (for example, assessed on day 14 after 1, 2, 5 and 10 mg of repeat dosing (for example, the dosage was QD on days 1 and 14, and dosing twice at day (BID) on days 213)) of active compound, can produce a sufficient amount of compound to achieve a Cmax. of at least about 40 ng / ml, at least about 50 ng / ml, at least about 60 ng / ml, at least about 100 ng / ml, at least about 200 ng / ml, at least about 300 ng / ml, at least about less about 400 ng / ml, at least about 500 ng / ml, at least about 590 ng / ml, at least about 750 ng / ml, at least about 1,000 ng / ml, at least about 1,500 ng / ml, at least about 5,000 ng / ml, at least about 10,000 ng / ml, at least about 15,000 ng / ml, at least about 20,000 ng / ml, at least about 30,000 ng / ml, or at least about 40,000 ng / ml. In one embodiment, compositions that include the compound of formula (I) (for
217
<img file="MX347708B_D0224.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO DI LA MONEDAD INDUSTRIAL
<td></td><td>example, polymorp</td><td>fo of</td><td colspan="2">form C), when dosed</td><td>to a</td><td>dose</td><td>of</td>
<td></td><td>1 mg (BID), 2</td><td colspan="2">mg (BID), 5 mg</td><td>(BID) or 10 mg</td><td>(QD) </td><td colspan="2">like a</td>
<td></td><td colspan="2">repeated dosing</td><td>(for example,</td><td>evaluated in the</td><td>day 14</td><td>: after</td><td> 1,</td>
<td></td><td>2, 5 and 10 mg</td><td>of</td><td>dosage</td><td>repeated (by</td><td colspan="2"> example,</td><td>the</td>
<td> 5</td><td>dosage was</td><td>QD in</td><td>. days 1</td><td colspan="2">and 14, and dosage c</td><td colspan="2">ios times</td>
<td></td><td colspan="2">per day (BID) in the</td><td>days 2-13))</td><td>compound</td><td>active</td><td colspan="2">, may</td>
<td></td><td colspan="2">produce a Cmax. in</td><td>the interval</td><td colspan="2">about 50</td><td>ng / ml</td><td>to</td>
<td></td><td>approximately</td><td> 600</td><td>ng / ml, from</td><td>approximately</td><td> 60</td><td>ng / ml</td><td>to</td>
<td></td><td>approximately</td><td> 400</td><td>ng / ml, from</td><td>approximately</td><td> 100</td><td>ng / ml</td><td>to</td>
<td> 10</td><td>approximately</td><td> 360</td><td>ng / ml, from</td><td>approximately</td><td> 140</td><td>ng / ml</td><td>to</td>
<td></td><td>approximately</td><td> 250</td><td>ng / ml, from</td><td>approximately</td><td> 250</td><td>ng / ml</td><td>to</td>
<td></td><td>approximately</td><td> 1.000</td><td>ng / ml, from</td><td>approximately</td><td> 1.000</td><td>ng / ml</td><td>to</td>
<td></td><td>approximately</td><td> 5.000</td><td>ng / ml, from</td><td>approximately</td><td> 5.000</td><td>ng / ml</td><td>to</td>
<td></td><td>approximately</td><td> 10.000</td><td>ng / ml, from</td><td>approximately</td><td> 10.000</td><td>ng / ml</td><td>to</td>
<td> 15</td><td>approximately</td><td> 20.000</td><td>ng / ml, from</td><td>approximately</td><td> 20.000</td><td>ng / ml</td><td>to</td>
<td></td><td>approximately</td><td> 30.000</td><td>ng / ml or</td><td>approximately</td><td> 30.000</td><td>ng / ml</td><td>to</td>
<td></td><td>approximately</td><td> 40.000</td><td>ng / ml.</td><td></td><td></td><td></td><td></td>
In one embodiment, compositions including the compound of formula (I), when dosed at a range of 20 doses of 1 mg to 30 mg administered to a human as a single oral once daily dose (QD) of compound active, have a half-life (ti<sub>/2</sub>) of at least 3 hours, at least 5 hours, at least 6 hours, at least 7 hours, at least 8 hours, or at least 10 hours. In other embodiments, compositions including the compound of formula (I), when dosed at a dose range of about 1 mg to about 30 mg administered to a human as a single oral once daily dose (QD) of active compound, have a half-life (t<sub>1/2</sub>) in the range of about 3 hours to 10 hours.
The values of Cmax. and half-life (ti /<sub>2</sub>) can be determined using standard methods known in the art, see, for example, Goodman and Gilman's The Pharmacological Basis of
Therapeutics, 10<sup>to</sup> ed .; Hardman, JG, Limbird, LE, Eds .;
218
<img file="MX347708B_D0225.tif" />
IMPI INSTITUTO MEXICANA DE LA RXOBIEDAD INDUSTRIAL
McGraw-Hill: New York, 2001. In one embodiment, the half-life (ti<sub>/2</sub>) is calculated as 0.693 / k<sub>the</sub> (terminal elimination).
Kits:
In yet another embodiment, kits are provided herein. In one embodiment, the kits include a compound or polymorphs described herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable form (eg, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates, chelates, non-covalent complexes, isomers, prodrugs, and isotopically labeled derivatives) thereof. , in suitable packaging, and written material that includes directions for use, clinical study discussions, side effect lists, and the like. Such kits may also include information, such as scientific literature references, leaflet materials, clinical trial results and / or summaries thereof and the like, that indicate or establish the activities and / or benefits of the compound or composition, and / or that describe dosage, administration, side effects, drug interactions, and / or other information useful to the healthcare professional. Such information may be based on the results of various studies, for example, studies using experimental animals involving in vivo models or studies based on clinical trials in humans.
In some embodiments, a reminder is provided with the kit, for example, in the form of numbers next to the tablets or capsules whereby the numbers correspond to the days of the regimen that the tablets or capsules so specified are to be ingested. Another example of a reminder of this type is a calendar printed on the card, for example, as follows first week, Monday, Tuesday, ... etc ... second week, Monday, Tuesday ... etc. Other variations of reminders will be apparent. A daily dose can be a single capsule or tablet or several capsules or tablets to be taken on a given day.
219 ΐΜΤπντυ mwcaakΜ ΙΛ ΜΟΛΜ-ΑΓ INOOtTMAÍ
The pharmaceutical kits and / or containers provided may comprise a provided composition and a container (eg, a vial, an ampoule, a bottle, a syringe and / or a dispenser container, or other suitable container). In some embodiments, the kits provided may optionally further include a second container comprising an aqueous carrier suitable for dilution or suspension of the provided composition in preparation for administration to a subject. In some embodiments, the contents of the provided formulation container and solvent container are combined to form at least one unit dosage form.
In one embodiment, an individual container may comprise one or more compartments for containing a provided composition, and / or an appropriate aqueous carrier for suspension or dilution. In some embodiments, an individual container may be suitable for modification such that the container may receive a physical modification to allow combination of compartments and / or individual compartment components. For example, a plastic or metal foil bag may comprise two or more compartments separated by a perforated seal that can be broken to allow the contents of two individual compartments to be combined once the signal to break the seal has been generated. A pharmaceutical kit or container may therefore comprise such multi-compartment containers that include a provided composition and an appropriate solvent and / or an appropriate aqueous carrier for suspension.
In some embodiments, the kits may also contain another agent. In some embodiments, the compound provided herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable form (eg, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates, chelates, non-covalent complexes, isomers, prodrugs, and isotopically labeled derivatives) thereof and a second agent are provided. as separate compositions in
220
<img file="MX347708B_D0226.tif" />
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE
OF INDUSTRIAL CURRENCY separate containers within the kit. In some embodiments, the compound provided herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable form (eg, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates, chelates, non-covalent complexes, isomers, prodrugs, and isotopically labeled derivatives) thereof and a second agent are provided. as a single composition within a container in the kit. Suitable packaging and additional items for use (eg, measuring cup for liquid preparations, metal foil wrap to minimize exposure to air, and the like) are known in the art and can be included in the kit. Kits described herein may be provided, marketed, and / or promoted to healthcare professionals, including physicians, nurses, pharmacists, formulation officers, and the like. The kits can also in some cases be marketed directly to the consumer.
An example of such a kit is a so-called blister pack. Blister packs are well known in the packaging industry and are being widely used for the packaging of pharmaceutical unit dosage forms (tablets, capsules, and the like). Blister packs generally consist of a sheet of relatively rigid material covered with a layer of a preferably transparent plastic material. During the packaging process, gaps are formed in the plastic layer. The recesses have the size and shape of the tablets or capsules to be packed. The tablets or capsules are then placed in the recesses and the sheet of relatively rigid material is sealed against the plastic layer on the face of the layer opposite to the direction in which the recesses were formed. As a result, the tablets or capsules are sealed in the gaps between the plastic layer and the foil. The strength of the foil is such that tablets or capsules can be removed from the blister pack by manually applying pressure to the gaps whereby an opening is formed in
221
<img file="MX347708B_D0227.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO fw the rsontOAP INBUSTMIAL the lamina in the place of the hole. The tablet or capsule can then be withdrawn through said opening.
The kits can further comprise pharmaceutically acceptable carriers that can be used to deliver one or more active agents. For example, if an active agent is provided in a solid form that is to be reconstituted for parenteral administration, the kit may comprise a sealed container of a suitable vehicle in which the active agent can be dissolved to form a sterile, particulate-free solution that is suitable for parenteral administration. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable carriers include, but are not limited to: USP water for injection; aqueous vehicles such as, but not limited to, sodium chloride injection, Ringer's injection, dextrose injection, dextrose and sodium chloride injection, and lactated Ringer's injection; water miscible vehicles such as, but not limited to, ethyl alcohol, polyethylene glycol, and polypropylene glycol; and nonaqueous vehicles such as, but not limited to, corn oil, cottonseed oil, peanut oil, sesame oil, ethyl oleate, isopropyl myristate, and benzyl benzoate.
The present description also encompasses anhydrous pharmaceutical forms and pharmaceutical compositions that comprise an active principle, since water can facilitate the degradation of some compounds. For example, water (eg, about 5%) may be added in pharmaceutical techniques as a means of simulating long-term storage in order to determine characteristics such as shelf life or stability of formulations over time. weather. Anhydrous dosage forms and pharmaceutical compositions can be prepared using low moisture containing or anhydrous components and low moisture conditions. For example, lactose-containing dosage forms and pharmaceutical compositions can be made anhydrous if substantial contact with moisture is expected during manufacture, the
222
IMPI
WfMWTV packaging and / or storage. An anhydrous pharmaceutical composition can be prepared and stored in a manner that maintains its anhydrous nature. Accordingly, anhydrous pharmaceutical compositions can be packaged using materials known to avoid exposure to water so that they can be included in suitable formulation kits. Examples of suitable packages include, but are not limited to, hermetically sealed foil, plastic or the like, unit dose containers, blister packs, and strip packs.
In one embodiment, the polymorphs described herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable form (eg, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates, chelates, non-covalent complexes, isomers, prodrugs, and isotopically labeled derivatives) thereof can be used in combination with the agents disclosed herein or other suitable agents, depending on the condition being treated. Thus, in some embodiments, the polymorphs provided herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable form (eg, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates, chelates, non-covalent complexes, isomers, prodrugs, and isotopically labeled derivatives) thereof can be administered. in conjunction with other agents as described herein. When used in combination therapy, the polymorphs described herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable form (eg, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates, chelates, non-covalent complexes, isomers, prodrugs, and isotopically labeled derivatives) thereof can be administered with a second agent simultaneously or separately. This administration in combination can include simultaneous administration of the two agents in the same dosage form, simultaneous administration in separate dosage forms, and separate administration. In some embodiments, a polymorph described herein and any of the second
223 Agents described herein can be formulated together in the same dosage form and administered simultaneously. Alternatively, in some embodiments, a polymorph described herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable form (eg, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates, chelates, non-covalent complexes, isomers, prodrugs, and isotopically labeled derivatives) thereof and any of the Second agents described herein can be administered simultaneously, both agents being present in separate formulations. In another alternative, a polymorph described herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable form (eg, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates, chelates, non-covalent complexes, isomers, prodrugs, and isotopically labeled derivatives) thereof can be administered after, or before. , of the administration of any of the second agents described herein. In a separate administration protocol, a polymorph provided herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable form (e.g., pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates, chelates, non-covalent complexes, isomers, prodrugs, and isotopically labeled derivatives) thereof and any of the second agents described herein can be administered a few minutes apart, or a few hours apart, or a few days apart.
IV. TREATMENT METHODS
Phosphoinositide 3-kinases (PI3Ks) are members of a conserved family of lipid kinases that regulate numerous cellular functions, including proliferation, differentiation, cell survival, and metabolism. There are several classes of PI3K in mammalian cells, including the class IA subgroup (eg, ΡΙ3Κ-α, β, δ), which are generally activated by receptor tyrosine kinases (RTKs); class IB (for example, ΡΙ3Κ-γ), Mexican ιντητετο DE LA MUHEDAl INDUSTRIAL that are activated by receptors coupled to G proteins, among others. PI3Ks exert their biological actions through a PI3K-mediated signaling pathway that includes several components that directly and / or indirectly transduce a signal triggered by a PI3K, including the generation of the phosphatidylinositol secondary messenger, 3,4,5-triphosphate ( PIP3) in the plasma membrane, activation of heterotrimeric G protein signaling and generation of additional second messengers such as cAMP, DAG and IP3, all of which lead to an extensive cascade of protein kinase activation (reviewed in Vanhaesebroeck, B. et al. (2001) Annu Rev Biochem. 70: 535-602). For example, PI3K-5 is activated by cellular receptors through the interaction between SH2 domains of the PI3K regulatory subunit (p85), or through direct interaction with RAS. PIP3 produced by PI3K activates downstream effector pathways through interaction with enzymes containing pleckstrin homology (PH) domains (eg, PDK-1 and AKT [PKB]). (Fung-Leung WP. (2011) Cell Signal. 23 (4): 603-8). Unlike Ρΐ3Κ-δ, ΡΙ3Κ-γ is not a class 1A PI3K, and is not associated with a regulatory subunit of the P85 family, but instead with a regulatory subunit in the plOl family. Ρΐ3Κ-γ is associated with G-protein-coupled receptors (GPCRs), and is responsible for the very rapid induction of PIP3, and can also be activated by RAS. _
In some embodiments, provided herein are methods of modulating a PI3K kinase activity (eg, selectively modulate) by contacting the kinase with an effective amount of a compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable form (eg, salts, pharmaceutically acceptable hydrates, solvates, chelates, non-covalent complexes, isomers, prodrugs and isotopically labeled derivatives) thereof, or pharmaceutical compositions as disclosed herein. Modulation can be inhibition or activation of kinase activity. In some embodiments,
225
<img file="MX347708B_D0228.tif" />
Provide herein methods of inhibiting kinase activity by contacting the kinase with an effective amount of a compound as disclosed herein in solution. In some embodiments, methods of inhibiting kinase activity are provided herein by contacting a cell, tissue, or organ that expresses the kinase of interest. In some embodiments, methods of inhibiting kinase activity in a subject by administering to the subject an effective amount of a compound as disclosed herein are provided.
In some embodiments, methods of inhibiting kinase activity in a solution are provided herein by contacting said solution with an amount of a compound provided herein sufficient to inhibit kinase activity in said solution. In some embodiments, methods of inhibiting kinase activity in a cell are provided herein by contacting said cell with an amount of a compound provided herein sufficient to inhibit kinase activity in said cell. In some embodiments, methods of inhibiting kinase activity in a tissue are provided herein by contacting said tissue with an amount of a compound provided herein sufficient to inhibit kinase activity in said tissue. In some embodiments, methods of inhibiting kinase activity in an organism are provided herein by contacting said organism with an amount of a compound provided herein sufficient to inhibit kinase activity in said organism. In some embodiments, methods of inhibiting kinase activity in an animal are provided herein by contacting said animal with an amount of a compound provided herein sufficient to inhibit the
226
<img file="MX347708B_D0229.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO m la r * orxoA »INDUSTRIAL kinase activity in said animal. In some embodiments, methods of inhibiting kinase activity in a mammal are provided herein by contacting said mammal with an amount of a compound provided herein sufficient to inhibit kinase activity in said mammal. In some embodiments, methods of inhibiting kinase activity in a human are provided herein by contacting said human with an amount of a compound provided herein sufficient to inhibit kinase activity in said human. .
In some embodiments, the% kinase activity upon contact with a compound provided herein is less than about 1, about 5, about 10, about 20, about 30, about 40, about about 50, about 60, about 70, about 80, about 90, about 95 or about 99% of the kinase activity in the absence of such a contacting step. In some embodiments, the percent inhibition exceeds about 25%, about 30%, about 40%, about 50%, about 60%, about 70%, about 80%, or about 90%. In some embodiments, methods of inhibiting PI3 kinase activity in a subject (including mammals such as humans) by contacting said subject with an amount of a compound as disclosed herein are provided herein. sufficient to inhibit PI3 kinase activity in said subject.
In some embodiments, the kinase is a lipid kinase or a protein kinase. In some embodiments, the kinase is selected from a PI3 kinase including different isoforms such as PI3 kinase α, PI3 kinase β, PI3 kinase γ, PI3 kinase δ; DNA227
<img file="MX347708B_D0230.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO Of LA RKONtDAD INDUSTRIAL
PK; mTor; Abl, VEGFR, Ephrin B4 receptor (EphB4); receptor tyrosine kinase ΤΕΚ (TIE2); FMS-related tyrosine kinase 3 (FLT-3); platelet-derived growth factor receptor (PDGFR); RET; ATM; ATR; hSmg-1; Hck; Src; epidermal growth factor receptor (EGFR); KIT; insulin receptor (IR) and IGFR.
In one embodiment, methods of modulating PI3 kinase activity are also provided herein by contacting a PI3 kinase with an amount of a compound provided herein sufficient to modulate PI3 kinase activity. Modulation can be to inhibit or activate PI3 kinase activity. In some embodiments, methods of inhibiting PI3 kinase activity are provided herein by contacting a PI3 kinase with an amount of a compound provided herein sufficient to inhibit PI3 kinase activity. In some embodiments, methods of inhibiting PI3 kinase activity are provided herein. In some embodiments, such inhibition may take place in solution, in a cell that expresses one or more PI3 kinases, in a tissue comprising a cell that expresses one or more PI3 kinases, or in an organism that expresses one or more PI3 kinases. In some embodiments, methods of inhibiting PI3 kinase activity in an animal (including mammals such as humans) are provided herein by contacting said animal with an amount of a compound provided herein sufficient to inhibit the activity. of PI3 kinase in said animal.
As used herein, a PI3K-mediated disorder refers to a disease or condition that involves an aberrant PI3K-mediated signaling pathway. In one embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating a PI3K-mediated disorder in a subject, the method comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or a pharmaceutical composition as disclosed herein. In some embodiments, a method of treating an ΡΙ3Κ-δ or Ρΐ3Κ-γ mediated disorder in a subject is provided herein, the method comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or a pharmaceutical composition as given. disclosed in this document. In some embodiments, provided herein is a method of inhibiting at least one of Ρΐ3Κ-δ or Ρΐ3Κ-γ, the method comprising contacting a cell expressing PI3K in vitro or in vivo with an effective amount of the compound or the composition disclosed herein. PI3K has been associated with a wide range of conditions, including immunity, cancer, and thrombosis (reviewed in Vanhaesebroeck, B. et al. (2010) Current Topics in Microbiology 15 and Immunology, DOI 10,1007 / 82_2010_65). For example, PI3K class I, particularly the Ρΐ3Κ-γ and ΡΙ3Κ-δ isoforms, are highly expressed in leukocytes and have been associated with adaptive and innate immunity; therefore, these PI3Ks are believed to be important mediators in inflammatory disorders and hematologic malignancies 20 (reviewed in Harris, SJ et al. (2009) Curr Opin Investig Drugs 10 (11): 1151-62), - Rommel C. et al. to the. (2007) Nat Rev Immunol 7 (3): 191-201, - Durand CA et al. (2009) J Immunol.
183 (9): 5673-84, - Dil N, Marshall AJ. (2009). Mol Immunol. 46 (10): 1970-8, - Al-Alwan MM et al. (2007) J Immunol. 178 (4): 232825 35; Zhang TT, et al. (2008) J Allergy Clin Immunol. 2008;
122 (4): 811-819.e2; Srinivasan L, et al. (2009) Cell 139 (3): 57386).
Numerous publications support roles of ΡΙ3Κ-δ, ΡΙ3Κ-γ and ΡΙ3Κ-β in the differentiation, maintenance, and activation of immune and malignant cells, as described in more detail below.
The importance of ΡΙ3Κ-δ in B cell development and function is supported by inhibitor and model studies
229
<img file="MX347708B_D0231.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANi DE LA PROPERTY INDUSTRIAL genetics. Ρΐ3Κ-δ is an important mediator of B cell receptor (BCR) signaling, and is situated upstream of the activation of AKT, calcium flux, PLCy, MAP kinase, P70S6k, and FOXO3a. PI3K-8 is also important in IL4R, S1P, and CXCR5 signaling, and has been shown to modulate responses to toll-like receptors 4 and 9. Ρΐ3Κ-δ inhibitors have shown the importance of ΡΙ3Κ-δ in the development of B cells (B1 and marginal zone cells), activation, chemotaxis, migration and targeting of B cells to lymphoid tissue, and in the control of the change of the class of immunoglobulins that leads to the production of IgE. Clayton E et al. (2002) J Exp Med. 196 (6): 75363; Bilancio A, et al. (2006) Blood 107 (2): 642-50; Okkenhaug K. et al. (2002) Science 297 (5583): 1031-4; Al-Alwan MM et al. (2007) J
Immunol. 178 (4): 2328-35; Zhang TT, et al. (2008) J Allergy Clin Immunol. 2008; 122 (4): 811-819.e2; Srinivasan L, et al. (2009) Cell 139 (3): 573-86).
In T cells, Ρΐ3Κ-δ has been shown to play a role in T cell receptor and cytokine signaling, and is located upstream of AKT, PLCy, and GSK3b. In mice with PI3K-5 deletion or with inserted genes without kinase activity, or in inhibitor studies, T cell defects including proliferation, activation and differentiation have been observed, leading to a reduced T 2 (TH2) helper cell response. , specific memory T cell defects (DTH depletion), defects in antigen-dependent cell trafficking, and chemotaxis / migration defects against chemokines (eg, S1P, CCR7, CD62L). (Gargon F. et al. (2008) Blood 111 (3): 1464-71; Okkenhaug K et al. (2006). J Immunol. 177 (8): 5122-8; Soond DR, et al. (2010) Blood 115 (11): 2203-13; Reif K, (2004). J Immunol. 2004; 173 (4): 2236-40; Ji H. et al. (2007) Blood 110 (8): 2940-7; Webb LM, et al. (2005) J Immunol. 175 (5): 2783-7, - Liu D, et al. (2010) J Immunol. 184 (6): 3098-105, - Haylock-Jacobs S, et al. (2011) J
230
<img file="MX347708B_D0232.tif" />
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL CURRENCY
Autoimmune. 2011; 36 (3-4): 278-87; Jarmin SJ, et al. (2008) J Clin
Invest. 118 (3): 1154-64). .
In neutrophils, PI3K-Ó together with Ρΐ3Κ-γ and ΡΙ3Κ-β contribute to responses to immune complexes, FCgRII signaling, including neutrophil migration and respiratory burst. Human neutrophils undergo rapid induction of PIP3 in response to formyl peptide receptor (FMLP) or complement component C5a (C5a) in a ΡΙ3Κ-γ-dependent manner, followed by a longer period of PIP3 production that is dependent on PI3K-6, and is essential for respiratory blast. 3Κ-δ, ΡΙ3Κ-γ and Ρΐ3Κ-β contribute to the response to immune complexes, and it is an important mediator of tissue damage in models of autoimmune disease (Randis TM et al. (2008) Eur J Immunol. 38 (5) : 1215-24; Pinho V, (2007) J Immunol. 179 (11): 7891-8; Sadhu C. et al. (2003) J Immunol. 170 (5): 2647-54; Condliffe AM et al. ( 2005) Blood 106 (4): 1432-40).
In macrophages collected from patients with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), glucocorticoid sensitivity can be restored by treating cells with PI3K-5 inhibitors. Macrophages also rely on ΡΙ3Κ-δ and Ρΐ3Κ-γ for responses to immune complexes through the Arthus reaction (FCgR and C5a signaling) (Randis TM, et al. (2008) Eur J Immunol. 38 ( 5): 1215-24; Marwick JA et al. (2009) Am J Respir Crit Care Med. 179 (7): 542-8; Konrad S, et al. (2008) J Biol Chem. 283 (48): 33296-303).
In mast cells, stem cell factor (SCF) and IL3-dependent proliferation, differentiation, and function are Ρΐ3Κ-δ-dependent, as is chemotaxis. Allergen / IgE cross-linking of FCgRl resulting in cytokine release and mast cell degranulation is severely inhibited by treatment with PI3K-6 inhibitors, suggesting a role for ΡΙ3Κ-δ in allergic disease (Ali K et al.
Mexican institute DE LA MOHEDA D INDUSTRIA!
(2004) Nature 431 (7011): 1007-11; Lee KS, et al. (2006) FASEB J. 20 (3): 455-65; Kim MS, et al. (2008) Trends Immunol. 29 (10): 493501).
Natural killer (NK) lymphocytes depend on both PI3K-Ó and ΡΙ3Κ-γ for their efficient migration to chemokines including CXCL10, CCL3, S1P, and CXCL12, or in response to LPS in the peritoneum (Guo H, et al. (2008 ) J Exp Med. 205 (10): 2419-35; Tassi I, et al. (2007) Immunity 27 (2): 214-27, - Saudemont A, (2009) Proc Nati Acad Sci USA. 106 (14) : 5795-800; Kim N, et al. (2007) Blood 110 (9): 3202-8).
The roles of ΡΙ3Κ-δ, Ρΐ3Κ-γ, and Ρΐ3Κ-β in immune cell differentiation, maintenance, and activation support a role for these enzymes in inflammatory disorders ranging from autoimmune diseases (eg, rheumatoid arthritis, multiple sclerosis) and allergic inflammatory disorders, such as asthma and COPD. Many tests are available in experimental animal models, or can be evaluated using art recognized animal models. In one embodiment, a method of treating inflammatory disorders ranging from autoimmune diseases (eg, rheumatoid arthritis, multiple sclerosis) to allergic inflammatory disorders, such as asthma and COPD, using a compound described herein is described herein. document.
For example, PI3K-5 and / or γ inhibitors have been shown to have anti-inflammatory activity in various autoimmune animal models for rheumatoid arthritis (Williams, O. et al. (2010) Chem Biol, 17 (2): 123-34, - WO 2009/088986; WO2009 / 088880; WO 2011/008302). PI3K-5 is expressed in RA synovial tissue (especially synovial lining containing fibroblast-like synoviocytes (FLS)), and selective PI3K-Ó inhibitors have been shown to be effective in inhibiting growth and
232
<img file="MX347708B_D0233.tif" />
MEXICAN IMPI I NSTrtVTO OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY Synoviocyte survival (Bartok et al. (2010) Arthritis Rheum 62 sup. 10: 362). Several inhibitors of PI3K-6 and γ have been shown to improve arthritic symptoms (e.g., joint swelling, reduction in serum-induced collagen levels, reduction of inflammation and / or joint pathology), in models recognized in the technique for RA, such as collagen-induced arthritis and adjuvant-induced arthritis (WO 2009/088986; WO2009 / 088880; WO
2011/008302).
The role of PI3K-8 has also been shown in T-cell-dependent response models, including the DTE model. In the murine experimental autoimmune encephalomyelitis (EAE) model of multiple sclerosis, Ρΐ3Κ-γ / δ- double mutant mice are resistant. Ρΐ3Κ-δ inhibitors have also been shown to block the induction of EAE disease and the development of TH-17 cells both in vitro and in vivo (HaylockJacobs, S. et al. (2011) J. Autoimmunity 36 (3- 4): 278-87).
Systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE) is a complex disease that at different stages requires memory T cells, expansion and polyclonal differentiation of B cells to give plasma cells, and the innate immune response against molecular pattern molecules associated with endogenous damage (DAMPS ), and inflammatory responses to immune complexes through the complement system as well as F receptors<sub>c</sub>. The role of ΡΙ3Κ-δ and Ρΐ3Κ-γ together in these pathways and cell types suggests that blocking with an inhibitor would be effective in these diseases. A role for PI3K in lupus is also predicted by two genetic models of lupus. Deletion of tensin phosphatase homologue (PTEN) leads to a lupus-like phenotype, as well as transgenic activation of PI3K class 1A, including ΡΙ3Κ-δ. The deletion of Ρΐ3Κ-γ in the transgenically activated class 1A lupus model is protective, and treatment with a selective inhibitor of PI3K-y in the model
233
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO M LA PROFUDAD INDUSTRIAL
Lupus murine MLR / lpr improves symptoms (Barber, DF et al. (2006) J. Immunol. 176 (1): 589-93). ------------------------ In allergic disease, it has been shown by genetic models and by treatment with inhibitors that PI3K-5 is essential for the activation of mast cells in a passive cutaneous anaphylaxis trial (Ali K et al. (2008) J Immunol. 180 (4): 2538-44, - Ali K, (2004) Nature 431 (7011): 1007-11). In a pulmonary measure of immune complex response (Arthus reaction), an animal deficient in PI3K-8 is resistant, showing a defect in macrophage activation and C5a production. Inactivation studies and inhibitor studies for both PI3K-5 and Ρΐ3Κ-γ support a role for both of these enzymes in the ovalbumin-induced airway hypersensitivity and inflammation model (Lee KS et al. (2006) FASEB J 20 (3): 455-65). Reductions in eosinophil, neutrophil and lymphocyte infiltration as well as TH2 cytokines (IL4, IL5 and IL13) were observed with both specific inhibitors of ΡΙ3Κ-δ and PI3K-Ó and PI3K-y doubles in the Ova-induced asthma model ( Lee KS et al. (2006) J Allergy Clin Immunol 118 (2): 403-9).
Inhibition of ΡΙ3Κ-δ and Ρΐ3Κ-γ can be used in the treatment of COPD. In the tobacco smoke-exposed mouse model of COPD, PI3K-Ó deficient animals do not develop tobacco smoke-induced glucocorticoid resistance, whereas Ρΐ3Κ-γ-deficient and wild-type mice do. An inhaled formulation of a double ΡΙ3Κ-δ and ΡΙ3Κ-γ inhibitor blocked inflammation in models of COPD with tobacco smoke or LPS as measured by neutrophilia and glucocorticoid resistance (Doukas J, et al. (2009) J Pharmacol Exp Ther. 328 (3): 758-65).
PI3K class I, particularly the ΡΙ3Κ-δ and PI3Kγ isoforms, are also associated with cancers (reviewed, for example, in
234
<img file="MX347708B_D0234.tif" />
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL CURRENCY
Vogt, PK et al. (2010) Curr Top Microbiol I immuno 1. 347: 79-104; Fresno Vara, JA et al. (2004) Cancer Treat Rev. 30 (2): 193-204, Zhao, L and Vogt, PK. (2008) Oncogene 27 (41): 5486-96). PI3K inhibitors, eg, PI3K-5 and / or γ, have been shown to have anticancer activity (eg, Courtney, KD et al. (2010) J Clin Oncol. 28 (6): 1075-1083); Markman, B et al. (2010) Ann Oncol. 21 (4): 683-91, - Kong, D and Yamori, T (2009) Curr Med Chem. 16 (22): 2839-54, - Jimeno, A et al. (2009) J Clin Oncol. 27: 156s (sup .; abstract 3542); Flinn, IW et al. (2009) J Clin Oncol. 27: 156s (sup .; abstract 3543); Shapiro, G et al. (2009) J Clin Oncol. 27: 146s (sup .; abstract 3500); Wagner, AJ et al. (2009) J Clin Oncol. 27: 146s (sup .; abstract 3501); Vogt, PK et al. (2006) Virology 344 (1): 131-8, - Ward, S et al. (2003) Chem Biol. 10 (3): 20713; WO 2011/041399; US 2010/0029693; US 2010/0305096; US 2010/0305084). In one embodiment, a method of treating cancer is described herein.
Cancer types that can be treated with a PI3K inhibitor (particularly ΡΙ3Κ-δ and / or γ) include, for example, leukemia (eg, chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL), acute myeloid leukemia (ALL), chronic myeloid leukemia (CML) (for example, Salmena, L et al. (2008) Cell 133: 403-414; Chapuis, N et al. (2010) Clin Cancer Res. 16 (22): 5424-35, - Khwaja, A ( 2010) Curr Top Microbiol Immunol. 347: 169-88); lymphoma (eg, non-Hodgkin's lymphoma or Hodgkin's lymphoma) (eg, Salmena, L et al. (2008) Cell 133: 403-414); lung cancer, eg, non-small cell lung cancer, small cell lung cancer (eg, Herrera, VA et al. (2011) Anticancer Res. 31 (3): 849-54), - melanoma ( eg Haluska, F et al. (2007) Semin Oncol. 34 (6): 546-54), - prostate cancer (eg Sarker, D et al. (2009) Clin Cancer Res. 15 (15): 4799805); glioblastoma (eg, Chen, JS et al. (2008) Mol Cancer Ther. 7: 841-850); endometrial cancer (eg, Bansal, N et al. (2009) Cancer Control. 16 (1): 8-13); pancreatic cancer (for
235
<img file="MX347708B_D0235.tif" />
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE
OF THE INDUSTRIAL CURRENCY example, Furukawa, T (2008) J Gastroenterol. 43 (12): 905-11); renal cell carcinoma (eg, Porta, C and Figün, RA (2009) J Urol. 182 (6): 2569-77); colorectal cancer (eg, Saif, MW and Chu, E (2010) Cancer J. 16 (3): 196-201); breast cancer (eg, Torbett, NE et al. (2008) Biochem J. 415: 97-100); thyroid cancer (eg Brzezianska, E and PastuszakLewandoska, D (2011) Front Biosci. 16: 422-39); and ovarian cancer (eg, Mazzoletti, M and Broggini, M (2010) Curr Med Chem. 17 (36): 4433-47).
Numerous publications support a role for Ρΐ3Κ-δ and ΡΙ3Κ-γ in the treatment of hematological cancers. ΡΙ3Κ-δ and PI3K-y are highly expressed in the hematological compartment, and some solid tumors, including prostate, breast, and glioblastomas (Chen JS et al. (2008) Mol Cancer Ther. 7 (4): 841-50; Ikeda H et al. (2010) Blood 116 (9): 1460-8).
In hematological cancers including acute myeloid leukemia (AML), multiple myeloma (MM) and chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL), the overexpression and constitutive activation of PI3K-6 supports the model that PI3K-Ó inhibition would be therapeutic Billottet C, et to the. (2006) Oncogene 25 (50): 6648-59; Billottet C, et al. (2009) Cancer Res. 69 (3): 1027-36; Meadows, SA, 52<sup>nd</sup> Annual ASE Meeting and Exposition; December 4-7, 2010; Orlando, FL; Ikeda H, et al. (2010) Blood 116 (9): 1460-8; Hermán SE et al. (2010) Blood 116 (12): 2078-88; Hermán SE et al. (2011). Blood 117 (16): 4323-7. In one embodiment, a method of treating hematological cancers including, but not limited to, acute myeloid leukemia (AML), multiple myeloma (MM), and chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL) is described herein.
A Ρΐ3Κ-δ (CAL-101) inhibitor has been evaluated in a phase 1 trial in patients with hematologic malignancies, and showed activity in CLL in patients with poor prognostic features. In CLL, inhibition of Ρΐ3Κ-δ not only affects tumor cells directly, but also affects the
236
<img file="MX347708B_D0236.tif" />
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE
OF THE INDUSTRIAL CURRENCY ability of tumor cells to interact with their microenvironment. This microenvironment includes contact with and factors from stromal cells, T cells, nurse-type cells, as well as other tumor cells. CAL-101 suppresses the expression of stromal and T cell-derived factors including CCL3, CCL4, and CXCL13, as well as the ability of CLL tumor cells to respond to these factors. Treatment with CAL-101 in patients with CLL induces a rapid reduction of lymph nodes and a redistribution of lymphocytes to the circulation, and affects tonic survival signals through the BCR, leading to a reduction in cell viability and a increase in apoptosis. Treatment with CAL-101 as a single agent was also active in mantle cell lymphoma and resistant non-Hodgkin lymphoma (Fuman, RR, et al. 52<sup>nd</sup> Annual ASH Meeting and Exposition; December 4-7, 2010; Orlando, FL; Hoellenriegel, J, et al. 52<sup>nd</sup> Annual ASH Meeting and Exposition; 2010 Dec 47; Orlando, FL; Webb, HK, et al. 52<sup>nd</sup> Annual ASH Meeting and Exposition; December 4-7, 2010; Orlando, FL; Meadows, et al. 52<sup>nd</sup> Annual ASH Meeting and Exposition; December 4-7, 2010; Orlando, FL; Kahl, B, et al. 52<sup>nd</sup> Annual ASH Meeting and Exposition; December 4-7, 2010; Orlando, FL; Lannutti BJ, et al. (2011) Blood 117 (2): 591-4). ·
PI3K-6 inhibitors have shown activity against PI3K-5 positive gliomas in vitro (Kashishian A, et al. Poster presented in: The American Association of Cancer Research 102<sup>nd </sup>Annual Meeting; April 2-6, 2011; Orlando, FL). ΡΙ3Κ-β is the isoform of PI3K that is most commonly activated in tumors in which the tumor suppressor PTEN is mutated (Ward S, et al. (2003) Chem Biol. 10 (3): 207-13). In this subset of tumors, treatment with the PI3K-5 inhibitor either alone or in combination with a cytotoxic agent may be effective.
Another mechanism for ΡΙ3Κ-δ inhibitors to have an effect on solid tumors involves the interaction of cells
<img file="MX347708B_D0237.tif" />
IMPI INSTITUTO MEXICANO Pt LA nwntPAP inoUstiuai tumors with their microenvironment. ΡΙ3Κ-δ, ΡΙ3Κ-γ, and ΡΙ3Κ-β are expressed in immune cells that infiltrate tumors, including tumor-infiltrating lymphocytes, macrophages, and neutrophils. PI3K-8 inhibitors can modify the function of these tumor-associated immune cells and how they respond to signals from the stroma, the tumor, and each other, thereby affecting tumor cells and metastasis (Hoellenriegel, J, et al. 52<sup>nd</sup> Annual ASH Meeting and Exposition; December 4-7, 2010; Orlando, EL).
PI3K-5 is also expressed in endothelial cells. Tumors in mice treated with selective PI3K-O inhibitors have been shown to be more easily destroyed by radiation therapy. In this same study, the formation of the capillary network is altered by the PI3K inhibitor, and it is postulated that this defect contributes to the greater destruction with radiation. ΡΙ3Κ-δ inhibitors can affect the way tumors interact with their microenvironment, including stromal cells, immune cells, and endothelial cells, and can be therapeutic alone or in conjunction with other therapy (Meadows, SA, et al. Presented article at: 52<sup>do not</sup> Annual ASH Meeting and Exposition; December 4-7, 2010; Orlando, FL; Geng L, et al. (2004) Cancer Res. 64 (14): 4893-9).
In other embodiments, inhibition of PI3K (such as ΡΙ3Κ-δ y / oy) can be used to treat a neuropsychiatric disorder, eg, an autoimmune brain disorder. Infectious and immune factors have been implicated in the pathogenesis of various neuropsychiatric disorders, including, but not limited to, Sydenham (SC) chorea (Garvey, MA et al. (2005) J. Child Neurol. 20: 424-429) , Tourette syndrome (TS), obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD) (Asbahr, FR et al. (1998) Am. J. Psychiatry 155: 1122-1124), attention deficit / hyperactivity disorder (AD / HD) (Hirschtritt, ME et al. (2008) Child Neuropsychol. 1: 1-16; 'Peterson, BS et al. (2000) Arch.
238
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICAN!
OF THE MOHEDAL · IMMISTIUAl
Gen. Psychiatry 57: 364-372), anorexia nervosa (Sokol, MS (2000) J. Child Adolesc. Psychopharmacol. 10: 133-145; Sokol, MS et al. (2002) Am. J. Psychiatry 159: 1430- 1432), depression (Leslie, DL et al. (2008) J. Am. Acad. Child Adolesc. Psychiatry 47: 1166-1172), and autism spectrum disorders (ASD) (Hollander, E. et al. (1999) Am J. Psychiatry 156: 317-320; Margutti, P. et al. (2006) Curr. Neurovasc. Res. 3: 149-157). A subset of childhood obsessive-compulsive disorders and tic disorders have been grouped together as pediatric autoimmune neuropsychiatric disorders associated with streptococci (PANDAS). PANDAS disorders provide an example of disorders in which the onset and exacerbation of neuropsychiatric symptoms is preceded by streptococcal infection (Kurlan, R., Kaplan, EL (2004) Pediatrics 113: 883-886; Garvey, MA et al. . (1998) J. Clin. Neurol. 13: 413-423). Many of the PANDAS disorders share a common mechanism of action that results from antibody responses to streptococcal-associated epitopes, such as GlcNAc, which produce neurological effects (Kirvan. CA et al. (2006) J. Neuroimmunol. 179: 173 -179). Autoantibodies that recognize central nervous system (CNS) epitopes are also found in sera from most PANDAS subjects (Yaddanapudi, K. et al. (2010) Mol. Psychiatry 15: 712-726). Thus, various neuropsychiatric disorders have been associated with immune and autoimmune components, making them suitable for therapies that include inhibition of ΡΙ3Κ-δ and / or γ.
In certain embodiments, a method of treatment (eg, reduction or amelioration of one or more symptoms) of a neuropsychiatric disorder, (eg, an autoimmune brain disorder), using an inhibitor of ΡΙ3Κ-δ and / or γ, is described, alone or in combination therapy. For example, one or more Ρΐ3Κ-δ and / or γ inhibitors described herein may be used alone or in combination with any suitable therapeutic agent and / or modality, eg, dietary supplement, to
239
<img file="MX347708B_D0238.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO Di LA MOflSOA »INtXISTNAL the treatment of neuropsychiatric disorders. Exemplary neuropsychiatric disorders that can be treated with the PI3K-6 and / or γ inhibitors described herein include, but are not limited to, PANDAS disorders, Sydenham's chorea, Tourette's syndrome, obsessive-compulsive disorder, attention deficit / hyperactivity disorder, anorexia nervosa, depression, and autism spectrum disorders. Pervasive Developmental Disorder (PDD) is an exemplary class of autism spectrum disorders that includes Autistic Disorder, Asperger's Disorder, Childhood Disintegrative Disorder (CDD), Rett's Disorder, and PDD Not Otherwise Specified (PDD-NOS ). Animal models are known in the art for evaluating PI3K-5 and / or γ inhibitor activity. For example, a mouse model of PANDAS disorders is described, for example, in Yaddanapudi, K. et al. (2010) cited above; and Hoffman, KI et al. (2004) J. Neurosci. 24: 1780-1791.
Provided herein are methods of using compounds or pharmaceutical compositions provided herein to treat disease states, including, but not limited to, diseases associated with malfunction of one or more types of PI3 kinase. For example, a detailed description of conditions and disorders mediated by ρΙΙΟδ activity is set forth in Sadu et al., WO 01/81346, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety for all purposes.
In one embodiment, the methods of treatment provided herein comprise administering to a subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound provided herein. In one embodiment, a method of treating an inflammation disorder, including autoimmune diseases, in a mammal is provided herein. In one embodiment, the method comprises administering to said mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a
240
IΝΓΤΤΠ ΙΤΟ ML11CANI Μ LA mOHCDAD INDUSTWA the compound provided herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, prodrug, solvate, hydrate or derivative thereof. Examples of autoimmune diseases include, but are not limited to, acute disseminated encephalomyelitis (ADEM), Addison's disease, antiphospholipid antibody syndrome (APS), aplastic anemia, autoimmune hepatitis, celiac disease, Crohn's disease, diabetes mellitus (type 1 ), Goodpasture syndrome, Graves disease, Guillain-Barré syndrome (GBS), Hashimoto's disease, lupus erythematosus, multiple sclerosis, myasthenia gravis, Opsoclonus myoclonus syndrome (OME), optic neuritis, Ord's thyroiditis, pemphigus, polyarthritis, primary biliary cirrhosis, psoriasis, cutaneous blistering pemphigus hullosis, rheumatoid arthritis, Reiter's syndrome, Takayasu arteritis, temporal arteritis (also known as giant cell arteritis), warm autoimmune hemolytic anemia, Wegener's granulomatosis, universal alopecia, Chagas disease, chronic fatigue syndrome, dysautonomia, endometriosis, hidradenitis suppurativa, interstitial cystitis, neuromyotonia, sarcoidosis, scleroderma, ulcerative colitis, vitiligo, and vulvodynia. In other embodiments, the disorders or disease states include bone resorption disorders and thrombosis.
Inflammation takes many forms and includes, but is not limited to, 'acute, adhesive, atrophic, catarrhal, chronic, cirrhotic, diffuse, disseminated, exudative, fibrinous, fibrosing, focal, granulomatous, hyperplastic, hypertrophic, interstitial, metastatic, inflammation. necrotic, obliterative, parenchymal, plastic, productive, proliferative, pseudomembranous, purulent, sclerosing, seroplastic, serous, simple, specific, subacute, suppurative, toxic, traumatic and / or ulcerative.
Exemplary inflammatory conditions include, but are not limited to, inflammation associated with acne, anemia (eg, aplastic anemia, hemolytic autoimmune anemia), asthma, arteritis (eg , polyarteritis, temporal arteritis,
241
<img file="MX347708B_D0239.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO m la ntOnEPAT INOVSTWAL periarteritis nodosa, Takayasu arteritis), arthritis (eg, crystalline arthritis, osteoarthritis, psoriatic arthritis, gouty arthritis, reactive arthritis, rheumatoid arthritis and Reiter's arthritis), ankylosing spondylitis, amylosis lateralis, ankylosing spondylitis, amylosis lateralis autoimmune diseases, allergies or allergic reactions, atherosclerosis, bronchitis, bursitis, chronic prostatitis, conjunctivitis, Chagas disease, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, dermatomyositis, diverticulitis, diabetes (eg, type 1 diabetes mellitus, type 2 diabetes mellitus), a skin condition (eg, psoriasis, eczema, burns, dermatitis, pruritus (itching)), endometriosis, syndrome Guillain-Barre, infection, ischemic heart disease, Kawasaki disease, glomerulonephritis, gingivitis, hypersensitivity, headaches (eg, migraine headaches, tension headaches), ileus (eg, postoperative ileus and ileus during sepsis), idiopathic thrombocytopenic purpura, interstitial cystitis (painful bladder syndrome), gastrointestinal disorder (eg, selected from peptic ulcers, regional enteritis, diverticulitis, gastrointestinal bleeding, eosinophilic gastrointestinal disorders (eg, esophagitis, eosinophilic disease) eosinophilic gastritis, eosinophilic gastroenteritis, eosinophilic colitis), gastritis, diarrhea, gastroesophageal reflux disease (GORD, or its synonym GERD), inflammatory bowel disease (IBD) (for example, Crohn's disease, ulcerative colitis, collagenous colitis, lymphocytic colitis, ischemic colitis, diversion colitis, Behcet's syndrome, indeterminate colitis), and inflammatory bowel syndrome ( IBS)), lupus, multiple sclerosis, morphea, myasthenia gravis, myocardial ischemia, nephrotic syndrome, pemphigus vulgaris, pernicious anemia, peptic ulcers, polymyositis, primary biliary cirrhosis, neuroinflammation associated with brain disorders (eg, Parkinson's disease, Huntington's disease, and Alzheimer's disease), prostatitis, chronic inflammation associated with head radiation injury, inflammatory disease
242
<img file="MX347708B_D0240.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO DE LA MOREDA »INDUSTRIAL.
pelvic, reperfusion injury, regional. rheumatic fever, systemic lupus erythematosus, cutaneous lupus erythematosus, scleroderma, sclerodoma, sarcoidosis, spondyloarthropathies, Sjogren's syndrome, thyroiditis, transplant rejection, tendonitis, trauma or injury (eg, frostbite, chemical irritants, burns, toxins, , physical injury), vasculitis, vitiligo, and Wegener's granulomatosis. In certain embodiments, the inflammatory disorder is selected from arthritis (eg, rheumatoid arthritis), inflammatory bowel disease, inflammatory bowel syndrome, asthma, psoriasis, endometriosis, interstitial cystitis, and prostatitis. In certain embodiments, the inflammatory state is an acute inflammatory state (eg, inflammation resulting from infection). In certain embodiments, the inflammatory condition is a chronic inflammatory condition (eg, conditions resulting from asthma, arthritis, and inflammatory bowel disease). The compounds may also be useful in treating inflammation associated with trauma and non-inflammatory myalgia.
Immune disorders, such as autoimmune disorders, include, but are not limited to, arthritis (including rheumatoid arthritis, spondyloarthropathies, gouty arthritis, degenerative joint diseases such as osteoarthritis, systemic lupus erythematosus, Sjogren's syndrome, ankylosing spondylitis, undifferentiated spondylitis, Behcet's disease, hemolytic autoimmune anemias, multiple sclerosis, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, amylosis, acute painful shoulder, psoriatic and juvenile arthritis), asthma, atherosclerosis, osteoporosis, bronchitis, tendinitis, bursitis, skin condition (e.g. psoriasis, eczema, burns, dermatitis, pruritus (itching)), enuresis, eosinophilic disease, gastrointestinal disorder (e.g. selected of peptic ulcers, regional enteritis, diverticulitis, gastrointestinal bleeding, gastrointestinal disorders eosinophils (for
<img file="MX347708B_D0241.tif" />
IMPI iNSTm Mexican rro »€ LA FRONEPAD IMPUNTUAL
243 example, eosinophilic esophagitis, eosinophilic gastroenteritis, eosinophilic gastritis colitis, eosinophilic), gastritis, diarrhea, gastroesophageal reflux disease (GORD, or its synonym GERD), inflammatory bowel disease (IBD) (for example, Crohn's disease, ulcerative colitis, collagenous colitis, lymphocytic colitis, ischemic colitis, diversion colitis, Behcet's syndrome, indeterminate colitis) and inflammatory bowel syndrome (IBS)), and disorders ameliorated by a gastroprokinetic agent (eg, ileus, postoperative ileus, and ileus during septicemia; gastroesophageal reflux disease (GORD, or its synonym GERD); eosinophilic esophagitis, gastroparesis such as diabetic gastroparesis; food intolerances and food allergies and other disorders bowel functions, such as non-ulcer dyspepsia (NUD) and non-cardiac chest pain (NCCP, including costochondritis).
In some embodiments, the method of treating inflammatory or autoimmune diseases comprises administering to a subject (eg, a mammal) a therapeutically effective amount of a compound provided herein that selectively inhibits ΡΙ3Κ-δ and / or ΡΙ3Κ-γ in compared to all other types of PI3 kinases. Such selective inhibition of PI3K-5 and / or ΡΙ3Κ-γ may be advantageous in treating any of the diseases or conditions described herein. For example, without wishing to be limited to a particular theory, selective inhibition of ΡΙ3Κ-δ can inhibit inflammatory responses associated with inflammatory diseases, autoimmune disease, or diseases related to an unwanted immune response, including, but not limited to, asthma, emphysema, allergy, dermatitis, rheumatoid arthritis, psoriasis, lupus erythematosus, or graft versus host disease. Without being limited to a particular theory, selective inhibition of Ρΐ3Κ-δ may further provide a reduction in the unwanted inflammatory or immune response without a reduction
<img file="MX347708B_D0242.tif" />
IMPI
ΙΝ5ΤΓΓΊ ΓΠ> MUICANu From PKOFHDAP INWJynUAL to reduce infection
Not limited to a theory
244 concomitant in bacterial, viral and / or fungal capacity.
In particular, selective inhibition of both ΡΙ3Κ-δ and Ρΐ3Κ-γ may be advantageous in inhibiting the inflammatory response in the subject to a greater degree than would be provided by inhibitors that selectively inhibit ΡΙ3Κ-δ or ΡΙ3Κ-γ alone. In one embodiment, one or more of the methods provided herein are effective in reducing the production of antigen-specific antibodies in vivo by about 2-fold, 3-fold, 4-fold, 5-fold, 7.5-fold, 10 times, 25 times, 50 times, 100 times, 250 times, 500 times, 750 times, or about 1000 times, or more. In another embodiment, one or more of the methods provided herein are effective in reducing the production of antigen-specific IgG3 and / or IgGM in vivo by about 2 times, about 3 times, about 4 times, about 5 times. , about 7.5 times, about 10 times, about 25 times, about 50 times, about 100 times, about 250 times, about 500 times, about 750 times or about 1000 times, or more.
In one embodiment, one or more of the methods provided herein are effective in ameliorating the symptoms associated with rheumatoid arthritis, including, but not limited to, a reduction in joint swelling, a reduction in the levels serum anti-collagen antibodies and / or a reduction in joint pathology, such as bone resorption, cartilage damage, drape and / or inflammation. In another embodiment, the methods provided herein are effective in reducing ankle swelling by at least about 2%, about 5%, about 10%, about 15%, about 20%, about 25%, about 30%, about 50%, or about 60%, or about 75% to
245
<img file="MX347708B_D0243.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO M LA MOHEDAL) INDUSTRIAL about 90%. In another embodiment, the methods provided herein are effective in reducing knee inflammation by at least about 2%, about 5%, about 10%, about 15%, about 20%, about 25%, about 30%, about 50%, or about 60%, or from about 75% to about 90% or more. In still another embodiment, the methods provided herein are effective in reducing serum levels of anti-type II collagen antibodies by at least about 10%, about 12%, about 15%, about 20%. , about 24%, about 25%, about 30%, about 35%, about 50%, about 60%, about 75%, about 80%, about 86%, about 87% or about 90%, or more. In another embodiment, the methods provided herein are effective in reducing roll histopathology scores by about 5%, about 10%, about 15%, about 20%, about 25%, about 30%, about 40%, about 50%, about 60%, about 75%, about 80%, or about 90%, or more. In still another embodiment, the methods provided herein are effective in reducing knee histopathology scores by about 5%, about 10%, about 15%, about 20%, about 25%. , about 30%, about 40%, about 50%, about 60%, about 75%, about 80%, or about 90%, or more.
In other embodiments, provided herein are methods of using the compounds or pharmaceutical compositions provided herein to treat
246
<img file="MX347708B_D0244.tif" />
IMPI ΐΗΓττηπυ Mexican M LA MU> m »AI> INtXirnUAL respiratory diseases, including, but not limited to, diseases that affect the lobes of the lung, the pleural cavity, the bronchial tubes, the trachea, the upper respiratory tract or the nerves and muscles for breathing. For example, methods are provided for treating obstructive pulmonary disease, including COPD. Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD) is an umbrella term for a group of diseases of the airways that are characterized by a limitation or obstruction of air flow. States included in this umbrella term are: chronic bronchitis, emphysema, and bronchiectasis.
In another embodiment, the compounds described herein are used for the treatment of asthma. In addition, the compounds or pharmaceutical compositions described herein can be used for the treatment of endotoxemia and sepsis. In one embodiment, the compounds or pharmaceutical compositions described herein are used for the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis (RA). In yet another embodiment, the compounds or pharmaceutical compositions described herein are used for the treatment of atopic or contact dermatitis. Contact dermatitis includes irritant dermatitis, phototoxic dermatitis, allergic dermatitis, photoallergic dermatitis, contact urticaria, systemic contact-type dermatitis, and the like. Irritant dermatitis can occur when too much of a substance is used on the skin or when the skin is sensitive to a certain substance. Atopic dermatitis, sometimes called eczema, is a class of dermatitis, an atopic skin disease.
Also provided herein is a method of treating a hyperproliferative disorder in a mammal which comprises administering to said mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a compound provided herein, or a salt, ester, prodrug, solvate, hydrate.
247
IMPI Mexican fwrtrruTO DE LA MOMEDA * INDUSTRIAL or pharmaceutically acceptable derivative thereof. In some embodiments, the hyperproliferative disorder is a myeloid syndrome, a myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS), a myeloproliferative disease (MPD), or a mast cell disorder. In some embodiments, said method refers to the treatment of cancer such as acute myeloid leukemia, retinoblastoma, infraocular melanoma or cancers of the thymus, brain, lung, squamous cell, skin, eye, oral cavity and oropharynx, of bladder, gastric, stomach, pancreatic, bladder, breast, cervical, head, neck, renal, kidney, liver, ovary, prostate, colorectal, esophageal, testicular, gynecological, thyroid, CNS or SNP related to AIDS (eg, Kaposi's lymphoma and sarcoma) or virus-induced cancer. In some embodiments, said method relates to the treatment of a non-cancerous hyperproliferative disorder, such as benign hyperplasia of the skin (eg, psoriasis), restenosis or prostate (eg, benign prosthetic hypertrophy (BPH)).
Also provided herein is a method of treating diseases related to vasculogenesis or angiogenesis in a mammal which comprises administering to said mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a compound provided herein, or a salt, ester, prodrug, solvate, hydrate or pharmaceutically acceptable derivative thereof. In some embodiments, said method is for treating a disease selected from the group consisting of tumor angiogenesis, chronic inflammatory disease such as rheumatoid arthritis, atherosclerosis, inflammatory bowel disease, skin diseases such as psoriasis, eczema and scleroderma, diabetes, diabetic retinopathy, retinopathy of prematurity, age-related macular degeneration, hemangioma, glioma, melanoma, Kaposi's sarcoma and ovarian cancer, breast, lung, pancreatic, prostate, colon and epidermoid.
248
<img file="MX347708B_D0245.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO M LA MONEDAD INDUSTRIAL
In one embodiment, patients who can be treated with compounds provided herein, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, prodrug, solvate, hydrate, or derivative of such compounds, according to methods provided herein include, for example, patients a those who have been diagnosed as having psoriasis; restenosis; atherosclerosis; BPH; breast cancer such as a ductal carcinoma in ductal tissue in a mammary gland, medullary carcinomas, colloidal carcinomas, tubular carcinomas, and inflammatory breast cancer; ovarian cancer, including epithelial ovarian tumors, such as adenocarcinoma in the ovary and an adenocarcinoma that has migrated from the ovary into the abdominal cavity; uterine cancer; cervical cancer, such as adenocarcinoma in the epithelium of the cervix including adenocarcinomas and squamous cell carcinoma; prostate cancer, such as a prostate cancer selected from the following: an adenocarcinoma or an adenocarinoma that has migrated to the bone; pancreatic cancer, such as epithelioid carcinoma in pancreatic ductal tissue and an adenocarcinoma in a pancreatic duct; bladder cancer, such as transitional cell carcinoma of the urinary bladder, urothelial carcinomas (transitional cell carcinomas), tumors of the urothelial cells lining the · bladder, squamous cell carcinomas, adenocarcinomas, and small cell cancers; leukemia such as acute myeloid leukemia (AML), acute lymphocytic leukemia, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, chronic myeloid leukemia, hairy cell leukemia, myelodysplasia, myeloproliferative disorders, acute myelogenous leukemia (AML), chronic myelogenous leukemia (CML), mastocytosis, lymphocytic leukemia chronic (CLL), multiple myeloma (MM) and myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS); bone cancer; lung cancer such as non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC), which is divided into squamous cell carcinomas, adenocarcinomas and large cell undifferentiated carcinomas, and cell lung cancer
249
<img file="MX347708B_D0246.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICAN!
OF THE ΕΚΟΠΕΠΑΓ INDUSTRIAL small; skin cancer such as basal cell carcinoma, melanoma, squamous cell carcinoma, and actinic keratosis, which is a skin condition that sometimes develops into squamous cell carcinoma; ocular retinoblastoma; skin or infraocular (ocular) melanoma; primary liver cancer (cancer that begins in the liver); kidney cancer; thyroid cancer such as papillary, follicular, medullary, and anaplastic; AIDS-related lymphoma such as diffuse large B-cell lymphoma, immunoblastic B-cell lymphoma, and non-cleaved small cell lymphoma; Kaposi's sarcoma; virus-induced cancers including hepatitis B virus (HBV), hepatitis C virus (HCV), and hepatocellular carcinoma; human lymphotropic virus type 1 (HTLV-1) and adult T-cell leukemia / lymphoma; and human papillomavirus (HPV) and cervical cancer; central nervous system (CNS) cancers such as primary brain tumor, including gliomas (astrocytoma, anaplastic astrocytoma, or glioblastoma multiforme), oligodendroglioma, ependymoma, meningioma, lymphoma, schwannoma, and medulloblastoma; cancers of the peripheral nervous system (PNS) such as acoustic neuromas and malignant peripheral nerve sheath tumors (MPNST) including neurofibromas and schwannomas, malignant fibrous cytoma, malignant fibrous histiocytoma, malignant meningioma, malignant mesothelioma, and malignant mixed müllerian tumor; oral cavity and oropharyngeal cancer such as hypopharyngeal cancer, laryngeal cancer, nasopharyngeal cancer, and oropharyngeal cancer; stomach cancer such as lymphomas, gastric stromal tumors, and carcinoid tumors; testicular cancer such as germ cell tumors (GCT), including seminomas and non-seminomas, and qonadal stromal tumors, including Leydig cell tumors and Sertoli cell tumors; thymus cancer such as thymomas, thymic carcinomas, Hodgkin's disease, non-Hodgkin's lymphomas, carcinoids or carcinoid tumors; rectal cancer and / or colon cancer.
250
IMPI
ΙΝΓΠΤυΤ · MEXICANO M LA RROHEDAD INDUSTRIAL
In one embodiment, patients who can be treated with compounds provided herein, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, prodrug, solvate, hydrate, or derivative of such compounds, according to the methods provided herein include, for example, patients a those who have been diagnosed as having conditions including, but not limited to, acoustic neuroma, adenocarcinoma, adrenal gland cancer, anal cancer, angiosarcoma (for example, lymphangiosarcoma, lymphangioendotheliosarcoma, hemangiosarcoma), benign monoclonal gammopathy, biliary cancer (eg, cholangiocarcinoma), bladder cancer, breast cancer (eg, adenocarcinoma of the breast, papillary carcinoma of the breast, breast cancer, medullary carcinoma of the breast ), brain cancer (eg, meningioma; glioma, eg, astrocytoma, oligodendroglioma; medulloblastoma), bronchial cancer, cervical cancer (for example, adenocarcinoma of the cervix), choriocarcinoma, chordoma, craniopharyngioma, colorectal cancer (for example, colon cancer, rectal cancer, colorectal adenocarcinoma), epithelial carcinoma, ependymoma, endotheliosarcoma ( e.g. Kaposi's sarcoma, multiple idiopathic hemorrhagic sarcoma), endometrial cancer, esophageal cancer (e.g. adenocarcinoma of the esophagus, Barrett's adenocarcinoma), Ewing's sarcoma, familial hypereosinophilia, gastric cancer (eg, adenocarcinoma of the stomach), gastrointestinal stromal tumor (GIST), head and neck cancer (eg, squamous cell head and neck carcinoma, oral cancer (eg, oral cell carcinoma squamous cell disease (OSCC)), heavy chain disease (e.g. alpha chain disease, gamma chain disease, mu chain disease), hemangioblastoma, inflammatory myofibroblastic tumors, immunocytic amyloidosis, kidney cancer (eg, nephroblastoma, also known as Wilms tumor, renal cell carcinoma), liver cancer (eg, hepatocellular cancer (HCC), malignant hepatoma), lung cancer (eg, carcinoma bronchogenic, lung cancer
<img file="MX347708B_D0247.tif" />
Mexican tNSTmrro DE LA FROMEDAO INDUSTRIAL small cells (SCLC), non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC), adenocarcinoma of the lung), leukemia (for example, acute lymphocytic leukemia (ALL), including ALL of lineage B and ALL of lineage T, chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL), prolymphocytic leukemia (PLL), hairy cell leukemia (HLL), and Waldenstrom's macroglobulinemia (WM); peripheral T-cell lymphomas (PTCL), adult T-cell leukemia / lymphoma (ATL), cutaneous T-cell lymphoma (CTCL), large granular lymphocytic leukemia (LGF), Hodgkin's disease, and ReedStemberg's disease; Acute myeloid leukemia (AML), chronic myeloid leukemia (CML), chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL)), lymphoma (eg, Hodgkin lymphoma (HL), non-Hodgkin lymphoma (NHL), follicular lymphoma, diffuse large B-cell lymphoma (DLBCL), mantle cell lymphoma (MCL)), leiomyosarcoma (LMS), mastocytosis (eg, systemic mastocytosis), multiple myeloma (MM), myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS), mesothelioma, myeloproliferative disorder (MPD) (eg , true polycythemia (PV), essential thrombocytosis (ET), chronic myelomonocytic leukemia (CMML), agnogenic myeloid metaplasia (MMA) also known as myelofibrosis (ME), idiopathic chronic myelofibrosis, chronic myeloid leukemia (CML), chronic neutrophilic leukemia (CNL), hypereosinophilic syndrome (HES) ), neuroblastoma, neurofibroma (for example, neurofibromatosis (NF) type 1 or type 2, schwannomatosis), neuroendocrine cancer (for example, gastroenteropancreatic neuroendocrine tumor (GEP-NET), carcinoid tumor), osteosarcoma, ovarian cancer (for example, cystadenocarcinoma, embryonal carcinoma of the ovary, adenocarcinoma of the ovary), Paget's disease of the vulva, Paget's disease of the penis, papillary adenocarcinoma, pancreatic cancer (for example, pancreatic andenocarcinoma, Intraductal papillary mucinous neoplasm (IPMN)), pinealoma, primitive neuroectodermal tumor (PNT), prostate cancer (for example, adenocarcinoma of the prostate), rhabdomyosarcoma, retinoblastoma, cancer of the salivary gland, skin cancer (for example,
IMPI fwmvro MEXICAN
DE ΙΑ ΜΟΠΕΟΑΤ O INDUSTRIAL squamous cell carcinoma (SCC), keratoacanthoma (KA), melanoma, basal cell carcinoma (BCC)), cancer of the small intestine (e.g. cancer of the appendix), soft tissue sarcoma (e.g. , malignant fibrous histiocytoma (MFH), liposarcoma, malignant tumor of the peripheral nerve sheaths (MPNST), chondrosarcoma, fibrosarcoma, myxosarcoma), sebaceous gland carcinoma, sweat gland carcinoma, synovioma, testicular cancer (eg, seminoma, testicular embryonal carcinoma), thyroid cancer (eg, papillary thyroid carcinoma, papillary thyroid carcinoma (PTC), medullary thyroid cancer), and Waldenstrbm macroglobulinemia.
In some embodiments, provided herein are methods of treating a hematological malignancy in a subject comprising administering to said subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound provided herein, or a salt, ester, prodrug, solvate, hydrate. or pharmaceutically acceptable derivative thereof. In some embodiments, the hematologic malignancy is a myeloid malignancy. Exemplary myeloid malignancies that can be treated using the compounds provided herein include: leukemia (eg, acute myeloid leukemia (AML) or chronic myeloid leukemia (CML)); myelodysplastic syndromes (MDS) (eg, high-grade MDS or low-grade MDS); Myeloproliferative disease (MPD) (eg, essential thrombocytosis (ET), myelofibrosis (MF), true polycythemia (PV), or chronic myelomonocytic leukemia (CMML)) and mast cell disorders.
In some embodiments, the hematologic malignancy is a lymphoid malignancy, eg, a lymphoma. Exemplary lymphomas that can be treated using the compounds provided herein include Hodgkin's lymphoma, non-Hodgkin's lymphoma (eg, B-cell or T-cell), leukemia (eg, acute lymphocytic leukemia (ALL) or chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL)), and disorders
253 post-transplant lymphoproliferative (PLD). Exemplary B-cell lymphomas include: diffuse grañdBs B-cell lymphoma (DLBCL), mantle cell lymphoma, and painless non-Hodgkin's lymphoma (iNHL). Exemplary T-cell lymphomas include peripheral T-cell lymphoma (PTCL) and cutaneous T-cell lymphoma (CTCL). Exemplary acute lymphocytic leukemias (ALL) include T-cell ALL and B-cell ALL. Exemplary PLDs include multiple myeloma, Waldenstrom's PLD, and amyloid PLD.
In other embodiments, the compounds and compositions provided herein can be used to prevent PI3K-mediated cancer, in a subject who has, or is at risk for, PI3K-mediated cancer. In one embodiment, the compounds and compositions provided herein can be used as a chemopreventive agent, eg, as an agent that inhibits, delays, or reverses the development of a PI3K-mediated cancer. Such a role is supported, at least in part, by an extensive body of evidence showing the effects of anti-inflammatory agents, such as COX-2 inhibitors, as chemopreventive agents to reduce or inhibit the development of cancer, including cancer. colon, among others. Since both COX-2 inhibitors and PI3K inhibitors have broad anti-inflammatory activity, PI3K inhibition is expected to have chemopreventive activity in reducing or inhibiting the development of a variety of cancers.
In certain embodiments, a method of treating or preventing a recurrence and / or relapse of a PI3K-mediated cancer (eg, a PI3K-mediated cancer as described herein) in a subject is provided. The method includes administering to the subject a PI3K inhibitor, eg, one or more PI3K inhibitors as described herein, in an amount sufficient to reduce or inhibit tumor or cancer recurrence or regrowth.
254
<img file="MX347708B_D0248.tif" />
IMPI
ΠΛΤΓΠΓΓΟ MEXICANO DE LA MONEDAT INOOSnUAL in the subject. In certain embodiments, the subject is a patient who is undergoing, or has undergone, anticancer therapy (eg, treatment with other anticancer agents, surgery, and / or radiation). The PI3K inhibitor can be administered before treatment, simultaneously with treatment, after treatment, with other anticancer therapies; or during remission of the cancer. Inhibition of relapse or relapse may not be absolute, provided that treatment or prevention delays (for example, by a week, month, year) recurrence and / or relapse, or reduces or delays new growth (for example, by at least about 10%, about 20%, about 30%, about
40%, about 50% or more) of PI3K-mediated cancer (eg, compared to a subject not treated with the PI3K inhibitor).
Thus, in one embodiment, a method of extending relapse-free survival in a subject with a cancer who is undergoing, or has undergone, anticancer therapy by administering a therapeutically effective amount of a cancer inhibitor is disclosed. PI3K to the subject. Recurrence-free survival, as understood by those of skill in the art, is the period of time after a specific point in cancer treatment during which there is no clinically defined recurrence in the cancer. In some embodiments, the PI3K inhibitor is administered concurrently with anticancer therapy. In other embodiments, the PI3K inhibitor is administered sequentially (in any order) with the cancer therapy. In cases of simultaneous administration, the PI3K inhibitor can continue to be administered after cessation of anticancer therapy. In other embodiments, the PI3K inhibitor is administered after cessation of cancer therapy (eg, without any period of overlap with cancer treatment). The PI3K inhibitor can be administered immediately after cessation of anti-drug therapy.
255
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO M LA MONEDAD INDUSTRIAL cancer, or there may be an interval in time (for example, up to a few hours, approximately one day, approximately one week, approximately one month, approximately six months, or one year) between the end of the cancer therapy and administration of the inhibitor, PI3K. Treatment with the PI3K inhibitor can continue as long as relapse-free survival is maintained (for example, up to about one day, about one week, about one month, about six months, about one year, about two years, about three years, about four years, about five years, or more).
Also provided herein is a method of treating diabetes in a mammal which comprises administering to said mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a compound provided herein, or a pharmaceutically derived salt, ester, prodrug, solvate, hydrate or derivative. acceptable of it.
Furthermore, the compounds described herein can be used to treat acne. In certain embodiments, the inflammatory condition and / or immune disorder is a condition of the skin. In some embodiments, the skin condition is pruritus (itching), psoriasis, eczema, burns, or dermatitis. In certain embodiments, the skin condition is psoriasis. In certain embodiments, the skin condition is itchy.
Furthermore, the compounds described herein can be used for the treatment of arteriosclerosis, including atherosclerosis. Atherosclerosis is a general term that describes any hardening of the middle or large arteries. Atherosclerosis is a hardening of an artery due specifically to atheromatous plaque.
In some embodiments, provided herein is a method of treating cardiovascular disease in a subject comprising administering to said
256
<img file="MX347708B_D0249.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANL
DE LA MOHEDAL INDUSTRIAL subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound as disclosed herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable form (for example, salts, hydrates, solvates, chelates, non-covalent complexes, isomers, prodrugs, and derivatives pharmaceutically acceptable isotopically labeled) thereof. Examples of cardiovascular conditions include, but are not limited to, atherosclerosis, restenosis, vascular occlusion, and carotid obstructive disease.
In certain embodiments, the inflammatory disorder and / or the immune disorder is a gastrointestinal disorder. In some embodiments, the gastrointestinal disorder is selected from gastrointestinal disorder (eg, selected from peptic ulcers, regional enteritis, diverticulitis, gastrointestinal bleeding, eosinophilic gastrointestinal disorders (eg, eosinophilic esophagitis, eosinophilic gastritis, eosinophilic gastroenteritis, eosinophilic colitis), gastritis. , diarrhea, gastroesophageal reflux disease (GORD, or its synonym GERD), inflammatory bowel disease (IBD) (eg, Crohn's disease, ulcerative colitis, collagenous colitis, lymphocytic colitis, ischemic colitis, diversion colitis, Behcet's syndrome, intermediate colitis), and inflammatory bowel syndrome (IBS)). In certain embodiments, the gastrointestinal disorder is inflammatory bowel disease (IBD).
In addition, the compounds described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable form (eg, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates, chelates, non-covalent complexes, isomers, prodrugs, and isotopically labeled derivatives) thereof, can be used for the treatment. of glomerulonephritis. Glomerulonephritis is a primary or secondary autoimmune kidney disease characterized by inflammation of the glomeruli. It can be asymptomatic or present with hematuria and / or proteinuria. There are many recognized types, divided into acute, subacute, or glomerulonephritis.
IMPI Mexican iNSTmrrc DE LA ntOHEOAD INDUmiAl Chronicle. Causes can be infectious (bacterial, viral, or parasite pathogens), autoimmune, or paraneoplastic.
In some embodiments, provided herein are compounds, or a pharmaceutically acceptable form (eg, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates, chelates, non-covalent complexes, isomers, prodrugs, and isotopically labeled derivatives) thereof, or pharmaceutical compositions. as disclosed herein, for the treatment of multi-organ failure. Also provided herein are compounds, or a pharmaceutically acceptable form (eg, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates, chelates, non-covalent complexes, isomers, prodrugs, and isotopically labeled derivatives) thereof, or pharmaceutical compositions as described. disclosed herein, for the treatment of liver diseases (including diabetes), gallbladder disease (including gallstones), pancreatitis or kidney disease (including proliferative glomerulonephritis and diabetes-induced kidney disease) or pain in a subject.
In some embodiments, provided herein are compounds, or a pharmaceutically acceptable form (eg, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates, chelates, non-covalent complexes, isomers, prodrugs, and isotopically labeled derivatives) thereof, or pharmaceutical compositions. as disclosed herein, for the prevention of implantation of blasts in a subject.
In some embodiments, provided herein are compounds, or a pharmaceutically acceptable form (eg, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates, chelates, non-covalent complexes, isomers, prodrugs, and isotopically labeled derivatives) thereof, or pharmaceutical compositions. as disclosed herein, for the treatment of disorders involving
258
<img file="MX347708B_D0250.tif" />
IMPI
INTTTTUTO MEUCANL
Ot LA FROFIFDAU INDUSTRIAL platelet aggregation or platelet adhesion, including, but not limited to, idiopathic thrombocytopenic purpura, syndrome
Bernard-Soulier, Glanzmann's thrombasthenia, Scott's syndrome, von Willebrand's disease, Hermansky-Pudlak syndrome, and gray platelet syndrome.
In some embodiments, compounds, or a pharmaceutically acceptable form (eg, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates, chelates, non-covalent complexes, isomers, prodrugs, and isotopically labeled derivatives) thereof, or pharmaceutical compositions are provided as given. disclosed herein, for treating a disease that is skeletal muscle atrophy, skeletal or muscular hypertrophy. In some embodiments, provided herein are compounds, or a pharmaceutically acceptable form (eg, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates, chelates, non-covalent complexes, isomers, prodrugs, and isotopically labeled derivatives) thereof, or pharmaceutical compositions. as disclosed herein, for - the treatment of disorders including, but not limited to, cancers as discussed herein, transplant-related disorders (eg, reduced rejection rates, graft-versus-host disease, etc.), muscular sclerosis (MS), allergic disorders (eg, arthritis, encephalomyelitis allergy) and other disorders related to the immunosuppressive system, metabolic disorders (e.g. diabetes), reduced intimal thickening after vascular injury, and protein misfolding disorders (for example, Alzheimer's disease, Gaucher disease, Parkinson's disease, Huntington's disease, cystic fibrosis, macular degeneration, retinitis pigmentosa, and prion disorders) (as inhibition of mTOR can alleviate the effects of misfolded protein aggregates). The disorders also include hamartoma syndromes, such as tuberous sclerosis and
259
<img file="MX347708B_D0251.tif" />
IMPI
Mexican INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRY PROPERTY Cowden's disease (also called Cowden syndrome and multiple hamartoma syndrome).
In other embodiments, the compounds described herein can be used for the treatment of bursitis, lupus, acute disseminated encephalomyelitis (ADEM), Addison's disease, antiphospholipid antibody syndrome (APS), aplastic anemia, autoimmune hepatitis, celiac disease, disease. Crohn's, diabetes mellitus (type 1), Goodpasture's syndrome, Graves' disease, Guillain-Barré syndrome (GBS), Hashimoto's disease, inflammatory bowel disease, lupus erythematosus, myasthenia gravis, opsoclonomioclonus syndrome (QMS), optic neuritis, Ord's thyroiditis, osteoarthritis, uveoretinitis, pemphigus, polyarthritis, primary biliary cirrhosis, Reiter's syndrome, Takayasu's arteritis, temporal arteritis, warm autoimmune hemolytic anemia, warm Wegeneromatosis , universal alopecia, Chagas disease, chronic fatigue syndrome, dysautonomia, endometriosis, hidradenitis suppurativa, interstitial cystitis, neuromyotonia, sarcoidosis, Scleroderma, ulcerative colitis, vitiligo, vulvodynia, appendicitis, arteritis, arthritis, blepharitis, bronchiolitis, bronchitis, cervicitis, cholangitis, cholecystitis, chorioamnionitis, colitis, conjunctivitis, cystitis, dacryoadenitis, dermatomyositis, endocarditis, epididitis, endometritis, enterocolitis, endocarditis, epidymitis , fasciitis, fibrositis, gastritis, gastroenteritis, gingivitis, hepatitis, hidradenitis, ileitis, iritis, laryngitis, mastitis, meningitis, myelitis, myocarditis, myositis, nephritis, omphalitis, oophoritis, orchitis, osteitis, otitis, pancreatitis, parotitis, pericarditis, peritonitis, pharyngitis, pleuritis, phlebitis, pneumonitis, proctitis, prostatitis, pyelonephritis, rhinitis, salpingitis, sinusitis, stomatitis, synovitis, tonsils, tonsils, synovitis, tonsils uveitis, vaginitis, vasculitis or vulvitis.
In other embodiments, the compounds provided herein can be used for the treatment of rhinitis.
260
<img file="MX347708B_D0252.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO Dt LA EROHIDAD INDUSTRIAL Perennial allergic, mesenteritis, peritonitis, acrodermatitis, angiodermatitis, atopic dermatitis, contact dermatitis, eczema, erythema multiforme, intertrigo, Stevens Johnson syndrome, toxic epidermal necrolysis / allergic skin allergy, severe allergic reaction / granulomatosis allergic, Wegener's granulomatosis, allergic conjunctivitis, chorioretinitis, conjunctivitis, infectious keratoconjunctivitis, keratoconjunctivitis, Nenonatal ophthalmia, trachoma, uveitis, eye inflammation, blepharoconjunctivitis, mastitis, gingivitis, pericoronitis, pharyngitis, rhinopharyngitis, sialadenitis, musculoskeletal system inflammation, adult-onset Still's disease, Behcet's disease, bursitis, chondrocalcinosis, dactylitis syndrome, Felty, gout, infectious arthritis, Lyme disease, inflammatory osteoarthritis, periarthritis, Reiter's syndrome, Ross River virus infection, Acute respiratory distress syndrome, acute bronchitis, acute sinusitis, allergic rhinitis, asthma, severe resistant asthma, pharyngitis, pleurisy, rhinopharyngitis, seasonal allergic rhinitis, sinusitis, asthmatic state, tracheobronchitis, rhinitis, serositis, meningitis, neuromyelitis optica, poliovirus infection , Alport syndrome, balanitis, epididymitis, epididymis orchitis, focal segmental glomerulosclerosis, glomerulonephritis, IgA nephropathy (Berger's disease), orchitis, parametritis, pelvic inflammatory disease, prostatitis, pyelitis, pyelocystitis, pyelonephritis, Wegener's granulomatosis, hyperuricemia, aortitis, arteritis, chylopericarditis, Dressler syndrome, endoarteritis, endocarditis, extracranial temporal arteritis, HIV-associated arteritis, intracranial temporal arteritis, Kawasaki disease, lymphangiophlebitis, Mondor disease, periarteritis, or pericarditis.
In other embodiments, the compounds provided herein are used for the treatment of autoimmune hepatitis, jejunitis, mesenteritis, mucositis,
<img file="MX347708B_D0253.tif" />
<sup>01</sup> IMPI IHCTITiro MUICAN * DE LA ΜΟΝΕΟΑΓ INDUSTRIAL nonalcoholic steatohepatitis, nonviral hepatitis, autoimmune pancreatitis, perihepatitis, peritonitis, pouchitis, proctitis, pseudomembranous colitis, rectosigmoiditis, salpingoperitonitis, sigmoiditis, steatohepatitis, ulcer syndrome, ulcer syndrome, Chloectitis irritable bowel, gastrointestinal inflammation, acute enterocolitis, anusitis, Balser necrosis, cholecystitis, colitis, Crohn's disease, diverticulitis, enteritis, enterocolitis, enterohepatitis, eosinophilic esophagitis, esophagitis, gastritis, hemorrhagic enteritis, hepatitis, hepatitis virus infection, hepatocholangitis, hypertrophic gastritis, ileitis, ileocecitis, sarcoidosis, inflammatory bowel disease, ankylosing spondylitis, rheumatoid arthritis Juvenile rheumatoid, psoriasis, psoriatic arthritis, lupus (cutaneous / systemic / nephritis), AIDS, agammaglobulinemia, AIDS-related complex, Bruton's disease, Chediak Higashi syndrome, common variable immunodeficiency, DiGeorge syndrome, dysgammaglobulinemia, immunoglobulin deficiency, Job syndrome, Nezelof syndrome, phagocyte bactericidal disorder, Wiskott Aldrich syndrome, asplenia, elephantiasis, hypersplenism, Kawasaki disease , lymphadenopathy, lymphedema, lymphocele, Nonne Milroy Meige syndrome, spleen disease, splenomegaly, thymoma, thymic disease, perivasculitis, phlebitis, pleuropericarditis, polyarteritis nodosa, vasculitis, Takayasu arteritis, temporal arteritis, thromboangiitis, obliterative thromboangiitis, thromboendocarditis, thrombophlebitis, or COPD.
In some embodiments, provided herein are methods of treating an inflammatory or autoimmune disease in a subject comprising administering to said subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound provided herein, or a salt, ester, prodrug, solvate. , hydrate or pharmaceutically acceptable derivative thereof. In some embodiments, the disease
262 iNSTmrrc »Mexican DE LA FROFTIOAr INDUSTRIAL
Inflammatory or autoimmune IMPI includes asthma, rheumatoid arthritis, Crohn's disease, lupus, and multiple sclerosis<sup>1</sup>......
In some embodiments, the inflammatory or autoimmune disease includes: idiopathic thrombocytopenic purpura; anemia, for example aplastic anemia; lupus, for example cutaneous lupus erythematosus; and pemphigus, for example cutaneous bullous pemphigus with blistering.
Also provided herein is a method of treating cardiovascular disease in a mammal comprising administering to said mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a compound provided herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, prodrug, solvate, hydrate, or derived from it. Examples of cardiovascular conditions include, but are not limited to, atherosclerosis, restenosis, vascular occlusion, and carotid obstructive disease.
In another embodiment, provided herein are methods of altering the function of a leukocyte or altering a function of an osteoclast. In one embodiment, the method comprises contacting the leukocyte or osteoclast with an altering amount of function of a compound provided herein.
In another embodiment, provided herein are methods of treating an ophthalmic disease by administering a compound provided herein or a pharmaceutical composition provided herein to the eye of a subject.
V. COMBINATION TREATMENT
Also provided herein are methods for combination therapies in which an agent known to modulate other pathways, or other components of the same pathway, or even overlapping sets of target enzymes, is used in combination with a compound provided in the present document, or a salt,
263
IMPIAS
INSTITUTO MEXICANA J *
Ot LA ntOPIECMI ·. ·% INOUSTRIAI ester, prodrug, solvate, hydrate or pharmaceutically acceptable derivative thereof. In one embodiment, such therapy includes, but is not limited to, combining the subject compound with chemotherapeutic agents, therapeutic antibodies, and radiation treatment, to provide a synergistic or additive therapeutic effect.
In one embodiment, the compounds or pharmaceutical compositions provided herein may exhibit synergistic or additive efficacy when administered in combination with agents that inhibit IgE activity or production. Such a combination can reduce the unwanted high-level IgE effect associated with the use of one or more Ρΐ3Κδ inhibitors, if such an effect occurs. In some embodiments, this can be particularly useful in treating inflammatory and autoimmune disorders (AIID) such as rheumatoid arthritis. Additionally, without being limited to any particular theory, administration of ΡΙ3Κδ or ΡΙ3Κδ / γ inhibitors provided herein in combination with mTOR inhibitors may also show synergy by potentiating the inhibition of the PI3K pathway.
In another embodiment, a combination treatment of a de3Ρΐδ-associated disease is provided herein comprising administering to a subject a PI3KÓ inhibitor and an agent that inhibits IgE activity or production. Other exemplary Ρΐ3Κδ inhibitors may be applied and are described, for example, in US Patent No. 6,800,620, incorporated by reference. In some embodiments, such combination treatment is particularly useful for treating inflammatory and autoimmune diseases (AIID), including, but not limited to, rheumatoid arthritis.
Agents that inhibit IgE production are known in the art, and include, but are not limited to, one or more of TEI-9874, 2- (4- (6-cyclohexyloxy-2-naphthyloxy) phenylacetamide) benzoic acid,
ΙΝΠΤΠ / ΤΟ MEXICAN Ot LA FROFIIDAD INDUSTRIAL rapamycin, rapamycin analogs (ie, raplogs), TORCI inhibitors, T0RC2 inhibitors, and any other compound that inhibits mTORCl and mT0RC2. Agents that inhibit IgE activity include, for example, anti-IgE antibodies, such as, for example, omalizumab and TNX-901.
For the treatment of autoimmune diseases, the compounds or pharmaceutical compositions provided herein can be used in combination with commonly prescribed drugs, including, but not limited to, Enbrel®, Remicade®, Humira®, Avonex®, and Rebif®. For the treatment of respiratory diseases, the compounds or pharmaceutical compositions provided herein can be administered in combination with commonly prescribed drugs, including, but not limited to, Xolair®, Advair®, Singulair®, and Spiriva®.
In one embodiment, the compounds provided herein can be formulated or administered in conjunction with other agents that act to alleviate the symptoms of inflammatory conditions, such as encephalomyelitis, asthma, and the other diseases described herein. These agents include, but are not limited to, non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (*), for example, acetylsalicylic acid; ibuprofen; naproxen; indomethacin; nabumetone; and tolmetin. In some embodiments, corticosteroids are used to reduce inflammation and suppress the activity of the immune system. For example, a commonly prescribed drug of this type is prednisone. Chlorquine (Aralen®) or hydroxychloroquine (Plaguenil®) can also be very helpful in some individuals with lupus. They are often prescribed for lupus skin and joint symptoms. Azathioprine (Imuran) and cyclophosphamide (CYTOXAN ™) suppress inflammation and tend to suppress the immune system. Other agents, for example, methotrexate and cyclosporine, can be used to control lupus symptoms. Anticoagulants are used to prevent
265
<img file="MX347708B_D0254.tif" />
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTHVTO OF LA NKVIEDAD INBVSTRIAL blood clots rapidly. For example, they range from very low-dose aspirin that prevents platelets from sticking to heparin / coumarin. Other compounds used in the treatment of lupus include belimumab (Benlysta®).
In another embodiment, provided herein is a pharmaceutical composition for inhibiting abnormal cell growth in a mammal, comprising an amount of a compound provided herein, or a pharmaceutically derived salt, ester, prodrug, solvate, hydrate, or derivative. acceptable thereof, in combination with an amount of an anticancer agent (eg, a biotherapeutic or chemotherapeutic agent). Many chemotherapeutic agents are currently known in the art and can be used in combination with the compounds provided herein. Other cancer therapies, which can also be used in combination with the compounds provided herein, include, but are not limited to, surgery, surgical treatments, and radiation therapy.
In some embodiments, the chemotherapeutic agent is selected from the group consisting of mitotic inhibitors, alkylating agents, antimetabolites, intercalating antibiotics, growth factor inhibitors, cell cycle inhibitors, enzymes, topoisomerase inhibitors, biological response modifiers, antihormones. , angiogenesis inhibitors and antiandrogens. Non-limiting examples of anticancer agents include, for example, chemotherapeutic agents, cytotoxic agents, and non-peptide small molecules such as Gleevec® (imatinib mesylate), Velcade® (bortezomib), CASODEX ™ (bicalutamide), Iressa ™ (gefitinib), and adriamycin as well as a large number of chemotherapeutic agents. Non-limiting examples of chemotherapeutic agents include, for example, alkylating agents such as thiotepa and cyclophosphamide (CYTOXAN ™); alkyl sulfonates as busulfan, improsulfan and piposulfan; aziridines such as benzodopa,
266
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO DE LA MONEDA · INBUSTFIAL carboquona, meturedopa y uredopa; ethyleneimines and methylamelamines including altretamine, triethylenemelamine, triethylenephosphoramide, triethylenethiophosphaoramide, trimethylolomelamine;
Nitrogen mustards such as chlorambucil, chlornaphazine, collophosphamide, estramustine, ifosfamide, mechlorethamine, mechlorethamine oxide hydrochloride, melphalan, novembikine, phenesterine, prednimustine, trophosphamide, uracil mustard; nitrosoureas such as carmustine, chlorozotocin, fotemustine, lomustine, nimustine, ranimustine; antibiotics such as clarcinomysins, actinomycin, autramycin, azaserin, bleomycin, cactinomycin, calicheamycin, carabicin, carminomycin, carzinophyllin, CASODEX ™, chromomycin, dactinomycin, daunorubicin, detorubicin, 6-diazo-5-oxuicin-L, doxy-norubicin-L esorubicin, idarubicin, marcelomycin, mitomycin, mycophenolic acid, nogalamycin, olivomycin, peplomycin, potphyromycin, puromycin, chelamycin, rodorubicin, streptonigrin, streptozocin, tubercidin, ubenimex, zinostatin, zorubicin; antimetabolites such as methotrexate and 5-fluorouracil (5-FU); folic acid analogs such as denopterin, methotrexate, pteropterin, trimetrexate; purine analogs such as fludarabine, 6-mercaptopurine, thiamiprine, thioguanine; pyrimidine analogs such as ancitabine, azacytidine, 6-azauridine, carmofur, cytarabine, dideoxyuridine, doxyfluridine, enocytabine, floxuridine, androgens such as calusterone, dromostanolone propionate, epithiostanol, mepitiostan, testolactostanus; antisuprarenals such as aminoglutethimide, mitotane, trilostane; folic acid replenisher such as frolinic acid; aceglatone; Aldophosphamide Glycoside; aminolevulinic acid; amsacrine; bestrabucilo; bisantreno; edatraxate; defofamin; demecolcin; diaziquone; elfomithin; elliptinium acetate; ethoglucid; gallium nitrate; hydroxyurea; lentinan; lonidamine; mitoguazone; mitoxantrone; mopidamole; nitracrine; pentostatin; fenamet; pirarubicin; podophyllinic acid; 2-ethylhydrazide; procarbazine; PSK.R ™ .; razoxane;
267
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO M LA PROPERTY INDUSTRIAL sizofirán; spirogermanium; tenuazonic acid; triaziquone; 2,2 ', 2-trichlorotriethylamine; urethane; vindesine; dacarbazine; manomustine; mitobronitol; mitolactol; pipobroman; gacytosine; arabinoside (Ara-C); cyclophosphamide; thiotepa; taxanes, eg, paclitaxel (TAXOL ™, Bristol-Myers Squibb Oncology, Princeton, NJ) and docetaxel (TAXOTERE®, Rhone-Poulenc Rorer, Antony, France); Retinoic acid; esperamycins; and capecitabine; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates or derivatives of any of the foregoing. Also included as suitable chemotherapeutic cell conditioners are anti-hormonal agents that act to regulate or inhibit the action of hormones on tumors such as anti-estrogens including, for example, tamoxifen (Novaldex ™), raloxifene, 4 (5) -imidazoles aromatase inhibitors, 4- hydroxy tamoxifen, trioxyphene, keoxifene, LY 117018, onapristone and toremifene (Fareston); and antiandrogens such as flutamide, nilutamide, bicalutamide, leuprolide, and goserelin; chlorambucil; gemcitabine; 6-thioguanine; mercaptopurine; methotrexate; platinum analogs such as cisplatin and carboplatin; vinblastine; platinum; etoposide (VP16); ifosfamide; mitomycin C; mitoxantrone; vincristine; vinorelbine; navclbine; novantrone; teniposide; daunomycin; aminopterin; Xeloda®; Ibandronate; camptothecin 11 (CPT-11); RFS 2000 topoisomerase inhibitor; and difluoromethylornithine (DMFO). In some embodiments / the compounds or pharmaceutical composition provided herein can be used in combination with commonly prescribed anti-cancer drugs, such as, for example, Herceptin®, Avastin®, Erbitux®, Rituxan®, Taxol®, Arimidex®, Taxotere ® and Velcade®.
Non-limiting examples are chemotherapeutic agents, cytotoxic agents, and non-peptide small molecules including ABVD, avicin, abagovomab, acridine, carboxamide, adecatumumab, 17-Nalylamino-17-demethoxygeldanamycin, alpharadine, alvocidib, 3-aminopyridionebazone-carboxaldemicide, 3-aminopyridionebazone-carboxaldemicide , anti-CD22 immunotoxins, antineoplastic agent,
FROM THE rxoriEDAf INDUSTRY!
antitumorigenic herbs, Apaziquone®, atiprimod, azathioprine, belotecan, bendamustine, BIBW 2992, biricodar, brostalicin, bryostatin, butionine sulfoximine, CBV (chemotherapy), caliculin, crizotinib, antineoplastic agents, non-specific cycloacidic acid dichloroplastic disc, dichloroplastic disc , enocitabine, epothilone, eribulin, everolimus, exatecan, exisulind, ferruginol, forumdesine, fosfestrol, ICE chemotherapy regimen, IT-101, imexon, imiquimod, indolocarbazole, irofulven, laniquidar, larotaxel, lenalidomide, lucanthone, lurtotecan, maphosfamide, mitozolomide, nafoxidine, nedaplatin, olaparib, ortataxel, PAC-1, papaya, pixantrone, proteasome inhibitor, rebeccamycin, resiquporamide-38, rubythecan, sapacite, SN , Stanford V, swainsonine, talaporfin, tariquidar, tegafur-uracil, Temodar®, tesetaxel, triplatin tetranitrate, tris (2-chloroethyl) amine, troxacitabine, uramustine, vadimezan, vinflunine, ZD6126 and zosuquidar.
In some embodiments, the chemotherapeutic agent is selected from Hedgehog pathway inhibitors including, but not limited to, IPI-926 (see US Patent 7,812,164). Other suitable Hedgehog pathway inhibitors include, for example, those described and disclosed in US Patent 7,230,004, US Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0293754, US Patent Application Publication No. 2008 / 0287420 and US Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0293755, the full disclosures of which are incorporated by reference herein. Examples of other suitable Hedgehog pathway inhibitors include those described in US Patent Application Publication No.<sup>s</sup> US 2002/0006931, US 2007/0021493 and US 2007/0060546, and International Application Publications No.<sup>you</sup> WO 2001/19800, WO 2001/26644, WO 2001/27135, WO 2001/49279, WO 2001/74344, WO 2003/011219, WO 2003/088970, WO 2004/020599, WO 2005/013800, WO 2005/033288, WO 2005/032343, WO 2005/042700, WO 2006/028958, WO 2006/050351, WO 2006/078283, WO
269
<img file="MX347708B_D0255.tif" />
IMPI
INSITO ΓΓΟ MEXICAN OF INDDSTIUAL CURRENCY
2007/054623, WO 2007/059157, WO 2007/120827, WO 2007/131201, WO
2008/070357, WO 2008/110611, WO 2008/112913 ^ and WO 2008/131354. Additional examples of Hedgehog pathway inhibitors include, but are not limited to, GDC-0449 (also known as RG3616 or vismodegib) described, for example, in Von Hoff D. et al., N. Engl. J. Med. 2009; 361 (12): 1164-72; Robarge KD et al., Bioorg Med Chem Lett. 2009; 19 (19): 5576-81; Yauch, RL et al. (2009)
Science 326: 572-574; Sciencexpress: 1-3 (10,1126 / science.1179386); Rudin, C. et al. (2009) New England J of Medicine 361-366 (10.1056 / nejma0902903); BMS-833923 (also known as XL139) described, for example, in Siu L. et al., J.
Clin. Oncol. 2010; 28: 15s (sup .; abstract 2501); and National Institute of Health Clinical Trial Identifier No. NCT006701891;
LDE-225 described, for example, in Pan S. et al., ACS Med. Chem. Lett., 2010; 1 (3): 130-134; LEQ-506 described, for example, in National Institute of Health Clinical Trial Identifier No. NCT01106508; PF-04449913 described, for example, in National Institute of Health Clinical Trial Identifier No. NCT00953758; Hedgehog pathway antagonists disclosed in US Patent Application Publication No. 2010/0286114; SMOÍ2-17 described, for example, in US Patent Application Publication No. 2010/0093625; SANT-1 and SANT-2 described, for example, in Rominger CM et al., J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther. 2009; 329 (3): 995-1005; l-piperazinyl-4-arylphthalazines or analogs thereof, described in Lucas BS et al., Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 2010; 20 (12): 3618-22.
Other chemotherapeutic agents include, but are not limited to, anti-estrogens (eg, tamoxifen, raloxifene, and megestrol), LHRH agonists (eg, goserelin and leuprolide), antiandrogens (eg, flutamide and bicalutamide), photodynamic therapies (eg eg, vertoporfin (BPD-MA), phthalocyanine, photosensitizer Pc4 and demethoxy-hypocrelin A (2BA-2-DMHA)), nitrogen mustards (eg, cyclophosphamide, ifosfamide, trophosphamide, chlorambucil, estramustine, and melphalan) nitrosoureas
270
<img file="MX347708B_D0256.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MtXICANV IX LA MOMEBAD INDUSTRIAL (for example, carmustine (BCNU) and lomustine (CCNU)), alkyl sulfonates (for example, busulfan and treosulfan), triazenes (for example, dacarbazine, temozolomide), platinum-containing compounds (for example , cisplatin, carboplatin, oxaliplatin), vinca alkaloids (for example, vincristine, vinblastine, vindesine and vinorelbine), taxoids (for example, paclitaxel or an equivalent to paclitaxel such as nanoparticulate albumin-bound paclitaxel (Abraxane), docosahexanoic acid-bound paclitaxel (DHA-paclitaxel, Taxoprexin®), polyglutamate-bound paclitaxel (PG-paclitaxel, paclitaxel ™, CT-210 ™ polyglumexel, CTXOTA-210 ™ polyglumexel) , the tumor activated prodrug (TAP) ANG1005 (angiopep-2 bound to three molecules of paclitaxel), paclitaxel-EC-1 (paclitaxel bound to the erbB2 recognition peptide, EC-1) and glucose-conjugated paclitaxel, for example, 2'paclitaxel-methyl and 2-glucopyranosyl succinate; docetaxel, Taxol), epipodophyllins (eg, etoposide, etoposide phosphate, teniposide, topotecan, 9-aminocamptothecin, camptoyrinotecan, irinotecan, chrysnatol, mitomycin C), antimetabolites, DHFR inhibitors (eg, methotrexate, dichlorimettrexate ), IMP dehydrogenase inhibitors (eg mycophenolic acid, thiazofurin, ribavirin and EICAR), ribonucleotide reductase inhibitors (eg hydroxyurea and deferoxamine), ur acyl analogs (eg, 5-fluorouracil (5-FU), floxuridine, doxyfluridine, ratitrexed, tegafur-uracil, capecitabine), cytosine analogs (eg, cytarabine (ara C), cytosine arabinoside, and fludarabine), purine analogs (eg, mercaptopurine and thioguanine), vitamin D3 analogs (eg, EB 1089, CB 1093, and KH 1060), isoprenylation inhibitors (eg, lovastatin), dopaminergic neurotoxins (eg, l-methyl ion -4-phenylpyridinium), cell cycle inhibitors (eg staurosporin), actinomycin (eg actinomycin D, dactinomycin), bleomycin (eg bleomycin A2, bleomycin B2, peplomycin), anthracycline (eg daunorubicin,
271
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANA »E LA INDUSTRIAL CURRENCY doxorubicin, pegylated liposomal doxorubicin, idarubicin, epirubicin, pirarubicin, zorubicin, mitoxantrone), MDR inhibitors (for example, verapamil), Ca inhibitors<sup>2+</sup> ATPase (eg, tapsigargine), imatinib, thalidomide, lenalidomide, eg kinase inhibitors (eg, axitinib (AG013736), bosutinib (SKI-606), cediranib (RECENTIN ™, AZD2171), dasatinib (SPRYCEL®, BMS- 354825), erlotinib (TARCEVA®), gefitinib (IRESSA®), imatinib (Gleevec®, CGP57148B, STI-571), lapatinib (TYKERB®, TYVERB®), lestaurtinib (CEP-701), neratinib (HKI-272), nilotinib (TASIGNA®), semaxanib (semaxinib, SU5416), sunitinib (SUTENT®, SU11248), toceranib (PALLADIA®), vandetanib (ZACTIMA®, ZD6474), vatalanib (PTK787, PTK / ZK), trastuzumab (HERCEPTIN®), bevacizumab (AVASTIN®), rituximab (RITUXAN®), cetuximab (ERBITUX®), panitumumab (LucentisBIX®) ®), nilotinib (TASIGNA®), sorafenib (NEXAVAR®), everolimus (AFINITOR®), alemtuzumab (CAMPATH®), gemtuzumab ozogamicin (MYLOTARG®), temsirolimus (TORISEL®), ENMD-2065, PCI-327, dovitinib lactate (TKI258, CHIR-258), BIBW 2992 (TOVOKTM), SGX523, PF04217903, PF-02341066, PF-299804, BMS-777607, ABT-869, MP470, BIBF 1120 (VARGATEF®), AP24534, JNJ-26483327, MGCD265, DCC-2036, BMS690154, CEP-11981, tivozanib (AV-951), OSI-930, MM-121, XL-184, XL-647 and / or XL228), proteasome inhibitors (eg, bortezomib (Velcade®), mTOR inhibitors (eg, rapamycin, temsirolimus (CCI-779), everolimus (RAD-001), ridaforolimus) , AP23573 (Ariad), AZD8055 (AstraZeneca), BEZ235 (Novartis), BGT226 (Norvartis), XL765 (Sanofi Aventis), PF-4691502 (Pfizer), GDC0980 (Genetech), SF1126 (Semafoe) and OSI-027 (OSI)), oblimersen, gemcitabine, carminomycin, leucovorin, pemetrexed, cyclophosphamide, dacarbazine, procarbizine, prednisolone, dexamethasone, campatechin, plicamycin, asparaginomycin, leukophenomycin, leukovorin, leukemia, porphyromycin, leukopterin , chlorambucil, trabectedin, procarbazine, discodermolide, carminomycin, aminopterin, and hexamethyl-melamine.
272
<img file="MX347708B_D0257.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO • f LA ΜΟΗΕ »ΑΓ INDUSTRIAL
Exemplary biotherapeutic agents include, but are not limited to, interferons, cytokines (eg, tumor necrosis factor, interferon a, interferon-gamma), vaccines, hematopoietic growth factors, monoclonal serotherapy, immunostimulating and / or immunomodulating agents. (for example, IL-1, 2, 4, 6 or 12), immune cell growth factors (for example, GM-CSF), and antibodies (for example, Herceptin® (trastuzumab), T-DM1, AVASTIN® ( bevacizumab), ERBITUX® (cetuximab), Vectibix® (panitumumab), Rituxan® (rituximab) and Bexxar® (tositumomab)).
In some embodiments, the chemotherapeutic agent is selected from HSP90 inhibitors. The HSP90 inhibitor can be a geldanamycin derivative, eg, a benzoquinone or hygroquinone ansamycin HSP90 inhibitor (eg, IPI493 and / or IPI-504). Non-limiting examples of HSP90 inhibitors include IPI-493, IPI-504, 17-AAG (also known as tanespimycin or CNF-1010), BIIB-021 (CNF-2024), BIIB-028, AUY-922 (also known such as VER-49009), SNX-5422, STA-9090, AT-13387, XL-888, MPC-3100, CU-0305, 17-DMAG, CNF-1010, macbecina (for example, macbecina I, macbecina II), CCT-018159, CCT-129397, PUH71, or PF-04928473 (SNX-2112).
In some embodiments, the chemotherapeutic agent is selected from PI3K inhibitors (eg, including PI3K inhibitors disclosed herein and PI3K inhibitors not disclosed herein). In some embodiment, the PI3K inhibitor is an inhibitor of the delta and gamma isoforms of PI3K. In some embodiments, the PI3K inhibitor is an inhibitor of the alpha isoform of PI3K. In other embodiments, the PI3K inhibitor is an inhibitor of one or more of the alpha, beta, delta, and gamma isoforms of PI3K. Exemplary PI3K inhibitors that can be used in combination are described, for example, in WO 09/088990, WO 09/088086, WO 2011/008302, WO 2010/036380, WO 2010/006086, WO 09/114870 , WO 05/113556; US 2009/0312310 and US 2011/0046165.
273
MEXICAN INSTITUTE τΓ<sup>1</sup>*<sup>-</sup> Me -.- '* Λ
DF LA MOHEDA Γ C ^ 2L £ r
INDUSTRIAL
Additional PI3K inhibitors that can be used in combination with the pharmaceutical compositions include, but are not limited to, GSK 2126458, GDC-0980, GDC-0941, Sanofi XL147, XL756, XL147, PF-46915032, BKM 120, CAL-101, CAL 263, SF1126, PX-886, and a dual PI3K inhibitor (eg, Novartis BEZ235). In one embodiment, the PI3K inhibitor is an isoquinolinone.
Also provided herein is a method of using the compounds as disclosed herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable form (eg, salts, hydrates, solvates, chelates, non-covalent complexes, isomers, prodrugs, and derivatives. pharmaceutically acceptable isotopically labeled) thereof, or pharmaceutical compositions as disclosed herein in combination with radiation therapy in the inhibition of abnormal cell growth or the treatment of hyperproliferative disorder in a mammal. Techniques for administering radiation therapy are known in the art, and these techniques can be used in the combination therapy described herein. In such combination therapy, the compound provided herein can be administered as described herein.
In one embodiment, radiation therapy can be delivered by one of several methods, or a combination of methods, including, without limitation, external beam therapy, internal radiation therapy, implant radiation, stereotactic radiosurgery, systemic radiation therapy, radiation therapy, and permanent or temporary interstitial brachytherapy. The term brachytherapy, as used herein, refers to radiation therapy delivered by a spatially confined radioactive material inserted into the body at or near a tumor or other proliferative tissue disease site. The term is intended to include, without limitation, exposure to radioactive isotopes (e.g., At211, 1-131, 1-125, Y-90, Re-186, Re-188, Sm-153, Bi-212, P -32, e
274
<img file="MX347708B_D0258.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO DE ΙΑ ΜΙΟηίΝΑΓ INOI ISTSIAI radioactive isotopes of Lu). Radiation sources suitable for use as a cell conditioner described herein include both solids and liquids. By way of non-limiting example, the radiation source can be a radionuclide, such as 1-125, 1-131, Yb-169 or Ir-192 as a solid source, 1-125 as a solid source, or other photon emitting radionuclides. , beta particles, gamma radiation, or other therapeutic rays. The radioactive material can also be a fluid prepared from any solution of radionuclide (s), for example, a solution of 1-125 or 1-131, or a radioactive fluid can be produced using a slurry of a suitable fluid containing small particles of solid radionuclides, such as Au-198 or Y-90. Furthermore, the radionuclide (s) can be made in a gel or in radioactive microspheres.
Without being limited to any theory, the compounds provided herein can render abnormal cells more sensitive to radiation treatment for the purpose of destroying and / or inhibiting the growth of such cells. Accordingly, provided herein is a method of sensitizing abnormal cells in a mammal to radiation treatment which comprises administering to the mammal an amount of a compound provided herein, or a salt, ester, prodrug, solvate, hydrate, or derivative. pharmaceutically acceptable thereof, which amount is effective in sensitizing abnormal cells to radiation treatment. The amount of the compound, salt, or solvate in this method can be determined according to the means for determining effective amounts of such compounds described herein.
In one embodiment, the compounds or pharmaceutical compositions provided herein can be used in combination with an amount of one or more substances selected from antiangiogenesis agents, signal transduction inhibitors, antiproliferative agents, glycolysis inhibitors, or autophagy inhibitors.
275
<img file="MX347708B_D0259.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO Oí LA ΜΟΠΙβΑΓ INDUSTRIAL
In one embodiment, anti-angiogenesis agents, such as MMP-2 (matrix metalloproteinase 2) inhibitors, MMP-9 (matrix metalloproteinase 9) inhibitors, and COX-11 (cyclooxygenase 11) inhibitors can be used, in conjunction with a compound provided. herein or a pharmaceutical composition described herein. Examples of useful COX-11 inhibitors include Celebrex® (alecoxib), valdecoxib, and rofecoxib. Examples of matrix metalloproteinase inhibitors are described, for example, in WO 96/33172, WO 96/27583, European patent application No. 97304971.1, European patent application No. 99308617.2, WO documents 98/07697, WO 98/03516, WO 98/34918, WO 98/34915, WO 98/33768, WO 98/30566, European Patent Publication 606,046, European Patent Publication 931,788, WO 90/05719, WO 99 / 52910, WO 99/52889, WO 99/29667, PCT International Application
PCT / IB98 / 01113, European Patent Application No. 99302232.1, Great Britain Patent Application No. 9912961.1, US Patent 7,030,242, US Patent 5,863,949, US Patent 5,861,510 and European Patent Publication 780,386, all of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety. In one embodiment, the MMP-2 and MMP-9 inhibitors are those that have little or no MMP-1 inhibition activity, or are those that selectively inhibit MMP-2 and / or MMP-9 over other metalloproteinases of matrix (i.e. MMP-1, MMP-3, MMP-4, MMP-5, MMP-6, MMP-7, MMP-8, MMP-10, MMP-11, MMP-12, and MMP-13). Some non-limiting examples of MMP inhibitors useful in the present disclosure are AG-3340, RO 32-3555, and RS 13-0830.
Autophagy inhibitors include, but are not limited to, chloroquine, 3-methyladenine, hydroxychloroquine (Plaquenil ™), bafilomycin Al, 5-amino-4-imidazole-carboxamide-riboside (AICAR), okadaic acid, algae suppressive toxins autophagy that inhibit type 2A or type 1 protein phosphatases, cAMP analogs, and drugs that increase cAMP levels such as
276
<img file="MX347708B_D0260.tif" />
IMPI
INTHTUTO MEXICANO DE LA RAORlEDAO INDUSTRIAL adenosine, LY204002, N6-mercaptopurine-riboside, and vinblastine. In addition, antisense molecules or siRNA that inhibit protein expression including, but not limited to, ATG5 (which is involved in autophagy) can also be used.
Also provided herein is a method of, and a pharmaceutical composition for, the treatment of cardiovascular disease in a mammal comprising an amount of a compound provided herein, or a salt, ester, prodrug, solvate, hydrate. or pharmaceutically acceptable derivative thereof, and an amount of one or more second therapeutic agent (s) useful for the treatment of cardiovascular diseases.
Examples of second therapeutic agents for use in the treatment of cardiovascular diseases include, but are not limited to, antithrombotic agents, eg, prostacyclin and salicylates, thrombolytic agents, eg, streptokinase, urokinase, tissue plasminogen activator (TPA) and anisoylated plasminogen activator-streptokinase complex (APSAC), antiplatelet agents, eg acetylsalicylic acid (ASA) and clophydrogel, vasodilating agents, eg, nitrates, calcium channel blocking drugs, antiproliferative agents, eg colchicine and alkylating agents, intercalating agents, growth modulating factors such as interleukins, transforming growth factor beta, and platelet derived growth factor congeners, monoclonal antibodies directed against growth factors, anti-inflammatory agents, both steroidal and non-steroidal, and other agents that can modulate vessel tone, function, arteriosclerosis, and the healing response to injury to a vessel or organ after surgery. In one embodiment, a coating can be used to deliver therapeutic locally within the vessel wall. In one embodiment, antibiotics may also be included in combinations or coatings provided herein.
277
<img file="MX347708B_D0261.tif" />
IMPI ΙΝΤΓΓΠΓΓϋ MEXICANO M LA FROFIEDAB INBUST1UA1.
document. In one embodiment, by incorporating an active agent into a swellable polymer, the active agent can be released after the polymer swells.
In one embodiment, the compounds described herein can be formulated or administered in conjunction with liquid or solid tissue barriers also known as lubricants. Examples of tissue barriers include, but are not limited to, Polysaccharides, Polyglycans, Seprafilm, Interceed, and Hyaluronic Acid.
In one embodiment, drugs that can be administered in conjunction with the compounds described herein include suitable drugs that can be administered by inhalation, eg, analgesics, eg, codeine, dihydromorphine, ergotamine, fentanyl, or morphine; anginal preparations, for example diltiazem; antiallergics, for example cromoglycate, ketotifen or nedocromil; anti-infectives, eg, cephalosporins, penicillins, streptomycin, sulfonamides, tetracyclines, or pentamidine; antihistamines, for example methapyrylene; anti-inflammatories, eg, beclomethasone, flunisolide, budesonide, tipredane, triamcinolone acetonide, or fluticasone; antitussives, eg noscapine; bronchodilators, eg ephedrine, adrenaline, fenoterol, formoterol, isoprenaline, metaproterenol, phenylephrine, phenylpropanolamine, pirbuterol, 'reproterol, rimiterol, salbutamol, salmeterol, terbutaline, isoetharine, tulobuterol, orciprenaline-or (- 3 - amino) , 5-dichloro-a - [[[6- [2- (2-pyridinyl) ethoxy] hexyl] amino] methyl] benzenemethanol; diuretics, for example amiloride; anticholinergics eg ipratropium, atropine or oxitropium; hormones, for example cortisone, hydrocortisone or prednisolone; xanthines eg aminophylline, choline theophyllinate, lysine theophyllinate or theophylline; and therapeutic proteins and peptides, eg, insulin or glucagon. In one embodiment, it will be clear to one of ordinary skill in the art that, where appropriate, drugs can be used in a manner
IMPI fNSTmrro muican D € LA PROflEDAT industrial salts (for example, as alkali metal or amine salts or as acid addition salts) or as asters (for example, lower alkyl esters) or as solvates (for example, hydrates) to optimize the activity and / or stability of the drug.
Other exemplary therapeutic agents useful for combination therapy include, but are not limited to, agents as described herein, radiation therapy, hormone antagonists, hormones and their release factors, thyroid and antithyroid drugs. , estrogens and progestins, androgens, adrenocorticotropic hormone; adrenocortical spheroids and their synthetic analogs; inhibitors of the synthesis and actions of adrenocortical hormones, insulin, oral hypoglycemic agents, and the pharmacology of the endocrine pancreas, agents that affect calcification and bone turnover: calcium, phosphate, parathyroid hormone, vitamin D, calcitonin, vitamins such as water soluble vitamins, vitamin B complex, ascorbic acid, fat soluble vitamins, vitamins A, K and E, growth factors, cytokines, chemokines, agonists and muscarinic receptor antagonists; anticholinesterase agents; agents that act at the neuromuscular junction and / or autonomic ganglia; catecholamines, sympathomimetic drugs, and adrenergic receptor agonists or antagonists; and 5-hydroxytryptamine (5-HT, serotonin) receptor agonists and antagonists.
In one embodiment, the therapeutic agents may also include one or more agents for pain and inflammation, such as, for example, histamine and histamine antagonists, bradykinin and bradykinin antagonists, 5-hydroxytryptamine (serotonin), lipid substances that are generated by biotransformation of the products of the selective hydrolysis of membrane phospholipids, eicosanoids, prostaglandins, thromboxanes, leukotriene, aspirin, non-steroidal anti-inflammatory agents, analgesic-antipyretic agents, agents that
279
<img file="MX347708B_D0262.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO DE LA MONEDA »INDUSTRIAL inhibit the synthesis of prostaglandins and thromboxanes, selective inducible cyclooxygenase inhibitors, selective inducible cyclooxygenase 2 inhibitors, autacoids, paracrine hormones, somatostatin, gastrin, cytokines that mediate interactions involved in humoral and cellular immune responses , lipid-derived autacoids, eicosanoids, beta-adrenergic agonists, ipratropium, glucocorticoids, methylxanthines, sodium channel blockers, opioid receptor agonists, calcium channel blockers, membrane stabilizers, and leukotriene inhibitors.
In one embodiment, additional therapeutic agents contemplated herein include diuretic agents, vasopressin, agents that affect renal water conservation, renin, angiotensin, agents useful in the treatment of myocardial ischemia, antihypertensive agents, converting enzyme inhibitors. of angiotensin, β adrenergic receptor antagonists, agents for the treatment of hypercholesterolemia and agents for the treatment of dyslipidemia.
In one embodiment, other therapeutic agents contemplated herein include drugs used for the control of gastric acidity, agents for the treatment of peptic ulcers, agents for the treatment of gastroesophageal reflux disease, prokinetic agents, antiemetics, agents used in the irritable bowel syndrome, agents used for diarrhea, agents used for constipation, agents used for inflammatory bowel disease, agents used for biliary disease, agents used for pancreatic disease, therapeutic agents used to treat protozoal infections, drugs used to treat malaria, amebiasis, giardiasis, trichomoniasis, trypanosomiasis, and / or leishmaniasis, and / or drugs used in chemotherapy helminthiasis. In one embodiment, other therapeutic agents include antimicrobial agents, sulfonamides, trimethoprim-sulfamethoxazole quinolones, and agents
280
<img file="MX347708B_D0263.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MÍXICANO DE LA PROPERTY INDUSTRIAL for urinary tract infections, penicillins, cephalosporins, and others, beta-lactam antibiotics, an agent comprising an aminoglycoside, protein synthesis inhibitors, drugs used in chemotherapy of tuberculosis, disease of Mycobacterium avium complex, and leprosy, antifungal agents, and antiviral agents including non-retroviral agents and antiretroviral agents.
In one embodiment, examples of therapeutic antibodies that can be combined with a compound provided herein include, but are not limited to, anti-receptor antibodies eg antibodies to kinases (cetuximab, panitumumab, trastuzumab), anti-CD20 antibodies (rituximab , tositumomab), and other antibodies such as alemtuzumab, bevacizumab, and gemtuzumab.
In other embodiments, therapeutic agents used for immunomodulation, such as immunomodulators, immunosuppressive agents, tolerogens, and immunostimulants, are contemplated by the methods provided herein. In additional embodiments, therapeutic agents that act on blood and blood-forming organs, hematopoietic agents, growth factors, minerals, vitamins, anticoagulants, thrombolytics, and antiplatelet drugs are contemplated by the methods provided herein.
In one embodiment, to treat renal carcinoma, a compound as disclosed herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable form (eg, salts, hydrates, solvates, chelates, non-covalent complexes, isomers, prodrugs, and pharmaceutically acceptable isotopically labeled derivatives) thereof, or pharmaceutical compositions as disclosed herein, with sorafenib and / or Avastin. To treat an endometrial disorder, a compound as disclosed herein can be combined with doxorubincin, Taxotere (Taxol) and / or cisplatin (carboplatin). To treat ovarian cancer, you can
281
IMPI instituto mexicanl Ot LA FRÍWFDAD INDUSTRIAL combining a compound as disclosed herein with cisplatin (carboplatin), Taxotere, doxorubincin, topotecan and / or tamoxifen. To treat breast cancer, a compound as disclosed herein can be combined with Taxotere (Taxol®), gemcitabine (capecitabine), tamoxifen, letrozole, Tarceva®, lapatinib, PD0325901, Avastin®, Herceptin®, OSI -906 and / or OSI-930. To treat lung cancer, a compound as disclosed herein can be combined with Taxotere (Taxol), gemcitabine, cisplatin, pemetrexed, Tarceva®, PD0325901 and / or Avastin®.
In one embodiment, additional therapeutic agents that can be combined with a subject compound can be found in The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics, Eleventh Edition, by Goodman and Gilman; or the Physician's Desk Reference, both of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
In one embodiment, the compounds described herein may be used in combination with the agents disclosed herein or other suitable agents, depending on the condition being treated. Thus, in some embodiments the compounds provided herein will be administered in conjunction with other agents as described herein. When used in combination therapy, the compounds described herein can be administered with the second agent simultaneously or separately. This administration in combination can include simultaneous administration of the two agents in the same dosage form, simultaneous administration in separate dosage forms, and separate administration. In one embodiment, a compound described herein and any of the additional agents described herein can be formulated together in the same dosage form and administered simultaneously. Alternatively, a compound provided herein and any of
282
<img file="MX347708B_D0264.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICAN!
FROM INDUSTRIAL CURRENCY the additional agents described herein may be administered simultaneously, the compound and agent (s) being present in separate formulations. In another alternative, a compound provided herein may be administered before or after the administration of any of the additional agents described herein. In a separate administration protocol, a compound provided herein and any of the additional agents described herein may be administered a few minutes apart, or a few hours apart, or a few days apart.
The examples and preparations provided below further illustrate and exemplify the compounds, polymorphs and compositions provided herein and methods of preparing such compounds, polymorphs and compositions. It should be understood that the scope of the present description is not limited in any way by the scope of the following examples and preparations. In the following examples, molecules with a single chiral center, unless otherwise indicated, exist as a racemic mixture. Molecules with two or more chiral centers, unless otherwise indicated, exist as a racemic mixture of diastereomers,. Individual enantiomers / diastereomers can be obtained by methods known to those of skill in the art.
INCORPORATION AS A REFERENCE
All publications, patents and patent applications mentioned in this specification are incorporated herein by reference to the same extent as if it were specifically and individually indicated that each individual publication, patent or patent application is incorporated by reference . In case of conflict, this application will prevail, including any definition in this document.
283
<img file="MX347708B_D0265.tif" />
IMPI
ΙΝΤΓΤΤνΤΟ MEXICANO PE THE industrial PROPERTY
EXAMPLES ______________
Chemical examples
Unless otherwise specified, the reactions described herein take place at atmospheric pressure, generally within a temperature range of from -10 ° C to 200 ° C. Furthermore, unless otherwise specified, reaction times and conditions are intended to be approximate, for example, taking place at about atmospheric pressure within a temperature range of from about -10 ° C to about 110 ° C throughout. of a period that is, for example, from about 1 to about 24 hours; Reactions that are allowed to run overnight in some embodiments can average about 16 hours. As used herein, the term volume or vol. refers to 1 liter of solvent per kilogram of limiting reagent.
The isolation and purification of the chemical entities and intermediates described herein can optionally be accomplished by any suitable separation or purification procedure such as, for example, filtration, extraction, crystallization, column chromatography, thin-layer chromatography. or thick layer chromatography, or. a combination of these procedures. Specific illustrations of suitable separation and isolation procedures are provided with reference to the examples hereinafter. However, other equivalent separation or isolation procedures may also be used.
In some embodiments, the (R) and (S) isomers of the exemplary non-limiting compounds, if present, can be resolved by methods known to those of skill in the art, for example by the formation of diastereoisomeric salts or complexes that can be separated, for example, through the formation of derivatives
284 diastereoisomers that can be separated, for example, by crystallization, gas-liquid or liquid chromatography; selective reaction of an enantiomer with an enantiomer-specific reagent, eg, enzymatic oxidation or reduction, followed by separation of the modified and unmodified enantiomers; or gas-liquid or liquid chromatography in a chiral environment, for example on a chiral support, such as silica, with a bound chiral ligand or in the presence of a chiral solvent. Alternatively, a specific enantiomer can be synthesized by asymmetric synthesis using optically active reagents, substrates, catalysts, or solvents, or by converting one enantiomer to the other by asymmetric transformation.
The compounds described herein can optionally be contacted with a pharmaceutically acceptable acid to form the corresponding acid addition salts. Furthermore, the compounds described herein can optionally be contacted with a pharmaceutically acceptable base to form the corresponding basic addition salts.
In some embodiments, the disclosed compounds can be generally synthesized by an appropriate combination of generally well known synthetic methods. Techniques useful in the synthesis of these chemical entities are both readily apparent and accessible to those of skill in the relevant art, based on the present disclosure. Many of the optionally substituted starting compounds and other reagents are commercially available, for example, from Aldrich Chemical Company (Milwaukee, WI) or can be readily prepared by those skilled in the art using commonly employed synthetic methodology.
The description below is offered to illustrate certain of the various methods available for use in preparing the disclosed compounds and is not intended to limit the scope of reactions or reaction sequences that
285
ΙΝΤΤΓΠσΟ MEXICANO DE LA MONEDAD INDUSTRIAL can be used in the preparation of the compounds provided in this document. <sup>1</sup><sup>1</sup> ' ........... ·
Polymorphs obtained according to the methods provided herein can be characterized by any methodology known in the art. For example, polymorphs obtained according to the methods provided herein can be characterized by X-ray powder diffraction (XRPD), differential scanning calorimetry (DSC), thermogravimetric analysis (TGA), dynamic vapor sorption (DVS), microscopy. hot stage, light microscopy, Karl Fischer analysis, melting point, spectroscopy (e.g. Raman, solid state nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR), nuclear magnetic resonance in liquid state (<sup>1</sup>H- and <sup>13</sup>C-NMR) and FT-IR), thermal stability, milling stability and solubility, among others.
XRPD
The compounds and polymorphs provided herein can be characterized by X-ray powder diffraction (XRPD) patterns. The relative intensities of the XRPD peaks can vary depending on the sample preparation technique, the sample mounting procedure, and the particular instrument employed, among other parameters. Also, instrument variation and other factors can affect the 20 peak values. Thus, in certain embodiments, the XRPD peak assignments can vary by plus or minus about 0.2 degrees theta or more, referred to herein as (± 0.2 °).
The XRPD standards for each of the AJ forms and the amorphous form of the compound of formula (I) were collected with a PANalytical CubiX XPert PRO MPD diffractometer using an incident beam of Cu radiation produced using a fine focus source. , long Optix. An elliptically graduated multilayer mirror was used to focus X-rays of Cu Ka through
286
<img file="MX347708B_D0266.tif" />
IMPI
MEXICAN INJTTTUTO
OF THE FROHEOAD INNUSTMAL the sample and on the detector. Samples were placed on Si zero return ultra-micro-sample holders. Analyzes were performed using an irradiated width of 10 mm and the following parameters were set in the hardware / software:
X-ray tube: Cu Ka, 45 kV, 40 mA
Detector: X'Celerator
Slits: Primary slit ASS: Set to I<sup>or</sup>
Divergence Slit (Prog): Automatic - 5mm irradiated length
Soller slits: 0.02 radians
Spread slit (PASS): Automatic - 5mm observed length
Swept
Sweep interval:
3,0-45,0°
Sweep mode:
Continuous
Step size: 0.03 °
Time per increment: 10 s
Active longitude: 2.54 °
DSC
The compounds and polymorphs provided herein can be characterized by a characteristic differential scanning colorimeter (DSC) thermogram. For DSC, it is known in the art that the peak temperatures observed will depend on the rate of temperature change, the sample preparation technique, and the particular instrument employed, among other parameters. Thus, the peak values in the DSC thermograms reported herein may range by plus or minus about 2 ° C, plus or minus about 3 ° C, plus or minus about 4 ° C, plus or minus about 5 ° C. C, plus or minus about 6 ° C, to plus or minus about 7 ° C, or more. For some forms of
<img file="MX347708B_D0267.tif" />
IMPI INSTTTUTG MEXICANO DE LA MONEDAD INDCSTMAL polymorphic, DSC analysis was performed on more than one sample, illustrating the known variability in peak position, for example, due to the factors mentioned above. The observed peak positional differences are consistent with the expectation of those skilled in the art as indicative of different samples of a single polymorph form of a compound of formula (I).
Impurities in a sample can also affect the peaks seen in any given DSC thermogram. In some embodiments, one or more guimic entities that are not the polymorph of a compound of formula (I) in a sample being analyzed by DSC may result in one or more peaks at a lower temperature than the peak (s). associated with the transition temperature of a given polymorph as disclosed herein.
DSC analyzes were performed using a Mettler 822e Differential Scanning Calorimeter. The samples were weighed into an aluminum cuvette, covered with a perforated cap, and then crimped. The general analysis conditions were from about 30 ° C to about 300 ° C-about 350 ° C in an increment of about 10 ° C / min. Several additional rates of increase were used as part of the investigation in the high-melting form · B, including approximately 2 ° C / min., Approximately 5 ° C / min., And approximately 20 ° C / min. The samples were analyzed at multiple rates of increase to measure the observed thermal and kinetic transitions.
Isothermal maintenance experiments were also performed using the DSC. The samples were placed in increments of approximately 10 ° C / min. for temperature (from about 100 ° C to about 250 ° C) and held for about five minutes at that temperature before quenching to room temperature. In these cases,
288
<img file="MX347708B_D0268.tif" />
the samples were then analyzed by XRPD or re-analyzed by DSC analysis.
TGA
A polymorphic form provided herein may result in different thermal behavior from that of an amorphous material or other polymorphic form. Thermal behavior can be measured in the laboratory by thermogravimetric analysis (TGA) which can be used to distinguish some polymorphic forms from others. In one embodiment, a polymorph as disclosed herein can be characterized by thermogravimetric analysis.
TGA analyzes were performed using a Mettler SDTA / TGA 851e thermogravimetric analyzer. The samples were weighed into an aluminum crucible and analyzed at about 30 ° C to about 230 ° C and at a rate of increase of about 10 ° C / min.
DVS
The compounds and polymorphs provided herein can be characterized by moisture sorption analysis. This analysis was performed using a Hiden IGAsorp moisture sorption instrument. Moisture sorption experiments were carried out at approximately 25 ° C by performing an adsorption sweep from approximately 40% to approximately 90% RH in approximately 10% RH increments and a desorption sweep from approximately 85 % to about 0% RH in decrements of about -10% RH. A second adsorption sweep was performed from about 10% to about 40% RH to determine moisture pickup from a dry state to the starting moisture. The samples were allowed to equilibrate for approximately four hours at each point or until an asymptotic weight was reached. After the sweep of
289
<img file="MX347708B_D0269.tif" />
IMPI Mexican institute M LA MOHEDAL) INDUSTRIAL isothermal sorption, the samples were dried for approximately one hour at elevated temperature (approximately 60 ° C) to obtain the dry weight. XRPD analysis was performed on the material after moisture sorption to determine the solid form.
Optical microscopy
The compounds and polymorphs provided herein can be characterized by microscopy, such as light microscopy. Light microscopy analysis was performed using a Leica DMRB polarized microscope. The samples were examined under a polarized light microscope with a digital camera (1600 x 1200 resolution). Small amounts of samples were dispersed in mineral oil on a glass slide with coverslips and viewed at 100x magnification.
Karl Fischer analysis
The compounds and polymorphs provided herein can be characterized by Karl Fischer analysis for water content. Karl Fischer analysis was performed using a Metrohm 756 KF voltameter. Karl Fisher titration was performed by adding sufficient material to obtain 50 pg of water, from about 10 to about 50 mg of sample, to a Coulomat AD reagent.
Raman spectroscopy
The compounds and polymorphs provided herein can be characterized by Raman spectroscopy. Raman spectroscopy analysis was performed using a Kaiser RamanRXN1 instrument with the samples in a glass well. Raman spectra were collected using a PhAT macroscope at an irradiation frequency of approximately 785 nm and a spot size of approximately 1.2 mm. Samples were analyzed using accumulations of 12 to 16 with a time of
290
FROM INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY * 1 exposure of approximately 0.5 to approximately 12 seconds and using cosmic ray filtration. Data was processed by background subtraction from an empty well collected under the same conditions. Adjustment and correction was made from baseline to obtain interpretable data when necessary.
FT-IR
The compounds and polymorphs provided herein can be characterized by FT-IR spectroscopy. FT-IR spectroscopy was performed using either a Nicolet Nexus 470 or Avatar 370 infrared spectrometer and OMNIC software. Samples were analyzed using a diamond attenuated total reflection (ATR) accessory. A sample of compound was applied to the diamond crystal surface and the ATR knob was adjusted to apply the appropriate pressure. The spectrum was then acquired and analyzed using OMNIC software. Alternative sample preparations include cells in solution, mulches, thin films, and pressed discs, such as those made up of KB, as is known in the art.
NMR
The compounds and polymorphs provided herein can be characterized by nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR). NMR spectra were obtained using a Bruker 500 MHz AVANCE device with a 5 mm BBO probe instrument. Samples (about 2 to about 10 mg) were dissolved in DMSO-d6 with 0.05% tetramethylsilane (TMS) for internal reference. The spectra of<sup>1</sup>500 MHz H-NMR using a 5 mm wide band observation Z gradient probe (1H-X). A 30 degree pulse with spectral width of 20 ppm, repetition rate of 1.0 s and 32-64 transients were used in the acquisition of the spectra.
291
<img file="MX347708B_D0270.tif" />
High-performance liquid chromatography
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO m la mantOAD INDUSTRIAL
The compounds and polymorphs provided herein can be analyzed by high performance liquid chromatography using an Agilent 1100 instrument. The instrument parameters for achiral HPLC are as follows:
Column: Sunfire C18 4.6x150 mm
Column temperature: Ambient
Autosampler Temperature: Ambient
<td>Detection:</td><td colspan="3">UV at 250 nm</td>
<td>Mobile phase A:</td><td></td><td>Trifluoroacetic acid 0.05% in water</td><td>to the</td>
<td>Mobile phase B: Flow rate: Injection volume: Data collection time: Rebalance time: Needle wash and diluent: Gradient conditions: Time (minutes)% A</td><td>% B</td><td>Trifluoroacetic acid 0.05% in MeCN 1.0 ml / minute 10 μΐ 20 minutes 5 minutes MeOH</td><td>to the</td>
<td> 0,0 90</td><td> ' 10</td><td></td><td></td>
<td> 3,5 90 10,0 10 15,0 10 18,0 90 20,0 90</td><td> 10 90 90 10 10</td><td></td><td></td>
The compounds and polymorphs provided herein can be analyzed by high performance liquid chromatography using a chiral HPLC column to determine% ee values:
292
<img file="MX347708B_D0271.tif" />
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTTTUTE OF INDUSTRIAL CURRENCY x 250 mm, 5 pm.
Column:
Column temperature: Sample temperature: Detection:
Mobile phase A:
Isocratic:
Flow rate: Diluent:
Injection volume: Analysis time:
Chiralpak IC, 4.6 mm Room temperature Room temperature UV at 254 nm 60% hexane, 40% with 100% acetic acid A 1 ml / min.
0.2% (IPA: EtOH = 2: 3) methanol and 0.1% DEA µΐ min.
Example 1
Synthesis of (S) -3- (1-aminoethyl) -8-chloro-2-phenylisoquinolin-1 (2H) one
Example 1A χγ, ΟΟΟΗ NHBoc
OR
<img file="MX347708B_D0272.tif" />
NHBoc
Compound 1 (6.00 kg) was treated with 1-hydroxybenzotriazole monohydrate (HOBt'H<sub>2</sub>O), triethylamine, N, 0-dimethylhydroxylamine hydrochloride and EDCI in dimethylacetamide (DMA) at 10 ° C. The reaction was monitored by proton NMR and was considered complete after 2.6 hours, yielding compound 2 as a white solid in 95% yield. The R enantiomer was not detected by proton NMR using (R) - (-) - alpha-acetylmandelic acid as the chiral displacement reagent.
Example IB
293
Cl
<img file="MX347708B_D0273.tif" />
<img file="MX347708B_D0274.tif" />
<img file="MX347708B_D0275.tif" />
IMPI
MEXICAN INrTTTVTO
OF THE EKOFIEBAD iNoumuAi
<img file="MX347708B_D0276.tif" />
Compound 3 (4.60 kg) was treated with ptoluenesulfonic acid monohydrate and 3,4-dihydro-2H-pyran (DHP) in ethyl acetate at 75 ° C for 2.6 hours. The reaction was monitored by HPLC. Upon completion of the reaction, Compound 4 was obtained as a yellow solid in 80% yield with> 99% purity (AUC) by HPLC analysis.
Example 1C
<img file="MX347708B_D0277.tif" />
<img file="MX347708B_D0278.tif" />
ÑHBoc
8
Compound 5 (3.30 kg) was treated with thionyl chloride and a catalytic amount of DMF in methylene chloride at 25 ° C for five hours. The reaction was monitored by HPLC which indicated a conversion of 97.5% (AUC) in compound 6. It was worked up
294
<img file="MX347708B_D0279.tif" />
IMPI wsTmrro Mexicano Dt LA MONEDAD INDUSTRJAl compound 6 in situ with aniline in methylene chloride at 25 ° C for 15 hours. The reaction was monitored by HPLC and provided compound 7 as a brown solid in 81% yield with a purity> 99% (AUC) by HPLC analysis.
Compound 2 was treated with 2.0M Isopropyl Grignard in THF at -20 ° C. The resulting solution was added to compound 7 (3.30 kg) pretreated with 2.3 M n-hexyllithium in tetrahydrofuran at -15 ° C. The reaction was monitored by HPLC until 99% conversion (AUC) in compound 8 was observed. Compound 8 was treated in situ with concentrated HCl in isopropyl alcohol at 70 ° C for eight hours. The reaction was monitored by HPLC and provided compound 9 as a brown solid in 85% yield with 98% purity (AUC) and 84% ee (AUC) by HPLC analysis.
Example ID
Compound 9 (3.40 kg) was treated with D-tartaric acid in methanol at 55 ° C for 1-2 hours. The batch was filtered and treated with ammonium hydroxide in deionized water (DI) to provide enantiomerically enriched compound 9 as a tan solid in 71% yield with> 99% purity (AUC) and 91% ee. (AUC) by HPLC analysis.
Example 2
Synthesis of (S) -3- (1-aminoethyl) -8-chloro-2-phenylisoquinolin-l (2H) one
<img file="MX347708B_D0280.tif" />
<img file="MX347708B_D0281.tif" />
<img file="MX347708B_D0282.tif" />
295
Example 2A
IMPI Mexican institute M LA FROrlUMD INDUSTRIAL
<img file="MX347708B_D0283.tif" />
Compound 7 (20.1 g) was charged with 100 ml of anhydrous THF. The resulting solution was cooled to about -10 ° C and 80 ml of n-hexyllithium (2.3 M in hexanes, 2.26 equiv.) Was added slowly (eg, over about 20 min.) . The resulting solution was stirred at about -10 ° C for about 20 min.
Compound 2 (26.5 g, 1.39 equiv.) Was charged with 120 ml of anhydrous THF. The resulting mixture was cooled to about -10 ° C and 60 ml of isopropylmagnesium chloride (2.0M in THF, 1.47 equiv.) Was added slowly (eg, over about 15-20 min.) . The resulting mixture was then stirred at about -10 ° C for about 20 min. The mixture prepared from compound 2 was added to the solution prepared from compound 7 while maintaining the internal temperature between about -10 and about 0 ° C. After the addition was complete (about 5 min.), The cold bath was removed and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for about 1 hr, then cooled.
A solution of 100 ml of anisole and 33 ml of isobutyric acid (4.37 equiv.) Was prepared. The anisole solution was cooled to an internal temperature of about -3 ° C. The above reaction mixture was added to the anisole solution so that the internal temperature of the anisole solution was kept below about 5 ° C. The ice bath was then removed (after about 15 min. The internal temperature was about 7 ° C). To the mixture, 100 ml of 10% by weight aqueous NaCl solution was quickly added (the internal temperature increased from about 7 ° C to about 15 ° C). After stirring for approximately 30 min, the two phases were separated. The organic phase was washed with another 100 ml of 10% by weight aqueous NaCl. The organic phase was transferred to a flask using 25 ml of anisole to facilitate the transfer. Then
296
IMPI ^ J
MEXICAN INSTITUTE
Of LA RROPICDAD INDUSTRIAL-O * the anisole solution was concentrated to 109 g. Then, 100 ml of anisole was added. --- To the approximately 200 ml of anisole solution 50 ml of TFA (8 equiv.) Were added while keeping the internal temperature below approximately 45-50 ° C. The resulting solution was heated to approximately 45-50 ° C and stirred for approximately 15 h, then cooled to 20-25 ° C. To this solution, 300 ml of MTBE were added dropwise and the resulting mixture was then kept at 20-25 ° C for 1 h. The mixture was filtered and the wet cake was washed with approximately 50 ml of MTBE. The wet cake was conditioned on the filter for approximately 1 hr under nitrogen. The wet cake was periodically mixed and re-smoothed during conditioning. The wet cake was then washed with 200 ml of MTBE. The wet cake was further conditioned for about 2 h (the wet cake was mixed and re-smoothed after about 1.5 h). The wet cake was dried in a vacuum oven at approximately 40 ° C for approximately 18 h to provide compound 9 'TFA salt in approximately 97.3% purity (AUC), which had approximately 99.1% of the S enantiomer. (eg chiral purity of about 99.1%).
The salt of compound 9 * TFA (3 g) was suspended in 30 ml of EtOAc at about 20 ° C. 4.5 ml (2.2 eq.) Of a 14% aqueous ammonium hydroxide solution was added to the EtOAc suspension and the internal temperature decreased to approximately 17 ° C. Water (5 ml) was added to the biphasic mixture. The biphasic mixture was stirred for 30 min. Mixing was stopped and the phases were allowed to separate. The aqueous phase was removed. To the organic phase (combined with 5 ml of EtOAc) was added 10 ml of 10% aqueous NaCl. The biphasic mixture was stirred for approximately 30 min. The aqueous phase was removed. The organic phase was concentrated to 9 g. To this EtOAc mixture, 20 ml of i-PrOAc was added. The resulting mixture was concentrated to 14.8 g. With
297
<img file="MX347708B_D0284.tif" />
IMPI Mexican NUMBER OF PROHEOAN INDUSTWA While stirring, 10 ml of n-heptane were added dropwise. The suspension was stirred for approximately 30 min, then an additional 10 ml of n-heptane was added. The resulting suspension was stirred for 1 hr. The suspension was filtered and the wet cake was washed with additional heptane. The wet cake was conditioned for 20 min. under nitrogen, then dried in a vacuum oven at about 40 ° C to provide the free base of compound 9 in about 99.3% purity (AUC), which was about 99.2% of the S enantiomer (for example , 10 chiral purity of about 99.2%).
Example 2B
A mixture of compound 7 (100 g, 0.407 mol, 1% by weight) and THF (500 ml, 5 vol) was prepared and cooled to approximately
3 ° C. N-Hexyl-lithium (2.3 M in hexanes, 400 ml, 0.920 mol,
2.26 equiv.) Over about 110 minutes while maintaining the temperature below about 6 ° C. The resulting solution was stirred at 0 ± 5 ° C for approximately 30 minutes. Simultaneously, a mixture of compound 2 (126 g, 0.541 mol, 1.33 equiv.) And THF (575 ml, 5.8 vol.) Was prepared. The resulting suspension was charged with isopropylmagnesium chloride (2.0M in THF, 290 ml, 0.574 mol, 1.41 equiv.) Over about 85 minutes while maintaining the temperature below about 5 ° C. The resulting mixture was stirred for approximately 35 minutes at 0 ± 5 ° C. The mixture of magnesium salt of compound 2 was transferred to the mixture of lithium salt of compound 7 over about 1 hour while maintaining a temperature of 0 ± 5 ° C. The solution was stirred for approximately 6 minutes upon completion of the transfer.
The solution was added to a solution with stirring at about -5 ° C of isobutyric acid (165 ml, 1.78 mol, 4.37 equiv.) In anisole (500 ml, 5 vol.) Over about 20 minutes , time during which the temperature did not exceed
298
<img file="MX347708B_D0285.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO DE LA FROnEDA »INDUSTRY!
about 6 ° C. The resulting solution was stirred for approximately 40 minutes while heating to approximately 14 ° C. Then, a 10% sodium chloride solution (500 ml, 5 vol.) Was added rapidly to the reaction. The temperature rose to about 21 ° C. After stirring the mixture for about 6 minutes, stirring was stopped and the lower aqueous phase (about 700 ml) was removed. A second portion of 10% sodium chloride solution (500 ml, 5 vol.) Was added and the mixture stirred for 5 minutes. Then, the stirring was stopped and the lower aqueous phase was removed. The volume of the organic phase was reduced by vacuum distillation to approximately 750 ml (7.5 vol.).
Trifluoroacetic acid (250 ml, 3.26 mol, 8.0 eguiv.) Was added and the resulting mixture was stirred at about 45 ° C for about 15 hours. The mixture was cooled to about 35 ° C and MTBE (1.5-1.15 vol.) Was added over about 70 minutes. Upon completion of the addition, the mixture was stirred for about 45 minutes at about 25-30 ° C. The solids were collected by vacuum filtration and conditioned under N<sub>2</sub> for about 20 hours providing the 9 * TFA compound salt in about 97.5% purity (AUC), having a chiral purity of about 99.3%.
The salt of Compound 9 'TFA (100 g) was suspended in EtOAc (11.10 vol.) And 14% aqueous ammonia (250 ml, 2.5 vol.). The mixture was stirred for about 30 minutes, then the lower aqueous phase was removed. A second portion of 14% aqueous ammonia (250 ml, 2.5 vol.) Was added to the organic phase. The mixture was stirred for 30 minutes, then the lower aqueous phase was removed. Isopropyl acetate (300 ml, 3 vol.) Was added and the mixture was vacuum distilled to 500 ml (5 vol.) While periodically adding additional isopropyl acetate (11, 10 vol.).
Then, after vacuum distillation to a volume of 600 ml (6 vol.), Heptanes (1.5 1, 15 vol.) Were added over the course of
299
<img file="MX347708B_D0286.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO DE LA FRORLDAD INDUSTRIAL for approximately 110 minutes while being kept at a temperature between approximately 20 ° C and approximately 30 ° C. The resulting suspension was stirred for about 1 hour, then the solid was collected by vacuum filtration. The cake was washed with heptanes (330 ml, 3.3 vol.) And conditioned for approximately 1 hour. The solid was dried in a vacuum oven at about 45 ° C for about. twenty hours providing the free base of compound 9 in about 99.23% purity (AUC), which has a chiral purity of about 99.4%.
Example 3
Chiral resolution of (S) -3- (1-aminoethyl) -8-chloro-2-phenylisoquinolin-1 (2H) -one (compound 9) 15
In some cases, the (S) -3- (1-aminoethyl) -8-chloro-2-phenylisoquinolin-1 (2H) -one (compound 9) obtained by synthesis contained a minor amount of the corresponding (R) -isomer. Chiral resolution procedures were used to improve the enantiomeric purity of certain samples of (S) -3- (1-aminoethyl) -8-chloro-2-phenylisoquinolin-1 (2H) -one.
In one experiment, compound 9 (3.40 kg) was treated with D-tartaric acid in methanol at about 55 ° C for about 1 to about 2 hours. The mixture was filtered and treated with ammonium hydroxide in deionized water (DI) to provide compound 9 in more than about 99% purity (AUC), having a chiral purity of about 91% (AUC).
In another procedure, MeOH (10 vol.) And compound 9 (1 equiv.) Were stirred at 55 ± 5 ° C. D-tartaric acid (0.95 equiv.) Was charged. The mixture was kept at 55 ± 5 ° C for approximately 30 min. and then cooled to about 20 to about 25 ° C over about 3 h. The mixture was held for approximately
300
<img file="MX347708B_D0287.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MLXICANO Dt LA MOHtDAD INDUSTRIAL min. and then it leaked. The filter cake was washed with MeOH (2.5 vol.) And then conditioned. The cake was returned to the reactor and water (16 vol.) Was charged. The mixture was stirred at 25 ± 5 ° C. Then NH was charged<sub>4</sub>OH over about 1 hr adjusting the pH to about 8 to about 9.
The mixture was then filtered and the cake was washed with water (4 vol.) And then with heptanes (4 vol.). The cake was conditioned and then dried under vacuum at 45-50 ° C to provide the free base of compound 9 with a chiral purity of about 99.0%.
Example 4
Synthesis of (S) -3- (1- (9H-purin-6-ylamino) ethyl) -8-chloro-2-phenylisoquinolin-1 (2H) -one
<img file="MX347708B_D0288.tif" />
<img file="MX347708B_D0289.tif" />
A mixture of compound 7 (1 equiv.) And anhydrous THF (5 vol.) Was prepared. Separately, a mixture of compound 2 (1.3 equiv.) And anhydrous THF (5 vol.) Was prepared. Both mixtures were stirred for approximately 15 min. to about 20 to about 25 ° C and then cooled to -25 ± 15 ° C. N-Hexyl lithium (2.05 equiv.) Was added to the mixture of compound 7, keeping the temperature at> 5 ° C. I-PrMgCl (1.33
301
<img file="MX347708B_D0290.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO DE LA EROPIEDAD INDUSTRIAL equiv.) To the mixture of compound 2, maintaining the temperature at> 5 ° C. The mixture of compound ¿was transferred to the mixture of compound 7 under anhydrous conditions at 0 ± 5 ° C. The resulting mixture was heated to 20 ± 2 ° C and held for about 1 hr. Then, the reaction was cooled to -5 ± 5 ° C and 6N HCl (3.5 equiv.) Was added to quench the reaction, keeping the temperature below about 25 ° C. The aqueous phase was drained and the organic phase was distilled under reduced pressure until the volume was 2-3 volumes. IPA (3 vol.) Was added and vacuum distillation continued until the volume was 2-3 volumes. IPA (8 vol.) Was added and the temperature of the mixture was adjusted to about 60 ° C to about 75 ° C. Concentrated HCl (1.5 vol.) Was added and the mixture was subsequently held for 4 hours. The mixture was distilled under reduced pressure until the volume was 2.5-3.5 volumes. The temperature of the mixture was adjusted to 30 ± 10 ° C. DI water (3 vol.) And DCM (7 vol.), Respectively, were added to the mixture. Then NH was added<sub>4</sub>OH to the mixture, adjusting the pH to about 7.5 to about 9. The temperature was adjusted to about 20 to about 25 ° C. The phases were separated and the aqueous phase was washed with DCM (0.3 vol.). The combined layers were distilled with DCM until the volume was 2 volumes. I-PrOAc (3 vol.) Was added and vacuum distillation continued until the volume was 3 volumes. The temperature was adjusted to about 15 to about 30 ° C. Heptane (12 vol.) Was charged to the organic phase and the mixture was kept for 30 min. The mixture was filtered and the filter cake was washed with heptane (3 vol.). The cake was dried in vacuo at about 45 ° C to provide compound 9.
Then, MeOH (10 vol.) And compound 9 (1 equiv.) Were combined and stirred while adjusting the temperature to 55 ± 5 ° C. D-tartaric acid (0.95 equiv.) Was charged. The mixture was kept at 55 ± 5 ° C for approximately 30 min. and then cooled to about 20 to about 25 ° C at
302 Mexican institute DE LA PROMEDAE INDUSTRIAL long of approximately 3 h. The mixture was kept for 30 min. and then it leaked. The filter cake was washed with MeOH (2.5 vol.) And then conditioned. Water (16 vol.) Was added to the cake and the mixture was stirred at 25 ± 5 ° C. NH was charged<sub>4</sub>OH over 1 hr adjusting the pH to about 8 to about 9. The mixture was then filtered and the resulting cake was washed with water (4 vol.) And then with heptanes (4 vol.). The cake was conditioned and then dried in vacuo at 45-50 ° C to provide compound 9.
To a mixture of i-PrOH (4 vol.) And compound 9 (1 equiv.) Was added compound 4 (1.8 equiv.), Et<sub>3</sub>N (2.5 equiv.) And iPrOH (4 vol.). The mixture was stirred and the temperature was adjusted to 82 ± 5 ° C. The mixture was kept for 24 h. The mixture was then cooled to about 20 to about 25 ° C over about 2 h. The mixture was filtered and the cake was washed with i-PrOH (2 vol.), DI water (25 vol.) And n-heptane (2 vol.), Respectively. The cake was conditioned and then dried under vacuum at 50 ± 5 ° C to give compound 10. To a mixture of
EtOH (2.5 vol.) And compound 10 (1 equiv.) Was added EtOH (2.5 vol.) And DI water (2 vol.). The mixture was stirred at about 20 to about 25 ° C. Concentrated HCl (3.5 equiv.) Was added and the temperature was adjusted to 35 ± 5 ° C. The mixture was kept for approximately 1.5 h. -The mixture was cooled to 25 ± 5 ° C and then it was filtered in polishing until obtaining a container free of particulate material. NH was added<sub>4</sub>OH, adjusting the pH to about 8 to about 9. Crystalline seeds of form C of a compound of formula (I) (0.3% by weight) were added to the mixture which was kept for 30 minutes. DI water (13 vol.) Was added over about 2 hr. The mixture was kept for 1 h and then filtered. The resulting cake was washed with DI water (4 vol.) And n-heptane (2 vol.) Respectively. The cake was conditioned for about 24 hr then DCM (5 vol.) Was added. This mixture was stirred for about 12 h for about 20 to
303
<img file="MX347708B_D0291.tif" />
IMPI
INSTtTUT · MEXICANO M LA MOHEDAL) INDUSTRIAL about 25 ° C. The mixture was filtered and the cake was washed with
DCM (1 vol.). The cake was conditioned for approximately 6 h.
The cake was then vacuum dried at 50 ± 5 ° C. DI water (10 vol.) And i-PrOH (0.8 vol.) Were added to the cake and the mixture was stirred at 25 + 5 ° C for about 6 h. An XRPD sample confirmed that the compound of formula (I) was of form C. The mixture was filtered and the cake was washed with DI water (5 vol.) Followed by n-heptane (3 vol.). The cake was conditioned and then dried under vacuum at 50 ± 5 ° C yielding a compound of formula (I) as a polymorph of form C
Example 5
Synthesis of (S) -3- (1- (9 H-purin-6-ylamino) ethyl) -8-chloro-2-phenylisoquinolin-1 (2H) -one
<img file="MX347708B_D0292.tif" />
<img file="MX347708B_D0293.tif" />
Example 5A
Compound 9 (2.39 kg) was treated with compound 4 and triethylamine in isopropyl alcohol at 80 ° C for 24 hours. The reaction was monitored by HPLC to completion, affording 8-chloro-2-phenyl-3 - ((1S) -1- (9- (tetrahydro-2H-pyran2-yl) -9H-purin-6-ylamino) ethyl ) isoquinolin-1 (2H) -one (compound 10) as a tan solid in 94% yield with 98% purity (AUC) by HPLC analysis.
304
<img file="MX347708B_D0294.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO Dt LA MONEDAD INDUSTRIAL
8-Chloro-2-phenyl-3 - ((1S) -1- (9- (tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl) -9H-purin-6-ylamino) ethyl) -isoquinolin-1 (2H) - was treated one (compound 10) (3.63 kg) with HCl in ethanol at 30 ° C for 2.3 hours. The reaction was monitored by HPLC to completion and provided a compound of formula (I) as a tan solid in 92% yield with> 99% purity (AUC) and 90.9% ee (AUC) by HPLC analysis.
Example 5B \
3- (1-aminoethyl) -8-chloro-2-phenylisoquinolinl (2H) -one (compound 9) (0.72 mmol), 6-chloro-9- (tetrahydro-2Hpyran-2-yl) -9H were dissolved -purine (compound 4) (344 mg, 1.44 mmol) and DIPEA (279 mg, 2.16 mmol) in n-BuOH (20 ml) and the resulting mixture was stirred under reflux for 16 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (eluting with 30% to 50% Hex / EA) to provide the product, 8-chloro-2-phenyl-3 - ((1S ) -1- (9 (tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl) -9H-purin-6-ylamino) ethyl) isoquinolin1 (2H) -one (compound 10), as a white solid (60% yield ).
8-Chloro-2-phenyl-3 - ((1S) -1- (9- (tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl) -9H-purin-6-ylamino) ethyl) -isoquinolin-1 (2H) - was dissolved one (compound 10) (0.42 mmol) in HCl / EtOH (3M, -5 ml) and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hr. The reaction mixture was quenched with saturated aqueous NaHCO solution<sub>3</sub> and the pH was adjusted to about 7-8. The mixture was extracted with CH<sub>2</sub>C1<sub>2 </sub>(50 ml x 3), dried over Na<sub>2</sub>SW<sub>4</sub> anhydrous and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was recrystallized from ethyl acetate and hexanes (1: 1). The solid was collected by filtration and dried in vacuo affording the product (S) -3- (1- (9H-purin-6ylamino) ethyl) -8-chloro-2-phenylisoquinolin-1 (2H) -one (formula ( I)) (90% yield) as a white solid like the polymorph of form A.
305
<img file="MX347708B_D0295.tif" />
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE
OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
Example 5C ______________________
3- (1-aminoethyl) -8-chloro-2-phenylisoquinolin-1 (2H) one (compound 9) and 6-chloro-9- (tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl) -9H-purine ( compound 4) in the presence of triethylamine and isopropyl alcohol. The reaction solution is heated at 82 ° C for 24 hours to provide compound 10. The intermediate compound 10 is treated with concentrated HCl and ethanol under aqueous conditions at 35 ° C to remove the tetrahydropyranyl group yielding (S) -3- (1- (9H-purin-6-ylamino) ethyl) -8-chloro -2-phenylisoquinolin-1 (2H) -one. Isolation / purification under aqueous conditions provides the form C polymorph.
Example 6
Synthesis of (S) -3- (1- (9H-purin-6-ylamino) ethyl) -8-chloro-2 phenylisoquinolin-1 (2H) -one
<img file="MX347708B_D0296.tif" />
3- (1-aminoethyl) -8-chloro-2-phenylisoquinolin-1 (2H) one (compound 9) (150 g; 90% ee) and 6-chloro-9- (tetrahydro-2Hpyran-2- yl) -9H-purine (compound 4) (216 g, 1.8 equiv.) to a round bottom flask followed by the addition of IPA (1.2 1; 8 vol.) and triethylamine (175 ml; 2, 5 equiv.). The resulting suspension was stirred under reflux for one day. Heptane (1.5 1; 10 vol.) Was added dropwise over two hours. Then the
306
<img file="MX347708B_D0297.tif" />
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE
PE THE INDUSTRIAL CURRENCY batch up to 0-5 ° C, held for one hour and filtered. The cake was washed with heptane (450 ml; 3 vol.) And returned to the reactor. IPA (300 ml; 2 vol.) And water (2.25-1; 15 vol.) Were added and the resulting suspension was stirred at 20-25 ° C for three and a half hours, then filtered. The cake was washed with water (1.5-1, 10 vol.) And heptane (450 ml, 3 vol.) And then vacuum dried at 48 ° C for two and a half days to give 227 g (90.1%) of the intermediate (compound 10) as an off-white solid with a purity> 99% (AUC) and an ee> 94% (chiral HPLC). The ee was determined by converting a sample of the cake to the final product and analyzing it with chiral HPLC.
The intermediate product (compound 10) (200 g) was suspended in a mixture of ethanol (900 ml; 4.5 vol.) / Water (300 ml; 1.5 vol.) At 22 ° C followed by the addition of HC1 concentrated (300 ml; 1.5 vol.) and keeping for an hour and a half at 25-35 ° C. The addition of HC1 resulted in complete dissolution of all solids producing a dark brown solution. Ammonium hydroxide (260 ml) was added adjusting the pH to 8-9. Form C polymorph product seeds (0.5 g) were then added (Form A seeds can also be used) and the batch that had been held for ten minutes followed by the addition of water (3 1; 15 vol.) over two hours resulting in product crystallization. The batch was kept for 3.5 hours at 20-25 ° C and then filtered. The cake was washed with water (11.5 vol.) Followed by heptane (800 ml, 4 vol.) And dried in vacuo at 52 ° C for 23 hours to give 155.5 g (93.5%) of product. with a purity of 99.6% (AUC) and an ee of 93.8% (chiral HPLC).
Example 7
Synthesis of (S) -3- (1- (9H-purin-6-ylamino) ethyl) -8-chloro-2 phenylisoquinolin-1 (2H) -one
307
<img file="MX347708B_D0298.tif" />
A mixture of isopropanol (20.20 kg, 8 vol.), Compound 9 (3.17 kg, 9.04 mol, 1 eq.), Compound 4 (4.61 kg, 16.27 mol, 1, 8 eq.) And triethylamine (2.62 kg, 20.02 mol, 2.4 eq.) And heated to an internal temperature of 82 ± 5 ° C. The mixture was stirred at that temperature for approximately an additional 24 h. The temperature was adjusted to 20 ± 5 ° C slowly over a period of about 2 h and the solids were isolated by vacuum filtration through a 24-inch polypropylene benchtop filter fitted with Sharkskin paper. The filter cake was rinsed sequentially with IPA (5.15 kg, 3 vol.), Purified water (80.80 kg, 25 vol.) And n-heptane (4.30 kg, 2 vol.). The cake was further dried for about 4 days under vacuum at 50 ± 5 ° C to provide compound 10.
Purified water (8.94 kg, 2 vol.) Was added to a mixture of ethanol (17.7 kg, 5 vol.) And compound 10 (4.45 kg, 8.88 mol. 1.0 eq.). ). Concentrated HCl (3.10 kg, 3.5 eq.) Was slowly added to this mixture while maintaining the temperature below about 35 ° C. The mixture was stirred at 30 ± 5 ° C for approximately 1.5 h and HPLC analysis indicated the presence of the compound of formula (I) in a purity of 99.8% (AUC) relative to compound 10.
Then, the mixture of the compound of formula (I) was cooled to 25 ± 5 ° C. The pH of the mixture was adjusted to approximately 8
308
<img file="MX347708B_D0299.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO DE LA MONEDA »INDUSTRIAL using previously filtered ammonium hydroxide (1.90 kg). After stirring for approximately 15 min, Form C crystal seeds (13.88 g) were added. After stirring for about 15 min, purified water (58.0 kg, 13 vol.) Was charged over a period of about 2 h. After stirring the mixture for 15 h at 25 ± 5 ° C, the solids were isolated by vacuum filtration through a 24-hour polypropylene benchtop filter fitted with a PTFE cloth on Sharkskin paper. The filter cake was rinsed with purified water (18.55 kg, 4 vol.) Followed by pre-filtered n-heptane (6.10 kg, 2 vol.). After conditioning the filter cake for approximately 24 h, HPLC analysis of the filter cake indicated the presence of the compound of formula (I) in a purity of approximately 99.2% (AUC).
Dichloromethane (29.9 kg, 5 vol.) Was added to the filter cake and the suspension was stirred at 25 ± 5 ° C for approximately 24 h. The solids were isolated by vacuum filtration through a 24-gauge polypropylene benchtop filter fitted with a PTFE cloth on Sharkskin paper and the filter cake was rinsed with DCM (6.10 kg, 1 vol.). After conditioning the filter cake for about 22 h, the filter cake was dried for about 2 days under vacuum at 50 ± 5 ° C to provide the compound of formula (I) in a purity of 99.6% (AUC). The compound of formula (I) was compatible with a reference of form A by XRPD.
Purified water (44.6 kg, 10 vol.) And previously filtered 2-propanol (3.0 kg, 0.8 vol.) Were added to this solid. After stirring for approximately 6 h, a sample of the solids in the suspension was analyzed by XRPD and was compatible with a Form C reference. Solids were isolated by vacuum filtration through a 24-gauge polypropylene benchtop filter fitted with a PTFE cloth on Sharkskin paper and the filter cake was rinsed with purified water (22.35 kg, 5 vol.) Followed by pre-filtered nheptane (9.15 kg, 3 vol.). After conditioning
309
<img file="MX347708B_D0300.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTE MSX1CANL M LA MOHEDAL · INDUSTRIAL the filter cake for approximately 18 h, the filter cake was dried under vacuum for approximately 5 days at 50 + 5 ° C.
This procedure provided a compound of formula (I) in about 99.6% purity (AUC) and greater than about 99% chiral purity (AUC). An XRPD of the solid was compatible with a C-shape reference standard.<sup>1</sup>H NMR (DMSO-d<sub>g</sub>) and IR of the product were in accordance with the reference standard.
Example 8
Analytical data for (S) -3- (1- (9H-purin-6-ylamino) ethyl) -8-chloro-2-phenylisoquinolin-1 (2H) -one
Analytical data of various purified samples of (S) -3- (1- (9H-purin-6ylamino) ethyl) -8-chloro-2-phenylisoquinolin-1 (2H) -one, the compound of formula (I). Confirmation of the structure of the compound of formula (I) was obtained by single crystal X-ray diffraction and FT-IR spectra,<sup>1</sup>H-NMR and <sup>13</sup>C-NMR.
A single crystal structure of a (S) -3- (1- (9H-purin-6-ylamino) ethyl) -8-chloro-2-phenylisoquinolin-1 (2H) -one ( for example, polymorph form G) and single crystal X-ray data was collected. The structure is shown in Figure 26, which further confirmed the absolute stoichiometry as the S enantiomer.
FT-IR spectra of form C of (S) -3 (1- (9H-purin-6-ylamino) ethyl) -8-chloro-2-phenylisoquinolin-1 (2H) -one were obtained and shown in figure 27.
The spectra of <sup>1</sup>H-NMR and <sup>13</sup>C-NMR of a sample of form C of (S) -3- (1- (9H-purin-6-ylamino) ethyl) -8-chloro-2-phenylisoquinolin-1 (2H) -one and are provided in the figure 28 and Figure 29, respectively.
310
<img file="MX347708B_D0301.tif" />
Example 9
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL FROMEDAD
General methods for the preparation of polymorphs of form Ά. B,
C, D, E, F, G, Η, I, J of the compound of formula (I)
General method A: Crystallization in a single solvent with rapid cooling or slow cooling
A sample of a compound of formula (I) (for example, Form A or Form C) is placed in a vial equipped with a stir bar and dissolved with a minimal amount of solvent (such as about 0.2 ml to about 0.3 ml) at elevated temperature. The resulting solution is polished filtered through a 0.45 pm syringe filter into a clean preheated vial. After hot filtration, the vial is placed in a refrigerator (e.g., at about 4 ° C) overnight in a quench procedure, or cooled to room temperature at a rate of about 20 ° C / hr. Allow to equilibrate without stirring at room temperature overnight in slow cooling procedure. Optionally, a sample free of solids can be scraped off with an instrument known in the art (eg, a spatula) to initiate crystallization. The solution can be allowed to equilibrate for a period of time, such as about 8 hours. For a slow cooling sample, if scraping does not provide solids after about 8 hours, then a stir bar can be added and the sample is then stirred overnight. A sample without precipitation can be evaporated to dryness under a gentle stream of gas, such as argon, nitrogen, ambient air, etc. Precipitated solids can be recovered by vacuum filtration, centrifugal filtration or decanted as appropriate to provide the form as outlined below.
311
IMPI
ΙΝΪΤΓΠΠΌ MU> CAN <ΟΪ LA FIOPlrDAT ΙΝΓΜΙΤΓΚΙΑΙ
General method B: Crystallization in multiple solvents with rapid cooling or slow cooling
Crystallizations can be performed in multiple solvents 5 (eg, binary). Primary solvents include, but are not limited to, ethanol, isopropyl alcohol, methanol, tetrahydrofuran, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, dioxane, NMP, DME, and DMF. Anti-solvents include, but are not limited to, MTBE, DCM, toluene, heptane, and water.
A sample of a compound of formula (I) (for example, Form A or Form C) is placed in a vial equipped with a stir bar and dissolved with a minimal amount of solvent (such as about 0.2 ml to about 0.3 ml) at elevated temperature. The resulting solution 15 is polished filtered through a 0.45 µm syringe filter into a clean preheated vial. After hot filtration, anti-solvent is added until turbidity is observed. After hot filtration, the vial is placed in a refrigerator (eg, at about 4 ° C) overnight in a quench procedure, or cooled to room temperature at a rate of about 20 ° C / hr. it is allowed to equilibrate without stirring at room temperature overnight in a slow cooling procedure. Optionally, a sample free of solids can be scraped off with an instrument known in the art (eg, a spatula) to initiate crystallization. The solution can be allowed to equilibrate for a period of time, such as about 8 hours. For a slow cooling sample, if scraping does not provide solids after about 8 hours, then a stir bar can be added and the sample is then stirred overnight. A sample without precipitation can be evaporated to dryness under a gentle stream of gas, such as argon, nitrogen, ambient air, etc. Precipitated solids can be recovered by vacuum filtration, centrifuge filtration, or
312
<img file="MX347708B_D0302.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO DE LA ΜΟΠΕ0ΑΓ INDUSTRIAL decant as appropriate providing the form as indicated below.
General method C: Suspension procedures to provide polymorph forms of formula (I)
A mixture of one or more forms (eg, form A or form C) of the compound of formula (I) is placed in a vial equipped with a stir bar. A minimal amount of solvent (eg, a single solvent or a mixture / solution of two or more solvents) is added to the vial to form a heterogeneous suspension. Optionally, the vial can be sealed to prevent evaporation. The suspension is stirred for a period of time ranging from less than about one hour, up to about 6 hours, up to about 12 hours, up to about 24 hours, up to about 2 days, up to about 4 days, up to about 1 week, up to about 1.5 weeks, up to about 2 weeks or more. Aliquots can be taken during the stirring period to assess the shape of the solids using, for example, XRPD analysis. Optionally, additional solvent (s) may be added during the stirring period. Optionally, seeds of a polymorph of a given form of the compound of formula (I) can be added. In some cases, the suspension is then stirred for an additional period of time, oscillating as listed above. The recovered solids can be recovered by vacuum filtration, centrifugal filtration, or decanted as appropriate to provide the form as indicated below.
Example 10 Preparation of polymorphs of form A, B, C, D, E, F, G, Η, I, J of the compound of formula (I)
Form a
313
INSTITUTO MEXICANO K LA MONEDAD INSliynUAl
Single solvent crystallizations to provide Form A of formula (I) -
1. Quench procedure from MeCN: Approximately 23 mg of Form A of formula (I) was placed in a 20 ml glass vial equipped with a stir bar. A minimal amount of acetonitrile (7.4 ml) was added to the vial only to dissolve the solids at 70 ° C. The resulting solution was polished filtered through a 0.45 pm syringe filter into a clean preheated vial. After hot filtration, the vial was placed in a refrigerator (4 ° C) overnight. Once at 4 ° C, the contents of the vial were periodically scraped with a spatula to induce crystallization and then allowed to equilibrate for approximately 8 hours. The crystals were collected by decanting the liquid and dried in vacuo (30 inches Hg) at room temperature overnight. The dried solids were evaluated for crystallinity and shape by XRPD which indicated that the crystalline material was the polymorph of form A.
two. Slow cooling procedure from MeCN: Approximately 24 mg of Form A of formula (I) was placed in a 20 ml glass vial equipped with a stir bar. A minimal amount of acetonitrile (8 ml) was added to the vial only to dissolve the solids at 70 ° C. The resulting solution was polished filtered through a clean preheated vial. After hot filtration, the vial was cooled to room temperature at a rate of 20 ° C / h and allowed to equilibrate without stirring at room temperature overnight. Once equilibrium was maintained at room temperature, the contents of the vial were periodically scraped with a spatula to induce crystallization and then allowed to equilibrate for approximately 8 hours. The crystals were collected by decanting the liquids and dried under vacuum (30 inches Hg) at room temperature overnight. The solids were evaluated
314
<img file="MX347708B_D0303.tif" />
IMPI Mexican institute of currency iNBurnuAi dried to determine crystallinity and shape using XRPD which indicated that the crystalline material was the polymorph of form A.
3. Slow cooling procedure from n-butanol: Approximately 23 mg of Form A of formula (I) was placed in a 2 dram glass vial equipped with a stir bar. A minimal amount of n-butanol (0.6 ml) was added to the vial only to dissolve the solids at 70 ° C. The resulting solution was polished filtered through a 0.45 μτη syringe filter into a clean pre-heated vial. After hot filtration, the vials were cooled to room temperature at a rate of 20 ° C / hr and allowed to equilibrate without stirring at room temperature overnight. After equilibrium was maintained at room temperature, the contents of the vial were periodically scraped with a spatula to induce crystallization and then allowed to equilibrate for approximately 8 hours. To further induce crystallization, a stir bar was added to the vial and the contents were stirred overnight. The resulting crystals were collected by filtration and dried under vacuum (30 inches of Hg) at room temperature overnight. The dry solids were evaluated for crystallinity and shape by XRPD which indicated that the crystalline material was the polymorph of form A.
Crystallizations from binary solvent to provide form A of formula (I)
1. Quench procedure from Acetone / DCM: Approximately 23.5 mg of Form A of formula (I) was placed in a 2 dram glass vial equipped with a stir bar. A minimal amount of acetone (2.6 ml) was added to the vial only to dissolve the solids at 50 ° C. The resulting solution was polished filtered through a 0.45 pm syringe filter into a clean preheated vial. After hot filtration, DCM (5.0 ml) was added in
315
<img file="MX347708B_D0304.tif" />
IMPI rNSTTTVTO MEXICAN • E LA HOFIEDAP INDUSTRIAL portions. After the addition of anti-solvent, the vials were placed in a refrigerator (4 ° C) overnight. Once at 4 ° C, the contents of the vial were periodically scraped with a spatula to induce crystallization and then allowed to equilibrate for approximately 8 hours. The crystals were collected by filtration and dried under vacuum (30 inches Hg) at room temperature overnight. The dried solids were evaluated for crystallinity and shape by XRPD which indicated that the crystalline material was the polymorph of form A.
two. Quench procedure from MEK / DCM: Approximately 23 mg of Form A of formula (I) was placed in a 2 dram glass vial equipped with a stir bar. A minimal amount of MEK (2.2 ml) was added to the vial only to dissolve the solids at 70 ° C. The resulting solution was polished filtered through a 0.45 pm syringe filter into a clean preheated vial. After hot filtration, DCM (5.0 ml) was added portionwise. After the addition of anti-solvent, the vial was placed in a refrigerator (4 ° C) overnight. Once at 4 ° C, the contents of the vial were periodically scraped with a spatula to induce crystallization and then allowed to equilibrate for approximately 8 hours. The crystals were collected by filtration and dried under vacuum (30 inches Hg) at room temperature overnight. The dried solids were evaluated for crystallinity and shape by XRPD which indicated that the crystalline material was the polymorph of form A.
3. Quench procedure from DMF / DCM: Approximately 24 mg of Form A of formula (I) was placed in a 2 dram glass vial equipped with a stir bar. A minimal amount of DCM (0.2 ml) was added to the vial only to dissolve the solids at 70 ° C. The resulting solution was polished filtered through a 0.45 pm syringe filter into a clean preheated vial. After hot filtration, DCM (7.0 ml) was added portionwise. After addition
316
<img file="MX347708B_D0305.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO DE LA RBOHROAD INDUSTRIAL of anti-solvent, the vial was placed in a refrigerator (4 ° C) overnight. Once at 4 ° C, the contents of the vial were periodically scraped with a spatula to induce crystallization and then allowed to equilibrate for approximately 8 hours. The crystals were collected by filtration and dried under vacuum (30 inches Hg) at room temperature overnight. The dried solids were evaluated for crystallinity and shape by XRPD which indicated that the crystalline material was the polymorph of form A.
Four. Quench procedure from Dioxane / DCM: Approximately 24.4 mg of Form A of formula (I) was placed in a 2 dram glass vial equipped with a stir bar. A minimal amount of dioxane (0.8 ml) was added to the vial only to dissolve the solids at 70 ° C. The resulting solution was polished filtered through a 0.45 pm syringe filter into a clean preheated vial. After hot filtration, DCM (7.0 ml) was added portionwise. After the addition of anti-solvent, the vial was placed in a refrigerator (4 ° C) overnight. Once at 4 ° C, the contents of the vial were periodically scraped with a spatula to induce crystallization and then allowed to equilibrate for approximately 8 hours. The crystals were collected by filtration and dried in vacuo (30 inches Hg) at room temperature overnight. The dried solids were evaluated for crystallinity and shape by XRPD which indicated that the crystalline material was the polymorph of form A.
5. Slow cooling procedure from acetone / DCM: Approximately 22 mg of Form A of formula (I) was placed in a 2 dram glass vial equipped with a stir bar. A minimal amount of acetone (2.5 ml) was added to the vial only to dissolve the solids at 50 ° C. The resulting solution was polished filtered through a 0.45 pm syringe filter into a clean preheated vial. After hot filtration, DCM (5.0 ml) was added in
317
<img file="MX347708B_D0306.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO DE LA MONtoso INOUSTUlAl portions. Following the addition of antisolvent, the vial was cooled to room temperature at a rate of 20 ° C / h and allowed to equilibrate without stirring at room temperature overnight.
After equilibrium was maintained at room temperature, the contents of the vial were periodically scraped with a spatula to induce crystallization and then allowed to equilibrate for approximately 8 hours. To further induce crystallization, a stir bar was added to the vial and the contents were stirred overnight. The resulting crystals were collected by filtration and dried under vacuum (30 inches of Hg) at room temperature overnight. The dried solids were evaluated for crystallinity and shape by XRPD which indicated that the crystalline material was the polymorph of form A.
6. Slow cooling procedure from MEK / DCM: Approximately 23.4 mg of Form A of formula (I) was placed in a 2 dram glass vial equipped with a stir bar. A minimal amount of MEK (2.2 ml) was added to the vial only to dissolve the solids at 70 ° C. The resulting solution was polished filtered through a 0.45 pm syringe filter into a clean preheated vial. After hot filtration, DCM (5.0 ml) was added portionwise. Following the addition of antisolvent, the vial was cooled to room temperature at a rate of 20 ° C / h and allowed to equilibrate without stirring at room temperature overnight. After equilibrium was maintained at room temperature, the contents of the vial were periodically scraped with a spatula to induce crystallization and then allowed to equilibrate for approximately 8 hours. The resulting crystals were collected by filtration and dried under vacuum (30 inches of Hg) at room temperature overnight. The dried solids were evaluated for crystallinity and shape by XRPD which indicated that the crystalline material was the polymorph of form A.
318
INSTITUTO MEXICANO DE LA FR MEDAO INDUSTIUAl
7. Slow cooling procedure from dioxane / DCM: Approximately 24 mg of Form A of formula (I) was placed in a 2 dram glass vial equipped with a stir bar. A minimum amount of dioxane (0.8 ml) was added to the vial only to dissolve the solids at 70 ° C. The resulting solution was polished filtered through a 0.45 pm syringe filter into a clean preheated vial. After hot filtration, DCM (7.0 ml) was added portionwise. Following the addition of anti-solvent, vial 10 was cooled to room temperature at a rate of 20 ° C / h and allowed to equilibrate without stirring at room temperature overnight. After equilibrium was maintained at room temperature, the contents of the vial were periodically scraped with a spatula to induce crystallization and then allowed to equilibrate for about 8 hours. To further induce crystallization, a stir bar was added to the vial and the contents were stirred overnight. The resulting crystals were collected by filtration and dried under vacuum (30 inches of Hg) at room temperature overnight. The 20 dry solids were evaluated for crystallinity and shape by XRPD which indicated that the crystalline material was the polymorph of form A.
8. Slow cooling procedure from DMF / DCM: Approximately 23.5 mg of Form A of formula (I) was placed in a 2 dram glass vial equipped with a stir bar. A minimal amount of DMF (0.2 ml) was added to the vial only to dissolve the solids at 70 ° C. The resulting solution was polished filtered through a 0.45 pm syringe filter into a clean preheated vial. After hot filtration, DCM (7.0 ml) was added portionwise. Following the addition of antisolvent, the vial was cooled to room temperature at a rate of 20 ° C / h and allowed to equilibrate without stirring at room temperature overnight. After equilibrium was maintained at room temperature, periodically the
319
<img file="MX347708B_D0307.tif" />
IMPI
INSTTTUTD MEXICANO M LA rkOniDAD INDUSTRIAL contents of the vial with a spatula to induce crystallization and then allowed to equilibrate for approximately 8 hours. To further induce crystallization, a stir bar was added to the vial and the contents were stirred overnight. To further induce crystallization, the contents of the vial were concentrated under a gentle stream of nitrogen to near dryness. The resulting crystals were collected by filtration and dried under vacuum (30 inches of Hg) at room temperature overnight. The dried solids were evaluated for crystallinity and shape by XRPD which indicated that the crystalline material was the polymorph of form A.
Suspension procedure to provide form A of formula (I)
1. Procedure from CH<sub>2</sub>C1<sub>2</sub> and from IPA: Form C (1 g) was suspended in five volumes of dichloromethane. After keeping for 15 hours, filtration and drying, form A was isolated in 82% yield. Scaling up on a 20 g scale was performed with a water-moistened cake of Form C producing Form A in 92% yield. Drying at 70 ° C for six days indicated no degradation in chemical or chiral purity. Suspending the dried form C in isopropyl alcohol using a similar method also produced form A.
two. Procedure for competitive suspension experiment (using forms A, B and C): Competitive suspensions were made loading approximately a 50/50 mixture of forms A and C (11.2 mg of form A and 11.7 mg of the Form C) to a 1-dram vial fitted with a glass stir bar. 600 µΐ of MeCN was added to the vial. The vial cap was wrapped with Parafilm to prevent evaporation. The suspension was stirred for 1 day and an aliquot was taken. The contents of the vial were allowed to stir for an additional week and another aliquot was taken. Both aliquots were centrifuged for five minutes at 8000 RPM. XRPD analysis was performed on solids
320
<img file="MX347708B_D0308.tif" />
IMPI
ΓΝΪΤΠνΤΟ MEXICANO DE LA MONEDAD! N »USTXLAL from each aliquot to show that formula (I) had been converted to form A at both time points. After taking the one week aliquot, an additional 300 µΐ of acetonitrile was added to the remaining suspension and allowed to equilibrate for one day. The suspension was then seeded with approximately 3.2 mg of Form B and allowed to equilibrate for an additional three days. Solids were isolated by centrifuge filtration (5 minutes at 8000 RPM) and dried overnight in vacuo. The dry solids were evaluated for crystallinity and shape by XRPD which indicated that the crystalline material was the polymorph of form A.
3. Procedure for competitive suspension experiment (using forms A, C, D, and E): Competitive suspensions were made by loading an approximately equal mixture of each form (7.8 mg of form A, 7.7 mg of form C , 7.7 mg of form D and 8.2 mg of form E) to a 1-dram vial equipped with a glass stir bar. 1 ml of 2-propanol was added to the vial. The vial cap was wrapped with Parafilm to prevent evaporation. The suspension was mixed for 1 day and an aliquot was taken. The contents of the vial were allowed to stir for an additional week and another aliquot was taken. Both aliquots were centrifuged for five minutes at 8000 RPM. XRPD analysis was performed on the solids from each aliquot to show that Formula (I) had converted to Form A at both time points. After taking the one week aliquot, the remaining solids were isolated by centrifuge filtration (5 minutes at 8000 RPM) and dried overnight under vacuum. The dry solids were evaluated for crystallinity and shape by XRPD which indicated that the crystalline material was the polymorph of form A.
Form b
To a cuvette for a thermogravimetric analysis instrument (TGA), 15-20 mg of form A of
321
<img file="MX347708B_D0309.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO ts LA FROHIDAD INDUSTRIAL formula (I). Form C can also be used in this procedure. The crystalline sample was rapidly heated to 250 ° C and held at that temperature inside the TGA instrument for 5 minutes. After maintenance was completed, the sample was rapidly cooled to room temperature as quickly as possible. The resulting sample was evaluated for crystallinity and shape by XRPD which indicated that the crystalline material was the polymorph of form B.
Form C
Binary solvent crystallizations to provide form C of formula (I)
Using the general method B of example 9, the following experiments detailed in Tables 1 and 2 were performed to provide Form C of formula (I). The experiments in Table 1 were performed using the quench procedure, while the experiments in Table 2 were performed using the slow quenching procedure.
Table 1: Rapid Cooling Procedure
<td>Formula (I) (mg)</td><td>Primary solvent (mi)</td><td>Water antisolvent (mi)</td><td>Temp. (° C)</td><td>Precipitation / Isolation (ser = scraping)</td><td>Form</td>
<td> 24,3</td><td>EtOH (0.9)</td><td> 3, 00</td><td> 70</td><td>ppt / filter</td><td>C</td>
<td> 24,3</td><td>IPA (0.6)</td><td> 2,00</td><td> 70</td><td>ppt / filter</td><td>c</td>
<td> 24,2</td><td>THF (1.5)</td><td> 6, 50</td><td> 60</td><td>ppt / filter</td><td>c</td>
<td> 23, 4</td><td>Acetone (2.5)</td><td> 5, 00</td><td> 50</td><td>be / ppt / filter</td><td>c</td>
<td> 23, 5</td><td>Dioxane (0.8)</td><td> 3, 00</td><td> 70</td><td>ppt / filter</td><td>c</td>
<td> 24,2</td><td>NMP (0.2)</td><td> 0, 90</td><td> 70</td><td>ppt / filter</td><td>c</td>
<td> 24,2</td><td>DME (2.5)</td><td> 5, 00</td><td> 70</td><td>scr / ppt / filter</td><td>c</td>
<td> 23,7</td><td>DMF (0.2)</td><td> 0, 57</td><td> 70</td><td>ppt / filter.</td><td>c</td>
322
<img file="MX347708B_D0310.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO M LA MOTCOAD tNOUSTIUAl
Table 2: Slow cooling procedure
<td>Formula (I) (mg)</td><td>Primary solvent (mi)</td><td>Water antisolvent (mi)</td><td>Temp. (° C)</td><td>Precipitation / Isolation (ser = scraping)</td><td>Form</td>
<td> 23,1</td><td>EtOH (0.9)</td><td> 2,60</td><td> 70</td><td>ppt / filter</td><td>C</td>
<td> 23, 4</td><td>IPA (0.6)</td><td> 2,00</td><td> 70</td><td>ppt / filter</td><td>C</td>
<td> 23,7</td><td>THF (1.5)</td><td> 6,00</td><td> 60</td><td>scr / filter</td><td>c</td>
<td> 23,7</td><td>Acetone (2.5)</td><td> 5,00</td><td> 50</td><td>scr / filter</td><td>c</td>
<td> 24,5</td><td>Dioxane (0.8)</td><td> 2,70</td><td> 70</td><td>ppt / filter</td><td>c</td>
<td> 23, 1</td><td>NMP (0.4)</td><td> 1,42</td><td> 70</td><td>ppt / filter</td><td>c</td>
<td> 23, 4</td><td>DME (2.5)</td><td> 5,00</td><td> 70</td><td>scr / filter</td><td>c</td>
<td> 25, 3</td><td>DMF (0.2)</td><td> 0,41</td><td> 70</td><td>ppt / filter</td><td>c</td>
Suspension Procedures to Provide Form C of Formula (I)
1. Procedure for competitive suspension experiment (using forms A, C, D and E): Competitive suspensions were made by loading an approximately equal mixture of each form (7.9 mg of form A, 7.8 mg of form C, 7.8 mg of Form D and 8.1 mg of Form E) to a 1-dram vial fitted with a glass stir bar. 1 ml of water was added to the vial. The vial cap was wrapped with Parafilm to prevent evaporation. The suspension was mixed for 1 day and an aliquot was taken. The contents of the vial were allowed to stir for an additional week and another aliquot was taken. Both aliquots were centrifuged for five minutes at 8000 RPM. XRPD analysis was performed on the solids to show that Formula (I) had converted to Form C at both time points. After taking the one week aliquot, the remaining solids were isolated by centrifuge filtration (5 minutes at 8000 RPM) and dried overnight under vacuum. Dry solids were evaluated for crystallinity and shape by
323 πυπττυτο MEXICAN CURRENCY INDUSTRY!
XRPD which indicated that the crystalline material was the form C polymorph.
two. Procedure for competitive suspension experiment (using forms B and C): Approximately 4.9 mg of form C was weighed into a 1-dram vial equipped with a magnetic stir bar. 0.3 ml of water was added to this vial to form a suspension which was allowed to equilibrate for approximately 24 hours at room temperature. An equal amount (approximately 5.4 mg) of Form B was added to the vial and the suspension was allowed to equilibrate for four days at room temperature. The resulting solids were isolated by centrifuge filtration (5 minutes at 8000 RPM) and dried overnight under vacuum. Dry solids were evaluated for crystallinity and shape by XRPD which indicated that the crystalline material was the C-form polymorph.
3. Procedure for competitive suspension experiment (using forms A, B and C): Competitive suspensions were made loading approximately a 50/50 mixture of forms A and C (10.6 mg of form A and 12 mg of form C ) to a 1-dram vial equipped with a glass stir bar. 600 µΐ of a 50/50 v / v solution of water and ethanol was added to the vial. The vial cap was wrapped with Parafilm to prevent evaporation. The suspension was mixed for 1 day and an aliquot was taken. The contents of the vial were allowed to stir for an additional week and another aliquot was taken. Both aliquots were centrifuged for five minutes at 8000 RPM. XRPD analysis was performed on the solids to show that all of Formula (I) had been converted to Form C at both time points. After taking the one week aliquot, an additional 300 µΐ of a 50/50 v / v solution of water and ethanol was added to the remaining suspension and allowed to equilibrate for one day. The suspensions were then seeded with approximately 3.6 mg of Form B and allowed to equilibrate for an additional three days before isolation by filtration in
324
<img file="MX347708B_D0311.tif" />
IMPI (Mexican Nrrnvro DE LA PROPERTY INDUSTRIAL centrifuge (5 minutes at 8000 RPM). The solids were dried overnight under vacuum at room temperature. The dry solids were evaluated for crystallinity and shape by XRPD which indicated that the crystalline material was the C-form polymorph.
Four. A 22 1 round bottom flask was charged with Form A of (S) -3- (1- (9H-purin-6-ylamino) ethyl) -8-chloro-2-phenylisoquinolinl (2H) -one (1 , 20 kg) in 1.2 1 isopropyl alcohol and 12 1 DI water, and stirred at 20 + 5 ° C. After shaking for 3 hours, analysis of a sample by XRPD showed that the sample was form C. The mixture was filtered through a Buchner funnel fitted with a Sharkskin filter paper, which was then rinsed with DI water ( 6 1) and heptanes (3.6 1). The cake was conditioned for 1 hour and dried at 50 ° C in a vacuum oven to constant weight yielding a compound of formula (I) as Form C 15 (1.18 kg) in 98% yield. Additional samples of Form C were prepared starting from Form A of (S) -3- (1- (9Hpurin-6-ylamino) ethyl) -8-chloro-2-phenylisoquinolin-1 (2H) -one using the following variations of reaction conditions for this procedure as shown in table 3:
Table 3:
<td></td><td>Terms</td><td>Purity (AUC)</td><td>Performance</td>
<td> 1</td><td>Resuspend in EtOH (16 vol.) At 70 ° C</td><td> 99,34%</td><td> 40%</td>
<td> 2</td><td>Recrystallize from EtOH / water (9/1 vol.) From 65 to 21 ° C</td><td> 99,63%</td><td> 42,6%</td>
<td> 3</td><td>Recrystallize from EtOH / water (7/1 vol.) From 65 to 21 ° C</td><td> 99,64%</td><td> 52%</td>
<td> 4</td><td>Recrystallize from EtOH / water (7/4 vol.) From 82 to 21 ° C</td><td> 99,54%</td><td> 77%</td>
<td> 5</td><td>Recrystallize from EtOH / water (9/7 vol.) From 82 to 21 ° C</td><td> 99,40%</td><td> 77,4%</td>
<td> 6</td><td>Recrystallize from EtOH / water</td><td> 99,07%</td><td> 90,4%</td>
325
<img file="MX347708B_D0312.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTE MUICANO DE LA FROHEDAE? INDUSTRIAL
<td></td><td>Terms</td><td>Purity (AUC)</td><td>Performance</td>
<td></td><td>(7/10 vol.) From 82 to 21 ° C</td><td></td><td></td>
Form D
Single solvent crystallizations to provide Form D of formula (I)
1. Quench procedure from tetrahydrofuran (THF): Approximately 23 mg of Form A of formula (I) was placed in a 2 dram glass vial equipped with a stir bar. A minimal amount of THF (1.2 ml) was added to the vial only to dissolve the solids at 60 ° C. The resulting solution was polished filtered through a 0.45 pm syringe filter into a clean preheated vial. After hot filtration, the vials were placed in a refrigerator (4 ° C) overnight. Once at 4 ° C, the contents of the vial were periodically scraped with a spatula to induce crystallization and then allowed to equilibrate for approximately 8 hours. The crystals were collected by decanting the liquids and dried under vacuum (30 inches Hg) at room temperature overnight. Dry solids were evaluated for crystallinity and shape by XRPD which indicated that the crystalline material was the D-form polymorph.
two. Quench procedure from 2-butanone (MEK): Approximately 23 mg of Form A of formula (I) was placed in a 2-dram glass vial equipped with a stir bar. A minimal amount of MEK (2.0 ml) was added to the vial only to dissolve the solids at 70 ° C. The resulting solution was polished filtered through a 0.45 pm syringe filter into a clean preheated vial. After hot filtration, the vials were placed in a refrigerator (4 ° C) overnight. Once at 4 ° C, the contents of the vial were periodically scraped with a spatula to induce crystallization and then allowed to equilibrate for approximately 8 hours. The crystals were collected by decanting the
326
<img file="MX347708B_D0313.tif" />
IMPI γνπτπ rro mexicanl
DE LA MOHEDAL · INDUSTRIAL liquids and dried under vacuum (30 inches Hg) at room temperature overnight. Dry solids were evaluated for crystallinity and shape by XRPD which indicated that the crystalline material was the D-form polymorph.
3. Quench procedure from dioxane: Approximately 25 mg of Form A was placed in a 2 dram glass vial equipped with a stir bar. A minimal amount of THF (1.5 ml) was added to the vial only to dissolve the solids at 70 ° C. The resulting solution was polished filtered through a 0.45 pm syringe filter into a clean preheated vial. After hot filtration, the vial was placed in a refrigerator (4 ° C) overnight. Once at 4 ° C, the contents of the vial were periodically scraped with a spatula to induce crystallization and then allowed to equilibrate for approximately 8 hours. To further induce crystallization, the contents of the vial were evaporated to near dryness under a gentle stream of nitrogen. The crystals were collected by decanting off any remaining liquid and dried under vacuum (30 inches Hg) at room temperature overnight. Dry solids were evaluated for crystallinity and shape by XRPD which indicated that the crystalline material was the D-form polymorph.
Four. Quench procedure from N, N-dimethylformamide (DMF): Approximately 23.5 mg of Form A of formula (I) was placed in a 2-dram glass vial equipped with a stir bar. A minimal amount of DMF (0.3 ml) was added to the vial only to dissolve the solids at 70 ° C. The resulting solution was polished filtered through a 0.45 pm syringe filter into a clean preheated vial. After hot filtration, the vial was placed in a refrigerator (4 ° C) overnight. Once at 4 ° C, the contents of the vial were periodically scraped with a spatula to induce crystallization and then allowed to equilibrate for approximately 8 hours. To further induce crystallization, the
327
<img file="MX347708B_D0314.tif" />
IMPI
ΙΝΪΤΓΠΠΌ MEXICAN
FROM THE NTOFLEOAI) INOUSTWAL contents of the vial to near dryness under a gentle stream of nitrogen. The crystals were collected by decanting off any remaining liquid and dried under vacuum (30 inches Hg) at room temperature overnight. Dry solids were evaluated for crystallinity and shape by XRPD which indicated that the crystalline material was the D-form polymorph.
5. Slow cooling procedure from tetrahydrofuran (THF): Approximately 25 mg of Form A of formula (I) was placed in a 2 dram glass vial equipped with a stir bar. A minimal amount of THF (1.1 ml) was added to the vial only to dissolve the solids at 60 ° C. The resulting solution was polished filtered through a 0.45 pm syringe filter into a clean preheated vial. After hot filtration, the vial was cooled to room temperature at a rate of 20 ° C / h and allowed to equilibrate without stirring at room temperature overnight. Once equilibrium was maintained at room temperature, the contents of the vial were periodically scraped with a spatula to induce crystallization and then allowed to equilibrate for approximately 8 hours. The crystals were collected by decanting the liquids and dried under vacuum (30 inches Hg) at room temperature overnight. Dry solids were evaluated for crystallinity and shape by XRPD which indicated that the crystalline material was the D-form polymorph.
6. Slow cooling procedure from 2-butanone (MEK): Approximately 24.5 mg of Form A of formula (I) was placed in a 2-dram glass vial equipped with a stir bar. A minimal amount of MEK (4 ml) was added to the vial only to dissolve the solids at 70 ° C. The resulting solution was polished filtered through a 0.45 pm syringe filter into a clean preheated vial. Following hot filtration, the vials were cooled to room temperature at a rate of 20 ° C / hr and allowed to equilibrate without
328
<img file="MX347708B_D0315.tif" />
IMPI fNTTTTUTO MEXICANO
Df U nOHEBAIl iNoumuAi stirring at room temperature dnrantA. the night. Once equilibrium was maintained at room temperature, the contents of the vial were periodically scraped with a spatula to induce crystallization and then allowed to equilibrate for approximately 8 hours. The crystals were collected by decanting the liquids and dried under vacuum (30 inches Hg) at room temperature overnight. Dry solids were evaluated for crystallinity and shape by XRPD which indicated that the crystalline material was the D-form polymorph.
7. Slow cooling procedure from dioxane: Approximately 24 mg of Form A of formula (I) was placed in a 2 dram glass vial equipped with a stir bar. A minimal amount of dioxane (1.1 ml) was added to the vial only to dissolve the solids at 70 ° C. The resulting solution was polished filtered through a 0.45 pm syringe filter into a clean preheated vial. After hot filtration, the vial was cooled to room temperature at a rate of 20 ° C / h and allowed to equilibrate without stirring at room temperature overnight. Once equilibrium was maintained at room temperature, the contents of the vial were periodically scraped with a spatula to induce crystallization and then allowed to equilibrate for approximately 8 hours. The crystals were collected by decanting the liquids and dried under vacuum (30 inches Hg) at room temperature overnight. Dry solids were evaluated for crystallinity and shape by XRPD which indicated that the crystalline material was the D-form polymorph.
Crystallizations from binary solvent to provide form D of formula (I)
Using general method B of example 9, the following experiments detailed in Tables 4 and 5 were performed to provide Form C of formula (I). The experiments in Table 4 were performed using the cooling procedure
329
<img file="MX347708B_D0316.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO M LA PROPERTY INDUSTRIAL fast, while the experiments in Table 5 were performed using the slow cooling procedure.
Table 4. Rapid cooling procedure
<td>Formula (I) (mg)</td><td>Primary solvent (mi)</td><td>Antisolvent (mi)</td><td>Temp. (° C)</td><td>Precipitation / Isolation (ser = scraping; evp = evaporation)</td><td>Form</td>
<td> 24,7</td><td>THF (1.5)</td><td>MTBE (3.0)</td><td> 60</td><td>filtration</td><td>D</td>
<td> 22,5</td><td>Dioxane (0.65)</td><td>MTBE (1.5)</td><td> 70</td><td>filtration</td><td>D</td>
<td> 24,2</td><td>DMF (0.2)</td><td>MTBE (1.6)</td><td> 70</td><td>be / leak</td><td>D</td>
<td> 23, 5</td><td>THF (1.5)</td><td>DCM (6.0)</td><td> 60</td><td>be / evp / decantation</td><td>D</td>
<td> 23, 6</td><td>IPA (0.6)</td><td>Toluene (6.5)</td><td> 70</td><td>scr / evp / decantation</td><td>D</td>
<td> 23,7</td><td>THF (1.5)</td><td>Toluene (5.0)</td><td> 60</td><td>be / leak</td><td>D</td>
<td> 23, 9</td><td>DMF (0.2)</td><td>Toluene (3.0)</td><td> 70</td><td>be / leak</td><td>D</td>
Table 5. Slow cooling procedure
<td>Formula (I) (mg)</td><td>Primary solvent (mi)</td><td>Antisolvent (mi)</td><td>Temp. (° C)</td><td>Precipitation / Insulation (ser = scraped; evp = evaporation)</td><td>Form</td>
<td> 22, 9</td><td>MEK (2.2)</td><td>MTBE (2.0)</td><td> 70</td><td>filtration</td><td>D</td>
<td> 25, 3</td><td>DMF (0.2)</td><td>MTBE (1.4)</td><td> 70</td><td>decantation</td><td>D</td>
<td> 24, 1</td><td>THF (1.5)</td><td>DCM (6.0)</td><td> 60</td><td>scr / shaking / evp / decantation</td><td>D</td>
<td> 23, 3</td><td>DME (2.6)</td><td>DCM (5.0)</td><td> 70</td><td>scr / shaking /</td><td>D</td>
330
<img file="MX347708B_D0317.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO Dt LA MONEDAD INDUSTRIAL
<td rowspan="2">Formula (I) (mg)</td><td rowspan="2">Primary solvent (mi)</td><td rowspan="2">Antisolvent (mi)</td><td rowspan="2">Temp. (° C)</td><td>Precipitation /</td><td>Form</td>
<td>Isolation (ser = scraped; evp = evaporation)</td><td></td>
<td></td><td></td><td></td><td></td><td>evp / filtration</td><td></td>
<td> 24, 1</td><td>IPA (0.7)</td><td>Toluene (6.0)</td><td> 70</td><td>be / stir / evp / decantation</td><td>D</td>
<td> 24, 4</td><td>NNP (0.2)</td><td>Toluene (7.0)</td><td> 60</td><td>filtration</td><td>D</td>
<td> 24</td><td>DME (2.5)</td><td>Toluene (5.0)</td><td> 70</td><td>be / stir / filtration</td><td>D</td>
Suspension Procedures to Provide Form D of Formula (I)
1. Approximately 122 mg of formula (I), Form A, was weighed into an 8 ml vial equipped with a magnetic stir bar. 3.0 ml of 2-butanone (MEK) was added to the vial to form a suspension. The contents of the vial were heated to 50 ° C and held for about 1.5 hours. After holding, the contents of the vial were slowly cooled at a rate of 20 ° C / h to room temperature. The mixture was then allowed to stir overnight. The product was isolated by vacuum filtration and dried overnight in vacuo. Dry solids were evaluated for crystallinity and shape by XRPD which indicated that the crystalline material was the D-form polymorph.
two. Procedure for competitive suspension experiment (using forms A, B and C): Competitive suspensions were made loading approximately a 50/50 mixture of forms A and C (10.3 mg of form A and 11.7 mg of the Form C) to a 1-dram vial fitted with a glass stir bar. 600 µΐ of MEK was added to the vial. The vial cap was wrapped with Parafilm to prevent evaporation. The suspension was mixed for 1 day and an aliquot was taken. The
ΙΝΤΠΤυΤΟ MEXICANO Ρϊ LA FROFISDAD INDUSTRIAL content of the vial for an additional week, and another aliquot was taken. Both aliquots were centrifuged for five minutes at 8000 RPM. XRPD analysis was performed on the solids to show that formula (I) had converted to the D form at both time points. After taking the one week aliquot, an additional 300 µΐ of MEK was added to the remaining suspension and allowed to equilibrate for one day. The suspensions were then seeded with approximately 4.5 mg of Form B and allowed to equilibrate for an additional three days before isolation by centrifuge filtration (5 minutes at 8000 RPM). The solids were dried overnight in vacuo at room temperature. Dry solids were evaluated for crystallinity and shape by XRPD which indicated that the crystalline material was the D-form polymorph.
3. Procedure for competitive suspension experiment (using forms B and D): Approximately 6 mg of form D of formula (I) was weighed into a 1-dram vial equipped with a magnetic stir bar. 0.3 ml of MEK was added to this vial to form a suspension and allowed to equilibrate for approximately 24 hours at room temperature. An equal amount (approximately 6 mg) of Form B was added to the vial and allowed to equilibrate for four days at room temperature. The resulting solids were isolated by centrifuge filtration (5 minutes at 8000 RPM) and dried overnight under vacuum. Dry solids were evaluated for crystallinity and shape by XRPD which indicated that the crystalline material was the D-form polymorph.
Forms A, C and D
Suspension procedures to provide forms A, C and D of formula (I)
Using the general method C of Example 9, the following experiments detailed in Table 6 were performed to provide the polymorphic form of the compound of formula (I) as indicated.
332
<img file="MX347708B_D0318.tif" />
Table 6:
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO DE LA MOHEPAt »INDUSTRIAL
<td rowspan="2"></td><td rowspan="2">Formula (I) (mg)</td><td rowspan="2">Initial form</td><td rowspan="2">Solvent</td><td rowspan="2">Amount (mi)</td><td rowspan="2">Temp. (° C)</td><td>Time</td><td>Observe-</td><td>Form</td>
<td></td><td>Vaction / Isolation</td><td>final</td>
<td> 1</td><td> 15,4</td><td>Form a</td><td>Water</td><td> 0,75</td><td>ΤΆ</td><td>14 days</td><td>filter</td><td>C</td>
<td> 2</td><td> 26,0</td><td>Form a</td><td>EtOH</td><td> 0,75</td><td>TA</td><td>14 days</td><td>filter</td><td>TO</td>
<td> 3</td><td> 19, 5</td><td>Form a</td><td>MEK</td><td> 0,75</td><td>TA</td><td>14 days</td><td>filter</td><td>D</td>
<td> 4</td><td> 15,9</td><td>Form a</td><td>t-AmOH</td><td> 0,50</td><td>TA</td><td>14 days</td><td>filter, no solid obtained</td><td>n / a</td>
<td> 5</td><td> 19,5</td><td>Form a</td><td>MeCN</td><td> 0,75</td><td>TA</td><td>14 days</td><td>filter</td><td>TO</td>
<td> 6</td><td> 17,6</td><td>Form a</td><td>EtOAc</td><td> 0,75</td><td>TA</td><td>14 days</td><td>filter</td><td>Amorphous</td>
<td> 7</td><td> 16,0</td><td>Form C</td><td>Water</td><td> 0,6</td><td>TA</td><td>14 days</td><td>filter</td><td>C</td>
<td> 8</td><td> 15, 6</td><td>G shape</td><td>EtOH</td><td> 0,6</td><td>TA</td><td>14 days</td><td>filter, no solid obtained</td><td>n / a</td>
<td> 9</td><td> 15, 1</td><td>Form C</td><td>MEK</td><td> 0,6</td><td>TA</td><td>14 days</td><td>filter</td><td>D</td>
<td> 10</td><td> 17,4</td><td>Form C</td><td>EtOAc</td><td> 0,6</td><td>TA</td><td>14 days</td><td>filter</td><td>Amorphous</td>
<td> 11</td><td> 14,0</td><td>Form C</td><td>MeCN</td><td> 0,6</td><td>TA</td><td>14 days</td><td>filter</td><td>TO</td>
333
<img file="MX347708B_D0319.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO Oí LA MONEDAD INDUSTRIAL
<td rowspan="2"></td><td rowspan="2">Formula (I) (mg)</td><td rowspan="2">Initial form</td><td rowspan="2">Solvent</td><td rowspan="2">Amount (mi)</td><td rowspan="2">Temp. (° C)</td><td>Time</td><td>Observe-</td><td>Form</td>
<td></td><td>Vaction / Isolation</td><td>final</td>
<td> 12</td><td> 10, 9</td><td>Form D</td><td>Water</td><td> 0, 6</td><td>TA</td><td>14 days</td><td>filter</td><td>C</td>
<td> 13</td><td> 3,5+3, 7</td><td>Form D</td><td>EtOH</td><td> 0,3</td><td>TA</td><td>14 days</td><td>filter, no solid obtained</td><td>n / a</td>
<td> 14</td><td> 6, 7</td><td>Form D</td><td>MeCN</td><td> 0,3</td><td>TA</td><td>14 days</td><td>filter</td><td>TO</td>
<td> 15</td><td> 9, 2</td><td>Form E</td><td>Water</td><td> 0,5</td><td>TA</td><td>17 days</td><td>filter</td><td>C</td>
<td> 16</td><td> 10,5</td><td>Form E</td><td>MEK</td><td> 0,5</td><td>TA</td><td>17 days</td><td>filter</td><td>D</td>
<td> 17</td><td> 8</td><td>Form E</td><td>MeCN</td><td> 0,5</td><td>TA</td><td>17 days</td><td>filter</td><td>TO</td>
Form E
Crystallization from a single solvent to provide Form E of formula (I).
Slow cooling procedure from methanol: Approximately 23.5 mg of Form A of formula (I) was placed in a 2 dram glass vial equipped with a stir bar. A minimal amount of methanol (0.53 ml) was added to the vial only to dissolve the solids at 60 ° C. The resulting solution was polished filtered through a 0.45 pm syringe filter into a clean preheated vial. After hot filtration, the vials were cooled to room temperature at a rate of 20 ° C / hr and allowed to equilibrate without stirring at room temperature overnight. One time
334
<img file="MX347708B_D0320.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO DE LA PRONEBAD INDUSTRIAL maintained equilibrium at room temperature, ____ crystals were collected by decanting the liquids and dried under vacuum (30 inches of Hg) at room temperature overnight. Dry solids were evaluated for crystallinity and shape by XRPD which indicated that the crystalline material was the E-form polymorph.
Crystallizations from binary solvent to provide form E of formula (I)
1. Quench procedure from methanol / water: Approximately 23.4 mg of Form A of formula (I) was placed in a 2 dram glass vial equipped with a stir bar. A minimal amount of methanol (0.6 ml) was added to the vial only to dissolve the solids at 60 ° C. The resulting solution was polished filtered through a 0.45 μιτι syringe filter into a clean preheated vial. After hot filtration, water (0.85 ml) was added portionwise. After the addition of anti-solvent, the vial was placed in a refrigerator (4 ° C) overnight. The crystals were collected by filtration and dried in vacuo (30 inches Hg) at room temperature overnight. Dry solids were evaluated for crystallinity and shape by XRPD which indicated that the crystalline material was the E-form polymorph.
two. Slow cooling procedure from methanol / water: Approximately 23 mg of Form A of formula (1) was placed in a 2-dram glass vial equipped with a stir bar. A minimal amount of methanol (0.6 ml) was added to the vial only to dissolve the solids at 60 ° C. The resulting solution was polished filtered through a 0.45 pm syringe filter into a clean preheated vial. After hot filtration, water (0.83 ml) was added portionwise. Following the addition of antisolvent, the vial was cooled to room temperature at a rate of 20 ° C / h and allowed to equilibrate without stirring at room temperature overnight.
335
<img file="MX347708B_D0321.tif" />
IMPI iNsTmrro mexican · r »t LA MOMtDAD INDUSTRIAL
The resulting crystals were collected by filtration and dried under vacuum (30 inches of Hg) at room temperature overnight. Dry solids were evaluated for crystallinity and shape by XRPD which indicated that the crystalline material was the E-form polymorph.
Suspension Procedures to Provide Form E of Formula (I)
1. Approximately 127 mg of formula (I), Form A, was weighed into an 8 ml vial equipped with a magnetic stir bar. 3.0 ml of methanol was added to the vial to form a suspension. The contents of the vial were heated to 50 ° C and held for about 1.5 hours. After holding, the contents of the vial were slowly cooled at a rate of 20 ° C / h to room temperature. The mixture was then allowed to stir overnight. The product was isolated by vacuum filtration and dried overnight under vacuum. Dry solids were evaluated for crystallinity and shape by XRPD which indicated that the crystalline material was the E-form polymorph.
two. Approximately 5.6 mg of the E form of the formula (I) into a 1 dram vial equipped with a magnetic stir bar. 0.3 ml of methanol was added to this vial to form a suspension and the suspension was allowed to equilibrate for approximately 24 hours at room temperature. An equal amount (approximately 5.7 mg) of Form B was added to the vial and allowed to equilibrate for four days at room temperature. The resulting solids were isolated by centrifuge filtration (5 minutes at 8000 RPM) and dried overnight under vacuum. Dry solids were evaluated for crystallinity and shape by XRPD which indicated that the crystalline material was the E-form polymorph.
336
<img file="MX347708B_D0322.tif" />
Form F
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL CURRENCY
Binary solvent crystallizations to provide form F of formula (I)
1. Quench procedure from NMP / MTBE: Approximately 23 mg of Form A of formula (I) was placed in a 2 dram glass vial equipped with a stir bar. A minimal amount of NMP (0.2 ml) was added to the vial only to dissolve the solids at 70 ° C. The resulting solution was polished filtered through a 0.45 pm syringe filter into a clean preheated vial. After hot filtration, MTBE (1.0 ml) was added portionwise. After the addition of anti-solvent, the vial was placed in a refrigerator (4 ° C) overnight. The crystals were collected by filtration and dried under vacuum (30 inches Hg) at room temperature overnight. Dry solids were evaluated for crystallinity and shape by XRPD which indicated that the crystalline material was the F-form polymorph.
two. Slow cooling procedure from NMP / MTBE: Approximately 23 mg of Form A of formula (I) was placed in a 2 dram glass vial equipped with a stir bar. A minimal amount of NMP (0.2 ml) was added to the vial only to dissolve the solids at 70 ° C. The resulting solution was polished filtered through a 0.45 pm syringe filter into a clean preheated vial. After hot filtration, MTBE (1.0 ml) was added portionwise. Following the addition of antisolvent, the vial was cooled to room temperature at a rate of 20 ° C / h and allowed to equilibrate without stirring at room temperature overnight. The resulting crystals were collected by filtration and dried under vacuum (30 inches of Hg) at room temperature overnight. Dry solids were evaluated for crystallinity and shape by XRPD which indicated that the crystalline material was the F-form polymorph.
337
IMPI INSTITUTO MEXICANO m la monedad INDUSTRIAL
<img file="MX347708B_D0323.tif" />
G shape
Crystallizations in solvent binariupaTnr jjiupuigiajiar form G of formula (I)
1. Quench procedure from ethanol / MTBE: Approximately 24.3 mg of Form A of formula (I) was placed in a 2 dram glass vial equipped with a stir bar. A minimal amount of ethanol (0.78 ml) was added to the vial only to dissolve the solids at 70 ° C. The resulting solution was polished filtered through a 0.45 pm syringe filter into a clean preheated vial. After hot filtration, MTBE (7.0 ml) was added portionwise. After the addition of anti-solvent, the vial was placed in a refrigerator (4 ° C) overnight. Once at 4 ° C, the contents of the vial were periodically scraped with a spatula to induce crystallization and then allowed to equilibrate for approximately 8 hours. The crystals were collected by decanting any liquid and dried under vacuum (30 inches Hg) at room temperature overnight. The dried solids were evaluated for crystallinity and shape by XRPD which indicated that the crystalline material was the G-form polymorph.
two. IPA / MTBE Quench Procedure: Approximately 23.7 mg of Form A of Formula (I) was placed in a 2 dram glass vial equipped with a stir bar. A minimal amount of IPA (0.60 ml) was added to the vial only to dissolve the solids at 70 ° C. The resulting solution was polished filtered through a 0.45 pm syringe filter into a clean preheated vial. After hot filtration, MTBE (6.0 ml) was added portionwise. After the addition of anti-solvent, the vial was placed in a refrigerator (4 ° C) overnight. Once at 4 ° C, the contents of the vial were periodically scraped with a spatula to induce crystallization and then allowed to equilibrate for approximately 8 hours. The crystals were collected by vacuum filtration and dried under vacuum (30 inches Hg) at room temperature during the
338
<img file="MX347708B_D0324.tif" />
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL MONEY night. The dried solids were evaluated for crystallinity and shape by XRPD which indicated that the crystalline material was the G-form polymorph.
3. Methanol / MTBE Quench Procedure: Approximately 24 mg of Form A of formula (I) was placed in a 2 dram glass vial equipped with a stir bar. A minimal amount of methanol (0.6 ml) was added to the vial only to dissolve the solids at 60 ° C. The resulting solution was polished filtered through a 0.45 pm syringe filter into a clean preheated vial. After hot filtration, MTBE (6.0 ml) was added portionwise. After the addition of anti-solvent, the vials were placed in a refrigerator (4 ° C) overnight. Once at 4 ° C, the contents of the vial were periodically scraped with a spatula to induce crystallization and then allowed to equilibrate for approximately 8 hours. The crystals were collected by decanting any liquid and dried under vacuum (30 inches Hg) at room temperature overnight. The dried solids were evaluated for crystallinity and shape by XRPD which indicated that the crystalline material was the G-form polymorph.
Form H
Crystallization from binary solvent to provide form H of formula (I)
Slow cooling procedure from dioxane / MTBE: Approximately 23.2 mg of Form A of formula (I) was placed in a 2 dram glass vial equipped with a stir bar. A minimal amount of dioxane (0.6 ml) was added to the vial only to dissolve the solids at 70 ° C. The resulting solution was polished filtered through a 0.45 pm syringe filter into a clean preheated vial. After hot filtration, MTBE (1.0 ml) was added portionwise. Following the addition of anti-solvent, the vial was cooled to room temperature at a rate of 20 ° C / hr and allowed to equilibrate without
339
<img file="MX347708B_D0325.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO DE LA PROPIEDAD INDUSTRIAL stirring at room temperature overnight, the resulting crystals were plugged in by filtration and dried under vacuum (30 inches Hg) at room temperature overnight. Dry solids were evaluated for crystallinity and shape by XRPD which indicated that the crystalline material was the H-form polymorph.
Form I
Binary solvent crystallizations to provide form I of formula (I)
1. Slow cooling procedure from acetone / toluene: Approximately 23.3 mg of Form A of formula (I) was placed in a 2 dram glass vial equipped with a stir bar. A minimal amount of acetone (2.5 ml) was added to the vial only to dissolve the solids at 50 ° C. The resulting solution was polished filtered through a 0.45 pm syringe filter into a clean preheated vial. After hot filtration, toluene (5.0 ml) was added portionwise. Following the addition of antisolvent, the vial was cooled to room temperature at a rate of 20 ° C / h and allowed to equilibrate without stirring at room temperature overnight. The resulting crystals were collected by filtration and dried under vacuum (30 inches of Hg) at room temperature overnight. Dry solids were evaluated for crystallinity and shape by XRPD which indicated that the crystalline material was the polymorph of form I.
two. Slow cooling procedure with MEK / toluene: Approximately 24.1 mg of Form A of formula (I) was placed in a 2 dram glass vial equipped with a stir bar. A minimal amount of MEK (2.1 ml) was added to the vial only to dissolve the solids at 70 ° C. The resulting solution was polished filtered through a 0.45 pm syringe filter into a clean preheated vial. After hot filtration, toluene (6.0 ml) was added portionwise. Behind the
340
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO UDE LA MOHIDAE Λί
IN DUSnt LAL the addition of anti-solvent, the vial was cooled to room temperature at a rate of 20 ° C / h and left j ó— · φτβ — oo cquilibrrr?
stirring at room temperature overnight. The resulting crystals were collected by filtration and dried under vacuum (30 inches of Hg) at room temperature overnight. The dry solids were evaluated for crystallinity and shape by XRPD which indicated that the crystalline material was the form I polymorph.
3. Slow cooling procedure with dioxane / toluene: Approximately 24.5 mg of Form A of formula (I) was placed in a 2 dram glass vial equipped with a stir bar. A minimal amount of dioxane (0.8 ml) was added to the vial only to dissolve the solids at 70 ° C. The resulting solution was polished filtered through a 0.45 pm syringe filter into a clean preheated vial. After hot filtration, toluene (1.0 ml) was added portionwise. Following the addition of anti-solvent, the vials were cooled to room temperature at a rate of 20 ° C / hr and allowed to equilibrate without stirring at room temperature overnight. The resulting crystals were collected by filtration and dried under vacuum (30 inches Hg) at room temperature overnight. Dry solids were evaluated for crystallinity and shape by XRPD which indicated that the crystalline material was the polymorph of form I.
Form J
Crystallization from binary solvent to provide form J of formula (I)
Slow cooling procedure with DMF / toluene: Approximately 24.2 mg of Form A of formula (I) was placed in a 2 dram glass vial equipped with a stir bar. A minimal amount of DMF (0.2 ml) was added to the vial only to dissolve the solids at 70 ° C. The resulting solution was polished filtered through a 0.45 syringe filter.
341
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRY CURRENCY!
<img file="MX347708B_D0326.tif" />
μη into a clean prewarmed vial. After hot filtration, toluene (2.0 ml) was added portionwise. Following the addition of anti-solvent, the vials were cooled to room temperature at a rate of 20 ° C / hr and allowed to equilibrate without stirring at room temperature overnight. The resulting crystals were collected by filtration and dried under vacuum (30 inches of Hg) at room temperature overnight. Dry solids were evaluated for crystallinity and shape by XRPD which indicated that the crystalline material was the J-form polymorph.
Example 11 Preparation of amorphous compound of formula (I)
To the polymorph of form A of the compound of formula (I) (2.0 g), 50 ml of t-butanol and 25 ml of water were added. The mixture was heated with stirring to 40 ° C for 0.5 hours. After sonication for approximately 20 minutes, 25 ml of tbutanol was added. The mixture was then cooled to RT giving a homogeneous solution. After filtration, the resulting solution was lyophilized for 2 days and a padded solid resulted. The amorphous quality of the solid was confirmed by XRPD (see Figure 11), DSC and TGA analysis.
Example 12
XRPD Studies
Using the XRPD instrument and the parameters described above, the following peaks were observed for the polymorphs of forms A, B, C, D. E, F, G, Η, I and J of formula (I). The XRPD profiles for these ten polymorphic forms are provided in Figures 1-10, respectively. In Table 7, the units for the peak position are in ° 2θ. In one embodiment, a given polymorphic shape can be characterized as having at least
342
<img file="MX347708B_D0327.tif" />
IMPI ° * ΤΤΤΤυΤΌ MEXICAN
OF INDUSTRIAL CURRENCY minus one of the five XRPD peaks in set 1 in the chart
7. In another embodiment, the given shape can be characterized as having at least one of the five XRPD peaks given in set 1 in combination with at least one of the XRPD peaks 5 given in set 2 in table 7. In some In embodiments, one or more peak position values may be defined as being modified by the term approximately as described herein. In other embodiments, any given peak position is within ± 0.2 2Θ (for example,
9,6±0,2 20).
Table 7.
<td>Form</td><td>TO</td><td>B</td><td>C</td><td>D</td><td>AND</td><td>F</td><td>G</td><td>H</td><td>I</td><td>J</td>
<td rowspan="5">XRPD Peak Set 1 (20 °)</td><td> 9, 6</td><td> 7,9</td><td> 6, 6</td><td> 9,2</td><td> 6,7</td><td> 9, 6</td><td> 6, 7</td><td> 8,7</td><td> 9, 7</td><td> 9,1</td>
<td> 12,2</td><td> 13,4</td><td> 10,4</td><td> 11,4</td><td> 9,3</td><td> 14,0</td><td> 9,5</td><td> 9,2</td><td> 11, 4</td><td> 16, 4</td>
<td> 15, 6</td><td> 14,0</td><td> 12,5</td><td> 17, 4</td><td> 12,7</td><td> 17,3</td><td> 10, 6</td><td> 14,1</td><td> 14,2</td><td> 17,3</td>
<td> 18,3</td><td> 15,0</td><td> 13,3</td><td> 18,3</td><td> 13, 9</td><td> 19,2</td><td> 19,0</td><td> 17,3</td><td> 19,3</td><td> 17, 9</td>
<td> 19,2</td><td> 23,4</td><td> 24,3</td><td> 22, 9</td><td> 24,4</td><td> 24,6</td><td> 19, 6</td><td> 18,5</td><td> 24,5</td><td> 18,3</td>
<td rowspan="10">XRPD Peak Set 2 '(° 2Th)</td><td> 9, 1</td><td> 9, 5</td><td> 8,8</td><td> 9, 8</td><td> 12,4</td><td> 12,4</td><td> 13,4</td><td> 7, 1</td><td> 9,2</td><td> 9,4</td>
<td> 9,4</td><td> 12,7</td><td> 9, 9</td><td> 12,2</td><td> 13, 3</td><td> 16,1</td><td> 15,0</td><td> 10, 6</td><td> 14,7</td><td> 10,1</td>
<td> 12,4</td><td> 13, 6</td><td> 13,4</td><td> 15, 8</td><td> 14,3</td><td> 16, 6</td><td> 15,8</td><td> 11,3</td><td> 15, 5</td><td> 10,7</td>
<td> 14,8</td><td> 14,2</td><td> 15, 5</td><td> 16,2</td><td> 15,5</td><td> 17,1</td><td> 17,8</td><td> 11, 6</td><td> 16, 7</td><td> 14,0</td>
<td> 16,3</td><td> 15,7</td><td> 16, 9</td><td> 16, 8</td><td> 17,4</td><td> 20,8</td><td> 20,7</td><td> 16,2</td><td> 17,3</td><td> 14,3</td>
<td> 17,7</td><td> 19, 0</td><td> 19, 8</td><td> 18,9</td><td> 18,5</td><td> 21,5</td><td> 21,2</td><td> 18,3</td><td> 18,4</td><td> 15,5</td>
<td> 21,1</td><td> 22,3</td><td> 21,3</td><td> 19, 9</td><td> 22,0</td><td> 22,0</td><td> 22,8</td><td> 18,8</td><td> 21, 4</td><td> 16, 9</td>
<td> 21,9</td><td> 24,2</td><td> 23, 6</td><td> 20, 0</td><td> 23, 9</td><td> 24,3</td><td> 23, 8</td><td> 20,3</td><td> 22, 9</td><td> 19, 9</td>
<td> 24,0</td><td> 24,8</td><td> 25,3</td><td> 24,9</td><td> 24,1</td><td> 25,2</td><td> 24,3</td><td> 21,7</td><td> 29, 1</td><td> 24,0</td>
<td> 26, 9</td><td> 26, 9</td><td> 27,9</td><td> 29, 3</td><td> 26, 4</td><td> 25,4</td><td> 25, 6</td><td> 24,7</td><td> 34,1</td><td> 24,7</td>
Example 13
Differential Scanning Calorimetry (DSC) Studies
343
<img file="MX347708B_D0328.tif" />
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE
OF THE Nt * MtDAD
INDUSTRIAL
Using the DSC instrument and the parameters described above, the following DSC peaks were observed for the compound of the polymorphs of forms A, B, C, D. E, F, G, Η, I and J of formula (I) . The DSC thermograms for these nine polymorphic shapes are given in Figures 12-24, respectively, and the peak positions are given in Table 8. Additional DSC data is given in Table 9 below for the shape polymorphs. A, B, C, D. E, F, G, Η, I and J. Unless marked with <sup>Λ</sup> indicating an exothermic peak, all peaks are endothermic.
Table 8.
<td>Form</td><td>Figure</td><td>DSC peaks (° C)</td>
<td>TO</td><td> 12</td><td> 239, 280</td>
<td>TO</td><td> 21</td><td> 238, 280</td>
<td>B</td><td> 13</td><td> 281</td>
<td>C</td><td> 14</td><td> 208, 254<sup>Λ</sup>, 283</td>
<td>C</td><td>23, part higher</td><td>about 208, about 245<sup>Λ</sup>, 281</td>
<td>C</td><td>23, part lower</td><td> 206, 251<sup>Λ</sup>, 283</td>
<td>D</td><td> 15</td><td> 260, 283</td>
<td>AND</td><td> 16 ·</td><td> 131, 263, 267<sup>Λ</sup>, 282 '</td>
<td>F</td><td> 17</td><td> 181, 260, 266<sup>Λ</sup>, 282</td>
<td>F</td><td> 24</td><td> 181, 260, 266<sup>Λ</sup>, 282</td>
<td>G</td><td> 18</td><td> 162, 241<sup>Λ</sup>, 281</td>
<td>H</td><td> 19</td><td> 128, 258, 282</td>
<td>I</td><td> 20</td><td> 208, 263</td>
<td>J</td><td> 21</td><td> 121, 185, 259, 282</td>
As shown in Figures 12-23, the thermograms of
DSC for the polymorphs of forms A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H and J, each have an endothermic peak in the range of
344
<img file="MX347708B_D0329.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO M LA FROTIEDA »INDUSTRIAL approximately 280 ° C to approximately 282 ° C. This peak represents that upon heating the given form recrystallizes to form B (see Example 10 where heating form A or form C to about 250 ° C and then cooling provides form B) which then has its peak Characteristic endothermic in the range of about 280 ° C to about 282 ° C.
Example 14
Thermogravimetric Analysis (TGA) Studies
Using the TGA instrument and parameters described above, the following TGA peaks summarized in Table 9 were observed for the CJ form polymorphs of formula (I). The peaks correspond to when a weight loss (wt%) is observed at a given temperature as the sample is heated.
Example 15
Summary of Preparation and Analysis of Form AJ Polymorphs of Formula (I)
Table 9 summarizes non-limiting exemplary preparation techniques for the polymorphs of AJ forms of formula (I) and representative analytical data as described below and elsewhere.
Table 9.
<td>Form</td><td>Polymorphic details</td><td>General conditions</td><td>Cooling profiles</td><td>Raman</td><td>DSC</td><td>TGA, weight% loss (temp. ° C)</td><td>API: Molar ratio of solvent</td>
345
<img file="MX347708B_D0330.tif" />
IMPI
MIXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<td></td><td></td><td></td><td></td><td></td><td></td><td>TGA,</td><td></td>
<td>Form</td><td>Polymorphic details</td><td>General conditions</td><td>Cooling profiles</td><td>Raman</td><td>DSC</td><td>loss in% by weight (temp. ° C)</td><td>API: Molar ratio of solvent</td>
<td>TO</td><td>anhydrate</td><td>starting material, suspensions in IPA, EtOH, and MeCN, crystallizations with DCM as anti-solvent</td><td>fast and slow cooling</td><td>Form TO</td><td> 236, 280</td><td> 0</td><td>n / a</td>
<td>B</td><td>anhydrate</td><td>isothermal holding of form A at 250 ° C for 5 minutes</td><td>n / a</td><td>without spec- tro</td><td> 281</td><td>n / a</td><td>n / a</td>
<td>C</td><td>channel hydrate</td><td>suspensions in water, or water as an anti-solvent</td><td>fast and slow cooling</td><td>Form C, usually</td><td> 204, 242<sup>n</sup>, 280</td><td>1.7% (80 ° C), 0.2% (190 ° C)</td><td>n / a</td>
<td>D</td><td>anhydrate</td><td>crystallizations in MEK, also observed during salt formations in MEK</td><td>fast and slow cooling</td><td>Form D, usually</td><td> 260, 283</td><td>0.2% (150 ° C)</td><td>n / a</td>
<td>AND</td><td>anhydrate</td><td>crystallizations in MeOH without antisolvents</td><td>only slow cooling</td><td>Form E free</td><td> 131, 263, 267<sup>Λ</sup>, 282</td><td>0.7% (80 ° C), 1.3% (130 ° C)</td><td>1.0: 0.06 API: MeOH</td>
<td>F</td><td>NMP Solvate</td><td>Crystallizations in NMP with MTBE as antisolvent</td><td>fast and slow cooling</td><td>Form Free f</td><td> 181, 260, 266<sup>Λ</sup>, 282</td><td>15.8% (150 ° C), 2.8% (180 ° C)</td><td>1.0: 0.73 API: NMP</td>
<td>G</td><td>MTBE Solvate</td><td>Crystallizations in EtOH, IPA, and MeOH with MTBE as an antisolvent</td><td>only rapid cooling</td><td>Form G free</td><td> 162, 241<sup>Λ</sup>, 281</td><td>18.5% (160 ° C)</td><td>1.0: 0.87 API: MTBE</td>
<td>H</td><td>channel MTBE solvate</td><td>only crystallization from dioxane with MTBE as antisolvent</td><td>only slow cooling</td><td>I agreed with form D</td><td> 128, 258, 281</td><td>7.5% (130 ° C)</td><td>1, 0: 0, 34 API: MTBE</td>
<img file="MX347708B_D0331.tif" />
346
IMPI Mexican fNsrmrro PE LA FWNEDAD INtWSTWIAl
<td>Form</td><td>Details polymorphic</td><td>General conditions</td><td>Cooling profiles</td><td>Gather</td><td>DSC</td><td> ·* <sup>1</sup> WA '<sup>1</sup> 'loss in% by weight (temp. ° C)</td><td>API: Molar ratio of solvent</td><td></td>
<td>I</td><td>hemi-</td><td>crystallizations</td><td>cooling</td><td>it matches</td><td> 208,</td><td> 10,5%</td><td> 1,9:0,5</td><td></td>
<td></td><td>solvate</td><td>with toluene as</td><td>fast and</td><td>with the</td><td> 2 63</td><td>(130 ° C),</td><td>API.-tolu</td><td></td>
<td></td><td>of</td><td>anti-solvent</td><td>slow</td><td>form D</td><td></td><td> 0,8%</td><td>eno</td><td></td>
<td></td><td>toluene</td><td></td><td></td><td></td><td></td><td>(200 ° C)</td><td></td><td></td>
<td>J</td><td>hemi-</td><td>crystallization in</td><td>single</td><td>I agreed</td><td> 121,</td><td> 10,8%</td><td> 1,0:0,5</td><td></td>
<td></td><td>solvate</td><td>DMF with toluene</td><td>cooling</td><td>with the</td><td> 185,</td><td>(100 ° C)</td><td>API;</td><td></td>
<td></td><td>of</td><td>as anti-</td><td>slow</td><td>form D</td><td> 259,</td><td></td><td>toluene</td><td></td>
<td></td><td>toluene</td><td>solvent</td><td></td><td></td><td> 282</td><td></td><td></td><td></td>
Example 16
Stability studies
Form A and form C polymorphs were subjected to stability studies in which several samples of each given shape were packaged and subjected to the given temperature and humidity conditions as described in Table 10. At each point of Over time, a sample was opened for that study and evaluated by HPLC to determine purity, by Karl Fischer to determine moisture content, and by XRPD to determine polymorphic form. In all the studies detailed in Table 10 at each evaluation time point, no indication of instability of the polymorphic form was observed. ''
Table 10.
<td>Form</td><td>Packing</td><td>Conditions of storage</td><td>Evaluation time points</td>
<td>TO</td><td>Double sealed LDPE bags tied inside a cardboard drum</td><td>40 ° C ± 2 ° C / 75% of HR_ + 5% by HR</td><td>1, 2, 3, 6 and 12 months</td>
<td rowspan="2">C</td><td rowspan="2">Primary: Bags</td><td rowspan="2">Study 1: 5 ° C ±</td><td>For both</td>
<td></td>
347
<img file="MX347708B_D0332.tif" />
IMPI
ΓΝΠΤΠΓΓΟ Mexican M LA PROFFEDAD INDUSTRIAL
<td rowspan="2">Form</td><td rowspan="2">Packing</td><td>Conditions of</td><td>Time points</td>
<td>storage</td><td>evaluation</td>
<td rowspan="2"></td><td rowspan="2">made of double LDPE closed by tying Secondary: Polyethylene bag / metal foil closed by tying Exterior: HDPE drum</td><td rowspan="2">3 ° C / 60% RH ± 5% RH Study 2: 2 5 ° C ± 2 ° C / 60% RH ± 5% RH Study 3: 4 0 ° C ± 2 ° C / 75% RH ± 5% RH</td><td>studies 1 and 2: 1, 3, 6 and 9 months For the study</td>
<td>3: 2 weeks, 1, month, 3 months and 6 months</td>
<td rowspan="2">C</td><td rowspan="2">Primary: Double LDPE bags closed by tying secondary: Polyethylene / Mylar® bag closed by tie Exterior: HDPE drum</td><td rowspan="2">Study 1: 5 ° C ± 3 ° C / 60% RH ± 5% RH Study 2: 2 5 <sup>0</sup> C + 2 ° C / 60% RH ± 5% RH Study 3: 4 0 ° C ± 2 ° C / 75% RH ± 5% RH</td><td>For the 3</td>
<td>studies: 1, 3 and 6 months</td>
<td></td><td colspan="2"> 348</td><td>IMPI ^ ΙΝ5ΤΓΠ ΠΧ) MEXICAN M THE COLDNESS INDUSTRY!</td><td></td>
<td>Form</td><td>Packing</td><td>Conditions of</td><td>Time points</td><td></td>
<td></td><td></td><td>storage</td><td>evaluation</td><td></td>
<td>C</td><td>Primary: Bags</td><td>Study 1: 5 ° C ±</td><td>For the 3</td><td></td>
<td></td><td>double LDPE</td><td>3 ° C /</td><td>studies:</td><td></td>
<td></td><td>closed by</td><td>60% RH ± 5%</td><td>1, 3 and 6 months</td><td></td>
<td></td><td>tied</td><td>by HR</td><td></td><td></td>
<td></td><td>Secondary: Bag</td><td>Study 2: 2 5 ° C</td><td></td><td></td>
<td></td><td>polyethylene /</td><td>± 2 ° C /</td><td></td><td></td>
<td></td><td>Metal sheet</td><td>60% RH ± 5%</td><td></td><td></td>
<td></td><td>closed by</td><td>by HR</td><td></td><td></td>
<td></td><td>tied</td><td></td><td></td><td></td>
<td></td><td></td><td>Study 3: 4 0 ° C</td><td></td><td></td>
<td></td><td>Exterior: Drum</td><td>± 2 ° C / 75% RH</td><td></td><td></td>
<td></td><td>HDPE</td><td>± 5% RH</td><td></td><td></td>
Example 17
Dynamic Vapor Sorption Analysis
Dynamic Vapor Sorption (DVS) analysis was performed with the forms A, B, C, D and E polymorphs using the DVS instrument and parameters as described above. Form A was found to be slightly hygroscopic and showed a moisture uptake of 0.7% by weight at 60% RH and a moisture uptake of 2.6% by weight at 90% RH. Hysteresis indicative of hemihydrate formation was observed. Form B was found to be slightly hygroscopic and showed a moisture pick-up of 1.0% by weight at 60% RH and a moisture pick-up of 1.7% by weight at 90% RH. Form C was found to be moderately hygroscopic, showing a moisture pick-up of 4.2% at 60% RH and a moisture pick-up of 4.9% at 90% RH (see FIG. 30). Form D was found to be slightly hygroscopic and showed a moisture pick-up of 0.4% by weight at 60% RH and a moisture pick-up of 1.7% by weight at 90% RH. It was observed
INSTITUTO MEXICANO DE LA PROH1DAD INDUSTRIAL that form E was slightly hygroscopic and showed a moisture uptake of 1.9% by weight at 60% RH and a moisture uptake of 2.2% by weight at 90% RH. Both form A and form C were maintained in humidity chambers at 9% RH and 95% RH and showed no changes in shape after 1 week.
Example 18
Thermal stability
Forms A, B, C, D and E were kept at 60 ° C for 10 days followed by analysis by XRPD. In each case, 8 ml vials were loaded with approximately 20 mg of material, with the exception of Form B for which 10 mg of material was loaded. The samples were equilibrated in an oven for 10 days. No polymorphic shape changes were observed by XRPD. All Forms were found to be stable.
Example 19
Grinding stability
Forms A, C, D and E were subjected to hand milling experiments using a mortar and pestle. Samples were lightly ground for 2 minutes, then analyzed by XRPD. The material was then returned to the mortar and pestle and ground for an additional 3 minutes, for a total of 5 minutes of grinding, and re-analyzed by XRPD. Form A was found to remain constant both after 2 and 5 minutes of milling. Form C was found to remain constant both after 2 and 5 minutes of milling.
Example 20
Summary of Examples 17-19
I
350
<img file="MX347708B_D0333.tif" />
Table 11 summarizes the analytical data
IMPI
INSTm / TO MEXICANO W ΙΛ RMJHtDAD iNniimiAL representative non-limiting ones for the polymorphs of forms A - & ». Of formula '(I) <sup>1</sup> taT as described below and elsewhere.
Table 11.
<td>Form</td><td>NMR</td><td>DVS</td><td>Thermal stability (60 ° C)</td><td>Grinding (mortar and pestle)</td><td>Solubility (mg / ml)</td>
<td>TO</td><td>constant</td><td>0.7% to 60% RH 2.6% to 90% RH</td><td>stable after 1 week</td><td>remained in form A after 5 min.</td><td>0.030 (H<sub>2</sub>OR) 21,800 (SGF)</td>
<td>B</td><td>constant</td><td>1.0% to 60% RH 1.7% to 90% RH</td><td>stable after 1 week</td><td>n / a</td><td>n / a</td>
<td>C</td><td>constant; 1.9% of water by KF</td><td>4.2% to 60% RH 4.9% to 90% RH</td><td>stable after 1 week</td><td>remained in form C after 5 min., very low intensity</td><td>0.001 (H<sub>2</sub>OR) 9,133 (SGF)</td>
<td>D</td><td>constant</td><td>0.4% to 60% RH 1.7% to 90% RH</td><td>stable after 1 week</td><td>amorphous after 2 min.</td><td>n / a</td>
<td>AND</td><td>0.5% by weight of MeOH</td><td>1.9% to 60% RH 2.2% to 90% RH</td><td>stable after 1 week</td><td>amorphous after 5 min.</td><td>n / a</td>
Example 21
Salt sieve
351
<img file="MX347708B_D0334.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO P € LA FRQMIDAD INDUSTRIAL
Salts of a compound of formula (I) were formed with L-tartaric acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, D-glucaronic acid, ethane-1,2-disulfonic acid (EDSA), 2-naphthalenesulfonic acid (NSA), hydrochloric acid (HC1) (mono and bis), hydrobromic acid (HBr), citric acid, naphthalene-1,5-disulfonic acid (NDSA), DLmandelic acid, fumaric acid, sulfuric acid, maleic acid, methanesulfonic acid (MSA), benzenesulfonic acid (BSA) , ethanesulfonic acid (ESA), L-malic acid, phosphoric acid and aminoethanesulfonic acid (taurine). Various salts and the free base were tested against various solvents for the formation of crystalline solids, as shown in Figure 25. Tables 12 and 13 summarize representative data for exemplary salts of a compound of formula (I). A compound of formula (I) was observed to form semi-crystalline to crystalline monosalts with ethane-1,2-disulfonic acid (EDSA), 2-naphthalenesulfonic acid (NSA), hydrochloric acid (HC1), hydrobromic acid (HBr), citric acid, and amorphous monosalt with naphthalene-1,5-disulfonic acid (NDSA) and an amorphous bisalt with HCl in various solvents.
Table 12:
<td>Against- ion</td><td>Solvent</td><td>Form by XRPD</td><td>API: CI (ratio by NMR or IC)</td><td>DSC (° C)</td><td>TGA (% weight loss)</td>
<td>Form A free</td><td>n / a</td><td>Form A free</td><td>constant</td><td> 236, 242, 280</td><td> 0</td>
<td rowspan="2">EDSA</td><td>acetone</td><td>semicrist.</td><td> 1,0:1,1</td><td> 63, 210, 260, 284</td><td> 1,1, 1,1</td>
<td>MEK</td><td>semicrist.</td><td> 1,0:1,1</td><td> 57, 209, 259, 283</td><td> 1,0</td>
<td rowspan="2">NSA</td><td>acetone</td><td>crystalline</td><td> 1,0:1,1</td><td> 252</td><td> 0</td>
<td>acetone</td><td>crystalline</td><td> 1,0:1,06</td><td>n / a</td><td>n / a</td>
<td>HC1</td><td>MEK</td><td>crystalline</td><td> 1,0:1,2</td><td> 163,</td><td> 5,7, 10,0</td>
352
<img file="MX347708B_D0335.tif" />
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTTTUTE
OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<td></td><td></td><td></td><td>(solvate of</td><td> 177, 213</td><td></td><td></td>
<td></td><td></td><td></td><td>MEK)</td><td></td><td></td><td></td>
<td>Bis HC1</td><td>IPA / IPAC</td><td>amorphous</td><td> 1,0:1,8</td><td> 182, 215</td><td> 0,5, 12,8, 6, 0</td><td></td>
<td>NDSA</td><td>MEK</td><td>amorphous</td><td> 1,0:0,92</td><td> 96, 216, 273</td><td> 6, 1</td><td></td>
Table 13:
<td>Counterion</td><td>Solubility in water (mg / ml) (pH)</td><td>Moisture Sorption (% water by weight)</td><td>Comments</td>
<td>Form A free</td><td> 0,03 (3,29)</td><td>60% RH: 0.7 90% RH: 2.6</td><td>high fade of form B</td>
<td>EDSA</td><td> 9, 4 (1,43)</td><td>60% RH: 7.5 90% RH: 28.1</td><td>Sticky / oily material forms in water</td>
<td>NSA</td><td> 0,05 (3,01)</td><td>60% RH: 0.3 90% RH: 0.7</td><td>n / a</td>
<td>HC1</td><td>n / a</td><td>n / a</td><td>MEK Solvate</td>
<td>Bis HC1</td><td> 11,8 (1,80)</td><td>60% RH: 9.9 90% RH: 12.3</td><td>n / a</td>
<td>NDSA '</td><td> 0,3 (1,68)</td><td>n / a</td><td>n / a</td>
n / a - not analyzed
CI - Counterion IC - Ion Chromatography
Example 22 Formulations and dosage forms
Example 22A: Capsule Formulations for Form 10 C Polymorph of Formula (I)
Capsules containing a form C polymorph compound of formula (I) (API) were prepared according to the following
353
<img file="MX347708B_D0336.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO PE LA MOHEDAL »INDUSTRIAL procedures. The capsules included a hard gelatin capsule filled with a formulated dry blend powder filler of Form C polymorph of formula (I) and one or more excipients. In some examples, the capsule components included Form C polymorph of formula (I) (from about 1% to about 30% w / w); a filler / slip such as silicified microcrystalline cellulose (from about 70% to about 99% w / w); a disintegrant such as crospovidone (0% to about 7% w / w); and a lubricant such as magnesium stearate (0% to about 2% w / w).
Other excipients that can be used in exemplary capsule formulations include, but are not limited to, fillers such as lactose, mannitol, starch, sorbitol, sucrose, dicalcium phosphate, and microcrystalline cellulose; disintegrants such as croscarmellose sodium and sodium starch glycolate; glidants such as colloidal silicon dioxide, silicon dioxide, magnesium silicate, and talc; lubricants such as sodium stearyl fumarate and stearic acid; and surfactants such as sodium lauryl sulfate, sodium dodecyl sulfate, Tween® 80, and Lutrol®. Choice and percentage of load / slip can be based on the fluidity of the combination. The choice and percentage of the disintegrant can be based on the release profile of the capsule in 0.1N hydrochloric acid without surfactants.
For a given formulation, part of the filler / glider and disintegrant were each passed separately through a # 30 mesh filter. The Form C polymorph of formula (I) and part of the load / sliding and passed through a # 30 mesh filter. The lubricant was passed through a # 40 mesh filter. Each component, except for the lubricant, was weighed and separately transferred to a Patterson Kelley V-mixer and blended for about 5 to about 15 minutes after each addition. The mixture was then ground through a Quadro® Cornil® instrument using a 0.039R mesh filter at a speed of
354
<img file="MX347708B_D0337.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO DE LA MONEDAD INDUSTRIAL approximately 40 rpm. Finally, the lubricant was added and the mixture was blended for about 5 minutes. The mixture was then used to fill the appropriate capsules using an IN-CAP encapsulation machine.
Table 14 provides a non-limiting example of formulation and preparation of capsules. A low concentration formulation was prepared for the 1 mg / 5 mg capsules, and a high concentration formulation was prepared for the 25 mg / 100 mg concentrations. The 1 mg and 25 10 mg strengths were size 2 opaque white hard gelatin capsules, while the 5 mg strength was size 2 opaque Swiss orange hard gelatin capsules and the strength 100 mg was size 0 opaque white hard gelatin capsules.
Table 14: Capsule Formulations
<td>Components (% w / w)</td><td>1 mg and 5 mg capsules</td><td>25 mg and 100 mg capsules</td><td>Category</td>
<td>Polymorphic in shape C of formula (I)</td><td> 2,3</td><td> 25, 0</td><td>API</td>
<td>Silicified Microcrystalline Cellulose (SMCC), NF '</td><td> 91,7</td><td> 68,5</td><td>Load / sliding</td>
<td>Crospovidone, EP, USP / NF, JP</td><td> 5,0</td><td> 5,0</td><td>Disintegrant</td>
<td>Stearate magnesium, NF, BP, JP</td><td> 1,0</td><td> 1,5</td><td>Lubricant</td>
<td>Hard gelatin capsule</td><td>2, white (1 mg) 2, orange Swiss (5 mg)</td><td>2, white (25 mg) 0, white (100 mg)</td><td>Encapsulation</td>
355
<img file="MX347708B_D0338.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO DE LA ΤΚΟΗΕΟΛβ INDUSTRIAL
Example 22B: Capsule formulations to acraia for Form C polymorph of formula (I)
The formulations were evaluated for their manufacturability, scalability to automated encapsulation equipment, content uniformity, dissolution, and stability. To evaluate the factors mentioned above, large-scale batches were manufactured for all concentrations. For the 1/5 mg blend, approximately 2 kg of API formulation was made as indicated in Example 22A, allowing for the production of approximately 9000 capsules of each concentration. For the 25/100 mg combination, approximately 2.5 kg of API formulation was manufactured as indicated in Example 22A, allowing the production of approximately 6000 capsules of each concentration. Tables 15-15 and 16 below summarize the results of various tests of these formulations.
Table 15: Characteristics of the 1/5 mg formulation
<td>Test</td><td>1 mg capsules</td><td>5 mg capsules</td>
<td>Blend uniformity before co-grinding</td><td colspan="2">2.4% w / w, 5% DER</td>
<td>Blend uniformity after co-crushing</td><td colspan="2">2.2% w / w, 4% DER</td>
<td>Uniformity of combination after lubrication</td><td colspan="2">2.3% w / w, 4% DER</td>
<td>Apparent and relative density (g / cc)</td><td> 0,58</td><td> 0, 68</td>
<td>Moisture content (% w / w)</td><td> 4,71</td><td> 4,55</td>
<td>Capsule Assay (% CL)</td><td> 102,0</td><td> 98,0</td>
<td>Purity (% a / a)</td><td> 99, 67</td><td> 99,72</td>
356
<img file="MX347708B_D0339.tif" />
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<td rowspan="2">Test</td><td>1 mg capsules</td><td>5 mg capsules</td>
<td></td><td></td>
<td>Content uniformity (% CL) Average and interval</td><td> 104,8 6,8, 102,4 - 106,6</td><td> 97,7 6, 93,2 - 99,4</td>
<td>Dissolution (% CL)</td><td>15 min - 88 30 min - 92 45 min - 96 60 min - 98 Inf. - 103</td><td>15 min - 83 30 min - 91 45 min - 94 60 min - 95 Inf. - 99</td>
Table 16: Characteristics of the 25/100 mg formulation
<td>Test</td><td>25 mg capsules</td><td>100 mg capsules</td>
<td>Uniformity of combination before lubrication</td><td colspan="2">26.5% w / w, 2.2% DER</td>
<td>Uniformity of combination after lubrication</td><td colspan="2">24.7% w / w, 0.4% DER</td>
<td>Apparent density and relative (g / cc)</td><td> 0, 40</td><td> 0,61</td>
<td>Moisture content (% w / w)</td><td> 4,36</td><td> 4,28</td>
<td>Capsule Assay (% CL)</td><td> 100,2</td><td> 97,9</td>
<td>Purity (% a / a)</td><td> 99, 6</td><td> 99, 6</td>
<td>Content uniformity (% of CL) Average and interval</td><td> 100,5 11, 94,7 - 107,7</td><td> 98,2 7, 94,0 - 102,7</td>
<td>Dissolution (% CL)</td><td>15 min - 79 30 min - 83 45 min - 84 60 min - 86 Inf. - 102</td><td>15 min - 86 30 min - 87 45 min - 90 60 min - 91 Inf. - 102</td>
357
<img file="MX347708B_D0340.tif" />
The stability of closed container capsjiJ_as__exi_ — uri —- under long-term and accelerated conditions was evaluated. The closed container conditions used were (i) a white, round, wide-mouth, high-density polyethylene (HDPE) 60 cc bottle; and (ii) 33mm white plastic tamper evident cap with an inner seal liner of heat induction foil. The containers containing the capsules were subjected to the following conditions: (1) -20 ° C ± 5 ° C; (2) 5 ° C ± 3 ° C; (3) 25 ° C ± 2 ° C, 60% RH ± 5% RH; (4) 40 ° C ± 2 ° C, 75% RH ± 5% RH; (5) 25 ° C ± 2 ° C, 60% RH ± 5% RH, open bottle; (6) 40 ° C ± 2 ° C, 75% RH ± 5% RH, open bottle; and (7) 30 ° C ± 2 ° C, 65% RH ± 5% RH. Samples of the capsule formulations were analyzed at certain time intervals. The API remained stable at 25 ° C + 2 ° C, 60% RH ± 5% RH and 40 ° C + 2 ° C, 45% RH ± 5% RH for at least 6 months. The API was stable for at least 6 months at -20 ° C ± 5 ° C, 5 ° C ± 3 ° C when stored in induction sealed HDPE jars. The API was stable for at least 6 months at 25 ° C ± 2 ° C, 60% RH ± 5% RH and 40 ° C ± 2 ° C, 75% RH ± 5% RH in open HDPE bottles .
The capsules were manufactured, packaged, labeled, stored and tested according to current Good Manufacturing Practices (GMP). The capsules were packed in high-density polyethylene (HDPE) bottles. Other suitable packaging containers include, but are not limited to, glass jars, low density polyethylene jars / drums, fiber drums, HDPE drums, and blister packaging that may include materials such as aluminum foil, Aclar® and / or or PVC / PVdC / PE films.
Karl Fischer analysis of the API in the capsules indicated a water content of between about 4% w / w and about 5% w / w (for example, at about 4.2%,
<img file="MX347708B_D0341.tif" />
358
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO DE LA PROPIEDAD INDUSTRIAL approximately 4.3%, approximately 4<sub>r</sub> —Aproxy-ma-dameat-e 4.7%, about 4.9%, about 5.0%)
A representative capsule dissolution profile for the 1, 5, 25, and 100 mg capsules is shown in Figure 31. The dissolution of the capsules was compatible with that of an immediate release solid oral dosage form. At 60 min., More than about 90% API had dissolved. The dissolution conditions were a USP apparatus II (paddles), 0.1 N HC1 at 37 ° C, 500 ml (for 1, 5, 25 mg) or 900 ml (for 100 mg), paddle speed of 50 rpm.
Example 23
Evaluation of biological activity
An HTRF® PI3 Kinase Assay Kit (Cat. # 33016) purchased from Millipore Corporation was used to screen compounds disclosed herein. This assay used the specific, high affinity binding of the pleckstrin homology (PH) domain of GRP1 to PIP3, the product of a class 1A or IB PI3 kinase that acts on its physiological substrate PIP2. During the detection phase of the assay, a complex was generated between the GST-labeled PH domain and biotinylated short-chain PIP3. Biotinylated PIP3 and GST-labeled PH domain uptake fluorophores (streptavidin-allophycocyanin and europium-labeled anti-GST antibody, respectively) to form fluorescent resonance energy transfer (FRET) architecture, generating a resolved stable FRET signal in the time. The FRET complex was altered in a competitive manner by non-biotinylated PIP3, a product formed in the PI3 kinase assay.
PI3 kinase α, β, γ and δ activity was assayed using the HTRF® PI3 kinase Assay Kit (Catalog # 33016) purchased from Millipore Corporation. PI3Ka (catalog no. 14-602-K), ΡΙ3Κβ (catalog no. 14-603-K), Ρΐ3Κγ (no.
359
<img file="MX347708B_D0342.tif" />
IMPI κπττυτο MEXICAN INDIUTUAL CURRENCY catalog 14-558-K) and purified recombinant ΡΙ3Κδ (catalog # 14-604-K) from Millipore Corporation. Purified recombinant PI3K enzyme was used to catalyze the phosphorylation of phosphatidylinositol 4,5-bisphosphate (PIP2 at 10 µΜ) to give phosphatidylinositol 3,4,5-trisphosphate (PIP3) in the presence of ΆΤΡ µΜ. The assay was carried out in a 384-well format and detected using a Perkin Elmer EnVision Xcite multi-marker reader. Emission ratios were converted to percent inhibitions and incorporated into GraphPad Prism® software. The concentration necessary to achieve inhibition of enzymatic activity by 50% (CI<sub>50</sub>) using concentrations ranging from 20 µΜ to 0.1 nM (12 point curve). CI values were determined<sub>50</sub> using a nonlinear regression model available in GraphPad Prism® 5.
Example 24
Chemical stability
The chemical stability of one or more subject compounds is determined according to standard procedures known in the art. The following details an exemplary procedure for determining the chemical stability of a target compound. The default buffer used for the chemical stability test is phosphate buffered saline (PBS) at pH 7.4; other suitable buffers can be used. An object compound from a 100 μΜ stock solution is added to an aliquot of PBS (in duplicate) giving a final assay volume of 400 μΐ, containing 5 μΜ test compound and 1% DMSO (for determination of the half-life a total sample volume of 700 μΐ is prepared). Reactions are incubated, with shaking, for 24 hours at 37 ° C; For the determination of the half-life the samples are incubated for 0, 2, 4, 6 and 24 hours. The reactions are stopped by immediately adding 100 μΐ of the mixture of
360
<img file="MX347708B_D0343.tif" />
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE
OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY incubation at 100 µΐ of acetonitrile and shaking with vortex formation for 5 minutes. The samples are then stored at 20 ° C until analysis by HPLC-MS / MS. Optionally, a control compound or a reference compound such as chlorambucil (5 µΜ) is tested simultaneously with a target compound of interest, as this compound is extensively hydrolyzed over the course of 24 hours. Samples are analyzed by (RP) HPLC-MS / MS using Selected Reaction Monitoring (SRM). HPLC conditions consist of a binary LC pump with autosampler, a 2 x 20 mm column, C12, mixed mode, and a gradient program. Peak areas corresponding to the analytes are recorded by HPLC-MS / MS. The ratio of the parent compound remaining after 24 hours to the amount remaining at time zero, expressed as a percentage, is reported as chemical stability. In case of the determination of the half-life, the half-life is estimated from the slope of the initial linear interval of the logarithmic curve of compound remaining (%) versus time, assuming first order kinetics.
Example 25
Ρ110α / ρ85α, ρ110β / ρ85α, ρ110δ / ρ85α and ρΙΙΟγ expression and inhibition assays
Class I PI3-Ks can either be purchased (ρ110α / ρ85α, ρ110β / ρ85α, ρ110δ / ρ85α from Upstate, and ρΙΙΟγ from Sigma) or expressed as previously described (Knight et al., 2004). CI values are measured<sub>50</sub> using either a standard TLC assay for lipid kinase activity (described below) or a high throughput membrane capture assay. Kinase reactions are performed by preparing a reaction mixture containing kinase, inhibitor (2% final DMSO concentration), buffer (25 mM HEPES, pH 7.4,
361
<img file="MX347708B_D0344.tif" />
IMPI
INJTmTO MEXICANA DF LA MOMSDAt INOVSTMAL
MgCl<sub>2</sub> 10 mM) and freshly sonicated phosphatidylinositol (100 ua / ml). Reactions are started by adding ATP containing 10 μθί of γ-32Ρ-ΑΤΡ to a final concentration of 10 or 100 μΜ and allowed to proceed for 5 minutes at room temperature. For TLC analysis, the reactions are then terminated by the addition of 105 μΐ of 1 N HC1 followed by 160 μΐ of CHCl<sub>3</sub>: MeOH (1: 1). The biphasic mixture is vortexed, centrifuged briefly and the organic phase is transferred to a new tube using a gel loading pipette previously coated with CHC1.<sub>3</sub>. This extract is spotted on TLC plates and developed for 3-4 hours in a 65:35 solution of npropanol: 1M acetic acid. The TLC plates are then dried, exposed to a screen of a detection system. and quantification of radioactivity (Storm, Amersham) and are quantified. For each compound, kinase activity is measured at 10-12 inhibitor concentrations representing two-fold dilutions from the highest concentration tested (typically 200 µΜ). For compounds showing significant activity, the IC determinations are repeated.<sub>50</sub> two to four times and the reported value is the average of these independent measurements.
Other commercial kits or systems are available to assay PI3-K activities. Commercially available kits or systems can be used to screen for PI3-K inhibitors and / or agonists, including, but not limited to, PI 3-kinase α, β, δ and y. An exemplary system is the Upstate PI 3-kinase (human) HTRF® Assay. The test can be carried out according to the procedures suggested by the manufacturer. In summary, the assay is a time resolved FRET assay that indirectly measures the PIP3 product formed by the activity of a PI3-K. The kinase reaction is run in a microtiter plate (eg, a 384-well microtiter plate). Total reaction volume
362 Instituto Mexicano 0E LA MOHEDA »INDUSTRIAL is approximately 20 μΐ per well. In the first stage, each well receives 2 µΐ of test compound in 20% dimethyl sulfoxide resulting in a final DMSO concentration of 2%. Then, approximately 14.5 µΐ of a kinase / PIP2 mixture (diluted in IX reaction buffer) is added per well for a final concentration of 0.25-0.3 µg / ml kinase and 10 µΜ PIP2. The plate is sealed and incubated for 15 minutes at room temperature. To start the reaction, 3.5 µΐ ATP (diluted in IX reaction buffer) is added per well for a final concentration of 10 µΜ ATP. The plate is sealed and incubated for 1 hour at room temperature. 1 reaction is stopped by adding 5 µΐ of Stop Solution per well and then 5 µΐ of Detection Mix is added per well. The plate is sealed, incubated for 1 hour at room temperature and then read on an appropriate plate reader. Data is analyzed and CIs are generated<sub>50</sub> using GraphPad Prism® 5.
Example 26
B cell proliferation and activation assay
The ability of one or more subject compounds to inhibit B cell proliferation and activation is determined according to standard procedures known in the art. For example, an in vitro cell proliferation assay is established that measures the metabolic activity of living cells. The assay is performed in a 96-well microtiter plate using reduction with alamarBlue®. Balb / c splenic B cells are purified along a Ficoll-Paque ™ PLUS gradient followed by magnetic cell separation using a MACS B cell isolation kit (Miletenyi). Cells are plated at 90 µΐ at 50,000 cells / well in B cell media (RPMI + 10% FBS + pen / strep + 50 µΜ bME + 5 mM HEPES). A compound disclosed herein is diluted in B cell media and
363
<img file="MX347708B_D0345.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO M LA FROHEOAC INDUSTRIAL is added in a volume of 10 μΐ. Plates are incubated for 72 hours at 37 ° C and 5% C0<sub>2</sub>. A 15 μΐ volume of alamarBlue® reagent is added to each well and the plates are incubated for 5 hours at 37 ° C and 5% CO.<sub>2</sub>. The fluorescence of alamarBlue® is read at 560 ex./590 em. and CI values are calculated<sub>50</sub> or CE<sub>50</sub> using GraphPad Prism® 5.
Example 27
Tumor cell line proliferation assay
The ability of one or more subject compounds to inhibit the proliferation of a tumor cell line can be determined according to standard procedures known in the art. For example, an in vitro cell proliferation assay can be performed to measure the metabolic activity of living cells. The assay is performed in a 96-well microtiter plate using reduction with alamarBlue®. Human tumor cell lines are obtained from ATCC (e.g. MCF7, U-87 MG, MDA-MB-468, PC-3), grown to confluence in T75 flasks, trypsinized with 0.25% trypsin , washed once with tumor cell media (DMEM + 10% FBS) and plated at 90 µΐ at 5,000 cells / well in tumor cell media. A compound disclosed herein is diluted in tumor cell media and added in a volume of 10 ul. Plates are incubated for 72 hours at 37 ° C and 5% CO<sub>2</sub>. A 10 μΐ volume of alamarBlue® reagent is added to each well and the plates are incubated for 3 hours at 37 ° C and 5% CO.<sub>2</sub>. The fluorescence of alamarBlue® is read at 560 ex./590 em. and CI values are calculated<sub>50</sub> using GraphPad Prism® 5.
Example 28
In vivo antitumor activity
364
<img file="MX347708B_D0346.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO Di LA PROBIDAD industry »
The compounds described herein can be evaluated in a panel of human and murine tumor models.
Paclitaxel-resistant humoral models
1. Clinically derived ovarian carcinoma model.
This tumor model is established from a humoral biopsy of a patient with ovarian cancer. The humoral biopsy is excised from the patient. The compounds described herein are administered to nude mice bearing staged tumors using a every 2 days x 5 schedule.
two. Xenoinj erto human ovarian carcinoma A2780Tax (mutated tubulin).
A2780Tax is a paclitaxel-resistant human ovarian carcinoma model. It is derived from the original sensitive A2780 line by co-incubation of cells with paclitaxel and verapamil, an MDR reversal agent. Its resistance mechanism has been shown to be unrelated to MDR and is attributed to a mutation in the gene that codes for the protein betatubulin. The compounds described herein can be administered to mice bearing staged tumors on a every 2 x 5 day schedule.
3. HCT116 / VM4 6 Human Colon Carcinoma Xenograft (Multi-Drug Resistant).
HCT116 / VM46 is an MDR-resistant colon carcinoma developed from the original sensitive line HCT116. In vivo, when grown in nude mice, HCT116 / VM46 has consistently shown high resistance to paclitaxel. The compounds described herein can be administered to mice bearing staged tumors on a every 2 x 5 day schedule.
Four. Murine sarcoma model M5076
M507 6 is a mouse fibrosarcoma that is inherently resistant to paclitaxel in vivo. The compounds described in
INSTITUTO MJLXICANC DE LA MONEDAD INDUSTRIAL present document can be administered to mice bearing staged tumors on a schedule of every 2 days x 5.
One or more compounds as disclosed herein may be used in combination with other in vivo therapeutic agents in HCT / VM46 multidrug resistant colon carcinoma xenografts or in any other model known in the art including those described. in the present document.
Example 29
Microsome stability test
The stability of one or more subject compounds is determined according to standard procedures known in the art. For example, the stability of one or more subject compounds is established by an in vitro assay. For example, an in vitro microsome stability assay is established that measures the stability of one or more subject compounds when reacted with mouse, rat or human liver microsomes. Microsome reaction is performed with compounds in a tube
1.5 ml Eppendorf. Each tube contains 0.1 µΐ of NADPH 10.0 mg / ml; 75 μΐ of mouse, rat or human liver microsome 20.0 mg / ml; 0.4 μΐ of 0.2 M phosphate buffer and 425 μΐ of ddH<sub>2</sub>O. The negative control tube (without NADPH) contains 75 µΐ of mouse, rat or human liver microsome 20.0 mg / ml; 0.4 μΐ of 0.2 M phosphate buffer and 525 μΐ of ddH<sub>2</sub>O. Start the reaction by adding 1.0 µΐ of 10.0 mM test compound. The reaction tubes are incubated at 37 ° C. A 100 μΐ sample is collected in a new Eppendorf tube containing 300 μΐ of cold methanol at 0, 5, 10, 15, 30 and 60 minutes of reaction. Samples are centrifuged at 15,000 rpm to remove protein. The supernatant of the centrifuged sample is transferred to a new tube. The stable compound concentration is measured after
366
<img file="MX347708B_D0347.tif" />
IMPI
ΙΝΤΓΓΠΙΤΟ MEXICAN
Of LA MONEDAD INDUSTRIAL reaction with microsome in the supernatant by liquid chromatography / mass spectrometry (LC-MS).
Example 30
Stability test in plasma
The stability of one or more subject compounds in plasma is determined according to standard procedures known in the art. See, for example, Rapid Conunun. Mass Spectrom., 10: 1019-1026. The following procedure is an HPLC-MS / MS assay using human plasma; other species are also available including monkey, dog, rat and mouse. Heparinized, frozen human plasma is thawed in a cold water bath and centrifuged for 10 minutes at 2000 rpm at 4 ° C prior to use. A target compound from a 400 μΜ stock solution is added to a previously heated plasma aliquot giving a final assay volume of 400 μΐ (or 800 μΐ for half-life determination), containing 5 μ que test compound and DMSO 0.5%. Reactions are incubated, with shaking, for 0 minutes and 60 minutes at 37 ° C, or for 0, 15, 30, 45 and 60 minutes at 37 ° C for determination of half-life. The reactions are stopped by transferring 50 µΐ of the incubation mix to 200 µΐ of ice cold acetonitrile and mixing by shaking for 5 minutes. Samples are centrifuged at 6000 xg for 15 minutes at 4 ° C and 120 µΐ of supernatant is removed into clean tubes. The samples are then evaporated to dryness and submitted for analysis by HPLC-MS / MS.
In one embodiment, one or more control or reference compounds (5 µΜ) are tested simultaneously with the test compounds: one compound, propoxicain, with low plasma stability and another compound, propantheline, with intermediate plasma stability.
367
<img file="MX347708B_D0348.tif" />
IMPI
ΙΝΓΓΠνΤΟ MEXICAN INDUSTRIAL MUnOHEDAD
Samples are reconstituted in acetonitrile / metangl / water (1/1/2, v / v / v) and analyzed by (RP) HPLC-MS / MS using selected reaction monitoring (SRM). HPLC conditions consist of a binary LC pump with autosampler, a 2 x 20 mm column, C12, mixed mode, and a gradient program. The peak areas corresponding to the analytes are recorded by HPLC-MS / MS. The ratio of the parent compound remaining after 60 minutes to the amount remaining at time zero, expressed as a percentage, is reported as stability in plasma. In the case of determining the half-life, the half-life is estimated from the slope of the initial linear interval of the logarithmic curve of compound remaining (%) versus time, assuming first-order kinetics.
Example 31
Kinase signaling in the blood
PI3K / Akt / mTor signaling in blood cells is measured using the Phosflow method (Methods Enzymol. (2007) 434: 131-54). This method is by nature a single cell assay so that cellular heterogenicity can be detected rather than population averages. This allows the simultaneous distinction of signaling states in different populations defined by other markers. Phosflow is also highly quantitative. To test the effects of one or more compounds disclosed herein, unfractionated splenocytes, or peripheral blood mononuclear cells, are stimulated with anti-CD3 antibody to initiate T-cell receptor signaling. cells and stained for surface markers and intracellular phosphoproteins. The inhibitors disclosed herein inhibit anti-CD3 antibody-mediated phosphorylation of Akt-S473 and S6, while rapamycin inhibits phosphorylation.
368
<img file="MX347708B_D0349.tif" />
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE
Dt LA MOHEDA »INDUSTRIAL of S6 and enhances the phosphorylation of Akt under the conditions tested.
Similarly, aliquots of whole blood are incubated for 15 minutes with vehicle (eg, 0.1% DMSO) or kinase inhibitors at various concentrations, prior to the addition of stimuli to cross-link the T-cell receptor (TCR). (anti-CD3 antibody with secondary antibody) or the B-cell receptor (BCR) using anti-kappa light chain antibody (Fab'2 fragments). After approximately 5 and 15 minutes, the samples are fixed (eg with cold 4% paraformaldehyde) and used for Phosflow. Surface staining is used to distinguish T and B cells using antibodies directed to cell surface markers that are known in the art. The level of phosphorylation of kinase substrates such as Akt and S6 is then measured by incubation of the fixed cells with labeled antibodies specific for the phosphorylated isoforms of these proteins. The cell population is then analyzed by flow cytometry.
Example 32
Colony Formation Assay
Freshly transformed murine bone marrow cells are plated with a pl90 BCR-Abl retrovirus (referred to herein as pl90 transduced cells) in the presence of various drug combinations in M3630 methylcellulose media for approximately 7 days with recombinant human IL-7. in serum to approximately 30%, and the number of colonies formed is counted by visual microscopic examination.
Alternatively, human peripheral blood mononuclear cells are obtained from patients with a positive (Ph +) and negative (Ph-) Philadelphia chromosome after initial diagnosis or recurrence. Live cells are isolated and enriched for CD19 + CD34 + B cell progenitors. After overnight liquid culture,
369 Plating cells in Methocult (GF + H4435, Stem Cell Technologies) supplemented with cytokines (IL-3, IL-6, IL-7, GCSF, GM-CSF, CF, Flt3 ligand, and erythropoietin) and various concentrations of known chemotherapeutic agents in combination with any compound of the present description. Colonies are counted by microscopy 12-14 days later. This method can be used to test for evidence of additive or synergistic activity.
Example 33 In Vivo Effect of Kinase Inhibitors on Leukemic Cells
Female recipient mice are lethally irradiated from a γ-ray source in two doses approximately 4 hr apart, with approximately 5 Gy each. Approximately 1 h after the second dose of radiation, mice are injected iv with approximately Ix10.<sup>6</sup> Leukemic cells (eg, murine or human Ph + cells, or pl90 transduced bone marrow cells). These cells are administered together with a radioprotective dose of approximately 5x10.<sup>6</sup> normal bone marrow cells from 3-5 week old donor mice. The recipients are given antibiotics in the water and are monitored daily. Sick mice are sacrificed after approximately 14 days and lymphoid organs are removed for analysis. Treatment with kinase inhibitors begins approximately 10 days after the injection of leukemic cells and continues daily until the mouse becomes ill or a maximum of approximately 35 days after transplantation. Inhibitors are administered by oral wash.
Peripheral blood cells are harvested on approximately day 10 (before treatment) and after sacrifice (after treatment), contacted with labeled antihCD4 antibodies and counted by flow cytometry. This method can be used to demonstrate that the synergistic effect of one or more
370
<img file="MX347708B_D0350.tif" />
Mexican IMPI iNSTmrm DE LA MONEDAD INBIISTMAl compounds disclosed herein in combination with known chemotherapeutic agents may reduce leukemic blood cell counts compared to treatment with known chemotherapeutic agents (eg, Gleevec®) alone under conditions put to the test.
Example 34
Treatment of lupus disease model mice
Mice lacking the inhibitory receptor FcyRIIb that opposes PI3K signaling in B cells develop high penetration lupus. Mice deficient for FcyRIIb (R2KO, Jackson Labs) are considered a valid model of human disease as some lupus patients show reduced expression or function of FcyRIIb (S. Bolland and JV Ravtech 2000. Immunity 12: 277 -285).
R2KO mice develop lupus-like disease with anti-nuclear antibodies, glomerulonephritis, and proteinuria within approximately 4-6 months of age. For these experiments, the rapamycin analog RAD001 (available from LC Laboratories) is used as the reference compound, and is administered orally. This compound has been shown to improve lupus symptoms in model B6. Slelz. Sle3z (T. Wu et al. J. Clin Invest. 117: 2186-2196).
Lupus disease model mice such as R2KO, BXSB, or MLR / lpr are treated at about 2 months of age, for about two months. Mice are administered doses of: vehicle, RAD001 at about 10 mg / kg, or compounds disclosed herein at about 1 mg / kg to about 500 mg / kg. Blood and urine samples are collected approximately throughout the entire test period, and are tested for antinuclear antibodies (in serum dilutions) or the concentration of
371
<img file="MX347708B_D0351.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO rx LA momedad INDUSTRIA!
protein (in urine). Serum is also tested for anti-ssDNA and anti-dsDNA antibodies by ELISA. Animals are sacrificed on day 60 and tissues are harvested to measure spleen weight and kidney disease. Glomerulonephritis is evaluated in kidney sections stained with H&E. Other animals are studied for approximately two months after cessation of treatment, using the same endpoints.
This established model of art can be used to demonstrate that the kinase inhibitors disclosed herein can suppress or delay the onset of lupus symptoms in lupus disease model mice.
Example 35
Murine bone marrow transplantation trial
Female recipient mice are lethally irradiated from a γ-ray source. About 1 h after the radiation dose, the mice are injected with approximately Ix10<sup>6</sup> Leukemic cells from early passage pl90 transduced cultures (eg, as described in Cancer Genet Cytogenet. 2005 Aug; 161 (1): 51-6). These cells are administered together with a radioprotective dose of approximately 5x10.<sup>6</sup> normal bone marrow cells from 3-5 week old donor mice. The recipients are given antibiotics in the water and are monitored daily. Sick mice are sacrificed after approximately 14 days and lymphoid organs are removed for flow cytometry and / or magnetic enrichment. Treatment begins at about day 10 and continues daily until the mice become ill, or after a maximum of about 35 days after transplantation. Drugs are administered by oral gavage (po). A pilot experiment identifies a dose of chemotherapeutic agent that is not curative but delays the onset of leukemia by about a week or less; controls are treated with a vehicle or are
372
<img file="MX347708B_D0352.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTE MLXlCANl> DE LA MONEDAD INDUSTRIAL treats with chemotherapeutic agent, which was previously shown to delay but not cure leukemogenesis in this model (eg imatinib at approximately 70 mg / kg twice daily). For the first phase pl90 cells expressing eGFP are used, and the autopsy is limited to enumeration of the percentage of leukemic cells in the bone marrow, spleen and lymph node (LN) by flow cytometry. In the second phase, pl90 cells expressing a tailed form of human CD4 are used and the autopsy includes magnetic sorting of hCD4 + cells from the spleen followed by immunoblot analysis of key signaling endpoints: pAkt-T308 and S473; pS6 and p4EBP-l. As controls for detection by immunoblotting, sorted cells are incubated in the presence or absence of kinase inhibitors of the inhibitors of the present disclosure prior to lysis. Optionally, Phosflow is used to detect pAkt-S473 and pS6-S235 / 236 in hCD4-dependent cells without prior sorting. These signaling studies are particularly useful if, for example, drug-treated mice have not developed clinical leukemia at the day 35 time point. Kaplan-Meier graphs of survival are generated and statistical analyzes are performed according to methods known in the art. . Pl90 cell results are analyzed separately as well as cumulatively.
Peripheral blood samples (100-200 µΐ) are obtained weekly from all mice, beginning on day 10 immediately before starting treatment. Plasma is used to measure drug concentrations, and cells are analyzed for leukemia markers (eGFP or hCD4) and signaling biomarkers as described herein.
This general assay known in the art can be used to demonstrate that effective therapeutic doses of the compounds disclosed herein can be used to inhibit the proliferation of leukemic cells.
373
Example 36
Matrigel Plug Angiogenesis Assay
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
<img file="MX347708B_D0353.tif" />
Test compounds containing Matrigel are injected subcutaneously or infraocularly, where they solidify to form a plug. The plug is recovered after 7-21 days in the animal and histologically examined to determine the degree to which the blood vessels have entered it. Angiogenesis is measured by quantification of vessels in histological sections. Alternatively, plasma volume fluorescence measurement is performed using fluorescein isothiocyanate (FITC) -labeled dextran 150. The results are expected to indicate one or more compounds disclosed herein that inhibit angiogenesis and are therefore expected to be useful in the treatment of ocular disorders related to aberrant angiogenesis and / or vascular permeability.
Example 37
Corneal Angiogenesis Assay
A cavity is made in the cornea, and a plug containing a formulation that induces angiogenesis (for example, VEGF, FGF, or tumor cells), when introduced into this cavity, causes new vessels to grow into the interior from the peripheral limbal vasculature. Slow release materials such as Elvax® (ethylene-vinyl copolymer) or Hydron are used to introduce substances that induce angiogenesis into the corneal cavity. Alternatively, a sponge material is used.
The effect of putative inhibitors on the locally induced angiogenic reaction (eg, sponge implant) in the cornea (eg, by FGF, VEGF, or tumor cells). The test compound is administered orally, systemically, or directly to the eye. Systemic administration is by bolus injection or, more effectively, by using
374
<img file="MX347708B_D0354.tif" />
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE
FROM THE INDUSTRIAL FROFITY of a sustained release method such as implantation of osmotic pumps loaded with the test inhibitor. Administration to the eye is by any of the methods described herein including, but not limited to, eye drops, topical administration of a cream, emulsion or gel, intravitreal injection.
Vascular response is monitored by direct observation throughout the course of the experiment using a stereomicroscope in mice. Definitive visualization of the corneal vasculature is achieved by administration of high molecular weight dextran labeled with fluorochrome. Quantification is performed by measuring the area of penetration of vessels, the advancement of vessels towards the angiogenic stimulus over time, or in the case of fluorescence, a histogram analysis or pixel counts above a specific threshold ( background).
The results may indicate that one or more compounds disclosed herein inhibit angiogenesis and thus may be useful in the treatment of ocular disorders related to aberrant angiogenesis and / or vascular permeability.
Example 38
Microtiter plate angiogenesis assay
The assay plate is prepared by placing a collagen plug in the bottom of each well with 5-10 spheroids of cells per collagen plug each containing 400-500 cells. Each collagen plug is covered with 1100 μΐ of storage medium per well and stored for future use (1-3 days at 37 ° C, 5% CO<sub>2</sub>). The plate is sealed with sealing. The test compounds are dissolved in 200 μΐ of test medium including at least one well a VEGF positive control and at least one well without VEGF or test compound as a control.
375
<img file="MX347708B_D0355.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTE MiXÍCAWO Dí LA FKOrtKDAD INBUFHUAL negative. The assay plate is removed from the incubator and the storage medium is carefully pipetted out. Assay medium containing the test compounds is pipetted onto the collagen plug. The cap is placed in a humidified incubator for (37 ° C, 5% CO<sub>2</sub>) 24-48 hours. Angiogenesis is quantified by counting the number of shoots, measuring the average shoot length, or determining the cumulative shoot length. The assay can be preserved for later analysis by removing the assay medium, adding 1 ml of 10% paraformaldehyde in Hanks BSS per well, and storing at 4 ° C. The results are expected to identify compounds that inhibit angiogenesis in various cell types tested, including cells of ocular origin.
Example 39
Use in combination of ΡΙ3Κ-δ inhibitors and agents that inhibit the activity or production of IgE
Compounds as disclosed herein may exhibit synergistic or additive efficacy when administered in combination with agents that inhibit IgE activity or production. Agents that inhibit IgE production include, for example, one or more of TEI-9874, 2- (4- (6-cyclohexyloxy-2-naphthyloxy) phenylacetamide) benzoic acid, rapamycin, rapamycin analogs (i.e., raplogs), TORCI inhibitors, TORC2 inhibitors, and any other compound that inhibits mTORCl and mTORC2. Agents that inhibit IgE activity include, for example, anti-IgE antibodies such as omalizumab and TNX-901.
One or more of the subject compounds that can inhibit ΡΙ3Κ-δ may be effective in treating autoimmune and inflammatory disorders (AIID), for example rheumatoid arthritis. If either compound causes an undesired level of IgE production, it may be chosen to administer it in
376
<img file="MX347708B_D0356.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO DE LA MOHEDAL 'INOUSTXLAL in combination with an agent that inhibits IgE production or IgE activity. Additionally, administration of ΡΙ3Κ-δ or Ρΐ3Κ-δ / γ inhibitors as disclosed herein in combination with mTOR inhibitors may also show synergy through enhanced inhibition of the PI3K pathway. Various in vivo and in vitro models can be used to establish the effect of such combination treatment on AIID including, but not limited to, (a) in vitro B cell antibody production assay, (b) in vivo TNP assay, and (c) Rodent collagen-induced arthritis model.
(a) B cell assay
Mice are sacrificed and spleens are removed and dispersed through nylon mesh to generate a single cell suspension. Splenocytes are washed (after removal of erythrocytes by osmotic shock) and incubated with microbeads conjugated with anti-CD43 and anti-Mac-1 antibodies (Miltenyi Biotec). Bead-bound cells are separated from unbound cells using a magnetic cell sorter. The magnetized column retains the unwanted cells and the resting B cells are collected in the flow through. Purified B cells are stimulated with lipopolysaccharide or with an anti-CD40 antibody and interleukin 4. Stimulated B cells are treated with vehicle alone or with ΡΙ3Κ-δ inhibitors as disclosed herein with and without inhibitors of mTOR such as rapamycin, raplogs, or mTORCl / C2 inhibitors. The results are expected to demonstrate that in the presence of mTOR inhibitors (eg, rapamycin) alone, there is little to no substantial effect on the IgG and IgE response. However, in the presence of Ρΐ3Κ-δ and mTOR inhibitors, B cells are expected to show a decrease in IgG response compared to B cells treated with vehicle alone, and B cells are expected to show a decrease. of the answer
377
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE *> * »* .- <*.
OF THE INDUSTRIAL Μ0ΗΪ0ΑΡ compared to the response of B cells treated with PI3K-5 inhibitors alone.
(b) TNP assay
Mice are immunized with TNP-Ficoll or TNP-KHL and treated with: vehicle, a PI3K-5 inhibitor, an mTOR inhibitor, for example rapamycin, or a PI3K-8 inhibitor in combination with an mTOR inhibitor such as rapamycin. Antigen-specific serum IgG is measured by ELISA using plates coated with TNP-BSA and isotype-specific labeled antibodies. Mice treated with an mTOR inhibitor alone are expected to show little or no substantial effect on antigen-specific IgG3 response and no statistically significant elevation in IgE response compared to vehicle control. Mice treated with both PI3K-6 inhibitor and mTOR inhibitor are also expected to show a reduction in antigen-specific IgG3 response compared to mice treated with vehicle alone. Additionally, mice treated with both PI3K-5 inhibitor and mTOR inhibitor show a reduction in IgE response compared to mice treated with PI3K-O inhibitor alone.
(c) Rat collagen-induced arthritis model
Female Lewis rats are anesthetized and given injections of collagen prepared and administered as described above on day 0. On day 6, the animals are anesthetized and given a second injection of collagen. Calibrator measurements of normal left and right ankle joints (pre-disease) are made on day 9. On days 10-11, arthritis normally occurs and rats are randomized to treatment groups. Randomization is done after ankle joint inflammation is obviously established and there is good evidence of bilateral disease.
378
<img file="MX347708B_D0357.tif" />
IMPI
MEXICAN INSTITUTE OF INDUSTRIAL MOnKDAD
After selecting an animal for inclusion in the study, treatment is started. Animals are administered vehicle, PI3K-8 inhibitor or Ρΐ3Κ-δ inhibitor in combination with rapamycin. Dosage is administered on days 1-6. Rats are weighed on days 1-7 after arthritis is established and ankle measurements are taken each day. Final body weights are taken on day 7 and the animals are sacrificed.
Combination treatment using a compound as disclosed herein and rapamycin can provide greater efficacy than treatment with ΡΙ3Κ-δ inhibitor alone.
Example 40
Delayed-type hypersensitivity model
DTH was induced by priming 60 male BALB / c mice on day 0 and day 1 with a 0.05% solution of 2,4-dinitrofluorobenzene (DNFB) in a 4: 1 acetone / olive oil mixture. Mice were gently restrained while 20 µΐ of solution was applied to the hind footpads of each mouse. The hind footpads of the mice were used as they represent an anatomical site that can be easily isolated and immobilized without anesthesia. On day 5, mice were administered a single dose of vehicle, of a compound disclosed herein at 10, 3, 1, or 0.3 mg / kg, or of dexamethasone at a dose of 5 mg / kg by oral gavage. Thirty minutes later the mice were anesthetized and a 0.25% solution of DNFB in a 4: 1 acetone / olive oil solution was applied to the surface of the left inner and outer ear. This application resulted in the induction of inflammation in the left ear and under these conditions all animals responded to this treatment with inflammation of the ear. An acetone / oil vehicle control solution was applied
379
<img file="MX347708B_D0358.tif" />
IMPI rNsrrrvro Mexican
PE LA MOHEDAL INDUSTRLAL olive 4: 1 to the right inner and outer ear. Twenty-four hours later, the mice were anesthetized and left and right ear measurements were made using a digital micrometer. The difference between the two ears was recorded as the amount of inflammation induced by exposure to DNFB. The groups with pharmacological treatment were compared with the control with vehicle to generate the reduction in percentage of the inflammation of the ear. Dexamethasone is used routinely as a positive control as it has broad anti-inflammatory activity.
Example 41
Peptidoglycan-polysaccharide arthritic rat model (a) Systemic arthritis model
All injections are done under anesthesia. 60 female Lewis rats (150-170) are anesthetized by isoflurane inhalation using a small animal anesthesia machine. The animals are placed in the induction chamber until they are anesthetized by supplying isoflurane at 4-5% in O<sub>2</sub> and then they are kept in that state using a nose cone on the operating table. The maintenance level for isoflurane is 1-2%. Animals are injected intraperitoneally (ip) with a single injection of PG-PS IOS group A, purified strain D58 (concentration 25 µg / g body weight) suspended in sterile 0.85% saline. Each animal receives a total volume of 500 microliters administered into the lower left quadrant of the abdomen using a 1 milliliter syringe with a 23 gauge needle. The placement of the needle is critical to avoid injecting PG-PS IOS into the stomach or into the blind. Animals are kept under continuous observation until they fully recover from anesthesia and are moved around the cage. An acute response of a sharp rise in ankle measurement, typically 20% above the baseline measurement, may peak within 3-5 days post injection. The
380
<img file="MX347708B_D0359.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO DE LA PROPIEDAD INDUSTRIAL treatment with test compounds can be vo, sc, iv or ip. Rats are not dosed more than twice in a 24 hour period. Treatment can begin on day 0 or any day thereafter until day 30. Animals were weighed on days 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and starting again on day 12 - 30 or until the study was completed. The paw / ankle diameter is measured with a digital caliper on the left and right side on day 0 before injection and again on day 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7. On day 12 , the measurements start again and continue until day 30. At this time, animals can be anesthetized with isoflurane, as described above, and terminal blood samples can be obtained by extractions from the tail vein for evaluation of blood levels of the compound, clinical biochemical parameters or hematology. . The carbon dioxide overdosed animals are then euthanized. A thoracotomy may be performed as a means of verifying death.
(b) Monoarticular arthritis model
All injections are done under anesthesia. 60 female Lewis rats (150-170) are anesthetized by isoflurane inhalation using a small animal anesthesia machine. All animals are placed in the induction chamber until they are anesthetized by supplying isoflurane at 4-5% in O<sub>2</sub> and then they are kept in that state using a nose cone on the operating table. The maintenance level for isoflurane is 1-2%. Animals are injected intra-articularly (ia) with a single injection of PG-PS 100P group A, purified strain D58 (concentration of 500 ug / ml) suspended in sterile 0.85% saline. Each rat receives a total volume of 10 microliters delivered into the tibiotalar joint space using a 1 milliliter syringe with a 27 gauge needle. Animals are subjected to continuous observation until they fully recover from anesthesia and are moved through the cage. Animals that respond 2-3 days later with a sharp increase in
381
IMPI
INSTITUTO MEXICANO DE LA FWONinAD INDUSTRIAL Ankle measurement, typically 20% above baseline measurement with initial ia injection, is included in the study. On day 14, all responding animals are re-anesthetized using the procedure described above. Animals receive an intravenous (iv) injection of PG-PS (concentration of 250 ul / ml). Each rat receives a total volume of 400 microliters administered slowly into the lateral tail vein using a 1 milliliter syringe with a 27 gauge needle. Baseline ankle measurements are measured prior to iv injection and continued throughout from the course of inflammation or until day 10. Treatment with test compounds will be vo, sc, iv, or ip. The rats are not dosed more than twice in a 24 hour period. Treatment can begin on day 0 or on any day thereafter through day 24. Animals are weighed on days 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and starting again on day 14 - 24 or until the study is finished. Paw / ankle diameter is measured with a digital caliper on the left and right side on day 0 before injection and again on day 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and starting again on day 14 - 24 or until the study is finished. At this time, animals can be anesthetized with isoflurane, as described above, and terminal blood samples can be obtained by extractions from the tail vein for evaluation of blood levels of the compound, clinical biochemical parameters, or hematology. The carbon dioxide overdosed animals are then euthanized. A thoracotomy may be performed as a means of verifying death.
Example 42 Pharmacokinetic data for single and repeated dose administration
382
<img file="MX347708B_D0360.tif" />
IMPI
INSTITUTO MUICANt DE LA MOHEDA! INDUSTRY!
A randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, single and repeated dose study was conducted to evaluate the pharmacokinetics (PK) of a form C polymorph compound of formula (I) when administered orally to male and female subjects. healthy adult female. Subjects received a single oral dose of a form C polymorph compound of formula (I) in the fasted state at a dose of 1 mg, 2 mg, 5 mg, 10 mg, 20 mg and 30 mg. Blood samples were drawn for plasma analysis prior to dosing, and at 0.5, 1, 1.5, 2, 3, 4, 6, 9, 12, 16, and 24 hours. Doses of 1 mg, 2 mg, 5 mg, 10 mg, 20 mg and 30 mg gave a range of Cmax values of greater than 10 ng / ml to less than
1,500 ng / ml, a range of AUC values<sub>0</sub>_<sub>2</sub>4 from more than 100 ng * h / ml to less than 4,000 ng * h / ml, and a range of half-life values of more than 3 hours to less than 10 hours, in a dose-dependent manner.
Repeated oral administration of a form C polymorph compound of formula (I) was administered once daily (QD) in the morning on days 1 and 14 and twice daily (BID) on days 2 to 13. Compound administration occurred after an overnight fast on days 1 and 14. Blood samples were drawn for plasma analysis on day 14 after administration of repeated doses of 1, 2, 5 and 10 mg. Blood samples were drawn on day 14 prior to dosing and at 0.5, 1, 1.5, 2, 3, 4, 6, 9, 12, 16, and 24 hours after dosing to determine plasma concentrations of the form C polymorph compound of formula (I). The 1 mg, 2 mg, 5 mg and 10 mg doses gave a range of C values.<sub>max</sub> from more than 10 ng / ml to less than 1,000 ng / ml in a dose-dependent manner. In addition, the 1 mg, 2 mg, 5 mg and 10 mg doses gave a range of AUC values.<sub>taU; SS </sub>from more than 100 ng * h / ml to less than 2,500 ng * h / ml, in a dose-dependent manner. For BID regimes, AUC was obtained over the 24-hour interval by multiplying AUC<sub>tau</sub>,<sub>H.H</sub> For 2 .
<img file="MX347708B_D0361.tif" />
<sup>383</sup> IMPI. iwrmrro mexican
DELA CURRENCY WDumUAl
Although several embodiments of the present disclosure have been shown and described herein, it will be apparent to those skilled in the art that such embodiments are provided by way of example only. Numerous variations, changes and substitutions will now occur to those skilled in the art without departing from the present description. It should be understood that various alternatives to the embodiments of the disclosure described herein may be employed in light of the present disclosure.
<img file="MX347708B_D0362.tif" />
384
Contents348
414 sheets
Sheet 1 Sheet 2 Sheet 3 Sheet 4 Sheet 5 Sheet 6 Sheet 7 Sheet 8 Sheet 9 Sheet 10 Sheet 11 Sheet 12 Sheet 13 Sheet 14 Sheet 15 Sheet 16 Sheet 17 Sheet 18 Sheet 19 Sheet 20 Sheet 21 Sheet 22 Sheet 23 Sheet 24 Sheet 25 Sheet 26 Sheet 27 Sheet 28 Sheet 29 Sheet 30 Sheet 31 Sheet 32 Sheet 33 Sheet 34 Sheet 35 Sheet 36 Sheet 37 Sheet 38 Sheet 39 Sheet 40 Sheet 41 Sheet 42 Sheet 43 Sheet 44 Sheet 45 Sheet 46 Sheet 47 Sheet 48 Sheet 49 Sheet 50 Sheet 51 Sheet 52 Sheet 53 Sheet 54 Sheet 55 Sheet 56 Sheet 57 Sheet 58 Sheet 59 Sheet 60 Sheet 61 Sheet 62 Sheet 63 Sheet 64 Sheet 65 Sheet 66 Sheet 67 Sheet 68 Sheet 69 Sheet 70 Sheet 71 Sheet 72 Sheet 73 Sheet 74 Sheet 75 Sheet 76 Sheet 77 Sheet 78 Sheet 79 Sheet 80 Sheet 81 Sheet 82 Sheet 83 Sheet 84 Sheet 85 Sheet 86 Sheet 87 Sheet 88 Sheet 89 Sheet 90 Sheet 91 Sheet 92 Sheet 93 Sheet 94 Sheet 95 Sheet 96 Sheet 97 Sheet 98 Sheet 99 Sheet 100 Sheet 101 Sheet 102 Sheet 103 Sheet 104 Sheet 105 Sheet 106 Sheet 107 Sheet 108 Sheet 109 Sheet 110 Sheet 111 Sheet 112 Sheet 113 Sheet 114 Sheet 115 Sheet 116 Sheet 117 Sheet 118 Sheet 119 Sheet 120 Sheet 121 Sheet 122 Sheet 123 Sheet 124 Sheet 125 Sheet 126 Sheet 127 Sheet 128 Sheet 129 Sheet 130 Sheet 131 Sheet 132 Sheet 133 Sheet 134 Sheet 135 Sheet 136 Sheet 137 Sheet 138 Sheet 139 Sheet 140 Sheet 141 Sheet 142 Sheet 143 Sheet 144 Sheet 145 Sheet 146 Sheet 147 Sheet 148 Sheet 149 Sheet 150 Sheet 151 Sheet 152 Sheet 153 Sheet 154 Sheet 155 Sheet 156 Sheet 157 Sheet 158 Sheet 159 Sheet 160 Sheet 161 Sheet 162 Sheet 163 Sheet 164 Sheet 165 Sheet 166 Sheet 167 Sheet 168 Sheet 169 Sheet 170 Sheet 171 Sheet 172 Sheet 173 Sheet 174 Sheet 175 Sheet 176 Sheet 177 Sheet 178 Sheet 179 Sheet 180 Sheet 181 Sheet 182 Sheet 183 Sheet 184 Sheet 185 Sheet 186 Sheet 187 Sheet 188 Sheet 189 Sheet 190 Sheet 191 Sheet 192 Sheet 193 Sheet 194 Sheet 195 Sheet 196 Sheet 197 Sheet 198 Sheet 199 Sheet 200 Sheet 201 Sheet 202 Sheet 203 Sheet 204 Sheet 205 Sheet 206 Sheet 207 Sheet 208 Sheet 209 Sheet 210 Sheet 211 Sheet 212 Sheet 213 Sheet 214 Sheet 215 Sheet 216 Sheet 217 Sheet 218 Sheet 219 Sheet 220 Sheet 221 Sheet 222 Sheet 223 Sheet 224 Sheet 225 Sheet 226 Sheet 227 Sheet 228 Sheet 229 Sheet 230 Sheet 231 Sheet 232 Sheet 233 Sheet 234 Sheet 235 Sheet 236 Sheet 237 Sheet 238 Sheet 239 Sheet 240 Sheet 241 Sheet 242 Sheet 243 Sheet 244 Sheet 245 Sheet 246 Sheet 247 Sheet 248 Sheet 249 Sheet 250 Sheet 251 Sheet 252 Sheet 253 Sheet 254 Sheet 255 Sheet 256 Sheet 257 Sheet 258 Sheet 259 Sheet 260 Sheet 261 Sheet 262 Sheet 263 Sheet 264 Sheet 265 Sheet 266 Sheet 267 Sheet 268 Sheet 269 Sheet 270 Sheet 271 Sheet 272 Sheet 273 Sheet 274 Sheet 275 Sheet 276 Sheet 277 Sheet 278 Sheet 279 Sheet 280 Sheet 281 Sheet 282 Sheet 283 Sheet 284 Sheet 285 Sheet 286 Sheet 287 Sheet 288 Sheet 289 Sheet 290 Sheet 291 Sheet 292 Sheet 293 Sheet 294 Sheet 295 Sheet 296 Sheet 297 Sheet 298 Sheet 299 Sheet 300 Sheet 301 Sheet 302 Sheet 303 Sheet 304 Sheet 305 Sheet 306 Sheet 307 Sheet 308 Sheet 309 Sheet 310 Sheet 311 Sheet 312 Sheet 313 Sheet 314 Sheet 315 Sheet 316 Sheet 317 Sheet 318 Sheet 319 Sheet 320 Sheet 321 Sheet 322 Sheet 323 Sheet 324 Sheet 325 Sheet 326 Sheet 327 Sheet 328 Sheet 329 Sheet 330 Sheet 331 Sheet 332 Sheet 333 Sheet 334 Sheet 335 Sheet 336 Sheet 337 Sheet 338 Sheet 339 Sheet 340 Sheet 341 Sheet 342 Sheet 343 Sheet 344 Sheet 345 Sheet 346 Sheet 347 Sheet 348 Sheet 349 Sheet 350 Sheet 351 Sheet 352 Sheet 353 Sheet 354 Sheet 355 Sheet 356 Sheet 357 Sheet 358 Sheet 359 Sheet 360 Sheet 361 Sheet 362 Sheet 363 Sheet 364 Sheet 365 Sheet 366 Sheet 367 Sheet 368 Sheet 369 Sheet 370 Sheet 371 Sheet 372 Sheet 373 Sheet 374 Sheet 375 Sheet 376 Sheet 377 Sheet 378 Sheet 379 Sheet 380 Sheet 381 Sheet 382 Sheet 383 Sheet 384 Sheet 385 Sheet 386 Sheet 387 Sheet 388 Sheet 389 Sheet 390 Sheet 391 Sheet 392 Sheet 393 Sheet 394 Sheet 395 Sheet 396 Sheet 397 Sheet 398 Sheet 399 Sheet 400 Sheet 401 Sheet 402 Sheet 403 Sheet 404 Sheet 405 Sheet 406 Sheet 407 Sheet 408 Sheet 409 Sheet 410 Sheet 411 Sheet 412 Sheet 413 Sheet 414
65 members in 24 offices
Priority claims14
| Document | Office | Kind | Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| 201161431304 | United States of America | P | |
| 201161431304 | United States of America | P | |
| 61431304 | United States of America | – | |
| 201161578655 | United States of America | P | |
| 201161578655 | United States of America | P | |
| 61578655 | United States of America | – | |
| 2012020831 | United States of America | W | |
| 2012020831 | United States of America | W | |
| 61431304 | – | – | – |
| 61578655 | – | – | – |
| PCTUS2012020831 | – | – | – |
| US201161431304P | – | – | – |
| US201161578655P | – | – | – |
| WO2012US20831 | – | – | – |
Members65
| Document | Office | Kind | |
|---|---|---|---|
| CA2824197A1 | Canada | A1 | |
| US2012184568A1 | United States of America | A1 | |
| WO2012097000A1 | World Intellectual Property Organization (WIPO) | A1 | |
| TW201247670A | Taiwan Province of China | A | |
| AU2012205669A1 | Australia | A1 | |
| AR084824A1 | Argentina | A1 | |
| SG191897A1 | Singapore | A1 | |
| PH12013501465A1 | Philippines | A1 | |
| IL227387A0 | Israel | A0 | |
| IL227387D0 | Israel | D0 | |
| EP2663309A1 | European Patent Office (EPO) | A1 | |
| JP2014501790A | Japan | A | |
| MX2013008065A | Mexico | A | |
| KR20140020249A | Republic of Korea | A | |
| CN103648499A | China | A | |
| CL2013002007A1 | Chile | A1 | |
| EP2663309A4 | European Patent Office (EPO) | A4 | |
| US8809349B2 | United States of America | B2 | |
| ZA201305150B | South Africa | B | |
| PE20141303A1 | Peru | A1 | |
| US2014371450A1 | United States of America | A1 | |
| RU2013137424A | Russian Federation | A | |
| AU2012205669B2 | Australia | B2 | |
| NZ612909A | New Zealand | A | |
| AU2015258280A1 | Australia | A1 | |
| SG10201600179RA | Singapore | A | |
| US9290497B2 | United States of America | B2 | |
| US2016152619A1 | United States of America | A1 | |
| TWI546305B | Taiwan Province of China | B | |
| TW201700475A | Taiwan Province of China | A | |
| CN103648499B | China | B | |
| EP2663309B1 | European Patent Office (EPO) | B1 | |
| JP2017061547A | Japan | A | |
| MX347708BThis record | Mexico | B | |
| DK2663309T3 | Denmark | T3 | |
| AU2015258280B2 | Australia | B2 | |
| RU2626883C2 | Russian Federation | C2 | |
| BR112013017670A2 | Brazil | A2 | |
| ES2637113T3 | Spain | T3 | |
| EP3238722A1 | European Patent Office (EPO) | A1 | |
| USRE46621E | United States of America | E | |
| US9840505B2 | United States of America | B2 | |
| UA115767C2 | Ukraine | C2 | |
| PE20180318A1 | Peru | A1 | |
| KR101875720B1 | Republic of Korea | B1 | |
| KR20180080358A | Republic of Korea | A | |
| IL227387A | Israel | A | |
| IL227387B | Israel | B | |
| US2018273535A1 | United States of America | A1 | |
| JP6454672B2 | Japan | B2 | |
| TW201906841A | Taiwan Province of China | A | |
| PH12018500960A1 | Philippines | A1 | |
| EP3238722B1 | European Patent Office (EPO) | B1 | |
| TWI659956B | Taiwan Province of China | B | |
| TWI674262B | Taiwan Province of China | B | |
| EP3581574A1 | European Patent Office (EPO) | A1 | |
| US10550122B2 | United States of America | B2 | |
| CA2824197C | Canada | C | |
| HK1245110B | Hong Kong, China | B | |
| US2020385388A1 | United States of America | A1 | |
| AR117467A2 | Argentina | A2 | |
| US11312718B2 | United States of America | B2 | |
| BR112013017670B1 | Brazil | B1 | |
| US2023108157A1 | United States of America | A1 | |
| US2025197400A1 | United States of America | A1 |
1 legal event, as the office reported them to INPADOC
Events
| Event | Code | |
|---|---|---|
| Grant or registrationFG | FG |
Numbers
- Publication
- 347708
- Publication, DOCDB
- 347708
- Publication, EPODOC
- MX347708
- Application
- 2013008065
- Application, DOCDB
- 2013008065
- Application, EPODOC
- MX20130008065
Titles2
- Spanish
- PROCESO PARA PREPARAR ISOQUINOLINONAS Y FORMAS SOLIDAS DE ISOQUINOLINONAS.
- English
- PROCESS TO PREPARE ISOQUINOLINONES AND SOLID FORMS OF ISOQUINOLINONES.
Classification
- CPC, 10
- C07D473/34
- A61K31/519
- C07D473/04
- A61P29/00
- A61P35/00
- A61K31/4725
- C07D473/24
- C07B2200/13
- A61K31/52
- C07B2200/07
- IPC, 2
- C07D473 34
- A61K31 497